PROJECT MANUAL & SPECIFICATIONS
ALBANY PARKING AUTHORITY New Convenience Entry Of the QUACKENBUSH SQUARE PARKING GARAGE Albany, NY
JuneMay 14, 2021
Owner: The Albany Parking Authority 25 Orange Street Albany, NY 12207
BY:
145 Main St. 2 nd Floor Hackensack, NJ 07601 201.488.7144 www.OandSassociates.com New Convenience Entry of the QUACKENBUSH SQUARE PARKING GARAGE
Albany, New York
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Advertisement for Bids
PROPOSAL REQUIREMENTS: Instruction to Bidders Bid Form Non-Collusive Proposal Certificate Contractor’s Qualification Statement and Questionnaire Unit Quantity Work Project Forms Form of Agreement – AIA Document A701 Supplement to the General Conditions Non-Collusive Bidding Certification Five Year Corrective Certificate Performance Bond Information Form City Minority and Women Participation Requirement Forms Prevailing Wage Rates
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS:
DIVISION 1 – GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
Section 01 11 00 Summary of Work Section 01 20 00 Measurement & Payment Section 01 26 00 Contract Modifications Section 01 29 76 Applications for Payment Section 01 31 13 Project Coordination Section 01 32 33 Photographic Documentation Section 01 33 00 Submittal Procedures Section 01 45 00 Reference Standards Section 01 42 19 Quality Control Section 01 45 23 Testing Services
NEW CONVENIENCE ENTRY OF THE 00 01 10 - 1 QUACKENBUSH SQUARE PARKING GARAGE TABLE OF CONTENTS
Section 01 50 00 Temporary Facilities and Controls Section 01 60 00 Product Requirements Section 01 73 00 Execution Section 01 73 29 Cutting and Patching Section 01 74 19 Construction Waste Management & Disposal Section 01 77 00 Closeout Procedure Section 01 78 33 Bonds Section 01 78 36 Warranties Section 01 78 39 Project Record Documents
DIVISION 2 – EXISTING CONDITIONS
Section 02 41 18 Selective Site Demolition
DIVISION 3 – CONCRETE
Section 03 01 30.71 Concrete Rehabilitation Section 03 24 00 Fibrous Reinforcing Section 03 30 00 Cast-In-Place Concrete Section 03 30 00.01 Polymer Modified Concrete
DIVISION 5 – METALS
Section 05 50 00 Miscellaneous Metals
DIVISION 8 – OPENINGS
Section 08 30 00 High Speed Rolling Doors
DIVISION 31 – EARTHWORK
Section 31 10 01 Site Preparation Section 31 20 00 Earth Moving Section 31 25 00 Erosion and Sediment Control
DIVISION 32 – EXTERIOR IMPROVEMENTS
Section 32 12 16 Asphalt Paving Section 32 13 13 Concrete Paving Section 32 13 73 Concrete Paving Joint Sealants Section 32 17 23 Pavement Markings Section 32 31 13 Chain Link Fences and Gates Section 32 92 00 Turf and Grasses
DIVISION – UTILITIES
Section 33 41 01 Storm Drainage System NEW CONVENIENCE ENTRY OF THE 00 01 10 - 2 QUACKENBUSH SQUARE PARKING GARAGE TABLE OF CONTENTS
NEW CONVENIENCE ENTRY OF THE 00 01 10 - 3 QUACKENBUSH SQUARE PARKING GARAGE TABLE OF CONTENTS
ADVERTISEMENT FOR BIDS
Sealed bids for the New Convenience Entry of the Albany Parking Authority Quackenbush Square Parking Garage will be received by the Albany Parking Authority, in the office of the Authority, 25 Orange Street, Albany, NY 12207-2224 until June 18, 2021 at 2:00PM at which time they will be publicly opened and read aloud. Bidder bears the risk of late delivery. Any bids received after the stated time will be returned unopened.
There will be a mandatory pre-bid meeting video conference held on Thursday, May 27, 2021 at 1:00 PM. Bidders must confirm their attendance for this video conference by emailing Stephanie Wright at [email protected] by 4:00 PM, Thursday, May 20, 2021.
Project involves the following tasks (the “Project”): Removal of existing concrete sidewalk, asphalt pavement, pavers, curbs, bollards and tree; New site grading; Erosion and sediment control; Installation of new stormwater piping; Installation of new concrete floor slab; Installation of new curbs; Installation of new bollards; Installation of new curb ramps; New crosswalk striping & parking lot striping.
The anticipated schedule for this procurement is as follows:
Issue RFP…………………………………...... Friday, May 14, 2021 RSVP for Pre-bid Meeting …………………………..Thursday, May 20, 2021 @ 4PM Mandatory Pre-Bid Mtg ……….……………….……Thursday, May 27, 2021 @ 1PM Location: Zoom Video Conference Questions Submitted to the Authority….……...Thursday, June 3, 2021 @ 2PM Q&A Distributed…….…………………..….……………Thursday, June 8, 2021 @ 2PM Proposals Due……………………..….…………………..Friday, June 18, 2021 @ 2PM Award Project …………………………………………….Week of June 21st Substantial Completion Date……………………….Wednesday, September 30, 2021
Prevailing Wages. This project shall be performed in accordance with Article 8 of the New York Labor, including the payment of Prevailing Wage Rates for the State of New York. The project is located within the Albany County. See enclosed wage rates for use on this project.
Only those Contractors who have demonstrated past experience on parking garage rehabilitation projects in the last five years shall be considered a qualified bidder for this Project. A minimum of five (5) references are required in order to be considered a qualified bidder for this Project. All Bidders shall submit the fully completed “Contractor’s Qualification Statement and Questionnaire” included in the Project Manual with the submission of their bids in order to verify the qualifications.
Sealed bids shall be addressed to the Albany Parking Authority, 25 Orange Street, Albany, NY 12207-2224 Attn: Mr. Matthew Peter, Executive Director. The outer envelope should clearly indicate: “New Convenience Entry of the Quackenbush Square Parking Garage”
Contract documents may be obtained electronically from the Albany Parking Authority office, email [email protected] or Phone (518) 434-8886.
Construction documents will be available for review at the Albany Parking Authority.
The successful bidder must post a performance and payment bond in a sum equal to 100 percent of the contract price and with a bonding company acceptable to the Albany Parking Authority, upon execution of the contract for the Project. The Albany Parking Authority reserves the right to reject any or all bids and to waive any informalities therein. The Albany Parking Authority may extend the time and place for the opening of the bids from that described in this advertisement, with not less than two calendar days’ notice by certified delivery, facsimile machine or other electronic means to those bidders receiving plans.
END OF ADVERTISEMENT FOR BIDS SECTION 00 21 13 - INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS
Owner: Albany Parking Authority 25 Orange Street, Albany, NY 12207
Engineer: O&S Associates, Inc. 145 Main St. 2nd Floor Hackensack, NJ 07601
Project: New Convenience Entry of the Quackenbush Square Parking Garage.
GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. The following list composes the Contract Documents: 1. Invitation to Bid (Section 00 11 16) 2. Instructions to Bidders (Section 00 21 13) 3. Bid Form (Section 00 41 13) 4. Agreement Form (AIA A101) 5. General Conditions (AIA A201) 6. Supplementary Conditions (Section 00 73 00) 7. General Requirements (01 00 00) 8. Technical Specifications 9. Drawings
B. Proposals to be entitled to consideration must be made in accordance with the following instructions: 1. Owner reserves right to award contract in his best interests; to reject any and all Bids; to waive any informalities in Bidding when such waiver is in the best interest of the Owner; and to hold Bids, which shall remain in force and effect, not less than ninety (90) days after date for receipt of Bids. 2. By submitting a Bid, Contractor acknowledges that he has visited the site, examined work areas, understands site constraints, project permit requirements, scope of work and specifications for the project. Any deviations, discrepancies and omissions from drawings and specifications or site conditions found during bidding different from those described in the contract documents (Drawings and Specifications) shall be brought to the attention of the Engineer for immediate resolution and to send written instructions to all bidders. Neither Owner nor Engineer will be responsible for any oral instructions. Lack of such notification to the Engineer will indicate that the bidder considers the documents to be sufficiently complete to prepare a bid for complete installation including all necessary accessory parts. 3. The drawings and specifications shall be considered to be cooperative and anything appearing in the specifications which may not be indicated on the plans, or vice versa, shall be considered as part of the contract and must be executed by the contractor the same as though indicated by both.
NEW CONVENIENCE ENTRY OF THE 00 21 13 - 1 QUACKENBUSH SQUARE PARKING GAR AGE INST RUCTION TO BIDDERS
4. Before submitting a proposal, bidders should carefully examine the drawings and specifications: Check all schedules, visit the site, fully inform themselves as to all existing conditions and limitations and shall include in the proposal a sum to cover the cost of all items included in that part. 5. Any addenda issued during the time of bidding shall be taken into account in preparing proposals, and shall become a part of the contract documents. 6. Wherever in the contract documents, a particular article, material, device, form of construction, fixtures, etc., is shown or specified, such article, material, device, form of construction, fixture, etc., shall be known as standard. All PROPOSALS SHALL BE BASED ON STANDARDS SPECIFIED, and where two or more are named, bidders may bid on any so named. The Contractor is responsible for any extra cost due to changes required by substitutions or selection of any other than the first named product. Alternates for bid items are not allowed unless approved by the Engineer prior to Bidding. 7. The Bid Form shall contain a construction sequence conforming to contract documents identifying beginning and completion of construction activities. The sequence shall indicate winter mobilization and spring mobilization, as required. 8. The Contractor shall obtain Bonds, Permits and Certificate of Insurance(s) as required by the contract documents. 9. Bidders should be aware time, as well as money, are of the essence and both shall be considered during bid evaluation. 10. Costs for developing any Proposal shall be the sole responsibility and shall be incurred at the sole risk of the Bidder, whether or not any award results from this solicitation. The Authority will not be responsible for any such costs or expenses incurred by Bidders under any circumstance. 11. Oral, telephone, facsimile or telegraphic modifications to a Proposal will not be accepted.
1.2 A. Non-collusion statement . Pursuant to Public Authority Law §2878, each Bidder must com- plete the below “NON-COLLUSION PROPOSAL CERTIFICATE PURSUANT TO NEW YORK STATE PUBLIC AUTHORITY LAW § 2878” and submitted with the bidder’s re- sponse to this RFP.
B. Prevailing Wages. Contractor acknowledges that this is “public work” as such term is defined by Article 8 of the New York Labor Law, and that all labor will be paid at Prevailing Wages in accordance with the Prevailing Wage Schedule (“PWS”) provided by Owner. Contractor war- rants that it shall comply with all relevant legal requirements, including but not limited to the required submission and retention of certified payroll records by Contractor and any of Con- tractor’s subcontractors. The PWS is fully incorporated into this Agreement as if attached here- to.
C. Bidder Responsibility . Pursuant to State Finance Law §§139-j and 139-k, this request for pro- posals (“RFP”) includes and imposes certain restrictions on communication between the Alba- ny Parking Authority (“Authority”) and an Offeror/bidder during the procurement process. An Offeror/bidder is restricted from making contacts from the earliest notice of intent to solicit of- fers (in this instance, the release of this RFP) through final award and approval of the resultant contract by the Authority (“restricted period”) to other than designated individuals unless it is a contact that is included among certain statutory exceptions set forth in State Finance Law §139- j(3)(a). Only email inquiries are allowed. The designated individuals for this RFP is Sean Palladino, Associate Director of the Authority at [email protected] . Authority employees are also required to obtain certain information when contacted during the restricted NEW CONVENIENCE ENTRY OF THE 00 21 13 - 2 QUACKENBUSH SQUARE PARKING GAR AGE INST RUCTION TO BIDDERS
period and make a determination of the responsibility of the Offeror/bidder pursuant to these two statutes. Certain findings of non-responsibility can result in rejection for contract award and in the event of two findings within a 4 year period, the Offeror/bidder is debarred from ob- taining governmental Procurement Contracts. Additionally, the above law requires certain af- firmations to be provided to the Authority by bidders and that certain provisions be contained within any contract/award resulting from this RFP. Specifically, the following forms/information is provided:
1. The Authority must obtain from all Offerors the required affirmation (“ Compliance with NYS Finance Law §139-j”) of understanding and agreement to comply with procedures on procure- ment lobbying restrictions regarding permissible Contacts in the restricted period for a procurement contract in accordance with State Finance Law §§139-j and 139-k. The affirmation is provided below and must be completed and returned to the Authority when submitting a bid. 2. The Authority must include a disclosure request (“ Offeror Disclosure of Prior Non- Responsibility Determinations ”) regarding prior non-responsibility determination in accordance with State Finance Law §139-k in its solicitation of proposals or bid documents or specifications or contract documents, as applicable, for procurement contracts. The required form is provided below and is to be completed and returned to the Authority when submitting a bid. 3. The Authority must obtain from all Offerors a required certification (“ Bidder Certification ”) that the information is complete, true and accurate regarding any prior findings of non-responsibility, such as non-responsibility pursuant to State Finance Law §139-j. The Offeror must agree to the certifi- cation and provide it to the procuring Government Entity. This certification is provided below and must be completed and returned to the Authority when submitting a bid. 4. New York State Law §139-k(5) provides that every procurement contract award subject to the provisions of State Finance Law §§139-k and 139-j shall contain a provision authorizing the Au- thority to terminate the contract in the event that the certification is found to be intentionally false or in- tentionally incomplete. An example of such language is provided below:
The Authority reserves the right to terminate this contract in the event it is found that the certi- fication filed by the Offeror in accordance with New York State Law §139-k was intentionally false or intentionally incomplete. Upon such finding, the Authority may exercise its termination right by providing written notification to the Offeror in accordance with the written notification terms of this contract.
1.3 BID SUBMITTALS:
A. BID Forms shall be made upon the form provided in the Project Manual, and all blank spaces shall be fully filled; numbers shall be stated both in writing and figures; the signature shall be in long hand; and the completed form shall be without interlineations, alteration or erasure.
B. Submission 1. Bid Forms in triplicate shall be addressed to and delivered to in care of
The Albany Parking Authority 25 Orange Street, Albany, NY 12207
ATTN: Mr. Matthew Peter Executive Director
NEW CONVENIENCE ENTRY OF THE 00 21 13 - 3 QUACKENBUSH SQUARE PARKING GAR AGE INST RUCTION TO BIDDERS
no later than 2:00 pm on June 18, 2021. The following shall be noted on the outside of the sealed envelope. “New Convenience Entry of the Quackenbush Square Parking Garage.”
C. Each proposal shall be properly signed as follows: 1. When a CORPORATION, with the name of the corporation, signature of an officer or other person properly authorized to enter into obligations for it and his title. 2. When a PARTNERSHIP, with name of partnership and signature of one of the partners. 3. When SOLE PROPRIETORSHIP, with his signature.
1.4 PRE-BID MEETING:
A. A mandatory Pre-bid conference will be held at: 1. Date: May 27, 2021 2. Time: 1:00 PM Location: Zoom Video Conference
Note: All bidders to confirm Pre-bid Meeting attendance by 4:00 PM on May 20, 2021. Confirmations to be sent to Stephanie Wright via email.
B. The successful Contractor, prior to start of work, shall submit a schedule of activities for each day during the entire repair period for approval by Owner and Engineer.
1.5 QUESTION AND ANSWER PERIOD:
A. Questions must be submitted to the Authority via email by Thursday, June 3, 2021 @ 2PM to [email protected]
B. Answers will be distributed on Tuesday, June 8, 2021 @ 2:00 PM.
1.6 STARTING AND COMPLETION TIME:
A. Work shall start within ten days after the notification of the award of the Contract.
B. Substantial completion date shall be honored on or before September 30, 2021.
C. Bid Proposal shall include estimate of number of consecutive calendar days needed to complete the project.
1.7 MISCELLANEOUS:
A. All (local, state, and federal) laws, codes, ordinances, and regulations pertaining to this class or type of construction shall be obeyed in regard to preparation of bids, letting of contracts, and complete installation of work.
NEW CONVENIENCE ENTRY OF THE 00 21 13 - 4 QUACKENBUSH SQUARE PARKING GAR AGE INST RUCTION TO BIDDERS
1.8 CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT ADMINISTRATION:
A. Successful bidders shall furnish to the Engineer, at the time of signing the Contract, the following: 1. List of Sub-Contractors a. Division of Work b. Amount of Sub-Contract c. Firm Name d. Address e. Telephone Number f. Representative 2. List of Major Material Suppliers: a. Division of Work b. Amount of Material Purchase Order c. Firm Name d. Address e. Telephone Number f. Representative 3. Contract Cost Breakdown: a. Shall be provided on AIA Form G-702A.
B. Indemnity and Insurance by the Contractor: 1. The Contractor shall provide insurance to completely indemnify, defend, protect, and save harmless to the full extent of the law, the Owner, the Engineer, and agents and employees of any of them, from any and all losses, liens, claims, suits, judgments, and proceedings of whatever nature arising out of the conduct of the work or performance of this contract. 2. All insurance that will be required to be maintained by the Contractor shall be in the minimum amounts and for the coverage specified herein and with such insurance companies as approved by the Owner. Insurance companies must be licensed to do business in the state of New York. 3. All insurances shall protect the Owner, the Engineer, agents and employees of any of them and the Contractor, and any sub-contractors, from any losses, claims, suits and judgments, from claims set forth below which may arise out of or result from the operations of the Contractor under the Contract and for which the Contractor may be legally liable, whether such operations be by the Contractor, or by a sub- contractor, by anyone directly or indirectly employed by any of them or by anyone for whose acts any of them may be liable: a. Claims under worker’s compensation, disability benefit, and other similar employee benefit, acts which are applicable to the work to be performed; b. Claims for damages because of bodily injury, sickness, or disease, or death of the employees of the Contractor; c. Claims for damages because of bodily injury, sickness, or disease, or death of any person other than the employee of the Contractor; d. Claims for damages insured by usual personal liability coverage which are sustained (1) by a person as a result of an offense directly or indirectly related to employment of such person by the Contractor, or (2) by another person; e. Claims for damages, other than to the work itself, because of injury to or destruction of tangible property, including loss of use resulting therefrom; NEW CONVENIENCE ENTRY OF THE 00 21 13 - 5 QUACKENBUSH SQUARE PARKING GAR AGE INST RUCTION TO BIDDERS
f. Claims for damages because of bodily injury, death of a person or property damage arising out of ownership, maintenance, or use of a motor vehicle; and g. Claims involving contractual liability insurance applicable to the obligations of the Contractor under indemnity provisions. 4. The Contractor shall furnish acceptable endorsements for the Following: a. Worker’s or Workmen’s Compensation: 1) State: Statutory 2) Applicable Federal: Statutory 3) Employer’s Liability: One million ($1,000,000) Dollars. b. Comprehensive General Liability (including Premises-Operations; Independent Contractor’s Protective; Products and Completed Operations; Broad Form Property Damage; Blanket Contractual Liability; and Personal Injury): 1) Bodily Injury and Property Damage: Single Limit - One Million ($1,000,000) Dollars. 2) Property Damage Liability Insurance shall provide explosion (X), collapse (C), and underground (U) coverage, as applicable. c. Comprehensive Automobile Liability: 1) Bodily Injury and Property Damage: Single Limit - One Million ($1,000,000) Dollars. d. Umbrella excess Liability: Four million ($4,000,000) Dollars over Primary Insurance. 5. Certificate of Insurance shall state that they are Primary Insurance, where applicable, and shall name the Owner, Engineer, and agents and employees of any of them, as additional insured. Certificates of Insurance shall state that they shall not be canceled, modified, or changed in status except upon (60) days written notice to all named insured. NO CONTRACT SHALL BE BINDING UPON THE OWNER, OR WORK COMMENCED, UNTIL ALL INSURANCE CERTIFICATES HAVE BEEN FILED WITH AND APPROVED BY THE OWNER, INCLUDING INSURANCE CERTIFICATES FROM ALL SUB-CONTRACTORS.
C. Application for Payment: 1. The Contractor shall furnish, free of charge, the necessary blank copies of AIA Form G-702 and G-702A for his applications for Payment. 2. Partial payments made as the work progresses shall in no way be considered as an acceptance of any portion of the labor or material embraced in the contract. 3. Material delivered at the site and approved by the Engineer and included in a certified estimate for partial payment shall become the property of the Owner and in no case shall such materials be removed from the site. However, if such material is stolen, destroyed or damaged by casualty before being used, the contractor will be required to replace it at his own expense. Storage of materials shall comply with the manufacturer's instructions or recommendations. 4. The Contractor, upon receipt of payment, shall reimburse each sub-contractor for labor and materials for which the contractor has received payment from the Owner. The contractor, upon receipt of payment, shall pay each material supplier for materials for which the contractor has received payment from the Owner. 5. Contractor's requests for payment shall normally be submitted by the Contractor once a month.
NEW CONVENIENCE ENTRY OF THE 00 21 13 - 6 QUACKENBUSH SQUARE PARKING GAR AGE INST RUCTION TO BIDDERS
6. During the course of work, a retainage of ten (10%) percent will be withheld from work performed, until the satisfactory completion of all work in the Contract. 7. All materials delivered on the site shall be paid for at the rate of 90 percent of the invoiced value of the material. 8. During the course of construction, payment on estimates approved by the Engineer and filed with the Owner shall be made within 30 days. 9. Evidence, satisfactory to the Owner, may be required to show that all current obligations relating to the work are satisfied before releasing any payment due on the work. Before payment of the final estimate, each contractor shall file an affidavit with the Owner, stating that monetary obligations relating to lienable items in connection with this work have been fulfilled. When the major portion of the project is substantially completed and occupied, or in use, or otherwise accepted and there exists no other reasons to withhold retainage, the retained percentages held in connection with such portion will be released from escrow and paid to the Contractor, withholding only that amount necessary to assure completion. The balance of funds will be paid to the Contractor within thirty days from the date of completion and after acceptance by the Engineer and Owner. Provided, however, that nothing in this Contract shall be construed to create an obligation or incur a liability against the Owner in excess of the encumbrances issued to support this Contract. 10. Payment for materials stored, but not installed, may require the Engineer to visit the Contractors place of storage for verification of all items on the Contractor's certificate. He shall certify that the items are in agreement with the specifications, and approved their incorporation into the project.
D. Progress Schedule: 1. The Progress Schedule required by the Owner shall be based on starting construction within 10 days after the notification of the award of the contract and completion of the Project as stipulated in the Contract. After contract is awarded, a meeting shall be held, to be attended by representatives of the General Contractor and all affected Subcontractors, the Engineer, and the Owner's Representative, to work out a definite schedule to be followed for starting and completing each Phase of the work.
1.9 CONTACTS:
A. In order to assist those invited to submit a proposal and their prospective subcontractors, the following sources are available for consultation: 1.
1.10 PERFORMANCE AND LABOR AND MATERIALS PAYMENT BONDS
A. The contractor shall provide Payment and Performance bonds in the amount of 100% of the con- tract price with a bonding company acceptable to the Albany Parking Authority, upon execution of the contract for the Project. No work shall commence under the contract until proof of the pro- cured Payment and Performance bonds has been delivered to the Authority. Failure of the select- ed proposer to procure Payment and Performance bonds may, at the election of the Authority, re- sult in the suspension, discontinuance, or termination of the contract.
END OF SECTION
NEW CONVENIENCE ENTRY OF THE 00 21 13 - 7 QUACKENBUSH SQUARE PARKING GAR AGE INST RUCTION TO BIDDERS
SECTION 004100 BID FORM REVISION 1 JUNE 14, 2021
A. Pursuant to and in compliance with your Invitation to Bid relating thereto, the undersigned, , hereby offers and agrees to provide all labor and materials required for construction of
New Convenience Entry Of The Albany Parking Authority Quackenbush Square Parking Garage
in
Albany, New York
B. The undersigned has carefully examined the Drawings and Specifications and all other Contract Documents relating to the project, has become acquainted with the site premises where the work is to be performed and all other conditions relevant to the work, and made all evaluations and investigations necessary to a full understanding of any difficulties which may be encountered in performing the work. C. The undersigned hereby proposes and agrees to furnish all labor, materials, equipment, tools, taxes, services, and all other things necessary or appropriate for the proper and complete execution of the work for the base bid sum of ______Dollars ($______) . D. The undersigned further proposes and agrees: a. All work will be fully completed within _____ consecutive calendar days after execution of a contract or the date of written notice to commence the work, whichever is earlier. E. The undersigned submits herein a cost breakdown of the base bid, and unit prices, schedule as directed on the Bid Form. Work may be selected by the Owner and added to, or subtracted from, the base bid sum as applicable. F. The undersigned agrees, if this proposal is accepted, to enter into an agreement on the Owner's Standard Agreement Form for the base bid sum, adjusted for any alternate bids selected by the Owner. The undersigned further agrees to furnish a performance and payment bond, if so requested, for 100 percent of the total Contract Price. The cost of said bond, which is not included in the base bid, is $ ______.
NEW CONVENIENCE ENTRY OF THE QUACKENBUSH SQUARE PARKING GARAGE BID FORM MAY 14, 2021 00 41 00 - 1 of 6 It is understood that should said bond be required, the cost for same will be paid by the Owner. G. The undersigned agrees that extra or additional work may be compensated on the basis of actual cost plus: 1. ______% for overhead and profit if performed by General Contractor 2. ______% for overhead and profit if performed by subcontractor(s)
H. In submitting this proposal, it is understood that the Owner reserves the right to reject any or all bids, waive any formalities or technicalities in any bid and to make an award in the best interest of the Owner. It is further understood and agreed that this proposal may not be withdrawn for a period of sixty (60) calendar days after the date set for bid receipt.
NEW CONVENIENCE ENTRY OF THE QUACKENBUSH SQUARE PARKING GARAGE BID FORM MAY 14, 2021 00 41 00 - 2 of 6 Base Bid Cost Breakdown Division 01 – General Requirements
(Total Division Cost) $
Section 015000 – Temporary Facilities and $ Controls
Section 017833 – Bonds $
Division 02 – Existing Conditions
(Total Division Cost) $
Section 024118 - Selective Site Demolition $
Division 03 – Concrete
(Total Division Cost) $______
Section 033000 – Cast-In-Place Concrete
• New Concrete Islands: ___ LF @ $_____/LF $______• New Concrete Slab-on-Grade: ___ SF @ $______$_____/LF Division 05 – Metals
(Total Division Cost) $______
Section 055000 – Miscellaneous Metals (Bollards) $______
Section 323112 – Chain Link Fences and Gates $______
Division 08 – Openings
(Total Division Cost) $______
Section 083000 – High Speed Rolling Doors $______
Division 31 - Earthwork
(Total Division Cost) $
Section 311001 – Site Preparation $
Section 313000 – Earth Moving $
NEW CONVENIENCE ENTRY OF THE QUACKENBUSH SQUARE PARKING GARAGE BID FORM MAY 14, 2021 00 41 00 - 3 of 6 Section 313500 - Erosion and Sediment Control *Contractor shall be responsible for all coordination & payment for all quality control tests and inspections $ required by city, state, Department of Transportation and other agencies. Division 32 – Exterior Improvements
(Total Division Cost) $
Section 321216 – Asphalt Paving *Contractor shall be responsible for all coordination & payment for all quality control tests and inspections $ required by city, state, Department of Transportation and other agencies. Section 321313 – Concrete Paving *Contractor shall be responsible for all coordination & payment for all quality control tests and inspections $ required by city, state, Department of Transportation and other agencies. Section 321373 – Concrete Joint Sealants $
Section 321723 – Pavement Markings $
Section 329200 – Turf and Grasses $
Division 33 - Utilities
(Total Division Cost) $ Section 334101 – Storm Drainage System *Contractor shall be responsible for all coordination & payment for all quality control tests and inspections $ required by city, state, Department of Transportation and other agencies. TOTAL BASE BID $
Alternate Schedule
A. The undersigned hereby submits the following prices for extra or additional work: Description Add/Deduct Unit Division 33 - Utilities (Total Alternate Work Cost) $ To relocate existing waterline to ensure a minimum 5’-0” cover. *Contractor shall be responsible for all $ coordination & payment for all quality control tests and inspections required by city, state, Department of Transportation and other agencies.
NEW CONVENIENCE ENTRY OF THE QUACKENBUSH SQUARE PARKING GARAGE BID FORM MAY 14, 2021 00 41 00 - 4 of 6 B. The preceding unit prices include all charges for performance of the applicable work as prescribed in the General Conditions. C. It is understood that the preceding unit prices shall be used wherever applicable as prescribed in the General Conditions.
Unit Price Schedule
A. The undersigned hereby submits the following unit prices for extra or additional work and for the deletion of work: Description Add/Deduct Unit
Portland cement concrete pavement – Site $ ______per sq. ft. walk as specified in Section 321313 and construction drawings.
Portland cement concrete pavement – Curbs as $ per lin. ft. specified in Section 321313 and construction drawings.
Asphalt concrete pavement as specified in $ Per Sq, ft. Section 321313 and construction drawings.
B. The preceding unit prices include all charges for performance of the applicable work as prescribed in the General Conditions. C. It is understood that the preceding unit prices shall be used wherever applicable as prescribed in the General Conditions.
NEW CONVENIENCE ENTRY OF THE QUACKENBUSH SQUARE PARKING GARAGE BID FORM MAY 14, 2021 00 41 00 - 5 of 6 Alternate Bids
Not Used
Addenda
A. The undersigned hereby acknowledges receipt of the following addenda which shall become part of the Contract Documents: 1. Addendum Number (1) Dated ______2. Addendum Number (2) Dated ______3. Addendum Number (3) Dated ______4. Addendum Number (4) Dated ______
END OF SECTION 00 41 00
NEW CONVENIENCE ENTRY OF THE QUACKENBUSH SQUARE PARKING GARAGE BID FORM MAY 14, 2021 00 41 00 - 6 of 6
SECTION 00 43 22 - UNIT QUANTITY WORK
PART 1 - GENERAL
A. RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and Contract Documents, including General and Supplementary Conditions included in the contract and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to work of this Section.
B. SECTION INCLUDES
A. Measurement and payment criteria applicable to portions of the Work performed under a unit price payment method.
B. Defect assessment and non-payment for rejected work.
C. AUTHORITY
A. Measurement methods delineated in the individual specification sections complement the criteria of this section. In the event of conflict, the requirements of the individual specification section govern.
B. The Engineer will verify measurements and quantities and will have final authority in the event of conflict.
D. MEASUREMENT OF QUANTITIES
A. The Contractor shall assist the Engineer by providing any and all necessary equipment, workers, and survey personnel as required to lay out or measure the unit quantity work at no additional cost.
B. Measurement Devices: 1. Weigh Scales: Inspected, tested and certified by the applicable State Weights and Measures department within the past year. 2. Platform Scales: Of sufficient size and capacity to accommodate the conveying vehicle. 3. Metering Devices: Inspected, tested and certified by the applicable State department within the past year.
C. Measurement by Weight: Concrete reinforcing steel, rolled or formed steel or other metal shapes will be measured by handbook weights. Welded assemblies will be measured by handbook or scale weight.
D. Measurement by Volume: Measured by cubic dimension using mean length, width and height or thickness.
NEW CONVENIENCE ENTRY OF THE 00 43 22 - 1 QUACKENBUSH SQUARE PARKING GARAGE UNIT QUANTITY WORK
E. Measurement by Area: Measured by square dimension using mean length and width or radius.
F. Linear Measurement: Measured by linear dimension, at the item centerline or mean chord.
G. Stipulated Sum/Price Measurement: Items measured by weight, volume, area, or linear means or combination, as appropriate, as a completed item or unit of the Work.
E. PAYMENT
A. Payment Includes: Full compensation for all required labor, Products, tools, equipment, plant, transportation, services and incidentals; erection, application or installation of an item of the Work; overhead and profit.
B. Final payment for Work governed by unit prices will be made on the basis of the actual measurements and quantities accepted by the Engineer multiplied by the unit sum/price for Work which is incorporated in or made necessary by the Work.
F. NON-PAYMENT FOR REJECTED PRODUCTS
A. Payment will not be made for any of the following: 1. Products wasted or disposed of in a manner that is not acceptable. 2. Products determined as unacceptable before or after placement. 3. Products not completely unloaded from the transporting vehicle. 4. Products placed beyond the lines and levels of the required Work. 5. Products remaining on hand after completion of the Work. 6. Loading, hauling, and disposing of rejected Products.
G. UNIT QUANTITIES SPECIFIED
A. Contract Sum will be deemed to include for all Unit Quantity Work amount equal to sum of established unit prices for each separately identified item of Unit Price Work times estimated quantity of each item as indicated in the Bid Form and/or Schedule of Values.
B. Estimated quantities of items of Unit Price Work are not guaranteed and are solely for purpose of comparison of Bids and determining initial Contract Sum. Owner reserves right to increase or decrease quantities at same unit cost, as required by job conditions. Review and approval of actual quantities and classifications of Unit Price Work performed by Contractor will be by The Engineer.
C. The Engineer shall have right under contract to make increases and decreases in quantities and changes in plans, as may be necessary to ensure completion of contemplated work.
H. UNIT PRICES
A. Contractor shall provide a Unit Price for each work item, based on the unit of measurement specified.
NEW CONVENIENCE ENTRY OF THE 00 43 22 - 2 QUACKENBUSH SQUARE PARKING GARAGE UNIT QUANTITY WORK
B. Lump Sum Work Items designated by the method of payment on Bid Form shall include the extent of work shown on, or reasonably inferred by, the drawings or the following “Work Item Descriptions”. Contractor shall be responsible to field verify the location and extent of work. 1. Quantities for Lump Sum work items shown on drawings are approximate and shall be field verified by Contractor prior to placing bid.
C. Each Unit Price shall include cost of all labor, materials, tools, equipment and incidentals necessary to complete the work. These costs include, without limitation, layout, shop drawings and submittals, sundries, scaffolding and protection, trucking, disposal of waste, mobilization, cleaning, supervision, insurances, taxes, overhead, profit, permits, and any and all other costs directly or indirectly associated with the work.
I. PAYMENT
A. Progress payments on account of Unit Price Work will be based on number of units completed
B. The Engineer will review and approve actual quantities and determine classification of Unit Price Work performed by Contractor. The Engineer will review Contractor’s preliminary determinations on such matters before rendering written decision thereon (by recommendation of Application for Payment or otherwise). The Engineer’s written decisions thereon will be final and binding upon Owner and Contractor, unless, within ten days after date of any such decision, either Owner or Contractor delivers to other party to Agreement and to The Engineer written notice of intention to appeal from such decision.
C. Each unit price will be deemed to include amount considered by Contractor to be adequate to cover Contractor’s general conditions, supervision, overhead and profit for each separately identified item.
J. SUBMITTALS
A. The contractor shall prepare a record drawing to document all Unit Quantity work, including Lump Sum work items monthly as a basis of evaluating the applications for payment. The record drawing shall include the following: 1. The location and extent of each unit quantity work item completed. a. Each location of unit quantity work shall be labeled with a sequential number unique to that location. 2. A legend to designate each work item shown on drawing. 3. A tabular “Work Item Log” that provides a breakdown and sum of all completed unit quantity work. The Work Item Log shall include: a. Measurements and sums for each repair location itemized by Work Item and labeled with its unique sequentially numbered location. 4. A signature block including both the Contractor’s certification and the Engineer’s review of the completed quantities.
K. PROCEDURE
NEW CONVENIENCE ENTRY OF THE 00 43 22 - 3 QUACKENBUSH SQUARE PARKING GARAGE UNIT QUANTITY WORK
A. The contractor is responsible to coordinate the layout of all unit quantity work in the field in the presence of the Engineer. 1. The areas and locations shown on drawings are approximate and are shown diagrammatically for bidding purposes only. The actual extent of work shall only be as laid out in the field in the presence of the Engineer. 2. Work provided by Contractor in advance of agreement in the field by Engineer shall be at Contractor’s own risk and may be subject to rejection.
B. The contractor shall only proceed with work to the extent that is laid out and marked in field.
C. For patching and other selective demolition, the Contractor shall begin removals at the geometric center of each area, and work outward towards the repair boundaries marked in field. 1. The boundaries marked out in the field shall be initially considered by the contractor to be the outside maximum extent of work item and shall not demolish or remove materials beyond the extent required by the specifications and details regardless of the extent initially marked in field. 2. Contractor shall endeavor to leave layout marks visible.
D. The Contractor shall notify the Engineer if it believes, upon execution of demolition or surface preparation, that work is required beyond the extent marked in the field. 1. The contractor shall not proceed with any additional removals until authorized by Engineer.
E. The Contractor shall determine the quantity of work marked in field prior to any removals and shall report quantities to Engineer. 1. The contractor shall not proceed with any work marked in field that would exceed the contract quantities without a written change order authorized by Owner.
L. DEFECT ASSESSMENT
A. Replace the Work, or portions of the Work, not conforming to specified requirements.
B. The authority of the Engineer to assess the defect and identify payment adjustment is final.
M. SCHEDULE OF UNIT PRICES
A. Refer to Bid Form.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS – NOT USED
NEW CONVENIENCE ENTRY OF THE 00 43 22 - 4 QUACKENBUSH SQUARE PARKING GARAGE UNIT QUANTITY WORK
PART 3 - WORK ITEM DESCRIPTION
A. Refer to Bid Form.
END OF SECTION
NEW CONVENIENCE ENTRY OF THE 00 43 22 - 5 QUACKENBUSH SQUARE PARKING GARAGE UNIT QUANTITY WORK
SECTION 00 60 00 - PROJECT FORMS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS:
A. Division 1 – General Requirements
1.2 FORM OF AGREEMENT
A. Agreement form shall be "Standard Form of Agreement between Owner and Contractor where the basis, of payment is a Stipulated Sum" AlA A101-2007 Edition, Electronic Format.
B. General Conditions of the contract “General Conditions of the Contract” - AIA Document A20I, 2007 Edition, Electronic Format.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
Not Used.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
Not Used.
END OF SECTION
NEW CONVENIENCE ENTRY OF THE 00 06 00 - 1 ALBANY PARKING AUTHORITY PARKING GARAGE S PROJECT FORMS
Albany Parking Authority Garages –2021 Albany, New York
FORM OF AGREEMENT
The form of agreement to be used for this project is the AIA document A107, “Abbreviated Form of Agreement Between Owner and Contractor”, 2007 edition, as amended and is incorporated herein as if here set forth.
FORM OF AGREEMENT AG /1
Albany Parking Authority Garages –2021 Albany, New York
SUPPLEMENT TO THE GENERAL CONDITIONS (AIA Document A107)
NOTE: The term "Architect" shall be interpreted as the Engineer-of-Record, O&S Associates for the purposes of all relative contract documentation.
1. The General Conditions of the Contract for Construction The General Conditions of this bidding is the American Institute of Architects' Document A107, "Abbreviated Form of Agreement Between Owner and Contractor", 2007 Edition, Articles 6 through 19 hereinafter referred to as the "AIA General Conditions", as amended and is incorporated herein as if here set-forth.
2. The Supplementary General Conditions The supplementary General Conditions contain changes and additions to the AIA General Conditions. Where any part of the AIA General Conditions is modified or voided by the Supplementary General Conditions, the unaltered provisions shall remain in effect.
3. Amendments by the Supplementary General Conditions:
ARTICLE 8 - CONTRACTOR
Add the following to paragraph 8.2.1: The contractor's superintendent shall be satisfactory to both the Engineer and the Owner, and shall not be changed except with the consent of the Engineer and Owner, unless the superintendent proves to be unsatisfactory to the Contractor and ceases to be in his employ.
Add the following to paragraph 8.7.1 The Contractor shall maintain, on one complete set of Drawings (white prints) and specifications furnished by the Owner, an accurate record of the installation of all materials and systems covered by the Contract. The record shall indicate the exact location and amount of all repair work. If the Drawings do not appear complete, accurate, and up to date, the payment request shall not be accepted by the Engineer. The completed set of "record" Drawings must be delivered to the Engineer before requesting final payment.
ARTICLE 9 - ADMINISTRATION OF THE CONTRACT
Delete Article 9.7 and Substitute the following:
The Engineer will have authority to reject Work which does not conform to the Contract Documents. The Engineer will have authority to require special inspection or testing of the Work.
However, neither the Engineer's authority to act under this Subparagraph nor any decision made by him in good faith either to exercise or not to exercise such authority, shall give rise to any duty or responsibility of the Engineer to the Contractor, any Subcontractor, any of their agents or employees, or any other person performing any of the Work. Any Action requiring additional cost to the Owner shall be approved by the Owner in writing prior to taking such action."
SUPPLEMENT TO GENERAL CONDITIONS SGC/ 1
Albany Parking Authority Garages –2021 Albany, New York
ARTICLE 16 – INSURANCE
Add the following to Paragraph 16.1:
All insurance coverage required pursuant to Article 16 of the General Conditions shall be carried by a company or companies licensed to do business in the state of New York and reasonably acceptable to the Owner. In addition to the requirements of Subparagraph 16.1, the following insurance provision shall apply.
(a) Liability Insurance
(1) The Contractor and each subcontractor, performing work on any portion of the Property shall procure and maintain at their sole cost and expense, during the entire period of their performance under this Contract, the following minimum insurance in insurance companies and in policies of insurance acceptable to Owner.
(i) Workmen's Compensation Insurance, to the extent required by law with Employers Liability coverage of not less than $500,000, covering all persons employed by the Contractor to do the work undertaken by the Contractor, and
(ii) Limits of liability shall not be less than the following:
Type Limits of Liability Workers Compensation Statutory
Employer's Liability for each employee $500,000
Commercial General Liability General Aggregate $2,000,000 Products - Completed Operations Aggregate $2,000,000 Personal Injury $1,000,000 Each Occurrence $1,000,000
Comprehensive Automobile Liability All Owned, Non -Owned & Hired Combined Single Limit for each occurrence $1,000,000
Umbrella Liability Each Occurrence $5,000,000 Aggregate $5,000,000
Builder's Risk Coverage Carried by Contractor for Benefit of
SUPPLEMENT TO GENERAL CONDITIONS SGC/ 2
Albany Parking Authority Garages –2021 Albany, New York
Owner, Developer, Contractor, Sub- contractors and any Lender as their interests may appear.
All Risks Coverage Deductible $1,000 Each Loss Project Contract Amount
(2) Before commencing the Work, the Contractor and each subcontractor will supply Owner with a certificate of insurance, evidencing compliance with the minimum requirements listed in Article 16. Each certificate shall state that the insurance evidenced by such certificate will not be canceled or reduced, without thirty (30) days prior written notice to the Owner.
(3) Contractor shall maintain a file of certificates of insurance from each subcontractor.
(4) The Contractor and subcontractors shall have the Owner, its Board of Directors, the Engineer and their respective officers, directors, employees and agents added as Additional Insured Parties to the above Comprehensive General Liability Insurance policy. In addition, the subcontractors shall also name the Contractor and his respective officers, directors, employees and agents added as Additional Insured Parties.
(5) Commercial General Liability (CGL) shall cover liability arising from premises, operations, independent contractors, products-completed operations, personal injury and advertising injury, and liability assumed under an insured contract (including the tort liability of another assumed in a business contract.)
The Owner shall be included as an insured under the (CGL) and the Umbrella Liability Policies, using ISO additional insured endorsements CG2010 and CG2037 or their equivalent, which endorsement shall include coverage for the Owner with respect to liability arising out of the completed operations of the Contractor, and which coverage shall be maintained in effect for the benefit of the Owner for a period of 2 years following the completion of the work. Additional insured coverage as required shall apply as primary insurance with respect to any other insurance or self-insurance programs afforded to the Owner.
(b) Property Insurance
(1) Except as otherwise provided, the Owner shall purchase and maintain property insurance on the building with amounts and coverage as the Owner deems satisfactory.
(2) The Contractor shall purchase and maintain property insurance on such goods and building materials to the full insurable value thereof, while such goods are in transit or while stored at the work site or any other location. This insurance shall include interests of Owner (as loss payee with respect to any goods or materials
SUPPLEMENT TO GENERAL CONDITIONS SGC/ 3
Albany Parking Authority Garages –2021 Albany, New York
paid for by Owner), Contractor, and Subcontractors in the work, and shall insure against Fire, Extended Coverage and All Risk Perils. This policy of insurance shall bear a deductible which shall be borne by the Contractor.
(3) The Owner, Contractor and all subcontractors waive all rights against each other for damage caused by fire or other perils to the extent covered by insurance provided under paragraph (a) (1) and (2) hereof, except such rights as they may have to the proceeds of such insurance.
(4) The Owner is hereby given permission to occupy and use the building to continue normal daily use.
(5) The Owner shall not be responsible for nor shall it insure the personal property of the Contractor and/or subcontractor including, but not limited to, tools and equipment located at the job site which are intended to be incorporated into the Work.
(6) Contractor shall maintain Contractors Equipment Floater Insurance for owned or leased equipment under his care, custody and control as required for the performance of the Contractor's duties. Such insurance shall be for the sole benefit of the Contractor and shall not relieve the subcontractors of their responsibilities to maintain insurance as required herein.
(7) The Owner, at its option, may purchase and maintain such insurance against loss of use of its property or boiler and machinery due to fire or other hazards, however caused.
(8) Fire Insurance and Extended coverage on the building in which the work of the Contractor is to be performed will be maintained by the Owner.
(c) Claims. For any and all claims against the Owner, its Board of Directors, the Engineer or any of their respective officers, directors, agents or employees by an employee of the Contractor, any subcontractor, anyone directly or indirectly employed by any of them or anyone for whose acts any of them may be liable, the insurance obligation under this paragraph shall not be limited by the amount or type of damages, compensation or benefits payable by or for the contractor or any Subcontractor under workmen's compensation disability benefit, or other employees benefit statute.
(1) Hold Harmless: To the fullest extent permitted by law, Vendor agrees to indemnify, defend and hold harmless, the Authority, its board and council members, officers, employees, agents and volunteers ( “Indemnitees ”), through legal counsel reasonable acceptable to Authority, from any and all Losses arising out of or relating to any of the following: (i) performance or nonperformance of the Contract by Vendor or its Vendors of any tier; (ii) activities of the Vendor or its Vendors, of any tier; (iii) the payment or nonpayment by the Vendor or any of its Vendors, of any tier; and (iv) any personal injury, property damage or economic loss to third persons associated with the performance or nonperformance by the Vendor or its Vendors, of any tier. However, nothing contained in this provision shall be construed as obligating the Vendor to indemnify any Indemnitee for Losses resulting from the Indemnitee ’s sole or active negligence or wrongful misconduct. Vendor shall take steps to assure that a right indemnification is included in all subcontracting agreements.
(d) Engineer. The insurance obligations of the Contractor under this Paragraph shall not extend to the liability of the Engineer, his agents or employees arising out of (1) the preparation or approval of maps, drawings, opinions, reports, surveys, change orders, SUPPLEMENT TO GENERAL CONDITIONS SGC/ 4
Albany Parking Authority Garages –2021 Albany, New York design or specifications, or (2) the giving of directions or instructions by the Engineer, his agents, or employees to the extent that such preparation, approval, directions or instructions are the cause of the injury or damage.
16.3 PROJECT MANAGEMENT PROTECTIVE LIABILITY INSURANCE: Delete Paragraph 16.3.3.
16.4 PROPERTY INSURANCE: Delete Paragraph 16.4.2.
ARTICLE 20 - OTHER CONDITIONS OR PROVISIONS (New Article)
20.1 DEFINITIONS
20.1.1 Approved Equal. Material, equipment or method approved by the Engineer for use in or on work as being acceptable as an equivalent in the essential attributes of the material, equipment or method specified in the Contract Documents.
20.1.2 Proposal. The form which sets forth a Contract Amount based on unit prices of the work and the alternates, if any.
20.1.3 Bulletin. Letter or form issued by the Engineer after the award of the Contract requesting a change or amendment of the Contract Documents.
20.1.4 Subcharge Order. Letter or form issued by the Contractor authorizing changes in the Contract Documents when signed by the Contractor.
20.1.5 Reasonable Time. Whenever a reasonable time is specified in any of the Contract Documents, the time allowed shall be seventy two (72) hours, weekends and holidays excluded, unless otherwise specifically provided.
20.1.6 Notice . Any written notice to the Owner shall be delivered by the Contractor to the Owner. Written notice to the Contractor shall be deemed to have been duly served if delivered in person to an officer or any other official of the Contractor or if delivered at or sent by registered or certified mail to the last business address of the Contractor.
20.1.7 Subsidiary. A subsidiary is a company whose stock is at least 50 percent owned or controlled by another company.
20.2 FIRE PROTECTION
The contractor shall provide methods and equipment for protecting the building, all materials and personnel from fire damage prior to starting work. Methods and equipment are subject to approval by the local Fire Department.
20.3 JOB MEETINGS
The Contractor shall schedule weekly job progress meetings between himself, the Engineer, the Owner and major subcontractors and notify the concerned parties of the time and place of the meeting.
SUPPLEMENT TO GENERAL CONDITIONS SGC/ 5
Albany Parking Authority Garages –2021 Albany, New York
20.4 OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND HEALTH ACT
20.4.1 The Contractor shall comply with all safety and health laws and regulations including, but not limited to, provisions, and requirements of the Occupational Safety and Health Act of 1970, as amended, and/or the Construction Safety Act of 1969, as amended (whichever is applicable) and with all most recent applicable laws, ordinances, rules, regulations and orders of any public authority having jurisdiction and safety of persons or property or to protect them from damage, injury or loss. He shall erect and maintain, as required by existing conditions and progress of the Work, all reasonable safeguards for safety and protection, including posting danger signs and other warnings against hazards, promulgating safety regulations and notifying owner and users of adjacent utilities. Contractor shall assure that all of his Subcontractors also conform to all health and safety laws and regulations.
20.5 TEMPORARY LADDERS, RUNWAYS, HOISTS
20.5.1 The Contractor shall furnish and maintain all equipment such as temporary ladders, ramps, scaffolds, hoists, runways, derricks, etc., as required for the proper execution of their work.
20.5.2 All such apparatus, equipment and construction shall meet all requirements of all laws and regulations, including, but not limited to, labor laws and other State or Local laws applicable thereto.
20.6 BRACING, SHORING AND SHEETING
20.6.1 The Contractor shall provide all shoring, bracing, sheeting required for safety and proper execution of the Work.
20.7 DAMAGE
Any work damaged by failure to provide protection required shall be removed and replaced with new work at the Contractor's expense.
20.8 SIGNS
No signs shall be permitted on the site without the approval of the Owner.
20.9 FIRE REGULATIONS
Fire protection and prevention during the construction period shall be in accordance with all laws and regulations, including, but not limited to, the latest N.F.D.A. Regulations, OSHA, local Fire Department requirements.
SUPPLEMENT TO GENERAL CONDITIONS SGC/ 6
Albany Parking Authority Garages -2021 Albany, New York
20.10 TERMINATION The Authority reserves the right to terminate this contract in the event it is found that the certification filed by the Offeror in accordance with New York State Law §139-k was intentionally false or intentionally incomplete. Upon suchfinding, the Authority may exercise its termination right by providing written notification to the Offeror in accordance with the written notification terms of this contract. (i) Non-Performance: Non-performance by the Vendor will cause damage to the Authority by undermining the Authority’s ability to manage the City’s parking resources. If the Vendor fails to provide the equipment and services per the schedule provided by the Vendor per Section 1.16(c), the Authority shall have the right to terminate the Contract upon ten (10) business day’s written notice to the Contractor. 20.11 PREVAILING WAGES Contractor acknowledges that this is “public work” as such term is defined by Article 8 of the New York Labor Law, and that all labor will be paid at Prevailing Wages in accordance with the Prevailing Wage Schedule (“PWS”) provided by Owner. Contractor warrants that it shall comply with all relevant legal requirements, including but not limited to the required submission and retentionof certified payroll records by Contractor and any of Contractor’s subcontractors. The PWS is fully incorporated into this Agreement as if attachedhereto.
20.12 NON-COLLUSIVE PROPOSAL CERTIFICATE & ACKNOWLEDGMENT
Each proposer shall complete and submit with its, his, or her proposal the “Non- Collusive Proposal Certificate” and the “Acknowledgment” attached to this RFP.
20.13 BIDDER RESPONSIBILITY AND NEW YORK STATE FINANCE LAW §§139-j and 139-k
Pursuant to State Finance Law §§139-j and 139-k, this request for proposals (“RFP”) includes and imposes certain restrictions on communication between an Authority (Albany Parking Authority and any other government entity) and an Offeror/bidder during the procurement process. An Offeror/bidder is restricted from making contacts from the earliest notice of intent to solicit offers (in this instance, the release of this RFP) through final award and approval of the resultant contract by the Authority (“restricted period”) to other than designated staff unless it is a contact that is included among certain statutory exceptions set forth in State Finance Law §139- j(3)(a). The designated staff member for this RFP, as of the date hereof, is Sean Palladino, Associate Director of the Authority . Authority employees are also required to obtain certain information when contacted during the restricted period and make a determination of the responsibility of the Offeror/bidder pursuant to these two statutes. Certain findings of non-responsibility can result in rejection for contract award and in the event of two findings within a 4 year period, the Offeror/bidder is debarred from obtaining governmental Procurement Contracts. Additionally, the above law requires certain affirmations to be provided to the Authority by bidders and that certain provisions be contained within any contract/award resulting from this RFP. Specifically, the following forms/information is provided:
1. The Authority must obtain from all Offerors the required affirmation of understanding and agreement to comply with procedures on procurement lobbying restrictions regarding permissible Contacts in the restricted period for a procurement contract in accordance with State Finance Law §§139-j and 139-k. The affirmation is attached as Exhibit 1 to this RFP and must be completed and returned to the Authority when submitting a bid.
2. The Authority must include a disclosure request regarding prior non- responsibility determination in accordance with State Finance Law §139-k in its solicitation of proposals or bid documents or specifications or contract documents, as applicable, for procurement contracts. The required form is attached as Exhibit 2 and is to be completed and returned to the Authority when submitting a bid.
Albany Parking Authority Garages -2021 Albany, New York
3. The Authority must obtain from all Offerors a required certification that the information is complete, true and accurate regarding any prior findings of non- responsibility, such as non-responsibility pursuant to State Finance Law §139-j. The Offeror must agree to the certification and provide it to the procuring Government Entity. This certification is attached as Exhibit 3 to this RFP and must be completed and returned to the Authority when submitting a bid.
4. New York State Law §139-k(5) provides that every procurement contract award subject to the provisions of State Finance Law §§139-k and 139-j shall contain a provision authorizing the Authority to terminate the contract in the event that the certification is found to be intentionally false or intentionally incomplete. An example of such language is provided below:
The Authority reserves the right to terminate this contract in the event it is found that the certification filed by the Offeror in accordance with New York State Law §139-k was intentionally false or intentionally incomplete. Upon such finding, the Authority may exercise its termination right by providing written notification to the Offeror in accordance with the written notification terms of this contract.
SUPPLEMENT TO GENERAL CONDITIONS SGC/ 7
Albany Parking Authority Garages -2021 Albany, New York
NON-COLLUSIVE PROPOSAL CERTIFICATE
PURSUANT TO NEW YORK STATE GENERAL MUNICIPAL LAW SECTION 103-D; and/or NEW YORK STATE GENERAL MUNICIPAL LAW SECTION 103-d
By submission of this proposal, each proposer and each person signing on behalf of any proposer certifies, and in the case of a joint proposal each party thereto, certifies as to its own organization, under penalty of perjury, that to the best of knowledge and belief:
(1) The prices in the proposal have been arrived at independently, without collusion, consultation, communication or agreement, for the purpose of restricting competition, as to any matter relating to such prices with any other proposer or with any competitor;
(2) Unless otherwise required by law, the prices which have been quoted in this proposal have not been knowingly disclosed by the proposer and will not knowingly be disclosed by the proposer prior to the opening, directly or indirectly, to any other proposer or to any competitor; and
(3) No attempt has been made or will be made by the proposer to induce any other person, partnership or corporation to submit or not to submit a bid for the purpose of restricting competition.
(date) (signature)
(name and title) (printed name and title)
(name of firm)
pg. 22
Albany Parking Authority Garages -2021 ACKNOWLEDGMENT BY PROPOSER Albany, New York
If Individual or Individuals:
STATE OF ) COUNTY OF ) SS.:
On this day of , 2021, before me personally app eared
to me known and known to me to be the same person(s) described in and who executed the within instrument, and he/she/they severally acknowledged to me that he/she/they executed the same.
Notary Public, State of Qualified in Commission Expires
If Corporation:
STATE OF ) COUNTY OF ) SS.:
On this day of , 2021, before me personally appeared
to me known, who, being by me sworn, did say that he/she is the (give title) of the (name of corporation) , the corporation described in and which executed the above instrument; that he/she knows the seal of the corporation, and that the seal affixed to the instrument is such corporate seal; that it was so affixed by order of the board of directors of the corporation, and that he/she signed his/her name thereto by like order.
Notary Public, State of Qualified in Commission Expires
If Partnership:
STATE OF ) COUNTY OF ) SS.:
On this day of , 2021, before me personally came
, to me known to be the individual who executed the foregoing, and who, being duly sworn, did depose and say that he/she is a partner of the firm of and that he/she has the authority to sign the same, and acknowledged that he/she executed the same as the act and deed of said partnership.
Notary Public, State of Qualified in Commission Expires
pg. 23
Exhibit 1
Offeror affirms that it understands and agrees to comply with the procedures of the APA relative to permissible Contacts as required by State Finance Law §139-j (3) and §139-j (6) (b).
By: Date:
Name:
Title:
Contractor Name:
Contractor Address:
pg. 24
Exhibit 2
Offeror Disclosure of Prior Non-Responsibility Determinations
Name of Individual or Entity Seeking to Enter into the Procurement Contract:
Address:
Name and Title of Person Submitting this Form:
Date:
1. Has any Governmental Entity made a finding of non-responsibility regarding the individual or entity seeking to enter into the Procurement Contract in the previous four years? (Please circle): No Yes If yes, please answer the next questions:
2. Was the basis for the finding of non-responsibility due to a violation of State Finance Law §139-j (Please circle): No Yes 3. Was the basis for the finding of non-responsibility due to the intentional provision of false or incomplete information to a Governmental Entity? (Please circle):
No Yes
4. If you answered yes to any of the above questions, please provide details regarding the finding of non- responsibility below.
Governmental Entity:
Date of Finding of Non-responsibility:
Basis of Finding of Non-Responsibility:
_
_
(Add additional pages as necessary)
5. Has any Governmental Entity or other governmental agency terminated or withheld a Procurement Contract with the above-named individual or entity due to the intentional provision of false or incomplete information? (Please circle): No Yes 6. If yes, please provide details below.
Governmental Entity: _
Date of Termination or Withholding of Contract: pg. 25
Basis of Termination or Withholding: ______(Add additional pages as necessary)
Offeror certifies that all information provided to the Governmental Entity with respect to State Finance Law §139-k is complete, true and accurate.
By: Date: Signature
Name:
Title:
pg. 26
Albany Parking Authority Garages - 2021 Albany, New York Exhibit 3
Offeror Certification:
I certify that all information provided to the APA with respect to State Finance Law §139-k is complete, true and accurate.
By: Date:
Name: _
Title: _
Contractor Name:
Contractor Address: _
FIVE YEAR CORRECTIVE CERTIFICATE 00900/1
Albany Parking Authority Garages - 2021 Albany, New York
Section 00900 CERTIFICATE OF FIVE YEAR CORRECTIVE PERIOD
Date of Issuance THIS IS TO CERTIFY THAT, In accordance with the terms of a contract executed the day of , 20 by and between Contractor, and Owner, for the five year period for correcting work and materials found to be defective or not in accordance with the Contract Documents as stipulated in the Requirements (Part “2m” of Section 01020 - Special Conditions). This contract will expire the day of 20_ . The status of account under the above contract is as follows:
Original Contract Sum...... $
Additions ...... $
Original Sum plus Additions...... $
Deductions ...... $
Final Contract Sum...... $
Total certified to the Owner ...... $
Leaving not yet certified ...... $ _
O&S Associates
The Contractor, having examined the above Certificate, finds it correct and acknowledges receipt, upon the day of 20 , of said certificate.
CONTRACTOR
BY
NOTE: Work to be corrected within this period does not cover any normal maintenance work which has been abused or neglected by the Owner or his successor. The issuance of this Certificate and its acceptance are his without prejudice to any other rights of the Owner under their Contract.
FIVE YEAR CORRECTIVE CERTIFICATE 00900/1
Albany Parking Authority Garages - 2021 Albany, New York
PERFORMANCE BOND INFORMATION FORM
1.1 PERFORMANCE BOND INFORMATION
A. The following information is required to be attached to the Bid Form.
Project Location
Construction Contract Number
Name of Contract
Name of Contractor
Address
Bonding Company or Person Issuing Security Bond
Address
Bonding Company Agent
Address
Amount of Bond* $ (Contract Price As Awarded)
Duration of Bond* (One Year After Date of Final Payment)
Identification Number of Bond Assigned When Bond is Furnished
* Amount and duration of bond are in accordance with the General Conditions and any applicable Supplementary Conditions.
END OF DOCUMENT
Albany Parking Authority Garages - 2021 Albany, New York
PAYMENT BOND INFORMATION FORM
1.1 PAYMENT BOND INFORMATION
A. The following information is required to be attached to the Bid Form.
Project Location
Construction Contract Number
Name of Contract
Name of Contractor
Address
Bonding Company or Person Issuing Security Bond
Address
Bonding Company Agent
Address
Amount of Bond* $ (Contract Price As Awarded)
Duration of Bond* (One Year After Date of Final Payment)
Identification Number of Bond Assigned When Bond is Furnished
* Amount and duration of bond are in accordance with the General Conditions and any applicable Supplementary Conditions.
END OF DOCUMENT
Albany Parking Authority Garages - 2021 Albany, New York
MINORITY AND WOMEN PARTICIPATION PLAN REQUIREMENTS
NOTICE TO BIDDERS
All bids shall be accompanied by an Albany Minority and Women Participation Plan or waiver in accordance with the City of Albany Minority Participation Requirements, included herewith. .
END OF SECTION EXCEPT FOR CITY OF ALBANY MINORITY AND WOMEN PARTICIPATION PLAN REQUIREMENTS WHICHFOLLOW
City of Albany Kathy M. Sheehan Mayor
Minority/Women Participation Requirements City of Albany Contracts
The City of Albany MWBE Office monitors the City’s Minority and Women's Business Enterprise Program. Any questions regarding this policy should be directed to the office: City Hall, Room 307, 24 Eagle Street, Albany, New York 12207, 518-407-0255, [email protected].
City of Albany Affirmative Action Policy Statement The City of Albany recognizes the need to take affirmative steps to ensure that Minority and Women’s Business Enterprises (MWBEs) are given the opportunity to participate in the performance of contracts let by the City of Albany. This opportunity for full participation in our free enterprise system by socially and economically disadvantaged persons is essential, to obtain social and economic equality and improve the functioning of the City economy. Accordingly, it is the policy of the City of Albany to foster and promote the development of MWBEs. It is further the policy of the City of Albany that all contractors and subcontractors engaged on projects of the city or its agencies and authorities utilize Minority and Women Labor to the fullest extent feasible.
The contractors, by bidding on this contract, acknowledge understanding of this social policy. The contractor agrees to take appropriate steps, to use minority and women employees, suppliers and subcontractors in the completion of this contract.
MWBE Subcontractor and Minority/Women Labor Participation Policy 1. To award a minimum of seven and one half percent (7.5%) of the total dollar value of the contract to City of Albany Certified MWBEs; and 2. To award a minimum of 17.8% of the total labor force hours to the M/W labor pool.
BIDS MUST BE STRUCTURED TO INCLUDE MWBE SUBCONTRACTORS. To meet the MWBE goal, the City will only recognize businesses in the City of Albany Certified MWBE Directory, which can be obtained from the City of Albany EEO Office, Room 307, City Hall, Albany, New York 12207, 518-407-0255, [email protected] , or from the website at www.albanyny.gov /MWBE.
Required Forms • Each bid must include completed MWBE Subcontractors Plan and M/W Labor Participation Plan . • After the contract has been awarded , the MWBE Subcontractors Report and M/W Labor Participation Reports will be submitted by the contractor monthly for the duration of the contract. Do NOT submit these forms with your bid. • A Waiver Request Form may be submitted as needed. Contact the MWBE Office (above) for more information.
The MWBE Subcontractor and M/W Labor Participation Plans must detail the following: • A projection of the total number of hours to be worked on the job site. The hours must be separated by trade and must include hours to be worked by subcontractors. • Description of each proposed subcontract, including the name, address, phone number, social security or federal ID number for each MWBE subcontractor who will be working at the job site, with the total dollar amount of each proposed subcontract. • The MWBE Office must be notified immediately of any changes during the project, particularly if the change results in an increase or decrease in the cost of the project, and/or a change in the subcontractors from the original plan.
City of Albany MINORITY AND WOMEN LABOR PARTICIPATION PLAN
The information requested below must be completed by the general contractor and submitted with the bid. The figures shall be based on the bidder’s estimate of workforce needs and the minority representation of that workforce. The contractor will be required to furnish periodic reports as documentation that established goals are being met. These reports shall be submitted to the City’s EEO Office, City Hall Room 307, 24 Eagle Street, Albany, NY 12207. Questions regarding completion of this document can also be directed to the EEO Office at (518) 407-0255 or [email protected] . Please print clearly or type.
Contractor: ______Federal ID # (or SSN): ______
Address: ______City/State/Zip: ______
Telephone: ______Email:______
Project: ______Cost of Project: ______Minority and Women Labor Participation
The minimum goal for labor participation on City of Albany projects is that 17.8% of the total workforce hours should be worked by minorities and women. In the space provided below, please list the following workforce information by trade: total number of work hours for the project and total number of those hours to be worked by minorities/women.
Trade Total Total Hours to be Worked by Signed: Workforce Hours Minorities and Women Carpenters
Painters
Electricians
Plumbers
Drywall
Drivers
Foremen
Laborers
Masons
Other (specify)
TOTAL HOURS
______Date:______
CITY-001(a)
City of Albany M/WBE SUBCONTRACTOR UTILIZATION PLAN
General Contractor: ______
Project: ______
Contact Person: ______Contractor Phone:______Subcontractor Participation The City of Albany EEO Office is responsible for monitoring all subcontracts on construction projects let by the City of Albany and its agencies and authorities. The minimum goal for Minority and Women-Owned Business Enterprise participation on City of Albany projects is 7.5% of the total dollar amount of the contract. Please complete the information requested below, describing all anticipated subcontractor participation. Sign below to indicate that all information provided for this Participation Plan is true and correct. Direct questions to 518-407-0255 or [email protected] . Please print or type.
For the current list of certified M/WBE subcontractors, go to: http://www.albanyny.gov/mwbe
Sub-contractor Amount of Trade Sub- Sub-contractor Name, Address,Phone Sub- (see contractor Federal ID# contract, below Race/Ethnicit or Social Anticipated ) y/ Security # Start Date Gender (see below)
TYPE OF TRADE: RACE/ETHNICITY/GENDER: 1. Supplies 1. White 2. Masonry 2. Black 3. Trucking/Paving 3. Native American 4. Demolition/Excavation 4. Hispanic 5. Electrical 5. Asian/Pacific 6. Painting 6. Hasidic Jews 7. Plumbing/HVAC 7. Female 8. Carpentry 8. Male 9. Roofing 10. Other
Signed:______Date: ______
To all State Departments, Agency Heads and Public Benefit Corporations IMPORTANT NOTICE REGARDING PUBLIC WORK ENFORCEMENT FUND
Budget Policy & Reporting Manual
B-610
Public Work Enforcement Fund effective date December 7, 2005
1. Purpose and Scope:
This Item describes the Public Work Enforcement Fund (the Fund, PWEF) and its relevance to State agencies and public benefit corporations engaged in construction or reconstruction contracts, maintenance and repair, and announces the recently-enacted increase to the percentage of the dollar value of such contracts that must be deposited into the Fund. This item also describes the roles of the following entities with respect to the Fund: New York State Department of Labor (DOL), The Office of the State of Comptroller (OSC), and State agencies and public benefit corporations. 2. Background and Statutory References:
DOL uses the Fund to enforce the State's Labor Law as it relates to contracts for construction or reconstruction, maintenance and repair, as defined in subdivision two of Section 220 of the Labor Law. State agencies and public benefit corporations participating in such contracts are required to make payments to the Fund. Chapter 511 of the Laws of 1995 (as amended by Chapter 513 of the Laws of 1997, Chapter 655 of the Laws of 1999, Chapter 376 of the Laws of 2003 and Chapter 407 of the Laws of 2005) established the Fund. 3. Procedures and Agency Responsibilities:
The Fund is supported by transfers and deposits based on the value of contracts for construction and reconstruction, maintenance and repair, as defined in subdivision two of Section 220 of the Labor Law, into which all State agencies and public benefit corporations enter. Chapter 407 of the Laws of 2005 increased the amount required to be provided to this fund to .10 of one-percent of the total cost of each such contract, to be calculated at the time agencies or public benefit corporations enter into a new contract or if a contract is amended. The provisions of this bill became effective August 2, 2005.
To all State Departments, Agency Heads and Public Benefit Corporations IMPORTANT NOTICE REGARDING PUBLIC WORK ENFORCEMENT FUND
OSC will report to DOL on all construction-related ("D") contracts approved during the month, including contract amendments, and then DOL will bill agencies the appropriate assessment monthly. An agency may then make a determination if any of the billed contracts are exempt and so note on the bill submitted back to DOL. For any instance where an agency is unsure if a contract is or is not exempt, they can call the Bureau of Public Work at the number noted below for a determination. Payment by check or journal voucher is due to DOL within thirty days from the date of the billing. DOL will verify the amounts and forward them to OSC for processing. For those contracts which are not approved or administered by the Comptroller, monthly reports and payments for deposit into the Public Work Enforcement Fund must be provided to the Administrative Finance Bureau at the DOL within 30 days of the end of each month or on a payment schedule mtrtual1y agreed upon with DOL. Reports should contain the following information: - Name and billing address of State agency or public benefit corporation; - State agency or public benefit corporation contact and phone number; - Name and address of contractor receiving the award; - Contract number and effective dates; - Contract amount and PWEF assessment charge (if contract amount has been amended, reflect increase or decrease to original contract and the adjustment in the PWEF charge); and - Brief description of the work to be performed under each contract. Checks and Journal Vouchers, payable to the "New York State Department of Labor" should be sent to:
Department of Labor Administrative Finance Bureau-PWEF Unit Building 12, Room 464 State Office Campus Albany, NY 12240
Any questions regarding billing should be directed to NYSDOL's Administrative Finance Bureau-PWEF Unit at (518) 457-3624 and any questions regarding Public Work Contracts should be directed to the Bureau of Public Work at (518) 457-5589.
Construction Industry Fair Play Act
Required Posting For Labor Law Article 25-B § 861-d
Construction industry employers must post the "Construction Industry Fair Play Act" notice in a prominent and accessible place on the jobsite.
Failure to post the notice can result in penalties of up to $1,500 for a first offense and up to $5,000 for a second offense.
The posting is included as part of this wage Schedule. Additional copies may be obtained from the NYS DOL website, www.labor.ny.gov.
If you have any questions concerning the Fair Play Act, please call the State Labor Department toll-free at 1-866-435-1499 or email us at: [email protected]
New York State Department of Labor Required Notice under Article 25-B of the Labor Law
ATTENTION ALL EMPLOYEES, CONTRACTORS AND SUBCONTRACTORS: YOU ARE COVERED BY THE CONSTRUCTION INDUSTRY FAIR PLAY ACT The law says that you are an employee unless: • You are free from direction and control in performing your job AND • You perform work that is not part of the usual work done by the business that hired you AND • You have an independently established business Your employer cannot consider you to be an independent contractor unless all three of these facts apply to your work.
IT IS AGAINST THE LAW FOR AN EMPLOYER TO MISCLASSIFY EMPLOYEES AS INDEPENDENT CONTRACTORS OR PAY EMPLOYEES OFF-THE-BOOKS.
Employee rights. If you are an employee: • You are entitled to state and federal worker protections such as o unemployment benefits, if unemployed through no fault of your own, able to work, and otherwise qualified o workers’ compensation benefits for on-the-job injuries o payment for wages earned, minimum wage, and overtime (under certain conditions) o prevailing wages on public work projects o the provisions of the National Labor Relations Act and o a safe work environment • It is a violation of this law for employers to retaliate against anyone who asserts their rights under the law. Retaliation subjects an employer to civil penalties, a private lawsuit or both.
Independent Contractors: If you are an independent contractor: • You must pay all taxes required by New York State and Federal Law.
Penalties for paying off-the-books or improperly treating employees as independent contractors:
• Civil Penalty First Offense: up to $2,500 per employee. Subsequent Offense(s): up to $5,000 per employee.
• Criminal Penalty First Offense: Misdemeanor - up to 30 days in jail, up to a $25,000 fine and debarment from performing Public Work for up to one year. Subsequent Offense(s): Misdemeanor - up to 60 days in jail, up to a $50,000 fine and debarment from performing Public Work for up to 5 years.
If you have questions about your employment status or believe that your employer may have violated your rights and you want to file a complaint, call the Department of Labor at 1(866)435-1499 or send an email to [email protected] . All complaints of fraud and violations are taken seriously and you can remain anonymous.
Employer Name:
IA 999 (09/10)
WORKER NOTIFICATION
(Labor Law §220, paragraph a of subdivision 3-a)
Effective February 24, 2008
This provision is an addition to the existing prevailing wage rate law, Labor Law §220, paragraph a of subdivision 3-a. It requires contractors and subcontractors to provide written notice to all laborers, workers or mechanics of the prevailing wage rate for their particular job classification on each pay stub*. It also requires contractors and subcontractors to post a notice at the beginning of the performance of every public work contract on each job site that includes the telephone number and address for the Department of Labor and a statement informing laborers, workers or mechanics of their right to contact the Department of Labor if he/she is not receiving the proper prevailing rate of wages and/or supplements for his/her particular job classification. The required notification will be provided with each wage schedule, may be downloaded from our website www.labor.state.nv.us or made available upon request by contacting the Bureau of Public Work at 518-457-5589.
* In the event that the required information will not fit on the pay stub, an accompanying sheet or attachment of the information will suffice.
THIS IS A: PUBLIC WORK
ROJECT If you are employed on this project as a worker, laborer, or mechanic you are entitled to receive the prevailing wage and supplements rate for the classification at which you are working.
Chapter 629 of These wages are set by law and must be posted the Labor Laws at the work site. They can also be found at: of 2007: www.labor.ny.qov
If you feel that you have not received proper wages or benefits, please call our nearest office.*
Albany (518) 457 -2744 Patchogue (631) 687 -4882 Binghamton (607) 721 -8005 Rochester (585) 258 -4505 Buffalo (716) 847 -7159 Syracuse (315) 428 -4056 Garden City (516) 228 -3915 Utica (315) 793 -2314 New York City (212) 932 -2419 White Plains (914) 997 -9507 Newburgh (845) 568 -5156
* For New York City government agency construction projects, please contact the Office of the NYC Comptroller at (212) 669-4443, or www.comptroller.nyc.Nov — click on Bureau of Labor Law.
Contractor Name:
Project Location:
PW 101 (4.15)
OSHA 10 -hour Construction Safety and Health Course — S1537-A
Effective July 18, 2008
This provision is an addition to the existing prevailing wage rate law, Labor Law §220, section 220-h. It requires that on all public work projects of at least $250,000.00, all laborers, workers and mechanics working on the site, be certified as having successfully completed the OSHA 10-hour construction safety and health course. It further requires that the advertised bids and contracts for every public work contract of at least $250,000.00, contain a provision of this requirement.
Note: The OSHA 10 Legislation only applies to workers on a public work project that are required, under Article 8, to receive the prevailing wage.
(03.12) Page l of 2
Where to find OSHA 10-hour Construction Course
1. NYS Department of Labor website for scheduled outreach training at: www. labor.state.ny.us/workerprotection/ safety/hea1th/DOSH_training.shtm
2. OSHA Training Institute Education Centers:
Rochester Institute of Technology OSHA Education Center Rochester, NY Donna Winter Fax (585) 475-6292 e-mail: dlwtpoU,rit.edu (866) 385-7470 Ext, 2919 www.rit.edu/=outreach/course.php3?CourseID=54
Atlantic OSHA Training Center UMDNJ —School of Public Health Piscataway, NJ Janet Crooks Fax (732) 235-9460 e-mail: crooksiefiumdni.edu (732) 235-9455 https://op1ip. uiTldR l edu/ivconnect/ShowScliedule.awp?==GROUP=AOTCON=10=
Atlantic OSHA Training Center University at Buffalo Buffalo, New York Joe Syracuse Fax (716) 829-2806 e-mail:inai1to:1ansfibuffalo.edu (716) 829-2125 http://www.smbs.buffalo.edu/CENTERS/trc/schcdiile OSHA.phs
Keene State College Manchester, NH Leslie Singleton c-mail: 1sinu1ctinG1‹eene.edu (800) 449-6742 www.keene.edu/courses/print/courscs os1ia.cfm
3. List of trainers and training schedules for OSHA outreach training at: www.OutreachTrainers.orR
(03.12) Page 2 of 2
Requirements for OSHA 10 Compliance
Chapter 282 of the Laws of 2007, codified as Labor Law 220-h took effect on July 18, 2008. The statute provides as follows:
The advertised specifications for every contract for public work of $250,000.00 or more must contain a provision requiring that every worker employed in the performance of a public work contract shall be certified as having completed an OSHA 10 safety training course. The clear intent of this provision is to require that all employees of public work contractors, required to be paid prevailing rates, receive such training “prior to the performing any work on the project.”
The Bureau will enforce the statute as follows:
All contractors and sub contractors must attach a copy of proof of completion of the OSHA 10 course to the first certified payroll submitted to the contracting agency and on each succeeding payroll where any new or additional employee is first listed.
Proof of completion may include but is not limited to:
• Copies of bona fide course completion card (Note. Completion curds do not have on expiration date.) • Training roster, attendance record of other documentation from the certified trainer pending the issuance of the card. • Other valid proof
**A certification by the employer attesting that all employees have completed such a course is not sufficient proof that the course has been completed.
Any questions regarding this statute may be directed to the New York State Department of Labor, Bureau of Public Work at 518-485-5696.
Page 1 of 1
WICKS Reform 2008
(For all contracts advertised or solicited for bid on or after 7/ 1/08)
• Raises the threshold for public work projects subject to the Wicks Law requiring separate specifications and bidding for the plumbing, heating and electrical work. The total project’s threshold would increase from $50,000 to: $3 million in Bronx, Kings, New York, Queens and Richmond counties; $1.5 million in Nassau, Suffolk and Westchester counties; and $500,000 in all other counties.
• For projects below the monetary threshold, bidders must submit a sealed list naming each subcontractor for the plumbing, HVAC and electrical work and the amount to be paid to each. The list may not be changed unless the public owner finds a legitimate construction need, including a change in specifications or costs or use of a Project Labor Agreement (PLA), and must be open to public inspection.
• Allows the state and local agencies and authorities to waive the Wicks Law and use a PLA if it will provide the best work at the lowest possible price. If a PLA is used, all contractors shall participate in apprentice training programs in the trades of work it employs that have been approved by the Department of Labor (DOL) for not less than three years. They shall also have at least one graduate in the last three years and use affirmative efforts to retain minority apprentices. PLA’s would be exempt from Wicks, but deemed to be public work subject to prevailing wage enforcement.
• The Commissioner of Labor shall have the power to enforce separate specification requirements on projects, and may issue stop-bid orders against public owners for non-compliance.
• Other new monetary thresholds, and similar sealed bidding for non-Wicks projects, would apply to certain public authorities including municipal housing authorities, NYC Construction Fund, Yonkers Educational Construction Fund, NYC Municipal Water Finance Authority, Buffalo Municipal Water Finance Authority, Westchester County Health Care Association, Nassau County Health Care Corp., Clifton-Fine Health Care Corp., Erie County Medical Center Corp., NYC Solid Waste Management Facilities, and the Dormitory Authority.
• Reduces from 15 to 7 days the period in which contractors must pay subcontractors.
IMPORTANT INFORMATION Regarding Use of Form PW30.1 (Previously 30R) “Employer Registration for Use of 4 Day / 10 Hour Work Schedule"
To use the ‘4 Day / 10 Hour Work Schedule’:
There MUST be a Dispensation of Hours (PW30) in place on the project
AND
You MUST register your intent to work 4 / 10 hour days, by completing the PW30.1 Form. REMEMBER. . The ‘4 Day / 10 Hour Work Schedule’ applies ONLY to Job Classifications and Counties listed on the PW30.1 Form. Do not write in any additional Classifications or Counties.
(Please note: For each Job Classification check the individual wage schedule for specific details regarding their 4/10 hour day posting.)
PW30.1-Notice (03.17) NYSDOL Bureau of Public Work 1 of 1
Instructions for Completing Form PW30.1 (Previously 30R) “Employer Registration for Use of 4 Day / 10 Hour Work Schedule”
Before completing Form PW30.1 check to be sure ...
• There is a Dispensation of Hours in place on the project.
• The 4 Day / 10 Hour Work Schedule applies to the Job Classifications you will be using.
• The 4 Day / 10 Hour Work Schedule applies to the County / Counties where the work will take place. Instructions (Type or Print legibly): Contractor Information: • Enter the Legal Name of the business, FEIN, Street Address, City, State, Zip Code; the Company’s Phone and Fax numbers; and the Company’s email address (if applicable)
• Enter the Name of a Contact Person for the Company along with their Phone and Fax numbers, and the personal email address (if applicable)
Project Information: • Enter the Prevailing Rate Case number (PRC#) assigned to this project
• Enter the Project Name / Type (i.e. Smithtown CSD — Replacement of HS Roof)
• Enter the Exact Location of Project (i.e. Smithtown HS, 143 County Route #2, Smithtown, NY; Bldgs. 1 & 2)
• If you are a Subcontractor, enter the name of the Prime Contractor for which you work
• On the Checklist of Job Classifications - o Go to pages 2 and 3 of the form o Place a checkmark in the box to the right of the Job Classification you are choosing o Mark all Job Classifications that apply ***Do not write in any additional Classifications or Counties.***
Requestor Information: • Enter the name of the person submitting the registration, their title with the company , and the date the registration is filled out
Return Completed Form: • Mail the completed PW30.1 form to: NYSDOL Bureau of Public Work, SOBC — Bldg.12 — Rm.130, Albany, NY 12240 -OR - • Fax the completed PW30.1 form to: NYSDOL Bureau of Public Work at (518)485-1870
PW30.1-Instructions (03.17) NYSDOL Bureau of Public Work 1 of 1
NEW YORK Department O FOR UN of Labor
Bureau of Public Work Harriman State Office Campus Building 12, Room 130 Albany, New York 12240 Phone: (518) 457-5589 Fax: (518) 485-1870 www.labor.ny.gov
Employer Registration for Use of 4 Day / 10 Hour Work Schedule
Before completing this form, make sure that: • There is a Dispensation of Hours in place on the project. • The 4 Day / 10 Hour Work Schedule applies to the Job Classifications you will be using. • The 4 Day / 10 Hour Work Schedule applies to the County / Counties where the work will take place.
Please type or print the requested information and then mail or fax to the address above.
Contractor Information
Company Name. FEIN: Address:
City: State: Zip Code: Phone No: Fax No: Email: Contact Person: Phone No: Fax No: Email:
Project Information
Project PRC#: Project Name/Type:
Exact Location
of Project: County:
(If you are Subcontractor) Prime Contractor Name:
Job Classification(s) to Work 4/10 Schedule: (Choose all that apply on Job Classification Checklist - Pages 3-8) ““ Do not write in any additional Classifications or Counties* Requestor Information
Name:
Title: Date:
PW 30.1 (06/17) 1 of 7
Please use the list below with the number assigned to each county as a reference to the corresponding numbers listed in the following pages under Entire Counties & Partial Counties.
1. Albany County 33. Oneida County
2. Allegany County 34. Onondaga County
3. Bronx County 35. Ontario County
4. Broome County 36. Orange County
5. Cattaraugus County 37. Orleans County
6. Cayuga County 38. Oswego County
7. Chautauqua County 39. Otsego County
8. Chemung County 40. Putnam County
9. Chenango County 41. Queens County
10. Clinton County 42. Rensselaer County 11. Columbia County 43. Richmond County (Staten Island) 12. Cortland County Rockland County 13. Delaware County 45. Saint Lawrence County 14. Dutchess County 46. Saratoga County 15. Erie County 47. Schenectady County 16. Essex County 48. Schoharie County 17. Franklin County 49. Schuyler County 18. Fulton County 50. Seneca County 19. Genesee County 51. Steuben County 20. Greene County
52. Suffolk County 21. Hamilton County
53. Sullivan County 22. Herkimer County
23. Jefferson County 54. Tioga County
24. Kings County (Brooklyn) 55. Tompkins County
25. Lewis County 56. Ulster County
26. Livingston County 57. Warren County
27. Madison County 58. Washington County
28. Monroe County 59. Wayne County
29. Montgomery County 60. Westchester County
30. Nassau County 61. Wyoming County
31. New York County (Manhattan) 62. Yates County
32. Niagara County
PW 30.1 (06/17) 2 of 7
Job Classification Checklist (Place a checkmark by all classifications that will be using the 4/10 schedule) ’*“ Do not write in any additional C/assi//cafior/s or Counties“’ Check Job Classification Tag # Entire Counties Partial Counties Box
Carpenter — Building 276B-AII 7 2 ,5
Carpenter — Building 276B-Cat 15 5
Carpenter — Building 276-B-LIV 26, 28, 35, 59 61
Carpenter — Building 2768-Gen 19, 32, 37 61
Carpenter — Heavy & Highway 276HH-AII 2, 5, 7
Carpenter — Heavy & Highway 276HH-Erie 15
Carpenter — Heavy & Highway 276HH- Gen 19, 32, 37, 61
Carpenter — Heavy & Highway 276HH-Liv 26, 28, 35, 59
Carpenter — Residential 276R-AII 7 2, 5
Carpenter — Building 2778-Bro 4, 54
Carpenter — Building 277B-CAY 6, 50, 62
Carpenter — Building 277B-CS 8, 12, 49, 51, 55 2
Carpenter — Building 277 JLS 23, 25, 45
Carpenter — Building 277 omh 22, 27, 33 Carpenter — Building 277 On 34
Carpenter — Building 277 Os 38 277CDO Carpenter — Building Bldg 9, 13, 39 277CDO Carpenter — Heavy & Highway HH 9, 13, 39 4, 6, 8, 12, ,22, 23, 25, 27, 33, 34, Carpenter — Heavy & Highway 277HH-BRO 38, 45, 49, 50, 51, 54, 55, 62 Carpenter — Building 291B-Alb 1, 18, 20, 29, 42, 47, 48
Carpenter — Building 2918-CIi 10, 16, 17
Carpenter — Building 291B-Ham 21, 57, 58
Carpenter — Building 291B-Sar 46
1, 10, 16, 17,18, 20, 21, 29, 42, 46, Carpenter — Heavy & Highway 291HH-Alb 47, 48, 57, 58
Electrician 25m 30, 52
Electrician — Teledata Cable Splicer 43 12, 22, 27, 33, 38 6, 9, 34, 39, 55, 59
PW 30.1 (06/17) 3 of 7
Job Classification Checklist (Place a checkmark by all classifications that will be using the 4/10 schedule) "“ Do not write in any additional Classifications or Counties"*
Check Job Classification Tag # Entire Counties Partial Counties Box
Electrician 86 26, 28 19, 35, 37, 59, 61 840 Teledata Electrician 62 6, 34, 35, 50, 59 and 840 Z1
Electrician 910 10, 16, 17, 23, 25, 45
Electrical Lineman 1049Line/Gas 30, 41, 52
1, 2, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13,
14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 25, 26, 27, 28, 29, 32, 33, 34, Electrical Lineman 4249a 35, 36, 37, 38, 39, 40, 42, 44, 46, 47, 48, 49, 50, 45, 51, 53, 54, 55, 56, 57, 58, 59, 61, 62
Electrical Lineman 1249a West 60
1, 2, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 12, 13, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 25, Electrical Lineman 1249a-LT 26, 27, 28, 29, 32, 33, 34, 35, 37, 38, 39, 42, 46, 47, 48, 49, 50, 45, 51, 53, 54, 55, 57, 58, 59, 61, 62
Electrical Lineman 1249aREG8LT 11, 14, 36, 40, 44, 56
Electrical Lineman 1249aWestLT 60
Elevator Constructor 438 11, 14, 20, 36, 40, 53, 56 13, 44, 60
Elevator Constructor 14 2, 5, 7, 15, 19, 32, 37, 61
Elevator Constructor 27 8, 26, 28, 35, 49, 50, 51, 59, 62
1, 10, 16, 18, 21, 22, 29, 39, 42, 46 Elevator Constructor 35 47, 48, 57, 58 4, 6, 9, 12, 23, 25, 27, 33, 34, 38, Elevator Constructor 621 13 45, 54, 55 1, 10, 11, 16, 17, 18, 20, 21, 29, 42 Glazier 201 46, 47, 48, 57, 58 Glazier 660r 2, 5, 7, 15, 19, 32, 37, 61
Glazier 660 2, 5, 7, 15, 19, 32, 37, 61
Glazier 677.1 23, 25, 26, 28, 35, 45, 50, 59, 62
Glazier 677Z-2 6, 12, 22, 27, 33, 34, 38
Glazier 677z3 4, 8, 9, 13, 39, 49, 51, 54, 55
Glazier 677r.2 6, 12, 22, 27, 33, 34, 38 4, 6, 8, 9, 12, 22, 23, 25, 27, 33, 34 Insulator — Heat & Frost 30-Syracuse 38, 39, 49, 50, 45, 54, 55
Laborer — Building 621b 2, 7 5
Laborer — Building 633 bON 34
PW 30.1 (06/17) 4 of 7
Job Classification Checklist (Place a checkmark by all classifications that will be using the 4/10 schedule) *" Do not write in any additional Classifications or Counties”*
Check Job Classification Tag # Entire Counties Partial Counties Box
Laborer — Building 633b Cay 6
Laborer — Building 633bOS 38
Laborer — Building 785(7) 4 9, 13, 54
Laborer — Building 7858-CS 8, 51 49
Laborer — Building 7-785b 12, 55 49, 54
Laborers — Heavy & Highway 157h/h 47 18, 29, 46
Laborers — Heavy & Highway 190 h/h 1, 42, 58 11, 20, 46
Laborers — Heavy & Highway 35/2h 21, 22, 27, 33 18, 29
Laborer — Residential 621r 2, 7 5
Laborers — Tunnel 157 47 18, 29, 46
Laborers — Tunnel 35T 21, 22, 27, 33 18, 29
Laborers — Tunnel 190 1, 42, 58 11, 20, 46 1, 10,11, 16, 17, 18, 20, 21, 29, Mason — Building 2TS.1 42, 46, 47, 48, 57, 58
Mason — Building 2TS.2 22, 23, 25, 33, 45 27
Mason — Building 2TS.3 6, 34, 38 27
Mason — Building 2b-on 34
1, 11, 18, 20, 21, 29, 42, 46, 47, 48 Mason — Building 2b.1 57 58
Mason — Building 2b.2 22, 33 25
Mason — Building 2b.3 6, 34 27
Mason — Building 2b.4 38
Mason — Building 2b.5 23 25
Mason — Building 2b.6 45
Mason — Building 2b.8 10, 16, 17 57
Mason — Building 3b-Co-Z2 8, 49, 51 2
Mason — Building 38-Z1 19, 26, 28, 35, 50, 59, 61, 62
Mason — Building — Residential 3B-Z1R 19, 26, 28, 35, 50, 59, 61, 62
Mason — Building 3B-Bing-Z2 4, 9, 13, 39, 54
Mason — Building 3B-lth-Z2 12, 55
PW30.1 (02/17) 5 of 7
Job Classification Checklist (Place a checkmark by all classifications that will be using the 4/10 schedule)
“* Do not write in any additional Classifications or Counties“*
Check Job Classification Tag # Entire Counties Partial Counties Box Mason — Building 3B-Jam-Z2 7 2, 5 2, 4, 8, 7, 9, 12, 39, 13, 49, 51, 54, g Mason — Building — Residential 38-Jam-Z2R 55 Mason — Building 3B-Z3 15, 32 5 Mason — Building 3B-Z3.Orleans 37 Mason — Residential 3B-Z3R 15, 32 5 3B- Mason — Residential z3R.Orleans 37 2, 4, 8, 7, 9, 12, 13, 19, 26, 28, 35, Mason - Heavy & Highway 3h 5, 15, 32 37, 39, 49, 50, 51, 54, 55, 59, 61, 62 Mason — Tile Finisher 3TF-Z1 19, 26, 28, 35, 50, 59, 61, 62 2, 4, 8, 7, 9, 12, 13, 39, 49, 51, 54, Mason — Tile Finisher 3TF-Z2 5 55
Mason — Tile Finisher 3TF-Z3 15, 32, 37 Mason — Tile Finisher 3TF-Z1R 19, 26, 28, 35, 50, 59, 61, 62 Mason — Tile Finisher 3TF-Z2R 2, 4, 7, 9, 12, 13, 39, 49, 51, 54, 55 5 Mason — Tile Finisher 3TF-Z3R 15, 32, 37 5 Mason — Tile Setter 3TS-Z1 19, 26, 28, 35, 50, 59, 61, 62
Mason — Tile Setter Residential 3TS-Z1R 19, 26, 28, 35, 50, 59, 61, 62 2, 4, 7, 8, 9, 12, 13, 39, 49, 51, 54, Mason — Tile Setter 3TS-Z2 5 55 2, 4, 7, 8, 9, 12, 13, 39, 49, 51, 54, Mason — Tile Setter Residential 3TS-Z2R 55 5 Mason — Tile Setter 3TS-Z3 15, 32, 37 5
Mason — Tile Setter Residential 3TS-Z3R 15, 32, 37 Mason — Building/Heavy & Highway 780 3, 24, 30, 31, 41, 43, 52 Operating Engineer - Heavy & 137H/H 40, 60 14 Highway Operating Engineer — Heavy & 158-832H 2, 8, 26, 28, 35, 49, 51, 59, 62 19 Highway 1, 4, 9, 10, 11, 14, 16, 17, 18, 20, Operating Engineer — Heavy & 158-H/H 21, 22, 29, 39, 42, 46, 47, 48, 54, Highway 57, 58 Operating Engineer — Heavy & 158-545h 6, 12, 23, 25, 27, 33, 38, 45, 50, 55 Highway 1, 3, 10, 11, 14, 16, 17, 18, 20, 21, Painter 1456-LS 24, 29, 30, 31, 36, 40, 41, 42, 43, 44, 46, 47, 48, 52, 53, 56, 57, 58, 60
Painter 150 28, 59, 62 26, 35
PW30.1 (02/17) 6 of 7
Prevailing Wage Rates for 07/01/2018 - 06/30/2019 Published by the New York State Department of Labor Last Published on Aug 01 2018 Albany County ”“ Do not write in any additional Classifications or Counties"“
Check Job Classification Tag # Entire Counties Partial Counties Box
Painter 178 B 4, 9, 54
Painter 178 E 8, 49 51
Painter 178 1 12, 55
Painter 178 0 13, 39
Painter 31 6, 22, 27, 33, 34, 50 25, 35, 38
Painter 38.O 38
Painter 38.W 23, 45 25 4- 5, 7, 26, 51 Painter Buf,Nia,Olean 2, 15, 19, 32, 37, 61
Painter 4-Jamestown 5, 7
Sheetmetal Worker 46 26, 28, 35, 50, 59, 62
Sheetmetal Worker 46r 26, 28, 35, 50, 59, 62
Teamsters — Heavy & Highway 294h/h 1, 11, 18, 20, 29, 42, 46, 47, 48, 58 57
Teamsters — Heavy & Highway 317bhh 6, 12, 50, 51, 55, 62 2
Teamsters - Building/Heavy & 456 40, 60 Highway
Page 1 Prevailing Wage Rates for 07/01/2020 - 06/30/2021 Published by the New York State Department of Labor Last Published on Apr 01 2021
Introduction to the Prevailing Rate Schedule
Information About Prevailing Rate Schedule
This information is provided to assist you in the interpretation of particular requirements for each classification of worker contained in the attached Schedule of Prevailing Rates. Classification
It is the duty of the Commissioner of Labor to make the proper classification of workers taking into account whether the work is heavy and highway, building, sewer and water, tunnel work, or residential, and to make a determination of wages and supplements to be paid or provided. It is the responsibility of the public work contractor to use the proper rate. If there is a question on the proper classification to be used, please call the district office located nearest the project. District office locations and phone numbers are listed below.
Prevailing Wage Schedules are issued separately for "General Construction Projects" and "Residential Construction Projects" on a county- by-county basis.
General Construction Rates apply to projects such as: Buildings, Heavy & Highway, and Tunnel and Water & Sewer rates.
Residential Construction Rates generally apply to construction, reconstruction, repair, alteration, or demolition of one family, two family, row housing, or rental type units intended for residential use.
Some rates listed in the Residential Construction Rate Schedule have a very limited applicability listed along with the rate. Rates for occupations or locations not shown on the residential schedule must be obtained from the General Construction Rate Schedule. Please contact the local Bureau of Public Work office before using Residential Rate Schedules, to ensure that the project meets the required criteria.
Payrolls and Payroll Records
Contractors and subcontractors are required to establish, maintain, and preserve for not less that six (6) years, contemporaneous, true, and accurate payroll records.
Every contractor and subcontractor shall submit to the Department of Jurisdiction (Contracting Agency), within thirty (30) days after issuance of its first payroll and every thirty (30) days thereafter, a transcript of the original payrolls, subscribed and affirmed as true under penalty of perjury. Paid Holidays
Paid Holidays are days for which an eligible employee receives a regular day's pay, but is not required to perform work. If an employee works on a day listed as a paid holiday, this remuneration is in addition to payment of the required prevailing rate for the work actually performed. Overtime
At a minimum, all work performed on a public work project in excess of eight hours in any one day or more than five days in any workweek is overtime. However, the specific overtime requirements for each trade or occupation on a public work project may differ. Specific overtime requirements for each trade or occupation are contained in the prevailing rate schedules.
Overtime holiday pay is the premium pay that is required for work performed on specified holidays. It is only required where the employee actually performs work on such holidays.
The applicable holidays are listed under HOLIDAYS: OVERTIME. The required rate of pay for these covered holidays can be found in the OVERTIME PAY section listings for each classification.
Supplemental Benefits
Particular attention should be given to the supplemental benefit requirements. Although in most cases the payment or provision of supplements is straight time for all hours worked, some classifications require the payment or provision of supplements, or a portion of the supplements, to be paid or provided at a premium rate for premium hours worked. Supplements may also be required to be paid or provided on paid holidays, regardless of whether the day is worked. The Overtime Codes and Notes listed on the particular wage classification will indicate these conditions as required. Effective Dates
When you review the schedule for a particular occupation, your attention should be directed to the dates above the column of rates. These are the dates for which a given set of rates is effective. The rate listed is valid until the next effective rate change or until the new annual determination which takes effect on July 1 of each year. All contractors and subcontractors are required to pay the current prevailing rates of wages and supplements. If you have any questions please contact the Bureau of Public Work or visit the New York State Department of Labor website (www.labor.ny.gov) for current wage rate information. Apprentice Training Ratios
The following are the allowable ratios of registered Apprentices to Journey-workers.
For example, the ratio 1:1,1:3 indicates the allowable initial ratio is one Apprentice to one Journeyworker. The Journeyworker must be in place on the project before an Apprentice is allowed. Then three additional Journeyworkers are needed before a second Apprentice is allowed. The last ratio repeats indefinitely. Therefore, three more Journeyworkers must be present before a third Apprentice can be hired, and so on.
Please call Apprentice Training Central Office at (518) 457-6820 if you have any questions.
Page 1 Prevailing Wage Rates for 07/01/2020 - 06/30/2021 Published by the New York State Department of Labor Last Published on Apr 01 2021
Title (Trade) Ratio Boilermaker (Construction) 1:1,1:4 Boilermaker (Shop) 1:1,1:3 Carpenter (Bldg.,H&H, Pile Driver/Dockbuilder) 1:1,1:4 Carpenter (Residential) 1:1,1:3 Electrical (Outside) Lineman 1:1,1:2 Electrician (Inside) 1:1,1:3 Elevator/Escalator Construction & Modernizer 1:1,1:2 Glazier 1:1,1:3 Insulation & Asbestos Worker 1:1,1:3 Iron Worker 1:1,1:4 Laborer 1:1,1:3 Mason 1:1,1:4 Millwright 1:1,1:4 Op Engineer 1:1,1:5 Painter 1:1,1:3 Plumber & Steamfitter 1:1,1:3 Roofer 1:1,1:2 Sheet Metal Worker 1:1,1:3 Sprinkler Fitter 1:1,1:2 If you have any questions concerning the attached schedule or would like additional information, please contact the nearest BUREAU of PUBLIC WORK District Office or write to:
New York State Department of Labor Bureau of Public Work State Office Campus, Bldg. 12 Albany, NY 12240
District Office Locations: Telephone # FAX #
Bureau of Public Work - Albany 518-457-2744 518-485-0240
Bureau of Public Work - Binghamton 607-721-8005 607-721-8004
Bureau of Public Work - Buffalo 716-847-7159 716-847-7650
Bureau of Public Work - Garden City 516-228-3915 516-794-3518
Bureau of Public Work - Newburgh 845-568-5287 845-568-5332
Bureau of Public Work - New York City 212-932-2419 212-775-3579
Bureau of Public Work - Patchogue 631-687-4882 631-687-4902
Bureau of Public Work - Rochester 585-258-4505 585-258-4708
Bureau of Public Work - Syracuse 315-428-4056 315-428-4671
Bureau of Public Work - Utica 315-793-2314 315-793-2514
Bureau of Public Work - White Plains 914-997-9507 914-997-9523
Bureau of Public Work - Central Office 518-457-5589 518-485-1870
Page 2 Prevailing Wage Rates for 07/01/2020 - 06/30/2021 Published by the New York State Department of Labor Last Published on Apr 01 2021 Albany County Albany County General Construction
Boilermaker 04/01/2021
JOB DESCRIPTION Boilermaker DISTRICT 1 ENTIRE COUNTIES Albany, Broome, Chenango, Columbia, Delaware, Essex, Fulton, Greene, Hamilton, Herkimer, Montgomery, Otsego, Rensselaer, Saratoga, Schenectady, Schoharie, Tioga, Warren, Washington WAGES Per hour 07/01/2020
Boilermaker $ 38.59
SUPPLEMENTAL BENEFITS Per hour 07/01/2020
Journeyperson $ 24.81 + 1.24*
* This portion of the benefit is NOT subject to the SAME PREMIUM as shown for overtime. OVERTIME PAY See (B, E, Q, V) on OVERTIME PAGE HOLIDAY Paid: See (1) on HOLIDAY PAGE Overtime: See (5, 6, 15, 25) on HOLIDAY PAGE Note: When a holiday falls on Sunday, the day observed by the State or Nation shall be observed, and when Christmas Day and New Year's fall on Saturday, Friday will be observed as the holiday. REGISTERED APPRENTICES Wages per hour ( 1/2 ) year terms at the following percentage of Journeyman's wage.
1st 2nd 3rd 4th 5th 6th 7th 8th 65% 65% 70% 75% 80% 85% 90% 95%
Supplemental Benefits per hour
07/01/2020
1st 2nd 3rd 4th 5th 6th 7th 8th 18.60 18.60 19.50 20.37 21.26 22.15 23.04 23.92 +1.24* +1.24* +1.24* +1.24* +1.24* +1.24* +1.24* +1.24*
* This portion of the benefit is NOT subject to the SAME PREMIUM as shown for overtime. 1-197
Carpenter - Building 04/01/2021
JOB DESCRIPTION Carpenter - Building DISTRICT 2 ENTIRE COUNTIES Albany, Fulton, Greene, Montgomery, Rensselaer, Saratoga, Schenectady, Schoharie WAGES Per hour: 07/01/2020
Carpenter $ 32.18 Floor Coverer 32.18 Carpet Layer 32.18 Dry-Wall 32.18 Diver-Wet Day 61.25 Diver-Dry Day 33.18 Diver Tender 33.18
NOTE ADDITIONAL AMOUNTS PAID FOR THE FOLLOWING WORK LISTED BELOW (per hour worked):
Page 3 Prevailing Wage Rates for 07/01/2020 - 06/30/2021 Published by the New York State Department of Labor Last Published on Apr 01 2021 Albany County - Pile Drivers/Dock Builders shall receive $0.25 per hour over the journeyman's rate of pay when performing piledriving/dock building work. - Certified welders shall receive $1.00 per hour over the journeyman's rate of pay when the employee is required to be certified and performs DOT or ABS specified welding work - When an employee performs work within a contaminated area on a State and/or Federally designated hazardous waste site, and where relevant State and/or Federal regulations require employees to be furnished and use or wear required forms of personal protection, then the employee shall receive his regular hourly rate plus $1.50 per hour. - Depth pay for Divers based upon deepest depth on the day of the dive (per diem payment): 0' to 80' no additional fee 81' to 100' additional $.50 per foot 101' to 150' additional $0.75 per foot 151' and deeper additional $1.25 per foot - Penetration pay for Divers based upon deepest penetration on the day of the dive (per diem payment): 0' to 50' no additional fee 51' to 100' additional $.75 per foot 101' and deeper additional $1.00 per foot - Diver rates applies to all hours worked on dive day.
Four (4), ten (10) hour days may be worked at straight time during a week, Monday thru Thursday. Friday may be used as a make-up day.
NOTE - In order to use the '4 Day/10 Hour Work schedule', as your normal schedule, you must submit an 'Employer Registration for Use of 4 Day/10 Hour Work Schedule,' form PW30.1; and there must be a dispensation of hours in place on the project. If the PW30.1 is not submitted you may be liable for overtime payments for work over 8 hours per day. SUPPLEMENTAL BENEFITS Per hour:
Journeyman $ 22.64 OVERTIME PAY See (B, E, *E2, Q) on OVERTIME PAGE * Note - Saturday is payable at straight time if the employee misses work, except where a doctor's or hospital verification of illness is produced Monday through Friday when work was available to the employee. HOLIDAY Paid: See (1) on HOLIDAY PAGE Overtime: See (5, 6) on HOLIDAY PAGE Note: Any holiday which occurs on Sunday shall be observed the following Monday. If Christmas falls on a Saturday, it shall be observed on the prior Friday. REGISTERED APPRENTICES ALL APPRENTICES indentured prior to 01/01/2016 Wages per hour (One year terms at the following percentage of journeyman's base wage): 1st 2nd 3rd 4th 50% 60% 70% 80% Supplemental Benefits per hour: $ 11.71 $ 11.71 $ 14.31 $14.31
CARPENTER APPRENTICES indentured after 01/01/2016 Wages per hour (1300 hour terms at the following percentage of journeyman's base wage): 1st 2nd 3rd 4th 5th 50% 60% 65% 70% 80% Supplemental Benefits per hour: $ 11.71 $ 11.71 $ 14.31 $ 14.31 $ 14.31
PILEDRIVER/DOCK BUILDER APPRENTICES indentured after 01/01/2016 Wages per hour (1300 hour terms at the following percentage of journeyman's base wage): 1st 2nd 3rd 4th 50%* 60%* 70%* 80%* *Pile Driver/Dock Builder apprentices shall receive an additional $0.25 per hour worked when performing piledriving/dock building work. Supplemental Benefits per hour: $ 11.71 $ 11.71 $ 14.31 $ 14.31
LINOLEUM, RESILIENT TILE, AND CARPET LAYER APPRENTICES indentured after 01/01/2016 Wages per hour (1300 hour terms at the following percentage of journeyman's base wage): 1st 2nd 3rd 4th 50% 60% 70% 80% Supplemental Benefits per hour: $ 11.71 $ 11.71 $ 14.31 $ 14.31
ADDITIONAL AMOUNTS PAID PER HOUR WORKED TO APPRENTICES FOR SPECIFIC TYPES OF WORK PERFORMED:
Page 4 Prevailing Wage Rates for 07/01/2020 - 06/30/2021 Published by the New York State Department of Labor Last Published on Apr 01 2021 Albany County - Certified welders shall receive $1.00 per hour over the apprentices rate of pay when the apprentice is required to be certified and performs DOT or ABS specified welding work - When an apprentice performs work within a contaminated area on a State and/or Federally designated hazardous waste site, and where relevant State and/or Federal regulations require the apprentice to be furnished and use or wear required forms of personal protection, then the apprentice shall receive his regular hourly rate plus $1.50 per hour. 2-291B-Alb
Carpenter - Building / Heavy&Highway 04/01/2021
JOB DESCRIPTION Carpenter - Building / Heavy&Highway DISTRICT 2 ENTIRE COUNTIES Albany, Allegany, Broome, Cattaraugus, Cayuga, Chautauqua, Chemung, Chenango, Clinton, Columbia, Cortland, Delaware, Erie, Essex, Franklin, Fulton, Genesee, Greene, Hamilton, Herkimer, Jefferson, Lewis, Livingston, Madison, Monroe, Montgomery, Niagara, Oneida, Onondaga, Ontario, Orleans, Oswego, Otsego, Rensselaer, Saratoga, Schenectady, Schoharie, Schuyler, Seneca, St. Lawrence, Steuben, Sullivan, Tioga, Tompkins, Ulster, Warren, Washington, Wayne, Wyoming, Yates PARTIAL COUNTIES Orange: The area lying on Northern side of Orange County demarcated by a line drawn from the Bear Mountain Bridge continuing west to the Bear Mountain Circle, continue North on 9W to the town of Cornwall where County Road 107 (also known as Quaker Rd) crosses under 9W, then east on County Road 107 to Route 32, then north on Route 32 to Orrs Mills Rd, then west on Orrs Mills Rd to Route 94, continue west and south on Route 94 to the Town of Chester, to the intersection of Kings Highway, continue south on Kings Highway to Bellvale Rd, west on Bellvale Rd to Bellvale Lakes Rd, then south on Bellvale Lakes Rd to Kain Rd, southeast on Kain Rd to Route 17A, then north and southeast along Route 17A to Route 210, then follow Route 210 to NJ Border. WAGES Wages per hour: 07/01/2020 07/01/2021 Additional Carpenter - ONLY for Artificial Turf/Synthetic Sport Surface $ 31.48 $ 1.15
Note - Does not include the operation of equipment. Please see Operating Engineers rates. SUPPLEMENTAL BENEFITS Per hour:
Journeyman $ 23.65 OVERTIME PAY See (B, E, Q, X) on OVERTIME PAGE HOLIDAY Paid: See (5) on HOLIDAY PAGE Overtime: See (5, 6, 16) on HOLIDAY PAGE Notes: When a holiday falls upon a Saturday, it shall be observed on the preceding Friday. Whan a holiday falls upon a Sunday, it shall be observed on the following Monday. An employee taking an unexcused day off the regularly scheduled day before or after a paid Holiday shall not receive Holiday pay. REGISTERED APPRENTICES Wages per hour:
One year terms at the following percentage of Journeyman's wage: 1st 2nd 3rd 4th 55% 60% 70% 80%
Supplemental Benefits per hour: 1st year term $ 11.80 2nd year term 11.80 3rd year term 14.45 4th year term 14.45 2-42AtSS
Carpenter - Heavy&Highway 04/01/2021
JOB DESCRIPTION Carpenter - Heavy&Highway DISTRICT 2 ENTIRE COUNTIES Albany, Clinton, Essex, Franklin, Fulton, Greene, Hamilton, Montgomery, Rensselaer, Saratoga, Schenectady, Schoharie, Warren, Washington WAGES Per hour 07/01/2020 07/01/2021 Additional Carpenter $ 33.82 $ 1.40 Page 5 Prevailing Wage Rates for 07/01/2020 - 06/30/2021 Published by the New York State Department of Labor Last Published on Apr 01 2021 Albany County Piledriver 33.82 1.40 Diver-Wet Day 58.82 1.40 Diver-Dry Day 34.82 1.40 Diver-Tender 34.82 1.40
NOTE ADDITIONAL AMOUNTS PAID FOR THE FOLLOWING WORK LISTED BELOW (per hour worked): - When project owner mandates a single irregular work shift, the employee will receive an additional $2.00 per hour. A single irregular work shift can start any time from 5:00 p.m. to 1:00 a.m. - State or Federal designated hazardous site, requiring protective gear shall be an additional $2.00 per hour. - Certified welders when required to perform welding work will receive an additional $1.50 per hour.
ADDITIONAL NOTES PERTAINING TO DIVERS/TENDERS: - Divers and Tenders shall receive one and one half (1 1/2) times their regular diver and tender rate of pay for Effluent and Slurry diving. - Divers and tenders being paid at the specified rate for Effluent and Slurry diving shall have all overtime rates based on the specified rate plus the appropriate overtime rates (one and one half or two times the specified rate for Slurry and Effluent divers and tenders). - The pilot of an ADS or submersible will receive one and one-half (1 1/2) times the Diver-Wet Day Rate for time submerged. - All crew members aboard a submersible shall receive the Diver-Wet Day rate. - Depth pay for Divers based upon deepest depth on the day of the dive (per diem payment): 0' to 50' no additional fee 51'to 100' additional $.50 per foot 101'to 150' additional $0.75 per foot 151'and deeper additional $1.25 per foot - Penetration pay for Divers based upon deepest penetration on the day of the dive (per diem payment): 0' to 50' no additional fee 51' to 100' additional $.75 per foot 101' and deeper additional $1.00 per foot - Diver rates applies to all hours worked on dive day.
Four (4), ten (10) hour days may be worked at straight time during a week, Monday thru Friday, provided the project duration is more than forty (40) hours. NOTE - In order to use the '4 Day/10 Hour Work schedule', as your normal schedule, you must submit an 'Employer Registration for Use of 4 Day/10 Hour Work Schedule,' form PW30.1; and there must be a dispensation of hours in place on the project. If the PW30.1 is not submitted you may be liable for overtime payments for work over 8 hours per day. SUPPLEMENTAL BENEFITS Per hour:
Journeyman $ 23.10 OVERTIME PAY See (B, E, Q) on OVERTIME PAGE HOLIDAY Paid: See (5, 6) on HOLIDAY PAGE Overtime: See (5, 6) on HOLIDAY PAGE In the event a Holiday falls on a Saturday, the Friday before will be observed as a Holiday. If a Holiday falls on a Sunday, then Monday will be observed as a Holiday. Employee must work scheduled work day before and after the Holiday. REGISTERED APPRENTICES ALL APPRENTICES indentured prior to 01/01/2016 Wages per hour (One year terms at the following percentage of journeyman's base wage): 1st 2nd 3rd 4th 55% 60% 70% 80% Supplemental Benefits per hour: $ 11.67 $ 11.67 $ 14.27 $ 14.27
CAPRENTER APPRENTICES indentured after 01/01/2016 Wages per hour (1300 hour terms at the following percentage of journeyman's base wage): 1st 2nd 3rd 4th 5th 55% 60% 65% 70% 80% Supplemental Benefits per hour: $ 11.67 $ 11.67 $ 14.27 $ 14.27 $ 14.27
PILEDRIVER/DOCKBUILDER APPRENTICES indentured after 01/01/2016 Wages per hour (1300 hour terms at the following percentage of journeyman's base wage): 1st 2nd 3rd 4th 55% 60% 70% 80% Supplemental Benefits per hour: $ 11.67 $ 11.67 $ 14.27 $ 14.27
Page 6 Prevailing Wage Rates for 07/01/2020 - 06/30/2021 Published by the New York State Department of Labor Last Published on Apr 01 2021 Albany County NOTE ADDITIONAL AMOUNTS PAID PER HOUR WORKED TO APPRENTICES FOR SPECIFIC TYPES OF WORK PERFORMED: - When project owner mandates a single irregular work shift, the employee will receive an additional $2.00 per hour. A single irregular work shift can start any time from 5:00 p.m. to 1:00 a.m. - State or Federal designated hazardous site, requiring protective gear shall be an additional $2.00 per hour. - Certified welders when required to perform welding work will receive an additional $1.50 per hour. 2-291HH-Alb
Electrician 04/01/2021
JOB DESCRIPTION Electrician DISTRICT 1 ENTIRE COUNTIES Albany, Columbia, Fulton, Hamilton, Montgomery, Rensselaer, Saratoga, Schenectady, Schoharie, Warren, Washington PARTIAL COUNTIES Greene: Portion of the County North of a line following the South limits of the City of Catskill in a westerly direction from the Hudson River to State Highway 23A. Then continuing on 23A to the road following the Little West Kill and continuing along this road to Delaware County. Otsego: Only the Towns of Decatur and Worchester WAGES Per hour 07/01/2020
Electrician $ 41.20 Audio/Sound 41.20 Video 41.20 Tele-Data 41.20 Solar/ Photovoltaic 41.20
Notes: An additional 5% above rate for work over 30' above floor and requires use of a safety harness when working on tooth picks, structural steel, temporary platforms, swing scaffolds & boatswain chairs. All OSHA approved lifts are excluded. An additional 10% above rate on towers & smoke stacks over 100' high. An additional 20% above rate in shafts over 25' deep or tunnels over 50' long that are under construction. An additional 5% above rate when Journeymen are required to work as Lead(Pb) cable splicers. An additional 10% above rate when Journeymen Welders are required to have ASME verification. SUPPLEMENTAL BENEFITS Per hour Journeyman $ 26.87 +3% of wage OVERTIME PAY See (B, *E, Q) on OVERTIME PAGE * DOUBLE TIME AFTER 10 HOURS ON SATURDAY
For Projects Bid on or Prior to 05/31/2019 NOTE: THE FOLLOWING RATES WILL APPLY ON ALL CONTRACTING AGENCY MANDATED SHIFTS OF AT LEAST A FIVE (5) DAY DURATION WORKED BETWEEN THE HOURS LISTED BELOW: 1st Shift 8:00 AM to 4:30 PM REGULAR RATE 2nd Shift 4:30 PM to 1:00 AM REGULAR RATE PLUS 10% 3rd Shift 12:30 AM to 9:00 AM REGULAR RATE PLUS 15%
For Projects Bid on or After 06/01/2019 1st Shift 8:00 AM to 4:30 PM REGULAR RATE 2nd Shift 4:30 PM to 1:00 AM REGULAR RATE PLUS 17.3% 3rd Shift 12:30 AM to 9:00 AM REGULAR RATE PLUS 31.4%
For Projects Bid on or After 09/01/2019 NOTE: THE FOLLOWING RATES WILL APPLY ON ALL CONTRACTING AGENCY MANDATED SINGLE IRREGULAR SHIFTS OF AT LEAST A FIVE (5) DAY DURATION WORKED BETWEEN THE HOURS LISTED BELOW: 1st Shift 8:00 AM to 4:30 PM REGULAR RATE 2nd Shift 4:30 PM to 1:00 AM REGULAR RATE PLUS 17.3% 3rd Shift 12:30 AM to 9:00 AM REGULAR RATE PLUS 31.4% HOLIDAY Paid: See (1) on HOLIDAY PAGE Overtime: See (5, 6) on HOLIDAY PAGE Note: If the holiday falls on Saturday, it shall be celebrated on Friday. If the holiday falls on Sunday, it shall be celebrated on Monday. REGISTERED APPRENTICES Wages per hour
Terms at the following percentage of Journeyman's wage. Page 7 Prevailing Wage Rates for 07/01/2020 - 06/30/2021 Published by the New York State Department of Labor Last Published on Apr 01 2021 Albany County
0-6mo 6-12mo 2nd yr 3rd yr 4th yr 5th yr 40% 45% 50% 60% 70% 80%
Notes: An additional 5% above rate for work over 30' above floor and requires use of a safety harness when working on tooth picks, structural steel, temporary platforms, swing scaffolds & boatswain chairs. All OSHA approved lifts are excluded. An additional 10% above rate on towers & smoke stacks over 100' high. An additional 20% above rate in shafts over 25' deep or tunnels over 50' long that are under construction.
Supplemental Benefits per hour worked
Apprentices indentured on or before 12/31/2018
0-12 month term $ 12.78* 2 - 5th year term 26.87*
*Plus additional 3% of wage
Apprentices indentured on or after 1/1/2019
0-12 Month Term $ 12.78* 2nd Year Term 21.28* 3 - 5th Year Term 26.87*
*Plus additional 3% of wage 1-236
Elevator Constructor 04/01/2021
JOB DESCRIPTION Elevator Constructor DISTRICT 1 ENTIRE COUNTIES Albany, Clinton, Essex, Fulton, Hamilton, Herkimer, Montgomery, Otsego, Rensselaer, Saratoga, Schenectady, Schoharie, Warren, Washington PARTIAL COUNTIES Madison: Madison Only the towns of: Brookfield, Hamilton, Lincoln, Madison, Smithfield, Stockbridge and the City of Oneida Oneida: Entire county except the towns of: Camden, Florence, and Vienna. WAGES Per hour 07/01/2020 01/01/2021
Mechanic $ 47.51 $49.10
Helper 70% of Mechanic 70% of Mechanic Wage Rate Wage Rate
Four (4), ten (10) hour days may be worked for New Construction and Modernization Work at straight time during a week, Monday thru Thursday or Tuesday thru Friday.
***Four (4), ten (10) hour days are not permitted for Contract Work/Repair Work
NOTE - In order to use the '4 Day/10 Hour Work schedule', as your normal schedule, you must submit an 'Employer Registration for Use of 4 Day/10 Hour Work Schedule,' form PW30.1; and there must be a dispensation of hours in place on the project. If the PW30.1 is not submitted you may be liable for overtime payments for work over 8 hours per day. SUPPLEMENTAL BENEFITS Per hour 07/01/2020 01/01/2021 Journeyperson/Helper $ 34.765* $ 35.825*
(*)Plus 6% of hourly rate, if less than 5 years of service. Plus 8% of hourly rate, if more than 5 years of service. OVERTIME PAY See (D, O) on OVERTIME PAGE HOLIDAY Paid: See (5, 6, 15, 16) on HOLIDAY PAGE Overtime: See (5, 6, 15, 16) on HOLIDAY PAGE
Page 8 Prevailing Wage Rates for 07/01/2020 - 06/30/2021 Published by the New York State Department of Labor Last Published on Apr 01 2021 Albany County Note: When a paid holiday falls on Saturday, it shall be observed on Friday. When a paid holiday falls on Sunday, it shall be observed on Monday. REGISTERED APPRENTICES Wages per hour: 0-6 mo* 6-12 mo 2nd yr 3rd yr 4th yr 50% 55 % 65 % 70 % 80 %
(*)Plus 6% of the hourly rate, no additional supplemental benefits.
Supplemental Benefits - per hour worked:
Same as Journeyperson/Helper 1-35
Glazier 04/01/2021
JOB DESCRIPTION Glazier DISTRICT 1 ENTIRE COUNTIES Albany, Clinton, Columbia, Essex, Franklin, Fulton, Greene, Hamilton, Montgomery, Rensselaer, Saratoga, Schenectady, Schoharie, Warren, Washington WAGES Per hour 07/01/2020 5/01/2021 Additional Glazier Base Wage $ 30.75 $ 1.75 + additional $2.20 per hour for all hours worked
High Work Base Wage* 32.65 + additional $3.55 per hour for all hours worked
(*)When working on Swing Stage or Lift 100 feet or more in height, measured from the ground level up.
Four (4), ten (10) hour days may be worked at straight time during a week, Monday thru Thursday. Friday may be used as a make-up day. NOTE - In order to use the 4 Day/10 Hour Work schedule, as your normal schedule, you must submit an Employer Registration for Use of 4 Day/10 Hour Work Schedule, form PW30.1; and there must be a dispensation of hours in place on the project. If the PW30.1 is not submitted you may be liable for overtime payments for work over 8 hours per day. SUPPLEMENTAL BENEFITS Per hour
Journeyman $ 20.21 Journeyman High Work 25.51 OVERTIME PAY See (B, E, E2, Q) on OVERTIME PAGE Premium is applied to the respective base wage only.
THE FOLLOWING RATES WILL APPLY ON ALL CONTRACTING AGENCY MANDATED SHIFT WORK OR SINGLE IRREGULAR SHIFTS STARTING BETWEEN THE HOURS LISTED BELOW:
4:00pm to 6:30am: ADDITIONAL 12.5% TO APPLICABLE WAGE RATE AND SUPPLEMENTAL BENEFIT**
**SHIFT RATE STOPS AFTER 6:30AM HOLIDAY Paid: See (1) on HOLIDAY PAGE Overtime: See (5, 6) on HOLIDAY PAGE Note: If any of the holidays are designated by federal law to be celebrated on a day other than that on which they regularly fall, then the holiday shall be celebrated on the day set by said federal law as if the day on which the holiday is celebrated was actually the holiday date. REGISTERED APPRENTICES Wages per hour
Apprentice Glazier One Year and 1500 hr. terms at the following percentage of Journeymans base wage.
1st 2nd 3rd 4th 50% 65% 75% 90% + additional $2.20 per hour for all hours worked for all terms Page 9 Prevailing Wage Rates for 07/01/2020 - 06/30/2021 Published by the New York State Department of Labor Last Published on Apr 01 2021 Albany County
Apprentice Glazier Hi-Work One Year and 1500 hr. terms at the following percentage of Journeymans Hi-Work base wage.
1st 2nd 3rd 4th 50% 65% 75% 90% + additional $3.55 per hour for all hours worked for all terms
Supplemental Benefits per hour worked
Apprentice 1st term $ 16.54 2nd-4th term 20.21 Apprentice High Work 1st term 19.49 2nd-4th term 25.51 1-201
Insulator - Heat & Frost 04/01/2021
JOB DESCRIPTION Insulator - Heat & Frost DISTRICT 1 ENTIRE COUNTIES Albany, Columbia, Delaware, Essex, Fulton, Greene, Hamilton, Montgomery, Rensselaer, Saratoga, Schenectady, Schoharie, Sullivan, Ulster, Warren, Washington WAGES Wages per hour 07/01/2020
Asbestos Worker* $ 36.36 Insulator* 36.36 Firestopping Worker* 30.91
(*)On Mechanical Systems only.
On government mandated shift work additional 12% of wage for all shifts starting after 3:30 P.M. SUPPLEMENTAL BENEFITS Per hour
Journeyperson $ 22.78 OVERTIME PAY See (*B1, **Q) on OVERTIME PAGE *B1=Double time begins after 10 hours on Saturday **Q=Triple time on Labor Day if worked. HOLIDAY Paid: See (1) on HOLIDAY PAGE Overtime: See (5, 6) on HOLIDAY PAGE When a holiday falls on Sunday the following Monday shall be observed as the holiday. REGISTERED APPRENTICES Wages per hour one year terms at the following percentage of Journeyperson's wage.
1st 2nd 3rd 4th 60 % 70 % 80 % 90 %
Supplemental Benefits per hour worked:
Apprentices $ 22.78 1-40
Ironworker 04/01/2021
JOB DESCRIPTION Ironworker DISTRICT 1 ENTIRE COUNTIES Albany, Clinton, Columbia, Delaware, Essex, Greene, Rensselaer, Saratoga, Schenectady, Schoharie, Warren, Washington PARTIAL COUNTIES Fulton: Only the Townships of Broadalbin, Mayfield, Northampton, Perth, Bleecker and Johnstown. Hamilton: Only the Townships of Hope, Benson and Wells. Page 10 Prevailing Wage Rates for 07/01/2020 - 06/30/2021 Published by the New York State Department of Labor Last Published on Apr 01 2021 Albany County Montgomery: Only the Townships of Florida, Amsterdam, Charleston, Glen, Mohawk and Root. Otsego: Only the Towns of Unadilla, Butternuts, Morris, Otego, Oneonta, Laurens, Millford, Maryland and Worchester. WAGES Wages 07/01/2020 Per hour
Ornamental $ 32.10 Reinforcing 32.10 Rodman 32.10 Structural & Precast 32.10 Mover/Rigger 32.10 Fence Erector 32.10 Stone Derrickman 32.10 Sheeter 32.35 Curtain Wall Installer 32.10 Metal Window Installer 32.10
SUPPLEMENTAL BENEFITS Per hour
JOURNEYPERSON $ 29.51 OVERTIME PAY See (B, E, Q) on OVERTIME PAGE HOLIDAY Paid: See (1) on HOLIDAY PAGE Overtime: See (5, 6) on HOLIDAY PAGE Note: Any holiday which occurs on Sunday shall be observed the following Monday. REGISTERED APPRENTICES Wages per hour ONE YEAR TERMS AT THE FOLLOWING WAGE RATES:
07/01/2020
1st year $ 16.50 2nd year 18.50 3rd year 20.50 4th year 22.50
Supplemental Benefits per hour worked 1st year $ 11.50 2nd year 22.92 3rd year 24.54 4th year 26.18 1-12
Laborer - Building 04/01/2021
JOB DESCRIPTION Laborer - Building DISTRICT 1 ENTIRE COUNTIES Albany, Rensselaer, Washington PARTIAL COUNTIES Columbia: Only the Townships of Stuyvesant, Stockport, Kinderhook, New Lebanon, Canaan, Ghent, Chatham and Austerlitz. Greene: Entire county except the Township of Catskill Saratoga: Only the Townships of Halfmoon, Saratoga, Stillwater, Waterford, and the City of Mechanicville. WAGES Per hour 7/1/2020
Group #1: All Classifications $ 29.31 except as noted in Groups 2 & 3
Group #2: Blaster, Drilling Equipment Only Where a Separate Air Page 11 Prevailing Wage Rates for 07/01/2020 - 06/30/2021 Published by the New York State Department of Labor Last Published on Apr 01 2021 Albany County Compressor Unit Supplies Power, Metal Formsetter sidewalk),Well Pointing & Laser Operator 29.81
Group #3: Handling of Asbestos or Toxic Materials 30.66
SUPPLEMENTAL BENEFITS Per hour
Journeyman $ 24.07 OVERTIME PAY See (B, E, E2, Q) on OVERTIME PAGE HOLIDAY Paid: See (1) on HOLIDAY PAGE Overtime: See (5, 6) on HOLIDAY PAGE REGISTERED APPRENTICES Wages per hour 1000 Hour terms at the following percentage of Journeyman's basic hourly wage. 1st 2nd 3rd 4th 65 % 70 % 80 % 80 %
Supplemental Benefits per hour worked 07/01/2020 Apprentices $ 24.07 1-190
Laborer - Heavy&Highway 04/01/2021
JOB DESCRIPTION Laborer - Heavy&Highway DISTRICT 1 ENTIRE COUNTIES Albany, Rensselaer, Washington PARTIAL COUNTIES Columbia: Only the Townships of Stuyvesant, Stockport, Kinderhook, New Lebanon, Canaan, Ghent, Chatham, and Austerlitz Greene: Entire county except the Township of Catskill. Saratoga: Only the Townships of Halfmoon, Saratoga, Stillwater, Waterford, and the City of Mechanicville. WAGES GROUP # A: Basic, Drill Helper, Flagman, Outboard and Hand Boats
GROUP # B: Chain Saw, Concrete Aggregate Bin, Concrete Bootmen, Gin Buggy, Hand or Machine Vibrator, Jack Hammer, Mason Tender, Mortar Mixer, Pavement Breaker, Handlers of Steelmesh, Small Generators for Laborers' Tools, Installation of Bridge Drainage Pipe, Pipe Layers, Vibrator Type Rollers, Tamper, Drill Doctor, Tail or Screw Operator on Asphalt Paver, Water Pump Operators(1-1/2" and Single Diaphragm) Nozzle (Asphalt, Gunite,Seeding and Sand Blasting), Laborers on Chain Link Fence. Rock Splitter and Power Unit, Pusher Type Concrete Saw and all other Gas, Electric, Oil and Air Tool Operators, Wrecking Laborer.
GROUP # C: Drilling Equipment Only Where a Separate Air Compressor Unit Supplies Power, Acetylene Torch Operators, Asphalt Raker and Powderman.
GROUP # D: Blasters, Metal Form Setters(sidewalk), Stone or Granite Curb Setters.
GROUP # E: Employees performing hazarardous waste removal, lead abatement and removal, or asbestos abatement and removal on a State and/or Federally designated waste site & where relevant State or Federal regulations require employees to use or wear forms of personal protection.
WAGES per hour 07/01/2020 07/01/2021 Additional Group # A $ 33.04 $ 2.00 Group # B 33.24 Page 12 Prevailing Wage Rates for 07/01/2020 - 06/30/2021 Published by the New York State Department of Labor Last Published on Apr 01 2021 Albany County Group # C 33.44 Group # D 33.64 Group # E 35.04
All employees who work a single irregular work day that starts from 5:00 pm to 1:00 am on a governmental mandated night shift shall be paid an additional $2.50 per hour.
Four (4), ten (10) hour days may be worked at straight time during a week, Monday thru Thursday. Friday may be used as a make-up day.
NOTE - In order to use the '4 Day/10 Hour Work schedule', as your normal schedule, you must submit an 'Employer Registration for Use of 4 Day/10 Hour Work Schedule,' form PW30.1; and there must be a dispensation of hours in place on the project. If the PW30.1 is not submitted you may be liable for overtime payments for work over 8 hours per day. SUPPLEMENTAL BENEFITS Per hour
Journeyman $ 24.75 OVERTIME PAY See (B, E, Q) on OVERTIME PAGE HOLIDAY Paid: See (5, 6) on HOLIDAY PAGE Overtime: See (5, 6) on HOLIDAY PAGE Note: If the holiday falls on Sunday, it will be celebrated on Monday. If the Holiday falls on a Saturday employer can choose to celebrate Saturday or give Friday off with pay. REGISTERED APPRENTICES Wages per hour
1000 hour terms at the following percentage of Journeyman's wage 1st 2nd 3rd 4th 65% 70% 80% 80%
Supplemental Benefits per hour worked
Apprentices $ 24.75 1-190 h/h
Laborer - Tunnel 04/01/2021
JOB DESCRIPTION Laborer - Tunnel DISTRICT 1 ENTIRE COUNTIES Albany, Fulton, Hamilton, Herkimer, Madison, Montgomery, Oneida, Rensselaer, Saratoga, Schenectady, Schoharie, Washington WAGES Class 1: All support laborers/sandhogs working above the shaft or tunnel
Class 2: All laborers/sandhogs working in the shaft or tunnel
Class 4: Safety Miners
Class 5: Site work related to Shaft/Tunnel
Class A: Mole nipper, powder handler, changehouse attendant and top laborer, Air spade, jackhammer, pavement breaker, Top bell, Bottom bell, side or roofbelt driller, maintenance men, burners, block layers, rodmen, caulkers, miners helper, trackmen, nippers, derailmen, electrical cablemen, hosemen, groutmen, gravelmen, form workers, movers and shaftmen, conveyor men.
Class B: Powder monkey, Blasters, ironmen and cement worker, miner, welder, heading driller, steel erectors, piledriver, rigger
Per Hour 07/01/2020 07/01/2021 *For projects bid on or after May 1, 2019
Class 1 $ 40.50 $ 42.00 Class 2 42.50 44.00 Class 4 44.75 46.25 Class 5 36.05 37.15
Toxic and hazardous waste, lead abatement and asbestos abatement work will be paid an additional $ 3.00 an hour.
Page 13 Prevailing Wage Rates for 07/01/2020 - 06/30/2021 Published by the New York State Department of Labor Last Published on Apr 01 2021 Albany County *For projects bid on or before April 30, 2019
Class A $ 37.50 Class B 38.50
Toxic and hazardous waste, lead abatement and asbestos abatement work will be paid an additional $ 2.00 an hour. SUPPLEMENTAL BENEFITS Per hour
*For projects bid on or after May 1, 2019
Journeyman $ 25.25 $ 26.50
*For projects bid on or before April 30, 2019
Journeyman $ 25.25 OVERTIME PAY See (B, E, Q, V, X) on OVERTIME PAGE HOLIDAY Paid: See (5, 6, 15, 25) on HOLIDAY PAGE Overtime: See (5, 6, 15, 16, 25) on HOLIDAY PAGE Note: If the holiday falls on a Sunday, it will be celebrated on Monday. If the holiday falls on a Saturday, it will be celebrated on Friday. REGISTERED APPRENTICES FOR APPRENTICE RATES, refer to the appropriate Laborer Heavy & Highway wage rate contained in the wage schedule for the County and Location where the work is to be performed. 1-190/157T
Lineman Electrician 04/01/2021
JOB DESCRIPTION Lineman Electrician DISTRICT 6 ENTIRE COUNTIES Albany, Allegany, Broome, Cattaraugus, Cayuga, Chautauqua, Chemung, Chenango, Clinton, Columbia, Cortland, Delaware, Dutchess, Erie, Essex, Franklin, Fulton, Genesee, Greene, Hamilton, Herkimer, Jefferson, Lewis, Livingston, Madison, Monroe, Montgomery, Niagara, Oneida, Onondaga, Ontario, Orange, Orleans, Oswego, Otsego, Putnam, Rensselaer, Rockland, Saratoga, Schenectady, Schoharie, Schuyler, Seneca, St. Lawrence, Steuben, Sullivan, Tioga, Tompkins, Ulster, Warren, Washington, Wayne, Wyoming, Yates WAGES Per hour:
NOTE: Includes Teledata Work within ten (10) feet of High Voltage Transmission Lines
Below rates applicable on all overhead and underground distribution and maintenance work, and all overhead and underground transmission line work and the installation of fiber optic cable where no other construction trades are or have been involved. (Ref #14.01.01)
07/01/2020
Lineman, Technician $ 53.50 Crane, Crawler Backhoe 53.50 Welder, Cable Splicer 53.50 Digging Mach. Operator 48.15 Tractor Trailer Driver 45.48 Groundman, Truck Driver 42.80 Equipment Mechanic 42.80 Flagman 32.10
Additional $1.00 per hour for entire crew when a helicopter is used.
Below rates applicable on all electrical sub-stations, switching structures, fiber optic cable and all other work not defined as "Utility outside electrical work". (Ref #14.02.01-A)
Lineman, Technician $ 53.50 Crane, Crawler Backhoe 53.50 Cable Splicer 58.85 Certified Welder - Pipe Type Cable 56.18 Digging Mach. Operator 48.15
Page 14 Prevailing Wage Rates for 07/01/2020 - 06/30/2021 Published by the New York State Department of Labor Last Published on Apr 01 2021 Albany County Tractor Trailer Driver 45.48 Groundman, Truck Driver 42.80 Equipment Mechanic 42.80 Flagman 32.10
Additional $1.00 per hour for entire crew when a helicopter is used.
Below rates apply on switching structures, maintenance projects, railroad catenary install/maintenance third rail installation, bonding of rails and pipe type cable and installation of fiber optic cable. (Ref #14.02.01-B)
Lineman, Tech, Welder $ 54.82 Crane, Crawler Backhoe 54.82 Cable Splicer 60.30 Certified Welder - Pipe Type Cable 57.56 Digging Mach. Operator 49.34 Tractor Trailer Driver 46.60 Groundman, Truck Driver 43.86 Equipment Mechanic 43.86 Flagman 32.89
Additional $1.00 per hour for entire crew when a helicopter is used.
Below rates applicable on all overhead and underground transmission line work & fiber optic cable where other construction trades are or have been involved. This applies to transmission line work only, not other construction. (Ref #14.03.01)
Lineman, Tech, Welder $ 56.01 Crane, Crawler Backhoe 56.01 Cable Splicer 56.01 Digging Mach. Operator 50.41 Tractor Trailer Driver 47.61 Groundman, Truck Driver 44.81 Equipment Mechanic 44.81 Flagman 33.61
Additional $1.00 per hour for entire crew when a helicopter is used.
NOTE: THE FOLLOWING RATES WILL APPLY ON ALL CONTRACTING AGENCY MANDATED MULTIPLE SHIFTS OF AT LEAST FIVE (5) DAYS DURATION WORKED BETWEEN THE HOURS LISTED BELOW:
1ST SHIFT 8:00 AM to 4:30 PM REGULAR RATE 2ND SHIFT 4:30 PM to 1:00 AM REGULAR RATE PLUS 17.3 % 3RD SHIFT 12:30 AM to 9:00 AM REGULAR RATE PLUS 31.4 %
Four (4), ten (10) hour days may be worked at straight time during a week, Monday thru Thursday. Friday may be used as a make-up day. Tuesday thru Friday may be worked with no make-up day. NOTE - In order to use the '4 Day/10 Hour Work schedule', as your normal schedule, you must submit an 'Employer Registration for Use of 4 Day/10 Hour Work Schedule,' form PW30.1; and there must be a dispensation of hours in place on the project. If the PW30.1 is not submitted you may be liable for overtime payments for work over 8 hours per day. SUPPLEMENTAL BENEFITS Per hour worked (also required on non-worked holidays):
The following SUPPLEMENTAL BENEFITS apply to all classification categories of CONSTRUCTION, TRANSMISSION and DISTRIBUTION.
Journeyman $ 24.90 *plus 6.75% of hourly wage
*The 6.75% is based on the hourly wage paid, straight time rate or premium rate.
OVERTIME PAY See (B, E, Q,) on OVERTIME PAGE. *Note* Double time for all emergency work designated by the Dept. of Jurisdiction. NOTE: WAGE CAP - Double the straight time hourly base wage shall be the maximum hourly wage compensation for any hour worked. Contractor is still responsible to pay the hourly benefit amount for each hour worked.
Page 15 Prevailing Wage Rates for 07/01/2020 - 06/30/2021 Published by the New York State Department of Labor Last Published on Apr 01 2021 Albany County
HOLIDAY Paid See ( 5, 6, 8, 13, 25 ) on HOLIDAY PAGE plus Governor of NYS Election Day. Overtime See ( 5, 6, 8, 13, 25 ) on HOLIDAY PAGE plus Governor of NYS Election Day.
NOTE: All paid holidays falling on Saturday shall be observed on the preceding Friday. All paid holidays falling on Sunday shall be observed on the following Monday. Supplements for holidays paid at straight time. REGISTERED APPRENTICES WAGES per hour: 1000 hour terms at the following percentage of the applicable Journeyman Lineman wage.
1st 2nd 3rd 4th 5th 6th 7th 60% 65% 70% 75% 80% 85% 90%
SUPPLEMENTAL BENEFITS per hour: Same as Journeyman
6-1249a
Lineman Electrician - Teledata 04/01/2021
JOB DESCRIPTION Lineman Electrician - Teledata DISTRICT 6 ENTIRE COUNTIES Albany, Allegany, Broome, Cattaraugus, Cayuga, Chautauqua, Chemung, Chenango, Clinton, Columbia, Cortland, Delaware, Dutchess, Erie, Essex, Franklin, Fulton, Genesee, Greene, Hamilton, Herkimer, Jefferson, Lewis, Livingston, Madison, Monroe, Montgomery, Niagara, Oneida, Onondaga, Ontario, Orange, Orleans, Oswego, Otsego, Putnam, Rensselaer, Rockland, Saratoga, Schenectady, Schoharie, Schuyler, Seneca, St. Lawrence, Steuben, Sullivan, Tioga, Tompkins, Ulster, Warren, Washington, Wayne, Westchester, Wyoming, Yates WAGES Per hour:
For outside work, stopping at first point of attachment (demarcation). 07/01/2020 01/01/2021
Cable Splicer $ 33.77 $ 34.78 Installer, Repairman $ 32.05 $ 33.01 Teledata Lineman $ 32.05 $ 33.01 Tech., Equip. Operator $ 32.05 $ 33.01 Groundman $ 16.99 $ 17.50
NOTE: EXCLUDES Teledata work within ten (10) feet of High Voltage (600 volts and over) transmission lines. For this work please see LINEMAN.
NOTE: THE FOLLOWING RATES WILL APPLY ON ALL CONTRACTING AGENCY MANDATED MULTIPLE SHIFTS OF AT LEAST FIVE (5) DAYS DURATION WORKED:
1ST SHIFT REGULAR RATE 2ND SHIFT REGULAR RATE PLUS 10% 3RD SHIFT REGULAR RATE PLUS 15% SUPPLEMENTAL BENEFITS Per hour: Journeyman $ 5.06 $ 5.06 *plus 3% of *plus 3% of wage paid wage paid
*The 3% is based on the hourly wage paid, straight time rate or premium rate.
OVERTIME PAY See (B, E, Q) on OVERTIME PAGE NOTE: WAGE CAP - Double the straight time hourly base wage shall be the maximum hourly wage compensation for any hour worked. Contractor is still responsible to pay the hourly benefit amount for each hour worked. HOLIDAY Paid: See (1) on HOLIDAY PAGE Overtime: See (5, 6, 16) on HOLIDAY PAGE 6-1249LT - Teledata
Lineman Electrician - Traffic Signal, Lighting 04/01/2021
JOB DESCRIPTION Lineman Electrician - Traffic Signal, Lighting DISTRICT 6 ENTIRE COUNTIES Page 16 Prevailing Wage Rates for 07/01/2020 - 06/30/2021 Published by the New York State Department of Labor Last Published on Apr 01 2021 Albany County Albany, Allegany, Broome, Cattaraugus, Cayuga, Chautauqua, Chemung, Chenango, Clinton, Cortland, Delaware, Erie, Essex, Franklin, Fulton, Genesee, Greene, Hamilton, Herkimer, Jefferson, Lewis, Livingston, Madison, Monroe, Montgomery, Niagara, Oneida, Onondaga, Ontario, Orleans, Oswego, Otsego, Rensselaer, Saratoga, Schenectady, Schoharie, Schuyler, Seneca, St. Lawrence, Steuben, Sullivan, Tioga, Tompkins, Warren, Washington, Wayne, Wyoming, Yates WAGES Lineman/Technician shall perform all overhead aerial work. A Lineman/Technician on the ground will install all electrical panels, connect all grounds, install and connect all electrical conductors which includes, but is not limited to road loop wires; conduit and plastic or other type pipes that carry conductors, flex cables and connectors, and to oversee the encasement or burial of such conduits or pipes.
A Groundman/Groundman Truck Driver shall: Build and set concrete forms, handle steel mesh, set footer cages, transport concrete in a wheelbarrow, hand or machine concrete vibrator, finish concrete footers, mix mortar, grout pole bases, cover and maintain footers while curing in cold weather, operate jack hammer, operate hand pavement breaker, tamper, concrete and other motorized saws, as a drill helper, operate and maintain generators, water pumps, chainsaws, sand blasting, operate mulching and seeding machine, air tools, electric tools, gas tools, load and unload materials, hand shovel and/or broom, prepare and pour mastic and other fillers, assist digger operator equipment operator in ground excavation and restoration, landscape work and painting. Only when assisting a lineman technician, a groundman/groundman truck driver may assist in installing conduit, pipe, cables and equipment.
A flagger's duties shall consist of traffic control only. (Ref #14.01.01)
Per hour: 07/01/2020
Lineman, Technician $ 46.20 Crane, Crawler Backhoe 46.20 Certified Welder 48.51 Digging Machine 41.58 Tractor Trailer Driver 39.27 Groundman, Truck Driver 36.96 Equipment Mechanic 36.96 Flagman 27.72
Above rates are applicable for installation, testing, operation, maintenance and repair on all Traffic Control (Signal) and Illumination (Lighting) projects, Traffic Monitoring Systems, and Road Weather Information Systems. Includes digging of holes for poles, anchors, footer foundations for electrical equipment; assembly of all electrical materials or raceway; placing of fish wire; pulling of cables, wires or fiber optic cable through such raceways; splicing of conductors; dismantling of such structures, lines or equipment.
NOTE: THE FOLLOWING RATES WILL APPLY ON ALL CONTRACTING AGENCY MANDATED MULTIPLE SHIFTS OF AT LEAST FIVE (5) DAYS DURATION WORKED BETWEEN THE HOURS LISTED BELOW:
1ST SHIFT 8:00 AM TO 4:30 PM REGULAR RATE 2ND SHIFT 4:30 PM TO 1:00 AM REGULAR RATE PLUS 17.3% 3RD SHIFT 12:30 AM TO 9:00 AM REGULAR RATE PLUS 31.4%
Four (4), ten (10) hour days may be worked at straight time during a week, Monday thru Thursday. Friday may be used as a make-up day. Tuesday thru Friday may be worked with no make-up day. NOTE - In order to use the '4 Day/10 Hour Work schedule', as your normal schedule, you must submit an 'Employer Registration for Use of 4 Day/10 Hour Work Schedule,' form PW30.1; and there must be a dispensation of hours in place on the project. If the PW30.1 is not submitted you may be liable for overtime payments for work over 8 hours per day. SUPPLEMENTAL BENEFITS Per hour worked (but also required on non-worked holidays):
Journeyman $ 24.90 *plus 6.75% of hourly wage
*The 6.75% is based on the hourly wage paid, straight time rate or premium rate. Supplements paid at STRAIGHT TIME rate for holidays. OVERTIME PAY See (B, E, Q) on OVERTIME PAGE. *Note* Double time for all emergency work designated by the Dept. of Jurisdiction. NOTE: WAGE CAP - Double the straight time hourly base wage shall be the maximum hourly wage compensation for any hour worked. Contractor is still responsible to pay the hourly benefit amount for each hour worked. HOLIDAY Paid: See ( 5, 6, 8, 13, 25 ) on HOLIDAY PAGE plus Governor of NYS Election Day. Overtime: See ( 5, 6, 8, 13, 25 ) on HOLIDAY PAGE plus Governor of NYS Election Day.
NOTE: All paid holidays falling on Saturday shall be observed on the preceding Friday. All paid holidays falling on Sunday shall be observed on the following Monday. Supplements for holidays paid at straight time. Page 17 Prevailing Wage Rates for 07/01/2020 - 06/30/2021 Published by the New York State Department of Labor Last Published on Apr 01 2021 Albany County
REGISTERED APPRENTICES WAGES per hour: 1000 hour terms.
07/01/2020 1st term $ 27.72 2nd term 30.03 3rd term 32.34 4th term 34.65 5th term 36.96 6th term 39.27 7th term 41.58
SUPPLEMENTAL BENEFITS per hour: Same as Journeyman 6-1249a-LT
Lineman Electrician - Tree Trimmer 04/01/2021
JOB DESCRIPTION Lineman Electrician - Tree Trimmer DISTRICT 6 ENTIRE COUNTIES Albany, Allegany, Broome, Cattaraugus, Cayuga, Chautauqua, Chemung, Chenango, Clinton, Columbia, Cortland, Delaware, Dutchess, Erie, Essex, Franklin, Fulton, Genesee, Greene, Hamilton, Herkimer, Jefferson, Lewis, Livingston, Madison, Monroe, Montgomery, Niagara, Oneida, Onondaga, Ontario, Orange, Orleans, Oswego, Otsego, Putnam, Rensselaer, Rockland, Saratoga, Schenectady, Schoharie, Schuyler, Seneca, St. Lawrence, Steuben, Sullivan, Tioga, Tompkins, Ulster, Warren, Washington, Wayne, Wyoming, Yates WAGES Applies to line clearance, tree work and right-of-way preparation on all new or existing energized overhead or underground electrical, telephone and CATV lines. This also would include stump removal near underground energized electrical lines, including telephone and CATV lines.
Per hour: 07/01/2020 01/03/21 01/02/22 01/01/23
Tree Trimmer $ 26.56 $ 27.36 $ 28.25 $ 29.59 Equipment Operator 23.49 24.19 24.98 26.17 Equipment Mechanic 23.49 24.19 24.98 26.17 Truck Driver 19.56 20.15 20.80 21.79 Groundman 16.11 16.59 17.13 17.94 Flag person 11.80 12.50* 12.50 12.94
*RATE GOES INTO EFFECT 12/31/2020 SUPPLEMENTAL BENEFITS Per hour worked (but also required on non-worked holidays):
Journeyman $ 9.98 $ 9.98 $ 10.23 $ 10.48 *plus 3% of *plus 3% of *plus 3% of *plus 3% of hourly wage hourly wage hourly wage hourly wage
* The 3% is based on the hourly wage paid, straight time rate or premium rate. OVERTIME PAY See (B, E, Q) on OVERTIME PAGE NOTE: WAGE CAP - Double the straight time hourly base wage shall be the maximum hourly wage compensation for any hour worked. Contractor is still responsible to pay the hourly benefit amount for each hour worked. HOLIDAY Paid: See (5, 6, 8, 15, 16, 25) on HOLIDAY PAGE Overtime: See (5, 6, 8, 15, 16, 25) on HOLIDAY PAGE NOTE: All paid holidays falling on a Saturday shall be observed on the preceding Friday. All paid holidays falling on a Sunday shall be observed on the following Monday. 6-1249TT
Mason - Building 04/01/2021
JOB DESCRIPTION Mason - Building DISTRICT 12 ENTIRE COUNTIES Albany, Columbia, Fulton, Greene, Hamilton, Montgomery, Rensselaer, Saratoga, Schenectady, Schoharie, Washington PARTIAL COUNTIES Warren: Only the Townships of Bolton, Lake George, Lake Luzerne,Queensbury, Stony Creek, Thurman & Warrensburg. WAGES Per hour 07/01/2020 Page 18 Prevailing Wage Rates for 07/01/2020 - 06/30/2021 Published by the New York State Department of Labor Last Published on Apr 01 2021 Albany County
Bricklayer $ 37.89 Cement Mason(Bldg) 37.89 Plasterer/Fireproofing* 37.89 Pointer/Caulker/Cleaner 37.89 Stone Mason 37.89 Acid Brick 38.39
(*)Fireproofing of Structural only.
Four (4), ten (10) hour days may be worked at straight time during a week, Monday thru Thursday. Friday may be used as a make-up day.
NOTE - In order to use the '4 Day/10 Hour Work Schedule,' as your normal schedule, you must submit an 'Employer Registration for Use of 4 Day/10 Hour Work Schedule,' form PW30.1; and there must be a dispensation of hours in place on the project. If the PW30.1 is not submitted you may be liable for overtime payments for work over 8 hours per day. SUPPLEMENTAL BENEFITS Per hour worked
Journeyman $ 21.78 OVERTIME PAY See (B, E, E2, Q) on OVERTIME PAGE HOLIDAY Paid: See (1) on HOLIDAY PAGE Overtime: See (5, 6) on HOLIDAY PAGE Note: Any holiday which occurs on Sunday shall be observed the following Monday. REGISTERED APPRENTICES Wages per hour
750 hour terms at the following percentage of Journey's wage
1st 2nd 3rd 4th 5th 6th 7th 8th 55% 60% 65% 70% 75% 80% 85% 90%
Supplemental Benefits per hour worked
0-500 Hours $ 12.88 All others $ 21.78 12-2b.1
Mason - Building 04/01/2021
JOB DESCRIPTION Mason - Building DISTRICT 12 ENTIRE COUNTIES Albany, Clinton, Columbia, Essex, Franklin, Fulton, Greene, Hamilton, Montgomery, Rensselaer, Saratoga, Schenectady, Schoharie, Warren, Washington WAGES Per hour 07/01/2020
Tile/Marble/Terrazzo
Setter $ 36.06 Finisher 28.16
Four (4), ten (10) hour days may be worked at straight time during a week, Monday thru Thursday. Friday may be used as a make-up day.
NOTE - In order to use the '4 Day/10 Hour Work Schedule,' as your normal schedule, you must submit an 'Employer Registration for Use of 4 Day/10 Hour Work Schedule,' form PW30.1; and there must be a dispensation of hours in place on the project. If the PW30.1 is not submitted you may be liable for overtime payments for work over 8 hours per day. SUPPLEMENTAL BENEFITS Per hour worked
Journeyman Setter $ 20.78 Journeyman Finisher 17.93 OVERTIME PAY
Page 19 Prevailing Wage Rates for 07/01/2020 - 06/30/2021 Published by the New York State Department of Labor Last Published on Apr 01 2021 Albany County See (B, E, E2, Q) on OVERTIME PAGE HOLIDAY Paid: See (1) on HOLIDAY PAGE Overtime: See (5, 6) on HOLIDAY PAGE REGISTERED APPRENTICES Wages per hour
Hour Terms at the following percentage of Journeyman's wage
Setter: 1st term 0-500 hrs 60% 2nd term 501-1500 hrs 70% 3rd term 1501-2500 hrs 80% 4th term 2501-3500 hrs 85% 5th term 3501-4500 hrs 90% 6th term 4501-6000 hrs 95%
Finisher: 1st term 0-500 hrs 70% 2nd term 501-1500 hrs 80% 3rd term 1501-2500 hrs 90% 4th term 2501-3700 hrs 95%
Supplemental Benefits per hour worked 07/01/2020 Setter: 1st term 0-500 hrs $ 12.23 2nd term 501-1500 hrs 12.23 3rd term 1501-2500 hrs 16.51 4th term 2501-3500 hrs 16.51 5th term 3501-4500 hrs 18.64 6th term 4501-6000 hrs 20.78
Finisher: 1st term 0-500 hrs $ 11.58 2nd term 501-1500 hrs 11.58 3rd term 1501-2500 hrs 14.76 4th term 2501-3700 hrs 14.76 12-2TS.1
Mason - Heavy&Highway 04/01/2021
JOB DESCRIPTION Mason - Heavy&Highway DISTRICT 12 ENTIRE COUNTIES Albany, Cayuga, Clinton, Columbia, Essex, Franklin, Fulton, Greene, Hamilton, Herkimer, Jefferson, Lewis, Madison, Montgomery, Oneida, Oswego, Rensselaer, Saratoga, Schenectady, Schoharie, St. Lawrence, Warren, Washington PARTIAL COUNTIES Onondaga: For Heavy & Highway Cement Mason or Plaster Work in Onondaga County, refer to Mason-Heavy&Highway tag 1-2h/h on. WAGES Per hour 07/01/2020 Mason & Bricklayer $38.95
Additional $1.00 per hour for work on any swing scaffold or staging suspended by means of ropes or cables.
SUPPLEMENTAL BENEFITS Per hour worked
Journeyman $ 20.79 OVERTIME PAY See (B, E, E2, Q) on OVERTIME PAGE HOLIDAY Paid: See (1) on HOLIDAY PAGE Overtime: See (5, 6) on HOLIDAY PAGE Page 20 Prevailing Wage Rates for 07/01/2020 - 06/30/2021 Published by the New York State Department of Labor Last Published on Apr 01 2021 Albany County Note: If a holiday falls on Sunday, the Monday following shall constitute the day of the legal holiday. REGISTERED APPRENTICES Wages per hour
750 HR TERMS at the following percent of Journeyman's wage
1st 2nd 3rd 4th 5th 6th 7th 8th 55% 60% 65% 70% 75% 80% 85% 90%
Supplemental Benefits per hour worked
$ 20.79 12-2hh.1
Millwright 04/01/2021
JOB DESCRIPTION Millwright DISTRICT 2 ENTIRE COUNTIES Albany, Chenango, Delaware, Fulton, Montgomery, Otsego, Rensselaer, Saratoga, Schenectady, Schoharie WAGES Per hour: 07/01/2020
Building $ 32.70 Heavy & Highway 34.70
NOTE ADDITIONAL PREMIUMS PAID FOR THE FOLLOWING WORK LISTED BELOW (amount subject to any overtime premiums): - Certified Welders shall receive $1.75 per hour in addition to the current Millwrights rate provided he/she is directed to perform certified welding. - For Building work if a work site has been declared a hazardous site by the Owner and the use of protective gear (including, as a minimum, air purifying canister-type chemical respirators) are required, then that employee shall receive a $1.50 premium per hour for Building work. - For Heavy & Highway work if the work is performed at a State or Federally designated hazardous waste site where employees are required to wear protective gear, the employees performing the work shall receive an additional $2.00 per hour over the millwright heavy and highway wage rate for all hours worked on the day protective gear was worn. - An employee performing the work of a machinist shall receive $2.00 per hour in addition to the current Millwrights rate. For the purposes of this premium to apply, a "machinist" is a person who uses a lathe, Bridgeport, milling machine or similar type of tool to make or modify parts. - When performing work underground at 500 feet and below, the employee shall receive an additional $1.00. SUPPLEMENTAL BENEFITS Per hour:
Journeyman $ 24.89 OVERTIME PAY See (B, E, *E2, Q) on OVERTIME PAGE *Note - Saturday may be used as a make-up day and worked at the straight time rate of pay during a work week when conditions such as weather, power failure, fire, or natural disaster prevent the performance of work on a regular scheduled work day. HOLIDAY Paid: See (1) on HOLIDAY PAGE Overtime: See (5, 6) on HOLIDAY PAGE Note: Any holiday that falls on Sunday shall be observed the following Monday. Any holiday that falls on Saturday shall be observed the preceding Friday. REGISTERED APPRENTICES Wages per hour:
(1)year terms at the following percentage of journeymans rate. 1st 2nd 3rd 4th 60% 70% 80% 90%
Supplemental Benefits per hour:
Apprentices: 1st term $ 11.60 2nd term 20.90 3rd term 22.24 4th term 23.56 2-1163.1 Page 21 Prevailing Wage Rates for 07/01/2020 - 06/30/2021 Published by the New York State Department of Labor Last Published on Apr 01 2021 Albany County Operating Engineer - Building 04/01/2021
JOB DESCRIPTION Operating Engineer - Building DISTRICT 1 ENTIRE COUNTIES Albany, Clinton, Columbia, Essex, Franklin, Fulton, Greene, Hamilton, Herkimer, Montgomery, Otsego, Rensselaer, Saratoga, Schenectady, Schoharie, Warren, Washington PARTIAL COUNTIES Dutchess: Defined as north of the northern boundary line of City of Poughkeepsie then due east to Route 115 to Bedelt Road then east along Bedelt Road to VanWagner Road then north along VanWagner Road to Bower Road then east along Bower Road to Rte. 44 east to Route 343 then along Route 343 east to the northern boundary of Town of Dover Plains and east along the northern boundary of Town of Dover Plains to Connecticut. WAGES CLASS A1: Crane, hydraulic cranes, tower crane, locomotive crane, piledriver, cableway, derricks,whirlies, dragline, boom trucks over 5 tons.
CLASS A: Shovel, all Excavators (including rubber tire full swing), Gradalls, power road grader, all CMI equipment, front-end rubber tire loader, tractor- mounted drill (quarry master), mucking machine, concrete central mix plant, concrete pump, belcrete system, automated asphalt concrete plant, and tractor road paver, boom trucks 5 tons and under, maintenance engineer, self-contained crawler drill-hydraulic rock drill.
CLASS B: Backhoes (rubber tired backhoe/loader combination), bulldozer, pushcat, tractor, traxcavator, scraper, LeTourneau grader, form fine grader, self-propelled soil compactor (fill roller), asphalt roller, blacktop spreader, power brooms, sweepers, trenching machine, Barber Green loader, side booms, hydro hammer, concrete spreader, concrete finishing machine, one drum hoist, power hoisting (single drum), hoist two drum or more, three drum engine, power hoisting (two drum and over), two drum and swinging engine, three drum swinging engine, hod hoist, A-L frame winches, core and well drillers (one drum), post hole digger, model CHB Vibro-Tamp or similar machine, batch bin and plant operator, dinky locomotive, skid steer loader, track excavator 5/8 cubic yard or smaller, front end rubber tired loader under four cubic yards, vacum machine (mounted or towed).
CLASS C: Fork lift, high lift, all terrain fork lift: or similar, oiler, fireman and heavy-duty greaser, boilers and steam generators, pump, vibrator, motor mixer, air compressor, dust collector, welding machine, well point, mechanical heater, generators, temporary light plants, electric submersible pumps 4" and over, murphy type diesel generator, conveyor, elevators, concrete mixer, beltcrete power pack (belcrete system), seeding, and mulching machines, pumps.
* In the event that equipment listed above is operated by robotic control, the classification covering the operation will be the same as if manually operated.
WAGES per hour 07/01/2020 07/01/2021 Class # A1 $ 45.67 46.71 Class # A 45.18 46.22 Class # B 44.16 45.20 Class # C 41.26 42.30
Additional $0.50 per hr for Tower Cranes. Additional $1.25 per hr for Cranes with Boom length & jib 150ft. and over. Additional $2.25 per hr for Cranes with Boom length & jib 200ft. and over. Additional $2.50 per hr over B rate for Nuclear Leader work. Additional $0.40 per hr for tunnel or excavation of shaft 40' or more deep. Additional $2.50 per hour if work requires Personal Protective Equipment for hazardous waste site activities with a level C or over rating. SUPPLEMENTAL BENEFITS Per hour 07/01/2020 07/01/2021
Journeyman $ 28.25 29.40 OVERTIME PAY See (B, E, Q) on OVERTIME PAGE HOLIDAY Paid: See (1) on HOLIDAY PAGE Overtime: See (5, 6) on HOLIDAY PAGE Note: If a holiday falls on Sunday, it will be celebrated on Monday. If the holiday falls on Saturday, it will be celebrated on Friday. Employees who work a Saturday holiday shall be paid double time plus 8 hours of straight time. REGISTERED APPRENTICES Wages per hour
Page 22 Prevailing Wage Rates for 07/01/2020 - 06/30/2021 Published by the New York State Department of Labor Last Published on Apr 01 2021 Albany County 1000 hours terms at the following percentage of Journeyperson's wage Class B
1st 2nd 3rd 4th 60% 70% 80% 90%
Supplemental Benefits per hour worked
07/01/2020 07/01/2021
All terms $ 23.55 24.70 1-158 Alb
Operating Engineer - Heavy&Highway 04/01/2021
JOB DESCRIPTION Operating Engineer - Heavy&Highway DISTRICT 1 ENTIRE COUNTIES Albany, Broome, Chenango, Clinton, Columbia, Essex, Franklin, Fulton, Greene, Hamilton, Herkimer, Montgomery, Otsego, Rensselaer, Saratoga, Schenectady, Schoharie, Tioga, Warren, Washington PARTIAL COUNTIES Dutchess: Defined as north of the northern boundary line of City of Poughkeepsie then due east to Route 115 to Bedelt Road then east along Bedelt Road to VanWagner Road then north along VanWagner Road to Bower Road then east along Bower Road to Rte. 44 east to Route 343 then along Route 343 east to the northern boundary of Town of Dover Plains and east along the northern boundary of Town of Dover Plains to Connecticut. WAGES CLASSIFICATION A: Asphalt Curb Machine (Self Propelled, Slipform), Asphalt Paver, Automated Concrete Spreader (CMI Type), Automatic Fine Grader, Backhoe (Except Tractor Mounted, Rubber Tired), Backhoe Excavator Full Swing (CAT 212 or similar type), Back Filling Machine, Belt Placer (CMI Type), Blacktop Plant (Automated), Boom truck, GPS operated Bull Dozer, Cableway, Caisson Auger, Central Mix Concrete Plant (Automated), Concrete Curb Machine (Self Propelled, Slipform), Concrete Pump, Crane, Cherry Picker, Derricks (steel erection), Dragline, Overhead Crane (Gantry or Straddle type), Pile Driver, Truck Crane, Directional Drilling Machine, Dredge, Dual Drum Paver, Excavator (All PurposeHydraulically Operated) (Gradall or Similar), Front End Loader (4 cu. yd. and Over), Head Tower (Sauerman or Equal), Hoist (Two or Three Drum), Holland Loader, Maintenance Engineer, Mine Hoist, Mucking Machine or Mole, Pavement Breaker(SP) Wertgen; PB-4 and similar type, Power Grader, Profiler (over 105 H.P.), Quad 9, Quarry Master (or equivalent), Scraper, Shovel, Side Boom, Slip Form Paver (If a second man is needed, he shall be an Oiler), Tractor Drawn BeltType Loader, Truck or Trailer Mounted Log Chipper (Self Feeder), Tug Operator (Manned Rented Equipment Excluded), Tunnel Shovel
CLASSIFICATION B: Backhoe (Tractor Mounted, Rubber Tired), Bituminous Recycler Machine, Bituminous Spreader and Mixer, Blacktop Plant (NonAutomated), Blast or Rotary Drill (Truck or Tractor Mounted), Brokk, Boring Machine, Cage Hoist, Central Mix Plant [(NonAutomated) and All Concrete Batching Plants], Concrete Paver (Over 16S), Crawler Drill (Self-contained), Crusher, Diesel Power Unit, Drill Rigs, Tractor Mounted, Front End Loader (Under 4 cu. yd.), Greaseman/Lubrication Engineer, HiPressure Boiler (15 lbs. and over), Hoist (One Drum), Hydro-Axe, Kolman Plant Loader and Similar Type Loaders (If Employer requires another man to clean the screen or to maintain the equipment, he shall be an Oiler), L.C.M. Work Boat Operator, Locomotive, Material handling knuckle boom, Mini Excavator (under 18,000 lbs.), Mixer (for stabilized base selfpropelled), Monorail Machine, Plant Engineer, Prentice Loader, Profiler (105 H.P. and under), Pug Mill, Pump Crete, Ready Mix Concrete Plant, Refrigeration Equipment (for soil stabilization), Road Widener, Roller (all above subgrade), Sea Mule, Self-contained Ride- on Rock Drill(Excluding Air-Track Type Drill), Skidder, Tractor with Dozer and/or Pusher, Trencher, Tugger Hoist, Vacum machine (mounted or towed), Vermeer saw (ride on, any size or type), Welder
CLASSIFICATION C: A Frame Winch Hoist on Truck, Articulated Heavy Hauler, Aggregate Plant, Asphalt or Concrete Grooving Machine (ride on), Ballast Regulator(Ride-on), Boiler (used in conjunction with production), Bituminous Heater (self-propelled), Boat (powered), Cement and Bin Operator, Concrete Pavement Spreader and Finisher Concrete Paver or Mixer (16' and under), Concrete Saw (self-propelled), Conveyor, Deck Hand, Directional Drill Machine Locator, Drill (Core and Well), Farm Tractor with accessories, Fine Grade Machine, Fireman, Fork Lift, Form Tamper, Grout Pump, Gunite Machine, Hammers (Hydraulic self-propelled), Hydra-Spiker (ride-on), Hydraulic Pump (jacking system), Hydro-Blaster (Water), Mulching Machine, Oiler, Parapet Concrete or Pavement Grinder, Post Hole Digger and Post Driver, Power Broom (towed), Power Heaterman, Power Sweeper, Revinius Widener, Roller (Grade and Fill), Scarifier (ride-on), Shell Winder, Skid steer loader (Bobcat or similar), Span-Saw (ride-on), Steam Cleaner, Tamper (ride-on), Tie Extractor (ride-on), Tie Handler (ride-on), Tie Inserter (ride- on), Tie Spacer (ride-on), Tire Repair, Track Liner (ride-on), Tractor, Tractor (with towed accessories), Vibratory Compactor, Vibro Tamp, Well Point, and the following hands-off equipment: Compressors, Dust Collectors, Generators, Pumps, Welding Machines, Light Plants and Heaters
- Note for all above classifications of Operating Engineer - In the event that equipment listed above is operated by robotic control, the classification covering the operation will be the same as if manually operated.
WAGES per hour 07/01/2020 07/01/2021
Page 23 Prevailing Wage Rates for 07/01/2020 - 06/30/2021 Published by the New York State Department of Labor Last Published on Apr 01 2021 Albany County Master Mechanic $ 47.88 $ 49.43 Class A* 46.27 47.82 Class B 45.36 46.91 Class C 42.79 44.34
Additional $2.50 per hour for All Employees who work a single irregular work shift starting from 5:00 PM to 1:00 AM that is mandated by the Contracting Agency. Additional $2.50 per hr. for hazardous waste removal work on State and/or Federally designated waste site which require employees to wear Level C or above forms of personal protection.
(*) Premiums for CRANES is based upon Class A rates with the following premiums: - Additional $4.00 per hr for Tower Cranes, including self erecting. - Additional $3.00 per hr for Lattice Boom Cranes and all other cranes with a manufacturers rating of fifty (50) tons and over. - Additional $2.00 per hr for all Hydraulic Cranes and Derricks with a manufacturer's rating of 49 ton and below, including boom trucks.
Four (4), ten (10) hour days may be worked at straight time during a week, Monday thru Thursday. Friday may be used as a make-up day.
NOTE - In order to use the '4 Day/10 Hour Work schedule', as your normal schedule, you must submit an 'Employer Registration for Use of 4 Day/10 Hour Work Schedule,' form PW30.1; and there must be a dispensation of hours in place on the project. If the PW30.1 is not submitted you may be liable for overtime payments for work over 8 hours per day. SUPPLEMENTAL BENEFITS Per hour
Journeyperson $ 28.45 $ 29.60 OVERTIME PAY See (B, E, Q) on OVERTIME PAGE HOLIDAY Paid: See (5, 6) on HOLIDAY PAGE Overtime: See (5, 6) on HOLIDAY PAGE Note: If the holiday falls on Sunday, it will be celebrated on Monday. If the Holiday falls on a Saturday employer can choose to celebrate Saturday or give Friday off with pay. REGISTERED APPRENTICES Wages per hour
1000 hours terms at the following percentage of Journeyperson's wage Class B
1st 2nd 3rd 4th 60% 70% 80% 90%
Supplemental Benefits per hour worked
07/01/2020 07/01/2021 All Terms $ 23.85 $ 25.00 1-158H/H Alb
Operating Engineer - Marine Dredging 04/01/2021
JOB DESCRIPTION Operating Engineer - Marine Dredging DISTRICT 4 ENTIRE COUNTIES Albany, Bronx, Cayuga, Chautauqua, Clinton, Columbia, Dutchess, Erie, Essex, Franklin, Greene, Jefferson, Kings, Monroe, Nassau, New York, Niagara, Orange, Orleans, Oswego, Putnam, Queens, Rensselaer, Richmond, Rockland, St. Lawrence, Suffolk, Ulster, Washington, Wayne, Westchester WAGES These wages do not apply to Operating Engineers on land based construction projects. For those projects, please see the Operating Engineer Heavy/Highway Rates. The wage rates below for all equipment and operators are only for marine dredging work in navigable waters found in the counties listed above.
Per Hour: 07/01/2020 10/01/2020
CLASS A1 $ 40.31 $ 41.42 Deck Captain, Leverman Mechanical Dredge Operator Licensed Tug Operator 1000HP or more.
CLASS A2 35.92 36.91 Crane Operator (360 swing)
Page 24 Prevailing Wage Rates for 07/01/2020 - 06/30/2021 Published by the New York State Department of Labor Last Published on Apr 01 2021 Albany County
CLASS B To conform to Operating Engineer Dozer,Front Loader Prevailing Wage in locality where work Operator on Land is being performed including benefits.
CLASS B1 34.86 35.82 Derrick Operator (180 swing) Spider/Spill Barge Operator Operator II, Fill Placer, Engineer, Chief Mate, Electrician, Chief Welder, Maintenance Engineer Licensed Boat, Crew Boat Operator
CLASS B2 32.82 33.72 Certified Welder
CLASS C1 31.92 32.80 Drag Barge Operator, Steward, Mate, Assistant Fill Placer
CLASS C2 30.89 31.74 Boat Operator
CLASS D 25.66 26.37 Shoreman, Deckhand, Oiler, Rodman, Scowman, Cook, Messman, Porter/Janitor
SUPPLEMENTAL BENEFITS Per Hour: THE FOLLOWING SUPPLEMENTAL BENEFITS APPLY TO ALL CATEGORIES
07/01/2020 10/01/2020 All Classes A & B $11.58 plus 7.5% $11.98 plus 8% of straight time of straight time wage, Overtime hours wage, Overtime hours add $ 0.63 add $ 0.63
All Class C $11.28 plus 7.5% 11.68 plus 8% of straight time of straight time wage, Overtime hours wage, Overtime hours add $ 0.48 add $ 0.48
All Class D $10.98 plus 7.5% 11.38 plus 8% of straight time of straight time wage, Overtime hours wage, Overtime hours add $ 0.33 add $ 0.33 OVERTIME PAY See (B2, F, R) on OVERTIME PAGE HOLIDAY Paid: See (1) on HOLIDAY PAGE Overtime: See (5, 6, 8, 15, 26) on HOLIDAY PAGE 4-25a-MarDredge
Operating Engineer - Survey Crew 04/01/2021
JOB DESCRIPTION Operating Engineer - Survey Crew DISTRICT 12 ENTIRE COUNTIES Albany, Allegany, Broome, Cayuga, Chemung, Chenango, Clinton, Columbia, Cortland, Essex, Franklin, Fulton, Greene, Hamilton, Herkimer, Jefferson, Lewis, Livingston, Madison, Monroe, Montgomery, Niagara, Oneida, Onondaga, Ontario, Oswego, Otsego, Rensselaer, Saratoga, Schenectady, Schoharie, Schuyler, Seneca, St. Lawrence, Steuben, Tioga, Tompkins, Warren, Washington, Wayne, Yates PARTIAL COUNTIES Dutchess: The northern portion of the county from the northern boundary line of the City of Poughkeepsie, north. Genesee: Only the portion of the county that lies east of a line down the center of Route 98 to include all area that lies within the City of Batavia. Page 25 Prevailing Wage Rates for 07/01/2020 - 06/30/2021 Published by the New York State Department of Labor Last Published on Apr 01 2021 Albany County
WAGES These rates apply to Building, Tunnel and Heavy Highway.
Per hour: SURVEY CLASSIFICATIONS:
Party Chief - One who directs a survey party. Instrument Person - One who operates the surveying instruments. Rod Person - One who holds the rods and assists the Instrument Person.
07/01/2020
Party Chief $ 44.39 Instrument Person 40.78 Rod Person 30.22
Additional $3.00/hr. for Tunnel Work Additional $2.50/hr. for Hazardous Work Site SUPPLEMENTAL BENEFITS Per hour worked:
Journeyman $ 26.30 OVERTIME PAY See (B, E, P, T) on OVERTIME PAGE HOLIDAY Paid: See (5, 6) on HOLIDAY PAGE Overtime: See (5, 6) on HOLIDAY PAGE REGISTERED APPRENTICES WAGES: 1000 hour terms based on the Percentage of Rod Persons Wage:
07/01/2020
0-1000 60% 1001-2000 70% 2001-3000 80%
SUPPLEMENTAL BENEFIT per hour worked:
0-1000 $ 18.08 1001-2000 21.10 2001-3000 24.13 12-158-545 D.H.H.
Operating Engineer - Survey Crew - Consulting Engineer 04/01/2021
JOB DESCRIPTION Operating Engineer - Survey Crew - Consulting Engineer DISTRICT 12 ENTIRE COUNTIES Albany, Allegany, Broome, Cayuga, Chemung, Chenango, Clinton, Columbia, Cortland, Essex, Franklin, Fulton, Greene, Hamilton, Herkimer, Jefferson, Lewis, Livingston, Madison, Monroe, Montgomery, Niagara, Oneida, Onondaga, Ontario, Oswego, Otsego, Rensselaer, Saratoga, Schenectady, Schoharie, Schuyler, Seneca, St. Lawrence, Steuben, Tioga, Tompkins, Warren, Washington, Wayne, Yates PARTIAL COUNTIES Dutchess: The northern portion of the county from the northern boundary line of the City of Poughkeepsie, north. Genesee: Only the portion of the county that lies east of a line down the center of Route 98 to include all area that lies within the City of Batavia. WAGES These rates apply to feasibility and preliminary design surveying, line and grade surveying for inspection or supervision of construction when performed under a Consulting Engineer Agreement.
Per hour: SURVEY CLASSIFICATIONS:
Party Chief - One who directs a survey party. Instrument Person - One who operates the surveying instruments. Rod Person - One who holds the rods and assists the Instrument Person.
07/01/2020 Page 26 Prevailing Wage Rates for 07/01/2020 - 06/30/2021 Published by the New York State Department of Labor Last Published on Apr 01 2021 Albany County
Party Chief $ 44.39 Instrument Person 40.78 Rod Person 30.22
Additional $3.00/hr. for Tunnel Work. Additional $2.50/hr. for EPA or DEC certified toxic or hazardous waste work. SUPPLEMENTAL BENEFITS Per hour worked:
Journeyman $ 26.30 OVERTIME PAY See (B, E, P, T) on OVERTIME PAGE HOLIDAY Paid: See (5, 6) on HOLIDAY PAGE Overtime: See (5, 6) on HOLIDAY PAGE REGISTERED APPRENTICES WAGES: 1000 hour terms based on percentage of Rod Persons Wage:
07/01/2020
0-1000 60% 1001-2000 70% 2001-3000 80%
SUPPLEMENTAL BENEFIT per hour worked:
0-1000 $ 18.08 1001-2000 $ 21.10 2001-3000 $ 24.13 12-158-545 DCE
Operating Engineer - Tunnel 04/01/2021
JOB DESCRIPTION Operating Engineer - Tunnel DISTRICT 7 ENTIRE COUNTIES Albany, Allegany, Broome, Cayuga, Chemung, Chenango, Clinton, Columbia, Cortland, Essex, Franklin, Fulton, Greene, Hamilton, Herkimer, Jefferson, Lewis, Livingston, Madison, Monroe, Montgomery, Oneida, Onondaga, Ontario, Oswego, Otsego, Rensselaer, Saratoga, Schenectady, Schoharie, Schuyler, Seneca, St. Lawrence, Steuben, Tioga, Tompkins, Warren, Washington, Wayne, Yates PARTIAL COUNTIES Dutchess: Northern part of Dutchess, to the northern boundary line of the City of Poughkeepie, then due east to Route 115 to Bedell Road, then east along Bedell Road to VanWagner Road, then north along VanWagner Road to Bower Road, then east along Bower Road to Rte. 44 east to Rte. 343, then along Rte. 343 east to the northern boundary of the Town of Dover Plains and east along the northern boundary of the Town of Dover Plains, to the borderline of the State of Connecticut. Genesee: Only that portion of the county that lies east of a line drawn down the center of Route 98 and the entirety of the City of Batavia. WAGES CLASS A: Automatic Concrete Spreader (CMI Type); Automatic Fine Grader; Backhoe (except tractor mounted,rubber tired); Belt Placer (CMI Type); Blacktop Plant (automated); Cableway; Caisson Auger; Central Mix Concrete Plant (automated); Concrete Curb Machine (self- propelled slipform); Concrete Pump (8" or over); Dredge; Dual Drum Paver; Excavator; Front End Loader (4 cu. yd & over); Gradall; Head Tower (Sauerman or Equal); Hoist (shaft); Hoist (two or three Drum); Log Chipper/Loader (self-feeder); Maintenance Engineer (shaft and tunnel); any Mechanical Shaft Drill; Mine Hoist; Mining Machine(Mole and similar types); Mucking Machine or Mole; Overhead Crane (Gantry or Straddle Type); Pile Driver; Power Grader; Remote Controlled Mole or Tunnel Machine; Scraper; Shovel; Side Boom; Slip Form Paver (If a second man is needed, they shall be an Oiler); Tripper/Maintenance Engineer (shaft & tunnel); Tractor Drawn Belt-Type Loader; Tug Operator (manned rented equipment excluded); Tunnel Shovel
CLASS B: Automated Central Mix Concrete Plant; Backhoe (topside); Backhoe (track mounted, rubber tired); Backhoe (topside); Bituminous Spreader and Mixer, Blacktop Plant (non-automated); Blast or Rotary Drill (truck or tractor mounted); Boring Machine; Cage Hoist; Central Mix Plant(non-automated); all Concrete Batching Plants; Compressors (4 or less exceeding 2,000 c.f.m. combined capacity); Concrete Pump; Crusher; Diesel Power Unit; Drill Rigs (tractor mounted); Front End Loader (under 4 cu. yd.); Grayco Epoxy Machine; Hoist (One Drum); Hoist (2 or 3 drum topside); Knuckle Boom material handler; Kolman Plant Loader & similar type Loaders (if employer requires another person to clean the screen or to maintain the equipment, they shall be an Oiler); L.C.M. Work Boat Operator; Locomotive; Maintenance Engineer (topside); Maintenance Grease Man; Mixer (for stabilized base-self propelled); Monorail Machine; Plant Engineer; Personnel Hoist; Pump Crete; Ready Mix Concrete Plant; Refrigeration Equipment (for soil stabilization); Road Widener; Roller (all above sub-grade); Sea Mule; Shotcrete Machine; Shovel (topside); Tractor with Dozer and/or Pusher; Trencher; Tugger Hoist; Tunnel Locomotive; Welder; Winch; Winch Cat
Page 27 Prevailing Wage Rates for 07/01/2020 - 06/30/2021 Published by the New York State Department of Labor Last Published on Apr 01 2021 Albany County CLASS C: A Frame Truck; All Terrain Telescoping Material Handler; Ballast Regulator (ride-on); Compressors (4 not to exceed 2,000 c.f.m. combined capacity; or 3 or less with more than 1200 c.f.m. but not to exceed 2,000 c.f.m.); Compressors ((any size, but subject to other provisions for compressors), Dust Collectors, Generators, Pumps, Welding Machines, Light Plants (4 or any type combination)); Concrete Pavement Spreaders and Finishers; Conveyor; Drill (core); Drill (well); Electric Pump used in conjunction with Well Point System; Farm Tractor with Accessories; Fine Grade Machine; Fork Lift; Grout Pump (over 5 cu. ft.); Gunite Machine; Hammers (hydraulic-self-propelled); Hydra-Spiker (ride-on); Hydra-Blaster (water); Hydro-Blaster; Motorized Form Carrier; Post Hole Digger and Post Driver; Power Sweeper; Roller grade & fill); Scarifer (ride-on); Span-Saw (ride-on); Submersible Electric Pump (when used in lieu of well points); Tamper (ride-on); Tie-Extractor (ride-on), Tie Handler (ride-on), Tie Inserter (ride-on), Tie Spacer (ride-on); Track Liner (ride-on); Tractor with towed accessories; Vibratory Compactor; Vibro Tamp, Well Point
CLASS D: Aggregate Plant; Cement & Bin Operator; Compressors (3 or less not to exceed 1,200 c.f.m. combined capacity); Compressors ((any size, but subject to other provisions for compressors), Dust Collectors, Generators, Pumps, Welding Machines, Light Plants (3 or less or any type or combination)); Concrete Saw (self-propelled); Form Tamper; Greaseman; Hydraulic Pump (jacking system); Junior Engineer; Light Plants; Mulching Machine; Oiler; Parapet Concrete or Pavement Grinder; Power Broom (towed); Power Heaterman (when used for production); Revinius Widener; Shell Winder; Steam Cleaner; Tractor
Per hour: 07/01/2020 07/01/2021 07/01/2022
Master Mechanic $ 49.45 $ 51.00 $ 52.60 CLASS A 47.04 48.59 50.19 CLASS B 45.82 47.37 48.97 CLASS C 43.03 44.58 46.18 CLASS D 40.02 41.57 43.17
Additional $5.00 per hour for Hazardous Waste Work on a state or federally designated hazardous waste site where the Operating Engineer is in direct contact with hazardous material and when personal protective equipment is required for respiratory, skin and eye protection. Fringe benefits will be paid at the hourly wage premium.
CRANES: Crane 1: All cranes, including self-erecting to be paid $4.00 per hour over the Class A rate. Crane 2: All Lattice Boom Cranes and all cranes with a manufacturer''s rating of fifty (50) ton and over to be paid $3.00 per hour over Class A rate. Crane 3: All hydraulic cranes and derricks with a manufacturer''s rating of forty nine (49) ton and below, including boom trucks, to be paid $2.00 per hour over Class A rate.
Crane 1 $ 51.04 $ 52.59 $ 54.19 Crane 2 50.04 51.59 53.19 Crane 3 49.04 50.59 52.19 SUPPLEMENTAL BENEFITS Per hour: $ 21.90 $ 22.80 $ 23.70 + 8.85* + 9.10* + 9.35*
* This portion of benefits subject to same premium rate as shown for overtime wages. OVERTIME PAY See (B, B2, E, Q, X) on OVERTIME PAGE HOLIDAY Paid: See (5, 6) on HOLIDAY PAGE Overtime: See (5, 6) on HOLIDAY PAGE If a holiday falls on Sunday, it shall be observed on Monday. REGISTERED APPRENTICES WAGES:(1000) hours terms at the following percentage of Journeyman's Class B wage.
1st term 60% 2nd term 65% 3rd term 70% 4th term 75%
SUPPLEMENTAL BENEFITS per hour: Same as Journeyman
7-158-832TL.
Painter 04/01/2021
JOB DESCRIPTION Painter DISTRICT 1 ENTIRE COUNTIES Page 28 Prevailing Wage Rates for 07/01/2020 - 06/30/2021 Published by the New York State Department of Labor Last Published on Apr 01 2021 Albany County Albany, Essex, Fulton, Hamilton, Montgomery, Rensselaer, Saratoga, Schenectady, Schoharie, Warren, Washington WAGES Per hour 07/01/2020
Painter\Wallcover $ 30.49 Drywall Finishers 30.49 Spray Rate 30.49 Structrual Steel* 31.49 Lead Abatement 31.49 Lead Abatement on Structural Steel 32.49
(*)Employees working on objects with the use of swing stage, boatswain chair, pick and cables only will be paid at Structural Steel rate.
Bridge Painter See Bridge Painter rates for the following work: All Bridges and Tanks SUPPLEMENTAL BENEFITS Per hour
Journeyperson $ 16.95 OVERTIME PAY See (B, E2, H) on OVERTIME PAGE THE FOLLOWING ADDITIONAL HOURLY RATE WILL APPLY ON ALL CONTRACTING AGENCY MANDATED SHIFT(S) OR SINGULAR IRREGULAR SHIFT WHEN THE SHIFT STARTS BETWEEN THE HOURS LISTED BELOW:
2:30 PM to 6:30 AM PLUS $1.00 TO APPLICABLE RATE**
**SHIFT RATE STOPS AFTER 6:30AM HOLIDAY Paid: See (1) on HOLIDAY PAGE Overtime: See (5, 6) on HOLIDAY PAGE Note: If the holiday falls on Sunday, it shall be observed on Monday. REGISTERED APPRENTICES Wages per hour
1000 hour terms at the following percentage of Journeyperson's base wage
1st 2nd 3rd 4th 5th 6th 45% 50% 60% 70% 80% 90%
Supplemental Benefits per hour
All Terms $ 16.95 1-201-P
Painter - Bridge & Structural Steel 04/01/2021
JOB DESCRIPTION Painter - Bridge & Structural Steel DISTRICT 8 ENTIRE COUNTIES Albany, Bronx, Clinton, Columbia, Dutchess, Essex, Franklin, Fulton, Greene, Hamilton, Kings, Montgomery, Nassau, New York, Orange, Putnam, Queens, Rensselaer, Richmond, Rockland, Saratoga, Schenectady, Schoharie, Suffolk, Sullivan, Ulster, Warren, Washington, Westchester WAGES Per Hour: STEEL: Bridge Painting: 07/01/2020 10/01/2020 10/01/2021 $ 50.25 $ 51.50 $ 53.00 + 7.88* + 8.63* + 9.63*
ADDITIONAL $6.00 per hour for POWER TOOL/SPRAY, whether straight time or overtime.
NOTE: All premium wages are to be calculated on base rate per hour only.
Page 29 Prevailing Wage Rates for 07/01/2020 - 06/30/2021 Published by the New York State Department of Labor Last Published on Apr 01 2021 Albany County * For the period of May 1st to November 15th, this amount is payable up to 40 hours. For the period of Nov 16th to April 30th, this amount is payable up to 50 hours. EXCEPTION: First and last week of employment, and for the weeks of Memorial Day, Independence Day and Labor Day, where the amount is paid for the actual number of hours worked (no cap).
NOTE: Generally, for Bridge Painting Contracts, ALL WORKERS on and off the bridge (including Flagmen) are to be paid Painter's Rate; the contract must be ONLY for Bridge Painting.
SHIFT WORK:
When directly specified in public agency or authority contract documents for an employer to work a second shift and works the second shift with employees other than from the first shift, all employees who work the second shift will be paid 10% of the base wage shift differential in lieu of overtime for the first eight (8) hours worked after which the employees shall be paid at time and one half of the regular wage rate. When a single irregular work shift is mandated in the job specifications or by the contracting agency, wages shall be paid at time and one half for single shifts between the hours of 3pm-11pm or 11pm-7am. SUPPLEMENTAL BENEFITS Per Hour: Journeyworker: 07/01/2020 10/01/2020 10/01/2021 $ 10.20 $ 10.90 $ 10.90 + 29.65* + 30.00* + 30.60*
* For the period of May 1st to November 15th, this amount is payable up to 40 hours. For the period of Nov 16th to April 30th, this amount is payable up to 50 hours. EXCEPTION: First and last week of employment, and for the weeks of Memorial Day, Independence Day and Labor Day, where the amount is paid for the actual number of hours worked (no cap). OVERTIME PAY See (B, F, R) on OVERTIME PAGE HOLIDAY Paid: See (1) on HOLIDAY PAGE Overtime: See (4, 6) on HOLIDAY PAGE REGISTERED APPRENTICES Wage - Per hour:
Apprentices: (1) year terms 07/01/2020 10/01/2020 10/01/2021 1st year $ 20.10 $ 20.60 $ 21.20 + 3.15* + 3.45* + 3.86*
2nd year $ 30.15 $ 30.90 $ 31.80 + 4.73* + 5.18* + 5.78*
3rd year $ 40.20 $ 41.20 $ 42.40 + 6.30* + 6.90* + 7.71* Supplemental Benefits - Per hour:
1st year $ .25 $ .25 $ .25 + 11.86* + 12.00* + 12.24*
2nd year $ 10.20 $ 10.90 $ 10.90 + 17.79* + 18.00* + 18.36*
3rd year $ 10.20 $ 10.90 $ 10.90 + 23.72* + 24.00* + 24.48*
NOTE: All premium wages are to be calculated on base rate per hour only. 8-DC-9/806/155-BrSS
Painter - Line Striping 04/01/2021
JOB DESCRIPTION Painter - Line Striping DISTRICT 8 ENTIRE COUNTIES Albany, Bronx, Clinton, Columbia, Dutchess, Essex, Franklin, Fulton, Greene, Hamilton, Kings, Montgomery, Nassau, New York, Orange, Putnam, Queens, Rensselaer, Richmond, Rockland, Saratoga, Schenectady, Schoharie, Suffolk, Sullivan, Ulster, Warren, Washington, Westchester WAGES
Page 30 Prevailing Wage Rates for 07/01/2020 - 06/30/2021 Published by the New York State Department of Labor Last Published on Apr 01 2021 Albany County Per hour:
Painter (Striping-Highway): 07/01/2020 07/01/2021 07/01/2022
Striping-Machine Operator* $ 30.10 $ 30.32 $ 31.53
Linerman Thermoplastic $ 36.53 $ 36.93 $ 38.34
Note: * Includes but is not limited to: Positioning of cones and directing of traffic using hand held devices. Excludes the Driver/Operator of equipment used in the maintenance and protection of traffic safety.
Four (4), ten (10) hour days may be worked at straight time during a week, Monday thru Thursday. Friday may be used as a make-up day.
NOTE - In order to use the '4 Day/10 Hour Work Schedule,' as your normal schedule, you must submit an 'Employer Registration for Use of 4 Day/10 Hour Work Schedule,' form PW30.1; and there must be a dispensation of hours in place on the project. If the PW30.1 is not submitted you may be liable for overtime payments for work over 8 hours per day. SUPPLEMENTAL BENEFITS Per hour paid: 07/01/2020 07/01/2021 07/01/2022
Journeyworker: Striping Machine Operator: $ 9.16 $ 10.03 $ 10.03 Linerman Thermoplastic: $ 9.16 $ 10.03 $ 10.03 OVERTIME PAY See (B, B2, E2, F, S) on OVERTIME PAGE HOLIDAY Paid: See (5, 20) on HOLIDAY PAGE Overtime: See (5, 20) on HOLIDAY PAGE REGISTERED APPRENTICES One (1) year terms at the following wage rates: 07/01/2020 12/31/2020 1st Term: $ 12.04 $ 12.50 2nd Term: $ 18.06 $ 18.19 3rd Term: $ 24.08 $ 24.26
Supplemental Benefits per hour:
1st term: $ 9.16 $ 10.03 2nd Term: $ 9.16 $ 10.03 3rd Term: $ 9.16 $ 10.03 8-1456-LS
Painter - Metal Polisher 04/01/2021
JOB DESCRIPTION Painter - Metal Polisher DISTRICT 8 ENTIRE COUNTIES Albany, Allegany, Bronx, Broome, Cattaraugus, Cayuga, Chautauqua, Chemung, Chenango, Clinton, Columbia, Cortland, Delaware, Dutchess, Erie, Essex, Franklin, Fulton, Genesee, Greene, Hamilton, Herkimer, Jefferson, Kings, Lewis, Livingston, Madison, Monroe, Montgomery, Nassau, New York, Niagara, Oneida, Onondaga, Ontario, Orange, Orleans, Oswego, Otsego, Putnam, Queens, Rensselaer, Richmond, Rockland, Saratoga, Schenectady, Schoharie, Schuyler, Seneca, St. Lawrence, Steuben, Suffolk, Sullivan, Tioga, Tompkins, Ulster, Warren, Washington, Wayne, Westchester, Wyoming, Yates WAGES 07/01/2020 Metal Polisher $ 36.33 Metal Polisher* 37.43 Metal Polisher** 40.33
*Note: Applies on New Construction & complete renovation ** Note: Applies when working on scaffolds over 34 feet. SUPPLEMENTAL BENEFITS Per Hour: 07/01/2020
Journeyworker: Page 31 Prevailing Wage Rates for 07/01/2020 - 06/30/2021 Published by the New York State Department of Labor Last Published on Apr 01 2021 Albany County All classification $ 9.94 OVERTIME PAY See (B, E, P, T) on OVERTIME PAGE HOLIDAY Paid: See (5, 6, 11, 15, 16, 25, 26) on HOLIDAY PAGE Overtime: See (5, 6, 9, 11, 15, 16, 25, 26) on HOLIDAY PAGE REGISTERED APPRENTICES Wages per hour: One (1) year term at the following wage rates:
07/01/2020
1st year $ 16.00 2nd year 17.00 3rd year 18.00
1st year* $ 16.39 2nd year* 17.44 3rd year* 18.54
1st year** $ 18.50 2nd year** 19.50 3rd year** 20.50
*Note: Applies on New Construction & complete renovation ** Note: Applies when working on scaffolds over 34 feet.
Supplemental benefits: Per hour:
1st year $ 6.69 2nd year 6.69 3rd year 6.69 8-8A/28A-MP
Plumber 04/01/2021
JOB DESCRIPTION Plumber DISTRICT 1 ENTIRE COUNTIES Albany, Columbia, Fulton, Greene, Montgomery, Rensselaer, Schenectady, Schoharie PARTIAL COUNTIES Hamilton: Only the Towns of Arietta, Benson, Hope, Inlet, Lake Pleasant, Morehouse and Wells. Saratoga: Only the Towns of Charlton, Clifton Park, Galway,Halfmoon, Milton, Stillwater and Waterford and the city of Mechanicville. WAGES Per hour: 07/01/2020 05/01/2021 Additional Plumber: Pipefitter, Steamfitter $ 44.00 $1.75 SUPPLEMENTAL BENEFITS Per hour
Journeyman $ 27.24 OVERTIME PAY See (B1, Q) on OVERTIME PAGE HOLIDAY Paid: See (1) on HOLIDAY PAGE Overtime: See (5, 6) on HOLIDAY PAGE Note: Whenever a Holiday falls on Saturday, the preceding day, Friday, shall be observed as the Holiday. If a Holiday falls on a Sunday, the following day, Monday shall be observed as the Holiday. REGISTERED APPRENTICES Wages per hour One year terms at the following percentage of Journeyperson's wage.
1st 2nd 3rd 4th 5th Page 32 Prevailing Wage Rates for 07/01/2020 - 06/30/2021 Published by the New York State Department of Labor Last Published on Apr 01 2021 Albany County 45 % 55 % 65 % 75 % 90 %
Supplemental Benefits per hour:
Apprentices Indentured on or before April 30, 2019
All Terms $27.24
Apprentices Indentured on or after May 1st, 2019 1st Term $ 22.18 2nd Term $ 22.18 Terms 3-5 $ 27.24 1-7-SF
Roofer 04/01/2021
JOB DESCRIPTION Roofer DISTRICT 1 ENTIRE COUNTIES Albany, Clinton, Columbia, Essex, Fulton, Greene, Hamilton, Montgomery, Rensselaer, Saratoga, Schenectady, Warren, Washington WAGES Per hour 07/01/2020 07/01/2021 Additional Roofer/Waterproofer $ 32.05 $1.50 Asphalt Cold Process 32.55 Fluid Applied Roof 32.55 Pitch & Asbestos 34.05
Shift Work: On government mandated shift work starting after 12:00pm and before 4:00am workers shall be paid $4.00 additional per hour SUPPLEMENTAL BENEFITS Per hour
Journeyman $ 20.27 OVERTIME PAY See ( B, E, Q ) on OVERTIME PAGE. HOLIDAY Paid: See (1) on HOLIDAY PAGE Overtime: See (5, 6) on HOLIDAY PAGE Note: When any Holiday falls on Saturday, the Friday before such Holiday shall be recognized as the legal Holiday. When a Holiday falls on Sunday, it shall be observed the following Monday. REGISTERED APPRENTICES Wages per hour
Apprentice terms at the following per cent of the Roofer/Waterproofer rate. For Pitch & Asbestos work, an additional $2.00 must be paid in wages. For Asphalt Cold Process work and Fluid Applied Roof coating, an additional $0.50 must be paid in the wages.
1st Term 58% 1500 hrs.
2nd Term 74% 1 yr. and 1500 hrs. as 1st term.
3rd Term 90% 1 yr. and 1500 hrs. as 2nd term.
3rd Term complete at 1 yr and 1050 hrs. as 3rd term
Supplemental Benefits per hour worked
1st Term $ 18.69 2nd Term 19.12 3rd Term 19.60 1-241
Sheetmetal Worker 04/01/2021 JOB DESCRIPTION Sheetmetal Worker Page 33 DISTRICT 1 Prevailing Wage Rates for 07/01/2020 - 06/30/2021 Published by the New York State Department of Labor Last Published on Apr 01 2021 Albany County
ENTIRE COUNTIES Albany, Clinton, Columbia, Essex, Franklin, Fulton, Greene, Hamilton, Montgomery, Rensselaer, Saratoga, Schenectady, Schoharie, Warren, Washington WAGES Per hour 07/01/2020 06/01/2021 Additional Sheetmetal Worker $34.02 $ 1.75
All work requiring HAZWOPER Training additional $1.00 per hour
Four (4), ten (10) hour days may be worked at straight time during a week, Monday thru Thursday. Friday may be used as a make-up day. NOTE - In order to use the '4 Day/10 Hour Work schedule', as your normal schedule, you must submit an 'Employer Registration for Use of 4 Day/10 Hour Work Schedule,' form PW30.1; and there must be a dispensation of hours in place on the project. If the PW30.1 is not submitted you may be liable for overtime payments for work over 8 hours per day. SUPPLEMENTAL BENEFITS Per hour
Journeyman $33.94 OVERTIME PAY See ( B,E,E5,Q ) on OVERTIME PAGE HOLIDAY Paid: See (1) on HOLIDAY PAGE Overtime: See (5, 6) on HOLIDAY PAGE When any holiday falls on Saturday, the Friday before such holiday shall be recognized as the legal holiday. Any holiday falling on Sunday, the following Monday shall be recognized as the legal holiday. REGISTERED APPRENTICES Wages per hour
6 Month Terms at the following rate:
1st term $18.89 2nd term $20.48 3rd term $21.28 4th term $22.08 5th term $20.86 6th term $21.90 7th term $23.63 8th term $25.36 9th term $27.09 10th term $28.83
Supplemental Benefits per hour
1st term $20.91 2nd term 21.55 3rd term 21.84 4th term 22.27 5th term 28.46 6th term 28.89 7th term 29.62 8th term 30.34 9th term 31.06 10th term 31.78 1-83
Sprinkler Fitter 04/01/2021
JOB DESCRIPTION Sprinkler Fitter DISTRICT 1 ENTIRE COUNTIES Albany, Rensselaer, Saratoga, Schenectady, Warren WAGES Per hour 07/01/2020
Sprinkler $ 37.61
Page 34 Prevailing Wage Rates for 07/01/2020 - 06/30/2021 Published by the New York State Department of Labor Last Published on Apr 01 2021 Albany County Fitter SUPPLEMENTAL BENEFITS Per hour
Journeyperson $ 24.85 OVERTIME PAY See (B, H) on OVERTIME PAGE HOLIDAY Paid: See (1) on HOLIDAY PAGE Overtime: See (5, 6) on HOLIDAY PAGE Note: When a holiday falls on Sunday, the following Monday shall be considered a holiday and all work performed on either day shall be at the double time rate. When a holiday falls on Saturday, the preceding Friday shall be considered a holiday and all work performed on either day shall be at the double time rate. REGISTERED APPRENTICES Wages per hour
One Half Year terms at the following percentage of journeyperson's wage.
1st 2nd 3rd 4th 5th 6th 7th 8th 9th 10th $ 17.32 $ 19.23 $ 20.89 $ 22.81 $ 24.72 $ 26.63 $ 28.55 $ 30.46 $32.37 $ 34.28
Supplemental Benefits per hour
1st 2nd 3rd 4th 5th 6th 7th 8th 9th 10th $ 8.27 $ 8.27 $ 18.70 $ 18.70 $ 18.95 $ 18.95 $ 18.95 $ 18.95 $ 18.95 $ 18.95 1-669-3
Teamster - Building 04/01/2021
JOB DESCRIPTION Teamster - Building DISTRICT 1 ENTIRE COUNTIES Albany, Columbia, Fulton, Greene, Montgomery, Rensselaer, Saratoga, Schenectady, Schoharie, Washington PARTIAL COUNTIES Warren: Only the Townships of Bolton, Warrensburg, Thurman,Stony Creek, Lake George, Lake Luzerne and Queensbury. WAGES GROUP # A: Straight trucks, winch, transit mix on the site, road oilers, dump trucks, pick-ups, panel, water trucks, fuel trucks on the site (including nozzle).
GROUP # B: Low boy or Low boy trailer, Euclids or similar equipment.
WAGES per hour 07/01/2020 07/01/2021
Group A $ 28.02 $ 28.52 Group B 28.32 28.82 SUPPLEMENTAL BENEFITS Per hour
07/01/2020 07/01/2021 Journeyperson $ 25.26 $ 26.32 OVERTIME PAY See (B, E, E2, Q) on OVERTIME PAGE HOLIDAY Paid: See (1) on HOLIDAY PAGE Overtime: See (5, 6) on HOLIDAY PAGE Note: Any holiday which occurs on Sunday shall be observed the following Monday. 1-294
Teamster - Heavy&Highway 04/01/2021
JOB DESCRIPTION Teamster - Heavy&Highway DISTRICT 1 ENTIRE COUNTIES Page 35 Prevailing Wage Rates for 07/01/2020 - 06/30/2021 Published by the New York State Department of Labor Last Published on Apr 01 2021 Albany County Albany, Columbia, Fulton, Greene, Hamilton, Herkimer, Montgomery, Oneida, Rensselaer, Saratoga, Schenectady, Schoharie, Washington PARTIAL COUNTIES Chenango: Entire county except the Townships of Afton, Bainbridge, Coventry, Greene, Guilford, Oxford and Smithville. Lewis: Only the Township of Grieg, Lewis, Leyden, Lowville, Lyonsdale, Martinsburg, Turin, West Turin and Watson. Madison: Only the Townships of Brookfield, Eaton, Hamilton, Lebanon, Lincoln, Madison, Smithfield, Stockbridge and the City of Oneida Otsego: Entire county EXCEPT Townships of Butternuts, Laurens, Maryland, Milford, Morris, Oneonta, Otego, Unidilla and Worchester. Warren: Only the Townships of Bolton, Warrensburg, Thurman, Stony Creek, Luzerne, Caldwell (Lake George), and Queensbury. WAGES GROUP #1: Warehousemen, Yardmen, Truck Helpers, Pickups, Panel Trucks, Flatboy Material Trucks(straight jobs), Single Axel Dump Trucks, Dumpsters, Material Checkers and Receivers, Greasers, Truck Tiremen, Mechanics Helpers and Parts Chasers.
GROUP #2: Tandems and Batch Trucks, Mechanics, Dispatcher.
GROUP #3: Semi-Trailers, Low-boy Trucks, Asphalt Distribitor Trucks, and Agitator, Mixer Trucks and dumpcrete type vehicles, Truck Mechanic, Fuel Trucks.
GROUP #4: Specialized Earth Moving Equipment, Euclid type, or similar off-highway,where not self-loading, Straddle (Ross) Carrier, and self-contained concrete mobile truck.
GROUP #5: Off-highway Tandem Back-Dump, Twin Engine Equipment and Double-Hitched Equipment where not self-loading.
WAGES per hour 07/01/2020 07/01/2021
Group #1 $ 31.51 $32.65 Group #2 $31.57 $32.71 Group #3 $31.66 $32.80 Group #4 $31.78 $32.93 Group #5 $31.94 $33.09
Hazardous waste projects that require a Level C or greater protection shall be paid an additional $ 1.00 per hour. All employees who work a single irregular work shift starting between 5pm and 1 am on governmental mandated night shifts shall be paid an additional $1.50 per hour. For work bid on or after April 1, 1995, there shall be a 12 month carryover of the last posted rate in effect at the time of the bid.
** IMPORTANT NOTICE - EFFECTIVE 04/01/2009 ** Four (4), ten (10) hour days may be worked at straight time during a week, Monday thru Friday.
NOTE - In order to use the '4 Day/10 Hour Work schedule', as your normal schedule, you must submit an 'Employer Registration for Use of 4 Day/10 Hour Work Schedule,' form PW30.1; and there must be a dispensation of hours in place on the project. If the PW30.1 is not submitted you may be liable for overtime payments for work over 8 hours per day. SUPPLEMENTAL BENEFITS Per hour: $ 25.68 $26.52 +$1.00 per* +$1.00 per* hour worked hour worked
(*) not applicable to paid holidays OVERTIME PAY See (B, E, Q, X) on OVERTIME PAGE HOLIDAY Paid: See (5, 6) on HOLIDAY PAGE Overtime: See (5, 6) on HOLIDAY PAGE 1-294h/h
Welder 04/01/2021
JOB DESCRIPTION Welder DISTRICT 1 ENTIRE COUNTIES
Page 36 Prevailing Wage Rates for 07/01/2020 - 06/30/2021 Published by the New York State Department of Labor Last Published on Apr 01 2021 Albany County Albany, Allegany, Bronx, Broome, Cattaraugus, Cayuga, Chautauqua, Chemung, Chenango, Clinton, Columbia, Cortland, Delaware, Dutchess, Erie, Essex, Franklin, Fulton, Genesee, Greene, Hamilton, Herkimer, Jefferson, Kings, Lewis, Livingston, Madison, Monroe, Montgomery, Nassau, New York, Niagara, Oneida, Onondaga, Ontario, Orange, Orleans, Oswego, Otsego, Putnam, Queens, Rensselaer, Richmond, Rockland, Saratoga, Schenectady, Schoharie, Schuyler, Seneca, St. Lawrence, Steuben, Suffolk, Sullivan, Tioga, Tompkins, Ulster, Warren, Washington, Wayne, Westchester, Wyoming, Yates WAGES Per hour 07/01/2020
Welder: To be paid the same rate of the mechanic performing the work.*
*EXCEPTION: If a specific welder certification is required, then the 'Certified Welder' rate in that trade tag will be paid.
OVERTIME PAY HOLIDAY 1-As Per Trade
Page 37 Prevailing Wage Rates for 07/01/2020 - 06/30/2021 Published by the New York State Department of Labor Last Published on Apr 01 2021 Albany County Albany County Residential
Laborer - Residential 04/01/2021
JOB DESCRIPTION Laborer - Residential DISTRICT 1 ENTIRE COUNTIES Albany, Rensselaer, Washington PARTIAL COUNTIES Columbia: Only the Townships of Stuyvesant, Stockport, Kinderhook,New Lebanon, Canaan, Ghent, Chatham and Austerlitz. Greene: Entire county except the Township of Catskill. Saratoga: Only the Townships of Halfmoon, Saratoga, Stillwater,and Waterford. WAGES ***IMPORTANT NOTE: This shall apply to all rehabilitation work on residential structures. "Rehabilitation" shall be defined to include all work, including demolition, repair and alteration on any existing structure which is intended for residential use. On new housing, shall be applicable only to site construction of all new work done by the Employer on one (1) family, two (2) family, row housing and garden type homes or apartments which are not more than four (4) stories above ground level and are used as dwellings.***
Per hour 07/01/2020
Laborer $ 21.98 SUPPLEMENTAL BENEFITS Per hour
Journeyman $ 24.07 OVERTIME PAY See (B, *H) on OVERTIME PAGE * Double time on Labor Day HOLIDAY Paid: See (1) on HOLIDAY PAGE Overtime: See (5, 6) on HOLIDAY PAGE REGISTERED APPRENTICES Wages per hour
1000 Hour terms at the following percentage of Journeyman's building wage.
1st 2nd 3rd 4th 65 % 70 % 80 % 80 %
Supplemental Benefits per hour worked
07/01/2020
Apprentices $ 24.07 1-190r
Mason - Residential 04/01/2021
JOB DESCRIPTION Mason - Residential DISTRICT 12 ENTIRE COUNTIES Albany, Clinton, Columbia, Essex, Franklin, Fulton, Greene, Hamilton, Montgomery, Rensselaer, Saratoga, Schenectady, Schoharie, Warren, Washington WAGES ***IMPORTANT NOTE: Applies to all rehabilitation work on residential structures. "Rehabilitation" shall be defined to include all work, including demolition, repair and alteration on any existing structure which is intended for residential use. On new housing, this article shall be applicable only to site construction of all new work done by the Employer on one (1) family, two (2) family, row housing and garden type homes or apartments which are not more than four (4) stories above ground level and are used as dwellings.***
Per hour 07/01/2020
Bricklayer $ 22.96 Cement Mason 22.96 Plasterer 22.96 Point/Caulk/Clean 22.96 Acid Brick 22.96 Page 38 Prevailing Wage Rates for 07/01/2020 - 06/30/2021 Published by the New York State Department of Labor Last Published on Apr 01 2021 Albany County
SUPPLEMENTAL BENEFITS Per hour worked
Journeyman $ 11.74 OVERTIME PAY See (B, E, E2, Q) on OVERTIME PAGE HOLIDAY Paid: See (1) on HOLIDAY PAGE Overtime: See (5, 6) on HOLIDAY PAGE 12-2r.z1
Mason - Tile Setter & Finisher - Residential 04/01/2021
JOB DESCRIPTION Mason - Tile Setter & Finisher - Residential DISTRICT 12 ENTIRE COUNTIES Albany, Clinton, Columbia, Essex, Franklin, Fulton, Greene, Hamilton, Montgomery, Rensselaer, Saratoga, Schenectady, Schoharie, Warren, Washington WAGES ***IMPORTANT NOTE: Applies to the construction of one family, two family row housing, townhouses, apartments, condominiums and garden type projects or a combination thereof, together with related service buildings and facilities which construction work may be performed wholly on-site or may consist of the assembly of off-site produced modules or components but any of which living units are in the finished form no more than two (2) stories high and are to be utilized solely as dwellings.***
Per hour 07/01/2020 Tile/Marble/Terazzo
Setter $ 23.80 Finisher 19.08
SUPPLEMENTAL BENEFITS Per hour worked
Journeyman Setter $ 8.15 Journeyman Finisher 8.03 OVERTIME PAY See (B, E, Q) on OVERTIME PAGE HOLIDAY Paid: See (1) on HOLIDAY PAGE Overtime: See (5, 6) on HOLIDAY PAGE 12-2TSFr
Operating Engineer - Residential 04/01/2021
JOB DESCRIPTION Operating Engineer - Residential DISTRICT 1 ENTIRE COUNTIES Albany, Clinton, Columbia, Essex, Franklin, Fulton, Greene, Hamilton, Herkimer, Montgomery, Otsego, Rensselaer, Saratoga, Schenectady, Schoharie, Warren, Washington PARTIAL COUNTIES Dutchess: Defined as north of the northern boundary line of City of Poughkeepsie then due east to Route 115 then north along Route 115 to Bedelt Road then east along Bedelt Road to VanWagner Road then north along VanWagner Road to Bower Road then east along Bower Road to Route 44 and along Route 44 east to Route 343 then along Route 343 east to the northern boundary of Town of Dover Plains and east along the northern boundary of Town of Dover Plains to Connecticut. WAGES ***IMPORTANT NOTE: Applies to all rehabilitation work on residential structures. "Rehabilitation" shall be defined to include all work, including demolition, repair and alteration on any existing structure which is intended for residential use. On new housing, applicable only to site construction of all new work done by the Employer on one family, two family, row housing and garden type homes or apartments which are not more than four (4) stories above ground level and are used as dwellings.***
Per hour 07/01/2020 Journeyperson All Clasifications 41.26 SUPPLEMENTAL BENEFITS Per hour
Page 39 Prevailing Wage Rates for 07/01/2020 - 06/30/2021 Published by the New York State Department of Labor Last Published on Apr 01 2021 Albany County Journeyperson All Classifications 21.28 OVERTIME PAY See (B, E2, *H) on OVERTIME PAGE *If Labor Day is worked, the rate of pay shall be at double time rate. HOLIDAY Paid: See (1) on HOLIDAY PAGE Overtime: See (5, 6) on HOLIDAY PAGE 1-158r Alb
Sprinkler Fitter - Residential 04/01/2021
JOB DESCRIPTION Sprinkler Fitter - Residential DISTRICT 1 ENTIRE COUNTIES Albany, Rensselaer, Saratoga, Schenectady, Warren WAGES ***IMPORTANT NOTE: "Residential fire protection work" is applicable to one or two family dwellings, all multiple family dwelling units which are permitted to have a single exterior up to and including four stories, townhouses with units stacked vertically up to and including four stories and group residential care facilities and protective care homes (sheltered housing), not to include nursing homes or ambulatory care facilities.***
Per hour 07/01/2020
Sprinkler $ 28.21 Fitter SUPPLEMENTAL BENEFITS Per hour
Journeyman $ 24.85 OVERTIME PAY HOLIDAY Paid: See (1) on HOLIDAY PAGE Overtime: See (5, 6) on HOLIDAY PAGE Note: When a holiday falls on Sunday, the following Monday shall be considered a holiday and all work performed on either day shall be at the double time rate. When a holiday falls on Saturday, the preceding Friday shall be considered a holiday and all work performed on either day shall be at the double time rate. 1-669-3r
Teamster - Residential 04/01/2021
JOB DESCRIPTION Teamster - Residential DISTRICT 1 ENTIRE COUNTIES Albany, Columbia, Fulton, Greene, Montgomery, Rensselaer, Saratoga, Schenectady, Schoharie, Washington PARTIAL COUNTIES Warren: Only the Townships of Bolton, Warrensburg, Thurman,Stony Creek, Lake George, Lake Luzerne and Queensbury. WAGES ***IMPORTANT NOTE: Applies to all rehabilitation work on residential structures. "Rehabilitation" shall be defined to include all work, including demolition, repair and alteration on any existing structure which is intended for residential use. On new housing, applicable only to site construction of all new work done by the Employer on one (I) family, two (2) family, row housing and garden type homes or apartments which are not more than four (4) stories above ground level and are used as dwellings.***
GROUP # A: Straight trucks, winch, transit mix on the site, road oilers, dump trucks, pick-ups, panel, water trucks, fuel trucks on the site (including nozzle).
GROUP # B: Low boy or Low boy trailer, Euclids or similar equipment.
Wages per hour 07/01/2020
Group # A $ 21.02 Group # B 21.24 Page 40 Prevailing Wage Rates for 07/01/2020 - 06/30/2021 Published by the New York State Department of Labor Last Published on Apr 01 2021 Albany County
SUPPLEMENTAL BENEFITS Per hour
07/01/2020 $ 25.26 OVERTIME PAY See (B, E2, H) on OVERTIME PAGE HOLIDAY Paid: See (1) on HOLIDAY PAGE Overtime: See (*5, 6) on HOLIDAY PAGE * Labor Day, if worked, will be paid at double time rate. 1-294r
Page 41 Prevailing Wage Rates for 07/01/2020 - 06/30/2021 Published by the New York State Department of Labor Last Published on Apr 01 2021
Overtime Codes
Following is an explanation of the code(s) listed in the OVERTIME section of each classification contained in the attached schedule. Additional requirements may also be listed in the HOLIDAY section.
NOTE: Supplemental Benefits are 'Per hour worked' (for each hour worked) unless otherwise noted
( AA ) Time and one half of the hourly rate after 7 and one half hours per day
( A ) Time and one half of the hourly rate after 7 hours per day
( B ) Time and one half of the hourly rate after 8 hours per day
( B1 ) Time and one half of the hourly rate for the 9th & 10th hours week days and the 1st 8 hours on Saturday. Double the hourly rate for all additional hours
( B2 ) Time and one half of the hourly rate after 40 hours per week
( C ) Double the hourly rate after 7 hours per day
( C1 ) Double the hourly rate after 7 and one half hours per day
( D ) Double the hourly rate after 8 hours per day
( D1 ) Double the hourly rate after 9 hours per day
( E ) Time and one half of the hourly rate on Saturday
( E1 ) Time and one half 1st 4 hours on Saturday; Double the hourly rate all additional Saturday hours
( E2 ) Saturday may be used as a make-up day at straight time when a day is lost during that week due to inclement weather
( E3 ) Between November 1st and March 3rd Saturday may be used as a make-up day at straight time when a day is lost during that week due to inclement weather, provided a given employee has worked between 16 and 32 hours that week
( E4 ) Saturday and Sunday may be used as a make-up day at straight time when a day is lost during that week due to inclement weather
( E5 ) Double time after 8 hours on Saturdays
( F ) Time and one half of the hourly rate on Saturday and Sunday
( G ) Time and one half of the hourly rate on Saturday and Holidays
( H ) Time and one half of the hourly rate on Saturday, Sunday, and Holidays
( I ) Time and one half of the hourly rate on Sunday
( J ) Time and one half of the hourly rate on Sunday and Holidays
( K ) Time and one half of the hourly rate on Holidays
( L ) Double the hourly rate on Saturday
( M ) Double the hourly rate on Saturday and Sunday
( N ) Double the hourly rate on Saturday and Holidays
( O ) Double the hourly rate on Saturday, Sunday, and Holidays
( P ) Double the hourly rate on Sunday
( Q ) Double the hourly rate on Sunday and Holidays
( R ) Double the hourly rate on Holidays
( S ) Two and one half times the hourly rate for Holidays
Page 42 Prevailing Wage Rates for 07/01/2020 - 06/30/2021 Published by the New York State Department of Labor Last Published on Apr 01 2021
( S1 ) Two and one half times the hourly rate the first 8 hours on Sunday or Holidays One and one half times the hourly rate all additional hours.
( T ) Triple the hourly rate for Holidays
( U ) Four times the hourly rate for Holidays
( V ) Including benefits at SAME PREMIUM as shown for overtime
( W ) Time and one half for benefits on all overtime hours.
( X ) Benefits payable on Paid Holiday at straight time. If worked, additional benefit amount will be required for worked hours. (Refer to other codes listed.)
Page 43 Prevailing Wage Rates for 07/01/2020 - 06/30/2021 Published by the New York State Department of Labor Last Published on Apr 01 2021
Holiday Codes
PAID Holidays:
Paid Holidays are days for which an eligible employee receives a regular day's pay, but is not required to perform work. If an employee works on a day listed as a paid holiday, this remuneration is in addition to payment of the required prevailing rate for the work actually performed.
OVERTIME Holiday Pay:
Overtime holiday pay is the premium pay that is required for work performed on specified holidays. It is only required where the employee actually performs work on such holidays. The applicable holidays are listed under HOLIDAYS: OVERTIME. The required rate of pay for these covered holidays can be found in the OVERTIME PAY section listings for each classification.
Following is an explanation of the code(s) listed in the HOLIDAY section of each classification contained in the attached schedule. The Holidays as listed below are to be paid at the wage rates at which the employee is normally classified.
( 1 ) None
( 2 ) Labor Day
( 3 ) Memorial Day and Labor Day
( 4 ) Memorial Day and July 4th
( 5 ) Memorial Day, July 4th, and Labor Day
( 6 ) New Year's, Thanksgiving, and Christmas
( 7 ) Lincoln's Birthday, Washington's Birthday, and Veterans Day
( 8 ) Good Friday
( 9 ) Lincoln's Birthday
( 10 ) Washington's Birthday
( 11 ) Columbus Day
( 12 ) Election Day
( 13 ) Presidential Election Day
( 14 ) 1/2 Day on Presidential Election Day
( 15 ) Veterans Day
( 16 ) Day after Thanksgiving
( 17 ) July 4th
( 18 ) 1/2 Day before Christmas
( 19 ) 1/2 Day before New Years
( 20 ) Thanksgiving
( 21 ) New Year's Day
( 22 ) Christmas
( 23 ) Day before Christmas
( 24 ) Day before New Year's
( 25 ) Presidents' Day
( 26 ) Martin Luther King, Jr. Day
( 27 ) Memorial Day
( 28 ) Easter Sunday
Page 44
STATE OF NEW YORK DEPARTMENT OF LABOR
REQUIREMENTS OF ARTICLE 8 (Section 220-223) AND ARTICLE 9 (Section 230 - 239) OF THE NEW YORK STATE LABOR LAW
PREVAILING RATE SCHEDULE: The Labor Law requires public work contractors and subcontractors to pay laborers, workers or mechanics employed in the performance of a public work contract not less than the prevailing rate of wages and to provide supplements (fringe benefits) in accordance with the prevailing practices in the locality where the work is performed.
The Department of Jurisdiction awarding a public work contract MUST obtain a prevailing rate schedule from the Bureau of Public Work of the New York State Department of Labor listing the hourly rates for the trades and the occupations of the workers to be employed on the public work project. This schedule may be obtained by completing and forwarding the Request for Wage and Supplement Information on the reverse side hereof. The prevailing rate schedule MUST be included in the specifications for the contract to be awarded and is deemed part of the public work contract. Upon the signing of the contract, the Department of Jurisdiction MUST advise the Bureau of Public Work on a form supplied by the Bureau as to the name of the contractor to whom the contract was awarded, the date and the amount of the contract.
A "Department of Jurisdiction" includes a state department agency, board or commission; a county, city, town or village; a school district, board of education or board of cooperative county, city, town or village; a school district, board of education or board of cooperative educational services; a sewer, water, fire, improvement and other district corporation, a public benefit corporation; and a authority awarding a public work contract.
WITHHOLDING OF PAYMENTS FROM CONTRACTORS:
When the Bureau of Public Work finds that a contractor or subcontractor on a public work project failed to pay or provide the requisite prevailing wages or supplements, the Bureau is authorized by Sections 220-b and 235.2 of the Labor law to so notify the financial officer of the Department of Jurisdiction that awarded the public work contract. Such officer MUST then withhold or cause to be withheld from any payment due the prime contractor on account of such contract the amount indicated by the Bureau of Public Work as sufficient to satisfy the unpaid wages and supplements, including interest and any civil penalty that may be assessed by the Commissioner of Labor.
The Department of Jurisdiction shall comply with an order of the Commissioner of Labor or of the Court with respect to the release of the funds so withheld. NEW YORK STATE DEPARTMENT OF LABOR Bureau of Public Work - Debarment List
LIST OF EMPLOYERS INELIGIBLE TO BID ON OR BE AWARDED ANY PUBLIC WORK CONTRACT
Under Article 8 and Article 9 of the NYS Labor Law, a contractor, sub-contractor and/or its successor shall be debarred and ineligible to submit a bid on or be awarded any public work or public building service contract/sub-contract with the state, any municipal corporation or public body for a period of five (5) years from the date of debarment when:
• Two (2) final determinations have been rendered within any consecutive six-year (6) period determining that such contractor, sub-contractor and/or its successor has WILLFULLY failed to pay the prevailing wage and/or supplements;
• One (1) final determination involves falsification of payroll records or the kickback of wages and/or supplements.
The agency issuing the determination and providing the information, is denoted under the heading ‘Fiscal Officer’. DOL = New York State Department of Labor; NYC = New York City Comptroller's Office; AG = New York State Attorney General’s Office; DA = County District Attorney’s Office.
Debarment Database: To search for contractors, sub-contractors and/or their successors debarred from bidding or being awarded any public work contract or subcontract under NYS Labor Law Articles 8 and 9, or under NYS Workers' Compensation Law Section 141-b, access the database at this link: https://applications.labor.ny.gov/EDList/searchPage.do
For inquiries where WCB is listed as the "Agency", please call 1-866-546-9322
NYSDOL Bureau of Public Work Debarment List 04/26/2021
Article 8
AGENCY Fiscal Officer FEIN EMPLOYER NAME EMPLOYER ADDRESS DEBARMENT DEBARMENT DBA NAME START DATE END DATE DOL NYC *****9839 A.J.S. PROJECT 149 FIFTH AVENUE 12/29/2016 12/29/2021 MANAGEMENT, INC. NEW YORK NY 10010 DOL DOL AJ TORCHIA 10153 ROBERTS RD 08/09/2016 08/09/2021 SAUQUOIT NY 13456 DOL DOL AMADEO J TORCHIA TORCHIA'S 10153 ROBERTS RD 08/09/2016 08/09/2021 HOME SAUQUOIT NY 13456 IMPROVEMEN T DOL NYC AMJED PARVEZ 401 HANOVER AVENUE 01/11/2021 01/11/2026 STATEN ISLAND NY 10304 DOL DOL ANTHONY PERGOLA 3 WEST MAIN ST/SUITE 208 01/23/2017 01/23/2022 ELMSFORD NY 10323 DOL NYC *****2591 AVI 212 INC. 260 CROPSEY AVENUE 10/30/2018 10/30/2023 APT 11GBROOKLYN NY 11214 DOL DOL *****4018 ADIRONDACK BUILDING 4156 WILSON ROAD EAST 03/26/2019 03/26/2024 RESTORATION INC. TABERG NY 13471 DOL AG *****1812 ADVANCED BUILDERS & LAND 400 OSER AVE 09/11/2019 09/11/2024 DEVELOPMENT, INC. #2300HAUPPAUGE NY 11788 DOL DOL *****1687 ADVANCED SAFETY 261 MILL ROAD 05/29/2019 05/29/2024 SPRINKLER INC P.O BOX 296EAST AURORA NY 14052 DOL NYC *****6775 ADVENTURE MASONRY 1535 RICHMOND AVENUE 12/13/2017 12/13/2022 CORP. STATEN ISLAND NY 10314 DOL NYC AGOSTINHO TOME 405 BARRETTO ST 05/31/2018 05/31/2023 BRONX NY 10474 DOL NYC AMJAD NAZIR 2366 61ST ST 12/15/2016 12/15/2021 BROOKLYN NY 11204 DOL DOL ANGELO F COKER 2610 SOUTH SALINA STREET 09/17/2020 09/17/2025 SUITE 14SYRACUSE NY 13205 DOL DOL ANGELO F COKER 2610 SOUTH SALINA STREET 12/04/2018 12/04/2023 SUITE 14SYRACUSE NY 13205 DOL DOL ANITA SALERNO 158 SOLAR ST 01/07/2019 01/07/2024 SYRACUSE NY 13204 DOL NYC ANTHONY J SCLAFANI 149 FIFTH AVE 12/29/2016 12/29/2021 NEW YORK NY 10010 DOL DOL ANTONIO ESTIVEZ 442 ARMONK RD 06/12/2018 06/12/2023 MOUNT KISCO NY 10549 DOL DOL ARNOLD A. PAOLINI 1250 BROADWAY ST 02/03/2020 02/03/2025 BUFFALO NY 14212 DOL NYC ARSHAD MEHMOOD 168-42 88TH AVENUE 11/20/2019 11/20/2024 JAMAICA NY 11432 DOL DOL ARVINDER ATWAL 65 KENNETH PLACE 07/19/2017 07/19/2022 NEW HYDE PARK NY 11040 DOL NYC *****6683 ATLAS RESTORATION CORP. 35-12 19TH AVENUE 08/02/2017 08/02/2022 ASTORIA NY 11105 DOL NYC *****5532 ATWAL MECHANICALS, INC 65 KENNETH PLACE 07/19/2017 07/19/2022 NEW HYDE PARK NY 11040 DOL NYC AZIDABEGUM 524 MCDONALD AVENUE 09/17/2020 09/17/2025 BROOKLYN NY 11218 DOL NYC *****2113 BHW CONTRACTING, INC. 401 HANOVER AVENUE 01/11/2021 01/11/2026 STATEN ISLAND NY 10304 DOL DOL *****8551 BRANDY'S MASONRY 216 WESTBROOK STREET 08/09/2016 08/09/2021 P O BOX 304SAYRE PA 18840 DOL DOL *****1449 BRRESTORATION NY INC 140 ARCADIA AVENUE 09/12/2016 09/12/2021 OSWEGO NY 13126 DOL NYC BALWINDER SINGH 421 HUDSON ST 02/20/2019 02/20/2024 SUITE C5NEW YORK NY 10014 DOL NYC *****8416 BEAM CONSTRUCTION, INC. 50 MAIN ST 01/04/2019 01/04/2024 WHITE PLAINS NY 10606 DOL DOL BIAGIO CANTISANI 06/12/2018 06/12/2023
DOL DOL *****4512 BOB BRUNO EXCAVATING, 5 MORNINGSIDE DR 05/28/2019 05/28/2024 INC AUBURN NY 13021 DOL DOL BOGDAN MARKOVSKI 370 W. PLEASANTVIEW AVE 02/11/2019 02/11/2024 SUITE 2.329HACKENSACK NJ 07601 DOL DOL BRUCE P. NASH JR. 5841 BUTTERNUT ROAD 09/12/2018 09/12/2023 EAST SYRACUSE NY 13057 DOL DOL *****0225 C&D LAFACE 8531 OSWEGO RD 02/03/2020 01/09/2023 CONSTRUCTION, INC. BALDWINSVILLE NY 13027 DOL DOL *****8809 C.B.E. CONTRACTING 310 MCGUINESS BLVD 03/07/2017 03/07/2022 CORPORATION GREENPOINT NY 11222
Page 1 of 10
NYSDOL Bureau of Public Work Debarment List 04/26/2021
Article 8
DOL DOL *****9383 C.C. PAVING AND 2610 SOUTH SALINA ST 09/17/2020 09/17/2025 EXCAVATING, INC. SUITE 12SYRACUSE NY 13205 DOL DOL *****9383 C.C. PAVING AND 2610 SOUTH SALINA ST 12/04/2018 12/04/2023 EXCAVATING, INC. SUITE 12SYRACUSE NY 13205 DOL DOL *****8809 CBE CONTRACTING CORP 142 EAST MARKET STREET 03/07/2017 03/07/2022 LONG BEACH NY 11561 DOL DOL CHARLES ZIMMER JR 216 WESTBROOK STREET 08/09/2016 08/09/2021 P O BOX 304SAYRE PA 18840 DOL DOL *****2524 CSI ELECTRICAL & 42-32 235TH ST 01/14/2019 01/14/2024 MECHANICAL INC DOUGLASTON NY 11363 DOL NYC CALVIN WALTERS 465 EAST THIRD ST 09/09/2019 09/09/2024 MT. VERNON NY 10550 DOL DOL CANTISANI & ASSOCIATES 442 ARMONK RD 06/12/2018 06/12/2023 LTD MOUNT KISCSO NY 10549 DOL DOL CANTISANI HOLDING LLC 06/12/2018 06/12/2023
DOL DOL CARMEN RACHETTA 8531 OSWEGO RD 02/03/2020 02/03/2025 BALDWINSVILLE NY 13027 DOL DOL CARMENA RACHETTA 8531 OSWEGO ROAD 02/03/2020 01/09/2023 BALDWINSVILLE NY 13027 DOL DOL *****3812 CARMODY "2" INC 06/12/2018 06/12/2023
DOL DOL *****1143 CARMODY BUILDING CORP CARMODY 442 ARMONK RD 06/12/2018 06/12/2023 CONTRACTIN MOUNT KISCO NY 10549 G AND CARMODY CONTRACTIN G CORP. DOL DOL CARMODY CONCRETE 06/12/2018 06/12/2023 CORPORATION DOL DOL CARMODY ENTERPRISES, 442 ARMONK RD 06/12/2018 06/12/2023 LTD. MOUNT KISCO NY 10549 DOL DOL CARMODY INC 442 ARMONK RD 06/12/2018 06/12/2023 MOUNT KISCO NY 10549 DOL DOL *****3812 CARMODY INDUSTRIES INC 06/12/2018 06/12/2023
DOL DOL CARMODY MAINTENANCE 442 ARMONK RD 06/12/2018 06/12/2023 CORPORATION MOUNT KISCO NY 10549 DOL DOL CARMODY MASONRY CORP 442 ARMONK RD 06/12/2018 06/12/2023 MOUNT KISCO NY 10549 DOL AG CESAR J. AGUDELO 81-06 34TH AVENUE 02/07/2018 02/07/2023 APT. 6EJACKSON HEIGHTS NY 11372 DOL DOL CHRISTOPHER J MAINI 19 CAITLIN AVE 09/17/2018 09/17/2023 JAMESTOWN NY 14701 DOL DOL CHRISTOPHER 1445 COMMERCE AVE 05/30/2019 05/30/2024 PAPASTEFANOU A/K/A CHRIS BRONX NY 10461 PAPASTEFANOU DOL DOL *****1927 CONSTRUCTION PARTS CPW 5841 BUTTERNUT ROAD 09/12/2018 09/12/2023 WAREHOUSE, INC. EAST SYRACUSE NY 13057 DOL DOL DEBBIE STURDEVANT 29 MAPLEWOOD DRIVE 02/21/2017 02/21/2022 BINGHAMTON NY 13901 DOL DOL DENNIS SCHWANDTNER C/O YES SERVICE AND REPAI 08/09/2016 08/09/2021 145 LODGE AVEHUNTINGTON STATION NY 11476 DOL DOL DF CONTRACTORS OF 1835 DAANSEN RD. 05/16/2017 05/16/2022 ROCHESTER, INC. PALMYRA NY 14522 DOL DOL DF CONTRACTORS, INC. 1835 DAANSEN RD. 05/16/2017 05/16/2022 PALMYRA NY 14522 DOL NYC DALJIT KAUR BOPARAI 185-06 56TH AVE 10/17/2017 10/17/2022 FRESH MEADOW NY 11365 DOL DOL DANICA IVANOSKI 61 WILLETT ST. 10/26/2016 10/26/2021 PASSAIC NJ 07503 DOL DOL DARIAN L COKER 2610 SOUTH SALINA ST 09/17/2020 09/17/2025 SUITE 2CSYRACUSE NY 13205 DOL DOL DARIAN L COKER 2610 SOUTH SALINA ST 12/04/2018 12/04/2023 SUITE 2CSYRACUSE NY 13205 DOL NYC DAVID WEINER 14 NEW DROP LANE 11/14/2019 11/14/2024 2ND FLOORSTATEN ISLAND NY 10306 DOL AG DEBRA MARTINEZ 31 BAY ST 03/28/2018 03/28/2023 BROOKLYN NY 11231 DOL DOL DELPHI PAINTING & 1445 COMMERCE AVE 05/30/2019 05/30/2024 DECORATING CO INC BRONX NY 10461 DOL NYC DIMITRIOS TSOUMAS 35-12 19TH AVENUE 08/02/2017 08/02/2022 ASTORIA NY 11105
Page 2 of 10
NYSDOL Bureau of Public Work Debarment List 04/26/2021
Article 8
DOL DOL DOMENICO LAFACE 8531 OSWEGO RD 02/03/2020 01/09/2023 BALDWINSVILLE NY 13027 DOL DOL *****3242 DONALD R. FORSAY DF LAWN 1835 DAANSEN RD. 05/16/2017 05/16/2022 SERVICE PALMYRA NY 14522 DOL DOL DONALD R. FORSAY 1835 DAANSEN RD. 05/16/2017 05/16/2022 PALMYRA NY 14522 DOL NYC DUARTE LOPES 66-05 WOODHAVEN BLVD. 04/20/2017 04/20/2022 STE 2REGO PARK NY 11374 DOL DOL *****0780 EMES HEATING & PLUMBING 5 EMES LANE 01/20/2002 01/20/3002 CONTR MONSEY NY 10952 DOL DOL *****5175 EAGLE MECHANICAL AND 11371 RIDGE RD 02/03/2020 02/03/2025 GENERAL CONSTRUCTION WOLCOTT NY 14590 LLC DOL DOL EAST COAST PAVING 2238 BAKER RD 03/12/2018 03/12/2023 GILLETT PA 16923 DOL NYC *****4269 EAST PORT EXCAVATION & 601 PORTION RD 11/18/2016 11/18/2021 UTILITIES RONKONKOMA NY 11779 DOL NYC *****5917 EPOCH ELECTRICAL, INC 97-18 50TH AVE 04/19/2018 04/19/2024 CORONA NY 11368 DOL DOL *****7403 F & B PAINTING 2 PARKVIEW AVENUE 09/26/2016 09/26/2021 CONTRACTING INC HARRISON NY 10604 DOL DOL FAIGY LOWINGER 11 MOUNTAIN RD 03/20/2019 03/20/2024 28 VAN BUREN DRMONROE NY 10950 DOL DOL FRANK BENEDETTO 19 CATLIN AVE 09/17/2018 09/17/2023 JAMESTOWN NY 14701 DOL DOL FRANK BENEDETTO C/O F & B PAINTING CONTRA 09/26/2016 09/26/2021 2 PARKVIEW AVENUEHARRISON NY 10604 DOL DOL *****4722 FRANK BENEDETTO AND B & M 19 CAITLIN AVE 09/17/2018 09/17/2023 CHRISTOPHER J MAINI CONCRETE JAMESTOWN NY 14701 DOL NYC FRANK MAINI 1766 FRONT ST 01/17/2018 01/17/2023 YORKTOWN HEIGHTS NY 10598 DOL NYC *****6616 G & G MECHANICAL 1936 HEMPSTEAD TURNPIKE 11/29/2019 11/29/2024 ENTERPRISES, LLC. EAST MEDOW NY 11554 DOL DOL GALINDA ROTENBERG C/O GMDV TRANS INC 06/24/2016 06/24/2021 67-48 182ND STREETFRESH MEADOWS NY 11365 DOL DA GEORGE LUCEY 150 KINGS STREET 01/19/1998 01/19/2998 BROOKLYN NY 11231 DOL DOL *****5674 GMDV TRANS INC 67-48 182ND STREET 06/24/2016 06/24/2021 FRESH MEADOWS NY 11365 DOL DOL GABRIEL FRASSETTI 04/10/2019 04/10/2024
DOL DOL GEOFF CORLETT 415 FLAGGER AVE 10/31/2018 10/31/2023 #302STUART FL 34994 DOL DOL GIGI SCHNECKENBURGER 261 MILL RD 05/29/2019 05/29/2024 EAST AURORA NY 14052 DOL DOL GIOVANNI LAFACE 8531 OSWEGO RD 02/03/2020 01/09/2023 BALDWINSVILLE NY 13027 DOL NYC *****3164 GLOBE GATES INC GLOBAL 405 BARRETTO ST 05/31/2018 05/31/2023 OVERHEAD BRONX NY 10474 DOORS DOL NYC GREAT ESTATE 327 STAGG ST 10/10/2017 10/10/2022 CONSTRUCTION, INC. BROOKLYN NY 11206 DOL DOL GREGORY S. OLSON P.O BOX 100 03/08/2018 03/08/2023 200 LATTA BROOK PARKHORSEHEADS NY 14845 DOL DOL HANS RATH 24 ELDOR AVENUE 02/03/2020 02/03/2025 NEW CITY NY 10956 DOL NYC *****3228 HEIGHTS ELEVATOR CORP. 1766 FRONT ST 01/17/2018 01/17/2023 YORKTOWN HEIGHTS NY 10598 DOL DOL *****5131 INTEGRITY MASONRY, INC. M&R 722 8TH AVE 06/05/2018 06/05/2023 CONCRETE WATERVLIET NY 12189 DOL DOL IRENE KASELIS 32 PENNINGTON AVE 05/30/2019 05/30/2024 WALDWICK NJ 07463 DOL DOL *****9211 J. WASE CONSTRUCTION 8545 RT 9W 03/09/2021 03/09/2026 CORP. ATHENS NY 12015 DOL DOL J.A. HIRES CADWALLADER P.O BOX 100 03/08/2018 03/08/2023 200 LATTA BROOK PARKHORSEHEADS NY 14845 DOL DOL *****5368 JCH MASONRY & 35 CLINTON AVE 09/12/2018 09/12/2023 LANDSCAPING INC. OSSINING NY 10562
Page 3 of 10
NYSDOL Bureau of Public Work Debarment List 04/26/2021
Article 8
DOL DOL JULIUS AND GITA BEHREND 5 EMES LANE 11/20/2002 11/20/3002 MONSEY NY 10952 DOL DOL JAMES C. DELGIACCO 722 8TH AVE 06/05/2018 06/05/2023 WATERVLIET NY 12189 DOL DOL JAMES LIACONE 9365 WASHINGTON ST 07/23/2018 07/23/2023 LOCKPORT IL 60441 DOL DOL JAMES RACHEL 9365 WASHINGTON ST 07/23/2018 07/23/2023 LOCKPORT IL 60441 DOL NYC JENNIFER GUERRERO 1936 HEMPSTEAD TURNPIKE 11/29/2019 11/29/2024 EAST MEADOW NY 11554 DOL DOL JESSICA WHITESIDE C/O BRRESTORATION NY INC 09/12/2016 09/12/2021 140 ARCADIA AVENUEOSWEGO NY 13126 DOL AG JOHN ANTHONY MASSINO 36-49 204TH STREET 02/07/2018 02/07/2023 BAYSIDE NY 11372 DOL DOL JOHN F. CADWALLADER 200 LATTA BROOK PARK 03/08/2018 03/08/2023 HORSEHEADS NY 14845 DOL DOL *****4612 JOHN F. CADWALLADER, INC. THE GLASS P.O BOX 100 03/08/2018 03/08/2023 COMPANY 200 LATTA BROOK PARKHORSEHEADS NY 14845 DOL DOL JOHN GOCEK 14B COMMERCIAL AVE 11/14/2019 11/14/2024 ALBANY NY 12065 DOL DOL JOHN WASE 8545 RT 9W 03/09/2021 03/09/2026 ATHENS NY 12015 DOL AG *****0600 JOHNCO CONTRACTING, INC. 36-49 204TH STREET 02/07/2018 02/07/2023 BAYSIDE NY 11372 DOL DOL JON E DEYOUNG 261 MILL RD 05/29/2019 05/29/2024 P.O BOX 296EAST AURORA NY 14052 DOL DOL JORI PEDERSEN 415 FLAGER AVE 10/31/2018 10/31/2023 #302STUART FL 34994 DOL DOL JOSE CHUCHUCA 35 CLINTON AVE 09/12/2018 09/12/2023 OSSINING NY 10562 DOL NYC JOSEPH FOLEY 66-05 WOODHAVEN BLVD. 04/20/2017 04/20/2022 STE 2REGO PARK NY 11374 DOL DOL *****9273 JOSEPH M LOVETRO P O BOX 812 08/09/2016 08/09/2021 BUFFALO NY 14220 DOL NYC JOSEPH MARTINO 1535 RICHMOND AVENUE 12/13/2017 12/13/2022 STATEN ISLAND NY 10314 DOL DOL JOY MARTIN 2404 DELAWARE AVE 09/12/2018 09/12/2023 NIGARA FALLS NY 14305 DOL DOL *****5062 K R F SITE DEVELOPMENT 375 LAKE SHORE DRIVE 01/23/2017 01/23/2022 INC PUTNAM VALLEY NY 10579 DOL NYC K.S. CONTRACTING CORP. 29 PHILLIP DRIVE 02/13/2017 02/13/2022 PARSIPPANY NJ 07054 DOL DOL KARIN MANGIN 796 PHELPS ROAD 12/01/2020 12/01/2025 FRANKLIN LAKES NJ 07417 DOL DOL KATIE BURDICK 2238 BAKER RD 03/12/2018 03/12/2023 GILLETT PA 16923 DOL DOL KENNETH FIORENTINO 375 LAKE SHORE DRIVE 01/23/2017 01/23/2022 PUTNAM VALLEY NY 10579 DOL DOL *****3490 L & M 1079 YONKERS AVE 08/07/2018 08/07/2023 CONSTRUCTION/DRYWALL YONKERS NY 10704 INC. DOL DA *****8816 LAKE CONSTRUCTION AND 150 KINGS STREET 08/19/1998 08/19/2998 DEVELOPMENT BROOKLYN NY 11231 CORPORATION DOL AG *****4643 LALO DRYWALL, INC. 221 OLD FORD ROAD 05/20/2016 05/20/2021 NEW PLATZ NY 12561 DOL DOL *****4505 LARAPINTA ASSOCIATES INC 29 MAPLEWOOD DRIVE 02/21/2017 02/21/2022 BINGHAMTON NY 13901 DOL DOL LAVERN GLAVE 161 ROBYN RD 01/30/2018 01/30/2023 MONROE NY 10950 DOL DOL *****4388 LEN.J CONSTRUCTION, LLC PO BOX 10007 06/24/2016 09/19/2022 ALBANY NY 12201 DOL DOL *****4388 LEN.J CONSTRUCTION, LLC PO BOX 10007 06/24/2016 09/19/2022 ALBANY NY 12201 DOL DOL *****4388 LEN.J CONSTRUCTION, LLC PO BOX 10007 09/19/2017 09/19/2022 ALBANY NY 12201 DOL DOL *****4388 LEN.J CONSTRUCTION, LLC PO BOX 10007 09/19/2017 09/19/2022 ALBANY NY 12201 DOL DOL *****4388 LEN.J CONSTRUCTION, LLC PO BOX 10007 01/17/2017 09/19/2022 ALBANY NY 12201 DOL DOL *****4388 LEN.J CONSTRUCTION, LLC PO BOX 10007 09/19/2017 09/19/2022 ALBANY NY 12201
Page 4 of 10
NYSDOL Bureau of Public Work Debarment List 04/26/2021
Article 8
DOL DOL *****4388 LEN.J CONSTRUCTION, LLC PO BOX 10007 09/19/2017 09/19/2022 ALBANY NY 12201 DOL DOL *****4388 LEN.J CONSTRUCTION, LLC PO BOX 10007 08/14/2017 09/19/2022 ALBANY NY 12201 DOL DOL LEROY NELSON JR PO BOX 10007 09/19/2017 09/19/2022 ALBANY NY 12201 DOL DOL LEROY NELSON JR PO BOX 10007 09/19/2017 09/19/2022 ALBANY NY 12201 DOL DOL LEROY NELSON JR PO BOX 10007 09/19/2017 09/19/2022 ALBANY NY 12201 DOL DOL LEROY NELSON JR PO BOX 10007 09/19/2017 09/19/2022 ALBANY NY 12201 DOL DOL LEROY NELSON JR PO BOX 10007 08/14/2017 08/14/2022 ALBANY NY 12201 DOL DOL LEROY NELSON JR PO BOX 10007 01/17/2017 09/19/2022 ALBANY NY 12201 DOL DA *****4460 LONG ISLAND GLASS & 4 MANHASSET TRL 09/06/2018 09/06/2023 STOREFRONTS, LLC RIDGE NY 11961 DOL AG *****4216 LOTUS-C CORP. 81-06 34TH AVENUE 02/07/2018 02/07/2023 APT. 6EJACKSON HEIGHTS NY 11372 DOL NYC LUBOMIR PETER SVOBODA 27 HOUSMAN AVE 12/26/2019 12/26/2024 STATEN ISLAND NY 10303 DOL AG LUIS MARTINEZ LALO 211 MAIN ST. 05/20/2016 05/20/2021 DRYWALL NEW PALTZ NY 12561 DOL NYC M & L STEEL & ORNAMENTAL 27 HOUSMAN AVE 12/26/2019 12/26/2024 IRON CORP. STATEN ISLAND NY 10303 DOL DOL M ANVER BEIG 142 EAST MARKET STREET 03/07/2017 03/07/2022 LONG BEACH NY 11561 DOL DOL M. ANVER BEIG 142 EAST MARKET STREET 03/07/2017 03/07/2022 LONG BEACH NY 11561 DOL DOL *****1784 MADISON AVE 39 PENNY STREET 11/02/2016 11/02/2021 CONSTRUCTION CORP WEST ISLIP NY 11795 DOL DA MANUEL P TOBIO 150 KINGS STREET 08/19/1998 08/19/2998 BROOKLYN NY 14444 DOL DA MANUEL TOBIO 150 KINGS STREET 08/19/1998 08/19/2998 BROOKLYN NY 11231 DOL DOL *****6416 MCCALL MASONRY P O BOX 304 08/09/2016 08/09/2021 SAYRE PA 18840 DOL AG MSR ELECTRICAL 31 BAY ST 03/28/2018 03/28/2023 CONSTRUCTION CORP. BROOKLYN NY 11231 DOL DOL *****2196 MAINSTREAM SPECIALTIES, 11 OLD TOWN RD 02/02/2021 02/02/2026 INC. SELKIRK NY 12158 DOL NYC MAREK FABIJANOWSKI 50 MAIN ST 01/04/2019 01/04/2024 WHITE PLAINS NY 10606 DOL NYC MARTINE ALTER 1010 NORTHERN BLVD. 03/09/2017 03/09/2022 GREAT NECK NY 11021 DOL DOL MARVIN A STURDEVANT 29 MAPLEWOOD DRIVE 02/21/2017 02/21/2022 BINGHAMTON NY 13901 DOL DOL MASONRY CONSTRUCTION, 442 ARMONK RD 06/12/2018 06/12/2023 INC. MOUNT KISCO NY 10549 DOL DOL *****3333 MASONRY INDUSTRIES, INC. 442 ARMONK RD 06/12/2018 06/12/2023 MOUNT KISCO NY 10549 DOL NYC MATINA KARAGIANNIS 97-18 50TH AVE 04/19/2018 04/19/2023 CORONA NY 11368 DOL DOL MATTHEW P. KILGORE 4156 WILSON ROAD EAST 03/26/2019 03/26/2024 TABERG NY 13471 DOL DOL MAURICE GAWENO 442 ARMONK RD 06/12/2018 06/12/2023 MOUNT KISCO NY 10549 DOL DOL MCLEAN "MIKKI BEANE" 1229 JAMES STREET 05/02/2017 05/02/2022 SYRACUSE NY 13203 DOL DOL MCLEAN "MIKKI" DRAKE 1229 JAMES STREET 05/02/2017 05/02/2022 SYRACUSE NY 13203 DOL DOL MCLEAN M DRAKE-BEANE 1229 JAMES STREET 05/02/2017 05/02/2022 SYRACUSE NY 13203 DOL DOL *****9445 MCLEAN M WALSH ELITE 1229 JAMES STREET 05/02/2017 05/02/2022 PROFESSION SYRACUSE NY 13203 AL PAINTING OF CNY DOL DOL *****9445 MCLEAN M WALSH ELITE 1229 JAMES STREET 05/02/2017 05/02/2022 PROFESSION SYRACUSE NY 13203 AL PAINTING OF CNY DOL DOL MICHAEL LENIHAN 1079 YONKERS AVE 08/07/2018 08/07/2023 UNIT 4YONKERS NY 10704
Page 5 of 10
NYSDOL Bureau of Public Work Debarment List 04/26/2021
Article 8
DOL AG MICHAEL RIGLIETTI 31 BAY ST 03/28/2018 03/28/2023 BROOKLYN NY 11231 DOL DOL *****4829 MILESTONE ENVIRONMENTAL 704 GINESI DRIVE 04/10/2019 04/10/2024 CORPORATION SUITE 29MORGANVILLE NJ 07751 DOL NYC *****9926 MILLENNIUM FIRE 325 W. 38TH STREET 11/14/2019 11/14/2024 PROTECTION, LLC SUITE 204NEW YORK NY 10018 DOL NYC *****0627 MILLENNIUM FIRE SERVICES, 14 NEW DROP LNE 11/14/2019 11/14/2024 LLC 2ND FLOORSTATEN ISLAND NY 10306 DOL NYC *****3826 MOVING MAVEN OF NY, INC. 1010 NORTHERN BLVD. 03/09/2017 03/09/2022 GREAT NECK NY 11021 DOL NYC *****3550 MOVING MAVEN, INC 1010 NORTHERN BLVD. 03/09/2017 03/09/2022 GREAT NECK NY 11021 DOL DOL MUHAMMAD BEIG 142 EAST MARKET STREET 03/07/2017 03/07/2022 LONG BEACH NY 11561 DOL DOL MUHAMMAD BEIG 142 EAST MARKET STREET 03/07/2017 03/07/2022 LONG BEACH NY 11561 DOL NYC MUHAMMED A. HASHEM 524 MCDONALD AVENUE 09/17/2020 09/17/2025 BROOKLYN NY 11218 DOL NYC NICHOLAS FILIPAKIS 7113 FORT HAMILTON 12/09/2016 12/09/2021 PARKWA BROOKLYN NY 11228 DOL DOL *****6966 NORTH COUNTRY DRYWALL 23167 COUNTY ROUTE 59 10/24/2016 10/24/2021 AND PAINT DEXTER NY 13634 DOL DOL *****0065 NORTHEAST LANDSCAPE 3 WEST MAIN ST/SUITE 208 01/23/2017 01/23/2022 AND MASONRY ASSOC ELMSFORD NY 10523 DOL DA *****9786 NATIONAL INSULATION & GC 180 MILLER PLACE 12/12/2018 12/12/2023 CORP HICKSVILLE NY 11801 DOL DOL *****7429 NICOLAE I. BARBIR BESTUCCO 444 SCHANTZ ROAD 09/17/2020 09/17/2025 CONSTRUCTI ALLENTOWN PA 18104 ON, INC. DOL DOL *****1845 OC ERECTERS, LLC A/K/A OC 1207 SW 48TH TERRACE 01/16/2018 01/16/2023 ERECTERS OF NY INC. DEERFIELD BEACH FL 33442 DOL NYC *****0818 ONE TEN RESTORATION, INC. 2366 61ST ST 12/15/2016 12/15/2021 BROOKLYN NY 11204 DOL DOL *****1543 PJ LAPORT FLOORING INC 224 COUNTY HIGHWAY 138 03/07/2017 03/07/2022 BROADALBIN NY 12025 DOL NYC *****5771 PMJ ELECTRICAL CORP 7113 FORT HAMILTON 12/09/2016 12/09/2021 PARKWA BROOKLYN NY 11228 DOL NYC PARESH SHAH 29 PHILLIP DRIVE 02/13/2017 02/13/2022 PARSIPPANY NJ 07054 DOL DOL PAULINE CHAHALES 935 S LAKE BLVD 03/02/2021 03/02/2026 MAHOPAC NY 10541 DOL NYC *****9422 PELIUM CONSTRUCTION, INC. 22-33 35TH ST. 12/30/2016 12/30/2021 ASTORIA NY 11105 DOL DOL PETER M PERGOLA 3 WEST MAIN ST/SUITE 208 01/23/2017 01/23/2022 ELMSFORD NY 10523 DOL DOL PETER STEVENS 11 OLD TOWN ROAD 02/02/2021 02/02/2026 SELKIRK NY 12158 DOL DOL PIERRE LAPORT 224 COUNTY HIGHWAY 138 03/07/2017 03/07/2022 BROADALBIN NY 12025 DOL DOL *****0466 PRECISION BUILT FENCES, 1617 MAIN ST 03/03/2020 03/03/2025 INC. PEEKSKILL NY 10566 DOL NYC *****4532 PROFESSIONAL PAVERS 66-05 WOODHAVEN BLVD. 04/20/2017 04/20/2022 CORP. REGO PARK NY 11374 DOL DA *****6817 QUADRANT METAL 2740 SW MARTIN DOWNS 08/25/2016 08/25/2021 BUILDINGS LLC BLVD PALM CITY FL 34990 DOL AG *****7015 RCM PAINTING INC. 69-06 GRAND AVENUE 02/07/2018 02/07/2023 2ND FLOORMASPETH NY 11378 DOL DOL ROBBYE BISSESAR 89-51 SPRINGFIELD BLVD 01/11/2003 01/11/3003 QUEENS VILLAGE NY 11427 DOL DOL RYAN ALBIE 21 S HOWELLS POINT ROAD 02/21/2017 02/21/2022 BELLPORT NY 11713 DOL NYC RASHEL CONSTRUCTION 524 MCDONALD AVENUE 09/17/2020 09/17/2025 CORP BROOKLYN NY 11218 DOL DOL *****1068 RATH MECHANICAL 24 ELDOR AVENUE 02/03/2020 02/03/2025 CONTRACTORS, INC. NEW CITY NY 10956 DOL DOL *****2633 RAW POWER ELECTRIC CORP 3 PARK CIRCLE 01/30/2018 01/30/2023 MIDDLETOWN NY 10940 DOL DOL REGINALD WARREN 161 ROBYN RD 01/30/2018 01/30/2023 MONROE NY 10950
Page 6 of 10
NYSDOL Bureau of Public Work Debarment List 04/26/2021
Article 8
DOL DA RIANN MULLER 2740 SW MARTIN DOWNS 08/25/2016 08/25/2021 BLVD PALM CITY FL 34990 DOL DOL *****9148 RICH T CONSTRUCTION 107 WILLOW WOOD LANE 11/13/2018 11/13/2023 CAMILLUS NY 13031 DOL DOL RICHARD MACONE 8617 THIRD AVE 09/17/2018 09/17/2023 BROOKLYN NY 11209 DOL DOL RICHARD REGGIO 1617 MAIN ST 03/03/2020 03/03/2025 PEEKSKILL NY 10566 DOL DOL *****9148 RICHARD TIMIAN RICH T 108 LAMONT AVE 10/16/2018 10/16/2023 CONSTRUCTI SYRACUSE NY 13209 ON DOL DOL RICHARD TIMIAN JR. 108 LAMONT AVE 10/16/2018 10/16/2023 SYRACUSE NY 13209 DOL DOL RICHARD TIMIAN JR. 108 LAMONT AVE 11/13/2018 11/13/2023 SYRACUSE NY 13209 DOL DOL ROBERT A. VALERINO 3841 LANYARD COURT 07/09/2019 07/09/2024 NEW PORT RICHEY FL 34652 DOL DOL ROBERT BRUNO 3 GAYLORD ST 11/15/2016 11/15/2021 AUBURN NY 13021 DOL DOL ROBERT BRUNO 5 MORNINGSIDE DRIVE 05/28/2019 05/28/2024 AUBURN NY 13021 DOL NYC ROBERT HOHMAN 149 FIFTH AVE 12/29/2016 12/29/2021 NEW YORK NY 10010 DOL DOL RODERICK PUGH 404 OAK ST 07/23/2018 07/23/2023 SUITE 101SYRACUSE NY 13203 DOL DOL *****4880 RODERICK PUGH 404 OAK ST 07/23/2018 07/23/2023 CONSTRUCTION INC. SUITE 101SYRACUSE NY 13203 DOL DOL ROMEO WARREN 161 ROBYN RD 01/30/2018 01/30/2023 MONROE NY 10950 DOL DOL RONALD MESSEN 14B COMMERCIAL AVE 11/14/2019 11/14/2024 ALBANY NY 12065 DOL DOL ROSEANNE CANTISANI 06/12/2018 06/12/2023
DOL DOL *****3347 RYAN ALBIE CONTRACTING 21 S HOWELLS POINT ROAD 02/21/2017 02/21/2022 INC BELLPORT NY 11713 DOL DOL *****1365 S & L PAINTING, INC. 11 MOUNTAIN ROAD 03/20/2019 03/20/2024 P.O BOX 408MONROE NY 10950 DOL DOL *****7730 S C MARTIN GROUP INC. 2404 DELAWARE AVE 09/12/2018 09/12/2023 NIAGARA FALLS NY 14305 DOL DOL *****9751 SCW CONSTRUCTION 544 OLD ROUTE 23 02/14/2017 02/14/2022 ACRE NY 12405 DOL DOL *****3496 STAR INTERNATIONAL INC 89-51 SPRINGFIELD BLVD 08/11/2003 08/11/3003 QUEENS VILLAGE NY 11427 DOL DOL *****9751 STEPHEN C WAGAR 544 OLD ROUTE 23 02/14/2017 02/14/2022 ACRE NY 12405 DOL DOL STEVEN TESTA 50 SALEM STREET - BLDG B 01/23/2017 01/23/2022 LYNNFIELD MA 01940 DOL DOL SALVATORE A FRESINA 08/26/2016 08/26/2021
DOL DOL SAM FRESINA 08/26/2016 08/26/2021
DOL NYC *****0349 SAM WATERPROOFING INC 168-42 88TH AVENUE 11/20/2019 11/20/2024 APT.1 AJAMAICA NY 11432 DOL NYC SANDEEP BOPARAI 185-06 56TH AVE 10/17/2017 10/17/2022 FRESH MEADOW NY 11365 DOL AG SERGIO RAYMUNDO 109 DUBOIS RD. 05/20/2016 05/20/2021 NEW PALTZ NY 12561 DOL NYC *****6597 SHAIRA CONSTRUCTION 421 HUDSON STREET 02/20/2019 02/20/2024 CORP. SUITE C5NEW YORK NY 10014 DOL DOL *****1961 SHANE BURDICK CENTRAL 2238 BAKER ROAD 03/12/2018 03/12/2023 TRAFFIC GILLETT PA 16923 CONTROL, LLC. DOL DOL SHANE BURDICK 2238 BAKER ROAD 03/12/2018 03/12/2023 GILLETT PA 16923 DOL DOL SHANE NOLAN 9365 WASHINGTON ST 07/23/2018 07/23/2023 LOCKPORT IL 60441 DOL DOL SHULEM LOWINGER 11 MOUNTAIN ROAD 03/20/2019 03/20/2024 28 VAN BUREN DRMONROE NY 10950 DOL DOL *****0816 SOLAR ARRAY SOLUTIONS, 9365 WASHINGTON ST 07/23/2018 07/23/2023 LLC LOCKPORT IL 60441
Page 7 of 10
NYSDOL Bureau of Public Work Debarment List 04/26/2021
Article 8
DOL DOL *****2221 SOUTH BUFFALO ELECTRIC, 1250 BROADWAY ST 02/03/2020 02/03/2025 INC. BUFFALO NY 14212 DOL DOL *****6844 STEAM PLANT AND CHX 14B COMMERCIAL AVENUE 11/14/2019 11/14/2024 SYSTEMS INC. ALBANY NY 12065 DOL DOL *****9933 STEED GENERAL 1445 COMMERCE AVE 05/30/2019 05/30/2024 CONTRACTORS, INC. BRONX NY 10461 DOL DOL STEFANOS PAPASTEFANOU, 256 WEST SADDLE RIVER RD 05/30/2019 05/30/2024 JR. A/K/A STEVE UPPER SADDLE RIVER NJ PAPASTEFANOU, JR. 07458 DOL DOL STEVE TATE 415 FLAGER AVE 10/31/2018 10/31/2023 #302STUART FL 34994 DOL NYC STEVEN GOVERNALE 601 PORTION RD 11/18/2016 11/18/2021 RONKONKOMA NY 11779 DOL DOL STEVEN MARTIN 2404 DELWARE AVE 09/12/2018 09/12/2023 NIAGARA FALLS NY 14305 DOL DOL STEVEN P SUCATO 15-68 208TH STREET 06/23/2016 06/23/2021 BAYSIDE NY 11360 DOL NYC *****5863 SUKHMANY CONSTRUCTION, 185-06 56TH AVE 10/17/2017 10/17/2022 INC. FRESH MEADOW NY 11365 DOL DOL *****1060 SUNN ENTERPRISES GROUP, 370 W. PLEASANTVIEW AVE 02/11/2019 02/11/2024 LLC SUITE 2.329HACKENSACK NJ 07601 DOL DOL *****8209 SYRACUSE SCALES, INC. 158 SOLAR ST 01/07/2019 01/07/2024 SYRACUSE NY 13204 DOL DOL *****3453 TORCHIA'S HOME 10153 ROBERTS RD 08/09/2016 08/09/2021 IMPROVEMENT SAUQUOIT NY 13456 DOL DOL TALAILA OCAMPA 1207 SW 48TH TERRACE 01/16/2018 01/16/2023 DEERFIELD BEACH FL 33442 DOL DOL TERRY THOMPSON 11371 RIDGE RD 02/03/2020 02/03/2025 WOLCOTT NY 14590 DOL DOL *****5570 TESTA CORP 50 SALEM STREET - BLDG B 01/23/2017 01/23/2022 LYNNFIELD MA 01940 DOL DOL *****5766 THE COKER CORPORATION COKER 2610 SOUTH SALINA ST 12/04/2018 12/04/2023 CORPORATIO SUITE 14SYRACUSE NY 13205 N DOL DOL *****5766 THE COKER CORPORATION COKER 2610 SOUTH SALINA ST 09/17/2020 09/17/2025 CORPORATIO SUITE 14SYRACUSE NY 13205 N DOL DOL *****8311 TRIPLE B FABRICATING, INC. 61 WILLETT ST. 10/26/2016 10/26/2021 PASSAIC NJ 07503 DOL DOL *****9407 TURBO GROUP INC 15-68 208TH STREET 06/23/2016 06/23/2021 BAYSIDE NY 11360 DOL DOL *****6392 V.M.K CORP. 8617 THIRD AVE 09/17/2018 09/17/2023 BROOKLYN NY 11209 DOL DOL VICTOR ROTENBERG C/O GMDV TRANS INC 06/24/2016 06/24/2021 67048 182ND STREETFRESH MEADOWS NY 11365 DOL DOL *****6418 VALHALLA CONSTRUCTION, 796 PHLEPS ROAD 12/01/2020 12/01/2025 LLC. FRANKLIN LAKES NJ 07417 DOL NYC *****7361 VIABLE HOLDINGS, INC. MOVING 1010 NORTHERN BLVD. 03/09/2017 03/09/2022 MAVEN GREAT NECK NY 11021 DOL DOL VICTOR ALICANTI 42-32 235TH ST 01/14/2019 01/14/2024 DOUGLASTON NY 11363 DOL NYC VIKTAR PATONICH 2630 CROPSEY AVE 10/30/2018 10/30/2023 BROOKLYN NY 11214 DOL DOL VIKTORIA RATH 24 ELDOR AVENUE 02/03/2020 02/03/2025 NEW CITY NY 10956 DOL NYC VITO GARGANO 1535 RICHMOND AVE 12/13/2017 12/13/2022 STATEN ISLAND NY 10314 DOL NYC *****3673 WALTERS AND WALTERS, 465 EAST AND THIRD ST 09/09/2019 09/09/2024 INC. MT. VERNON NY 10550 DOL DOL WAYNE LIVINGSTON JR NORTH 23167 COUNTY ROUTE 59 10/24/2016 10/24/2021 COUNTRY DEXTER NY 13634 DRYWALL AND PAINT DOL DOL *****3296 WESTERN NEW YORK 3841 LAYNARD COURT 07/09/2019 07/09/2024 CONTRACTORS, INC. NEW PORT RICHEY FL 34652 DOL DOL WHITE PLAINS CARPENTRY 442 ARMONK RD 06/12/2018 06/12/2023 CORP DOL DOL WILLIAM C WATKINS 1229 JAMES STREET 05/02/2017 05/02/2022 SYRACUSE NY 13203 DOL DOL WILLIAM DEAK C/O MADISON AVE CONSTR 11/02/2016 11/02/2021 CO 39 PENNY STREETWEST ISLIP NY 11795
Page 8 of 10
NYSDOL Bureau of Public Work Debarment List 04/26/2021
Article 8
DOL DOL *****4043 WINDSHIELD INSTALLATION 200 LATTA BROOK PARK 03/08/2018 03/08/2023 NETWORK, INC. HORSEHEADS NY 14845 DOL DOL *****4730 XGD SYSTEMS, LLC TDI GOLF 415 GLAGE AVE 10/31/2018 10/31/2023 #302STUART FL 34994 DOL DOL *****7345 YES SERVICE AND REPAIRS 145 LODGE AVE 08/09/2016 08/09/2021 CORPORATION HUNTINGTON STATION NY 11476 DOL NYC *****8277 ZHN CONTRACTING CORP 30 MEADOW ST 10/10/2017 10/10/2022 BROOKLYN NY 11206 DOL NYC ZAKIR NASEEM 30 MEADOW ST 10/10/2017 10/10/2022 BROOKLYN NY 11206
DOL DOL TEST P.O BOX 123 05/20/2020 05/20/2025 ALBANY NY 12204
Page 9 of 10
NYSDOL Bureau of Public Work Debarment List 04/26/2021
Article 9
AGENCY Fiscal Officer FEIN EMPLOYER NAME EMPLOYER ADDRESS DEBARMENT DEBARMENT DBA NAME START DATE END DATE DOL DOL DENNISDAN OGBEIDE P.O BOX 50028 04/24/2018 04/24/2023 BRONX NY 10458 DOL DOL *****5067 DENOG PROTECTIVE P. O BOX 50028 04/24/2018 04/24/2023 SECURITY SERVICES INC BRONX NY 10458 DOL DOL *****9060 PEC GROUP OF N.Y., INC. 9.35 S LAKE BLVD 03/02/2021 03/02/2026 SUITE 7MAHOPAC NY 10541
Page 10 of 10 SECTION 01 11 00 - SUMMARY OF WORK
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS:
A. Drawings and Contract Documents, including General and Supplementary Conditions included in the contract and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to work of this Section.
1.2 SECTION INCLUDES
A. A. Contract Description.
B. B. Contractor use of site [and premises].
C. C. Future work.
D. D. Work Sequence.
E. E. Owner occupancy.
1.3 CONTRACT DESCRIPTION
A. Contract Type: Stipulated Price and Unit Prices
B. AGREEMENT FORM: As per Section 00 60 00
C. INTENT OF PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS: The intent of the Drawings and Specifications is to describe The Work which the Contractor undertakes to do, in full compliance with the Contract, and it is understood that the Contractor will furnish all materials, machinery, equipment, tools, supplies, transportation, labor, and all other incidentals necessary to the satisfactory prosecution and completion of the Work. The Plans and Specifications are complementary, and what is called for by either is as binding as if called for by both.
D. The Special Conditions shall control where in conflict with the Standard Specifications. However, such portions of the Standard Specifications not in conflict or not rendered meaningless by the Special provisions shall remain in full force and effect and be binding on the parties hereto.
E. In the event the Contractor discovers any error or discrepancy in the Contract Documents, he shall immediately call upon the Engineer for his decision. The Engineer shall then make such corrections and interpretations as may be deemed necessary for the fulfillment of the intent of the Specifications, Special Provisions, Plans and other Contract Documents, as construed by him and his decision shall be final.
1.4 SCOPE OF WORK:
NEW CONVENIENCE ENTRY OF THE 01 1 0 00 - 1 QUACKENBUSH SQUARE PARKIN G GARAGES SUMMARY
A. Base Program 1. Removal of existing concrete sidewalk, asphalt pavement, pavers, curbs, bollards and tree 2. New site grading 3. Erosion and sediment control 4. Installation of new stormwater piping 5. Installation of new concrete floor slab 6. Installation of new curbs 7. Installation of new bollards 8. Installation of new curb ramps 9. New crosswalk striping & parking lot striping
B. Limit use of site and premises to allow: 1. Owner occupancy. 2. Tenant occupancy. 3. Work by Others and Work by Owner.
C. Existing Emergency Building Exits shall be usable all times during Construction.
D. Construction Operations: Limited to areas noted on Drawings or directed by the Engineer.
1.5 ALTERATIONS, CANCELLATIONS AND DEDUCTIONS
A. In the event, in the sole judgment of the Engineer or his representative, a change becomes necessary in the best interest of the project, due to circumstances not known at the time the Contract was entered into or arising thereafter, the Engineer may, during the course of the Work, alter the Scope of work, add such work as may be necessary and increase or decrease the quantities of work to be performed in accordance with such changes, including addition to, the deduction from, or cancellation of any one or more of the unit price items or lump sum items. Such changes shall not be considered as a waiver of any conditions of the Contract nor invalidate any of the provision thereof.
B. Where the added work and materials do not appear as specific items in the Contract, accompanied by unit prices, and which, of themselves, or in conjunction with other changes, constitute a major change, and the parties cannot agree on the compensation to be paid for said work and materials, the work may be designated by the Engineer as Extra Work and paid for as specified in section 01 26 00 of this Specifications.
C. All alterations, cancellations and deductions shall be authorized in writing by the Engineer before work is started, subject to the approval of the Owner. Such authorizations shall set up the items of work involved and the method of payment for each item.
D. Claims for Extra Work which have not been authorized in writing by the Engineer and approved by the Owner will be rejected and the Contractor shall not be entitled to payment therefore.
1.6 EXTRA WORK
A. If, during the course of construction, it becomes necessary to have work performed of a nature or scope related to but not clearly covered by the Contract, the Contractor shall perform the work at the request of the Engineer. The engineer shall advise the Contractor of the character NEW CONVENIENCE ENTRY OF THE 01 1 0 00 - 2 QUACKENBUSH SQUARE PARKIN G GARAGES SUMMARY
and extent of such work in such sufficient detail as to enable the Contractor and the Owner to mutually agree upon terms for performing the contemplated additional work.
B. The Engineer may, during an emergency, require the performance of Extra Work by oral direction in order to save life or property. Such oral direction shall be promptly confirmed in writing by the Engineer. The Contractor shall perform the emergency work immediately upon receipt of oral direction from the Engineer and shall not delay performance thereof pending agreement between the Contractor and the Owner as to price or prices and basis for payment.
1.7 UNAUTHORIZED WORK
A. Work performed which is not provided for in the Contract, and work done beyond limits shown on the Plans or as directed, or Extra work done without written authorization will be considered as unauthorized, shall be at the expense of the Contractor and will not be measured or paid for by the Owner. Work so done may be ordered removed and replaced at the Contractor's expenses, at the sole discretion of the Engineer.
1.8 WORK SEQUENCE
A. Construct Work in stages to accommodate Owner's occupancy requirements during the construction period, coordinate construction schedule and operations with Engineer. Alternate sequencing of work may be submitted by the contractor for consideration after award of contract, and approved at the discretion of the owner.
1.9 OWNER OCCUPANCY
A. The Owner will occupy the premises (Building) during the entire period of construction. Contractor shall become familiar with the premises hours of occupancy.
B. Cooperate with Owner to minimize conflict, and to facilitate Owner's operations.
C. Schedule the Work to accommodate owner occupancy.
1.10 RESTORATION AND CLEAN-UP
A. During the construction period the Contractor shall, on a daily basis, place all of his waste materials and "non-broomable" debris into containers.
B. Upon completion of the Work and before acceptance and final payment is made, the Work shall be cleaned of all rubbish, excess materials, false work, temporary structures, and equipment; and all parts of the Work shall be left in a neat presentable condition, satisfactory to the Owner. This work shall be considered incidental to the overall project and no additional compensation will be allowed.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
NEW CONVENIENCE ENTRY OF THE 01 1 0 00 - 3 QUACKENBUSH SQUARE PARKIN G GARAGES SUMMARY
Not Used.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
Not Used.
END OF SECTION
NEW CONVENIENCE ENTRY OF THE 01 1 0 00 - 4 QUACKENBUSH SQUARE PARKIN G GARAGES SUMMARY
SECTION 01 20 00 - MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and Contract Documents, including General and Supplementary Conditions included in the contract and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to work of this Section.
1.2 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Measurement and payment criteria applicable to portions of the Work performed under a unit price payment method.
B. Defect assessment and non-payment for rejected work.
1.3 AUTHORITY
A. Measurement methods delineated in the individual specification sections complement the criteria of this section. In the event of conflict, the requirements of the individual specification section govern.
B. Take all measurements and compute quantities. The Engineer will verify measurements and quantities.
C. Assist the Engineer by providing necessary equipment, workers, and survey personnel as required.
1.4 UNIT QUANTITIES SPECIFIED
A. Quantities indicated in the Proposal Form are for bidding and contract purposes only. Quantities and measurements supplied or placed in the Work and verified by the Engineer determine payment.
B. If the actual Work requires more or fewer quantities than those quantities indicated, provide the required quantities at the unit sum/prices contracted.
1.5 MEASUREMENT OF QUANTITIES
A. Measurement Devices:
NEW CONVENIENCE ENTRY OF THE 01 22 00 - 1 QUACKENBUSH SQUARE PARKING GARAGE MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT
1. Weigh Scales: Inspected, tested and certified by the applicable State Weights and Measures department within the past year. 2. Platform Scales: Of sufficient size and capacity to accommodate the conveying vehicle. 3. Metering Devices: Inspected, tested and certified by the applicable State department within the past year.
B. Measurement by Weight: Concrete reinforcing steel, rolled or formed steel or other metal shapes will be measured by handbook weights. Welded assemblies will be measured by handbook or scale weight.
C. Measurement by Volume: Measured by cubic dimension using mean length, width and height or thickness.
D. Measurement by Area: Measured by square dimension using mean length and width or radius.
E. Linear Measurement: Measured by linear dimension, at the item centerline or mean chord.
F. Stipulated Sum/Price Measurement: Items measured by weight, volume, area, or linear means or combination, as appropriate, as a completed item or unit of the Work.
1.6 PAYMENT
A. Payment Includes: Full compensation for all required labor, Products, tools, equipment, plant, transportation, services and incidentals; erection, application or installation of an item of the Work; overhead and profit.
B. Final payment for Work governed by unit prices will be made on the basis of the actual measurements and quantities accepted by the Architect/Engineer multiplied by the unit sum/price for Work which is incorporated in or made necessary by the Work.
1.7 DEFECT ASSESSMENT
A. Replace the Work, or portions of the Work, not conforming to specified requirements.
B. If, in the opinion of the Engineer, it is not practical to remove and replace the Work, the Engineer will direct one of the following remedies: 1. The defective Work may remain, but the unit sum/price will be adjusted to a new sum/price the discretion of the Engineer. 2. The defective Work will be partially repaired to the instructions of the Engineer, and the unit sum/price will be adjusted to a new sum/price at the discretion of the Engineer.
C. The individual specification sections may modify these options or may identify a specific formula or percentage sum/price reduction.
D. The authority of the Engineer to assess the defect and identify payment adjustment, is final.
1.8 NON-PAYMENT FOR REJECTED PRODUCTS NEW CONVENIENCE ENTRY OF THE 01 22 00 - 2 QUACKENBUSH SQUARE PARKING GARAGE MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT
A. Payment will not be made for any of the following: 1. Products wasted or disposed of in a manner that is not acceptable. 2. Products determined as unacceptable before or after placement. 3. Products not completely unloaded from the transporting vehicle. 4. Products placed beyond the lines and levels of the required Work. 5. Products remaining on hand after completion of the Work. 6. Loading, hauling, and disposing of rejected Products.
1.9 SCHEDULE OF UNIT PRICES
A. Refer to Proposal Form.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
A. Not Used
PART 3 - EXECUTION
A. Not Used.
END OF SECTION
NEW CONVENIENCE ENTRY OF THE 01 22 00 - 3 QUACKENBUSH SQUARE PARKING GARAGE MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT
SECTION 01 26 00 - CONTRACT MODIFICATIONS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and Contract Documents, including General and Supplementary Conditions included in the contract and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to work of this section.
1.2 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Submittals.
B. Documentation of change in Contract Sum/Price and Contract Time.
C. Change procedures.
D. Work Directive Change.
E. Stipulated Price change order.
F. Unit price change order.
G. Time and material change order.
H. Execution of change orders.
I. Correlation of Contractor submittals.
1.3 SUBMITTALS
A. Submit name of the individual authorized to receive change documents, and be responsible for informing others in Contractor's employ or Subcontractors of changes to the Work.
B. Change Order Forms: AIA G701 Change Order.
1.4 DOCUMENTATION OF CHANGE IN CONTRACT PRICE AND CONTRACT TIME
A. Maintain detailed records of work done on a time and material basis. Provide full information required for evaluation of proposed changes, and to substantiate costs of changes in the Work.
B. Document each quotation for a change in cost or time with sufficient data to allow evaluation of the quotation.
C. On request, provide additional data to support computations: 1. Quantities of products, labor, and equipment. 2. Taxes, insurance, and bonds. NEW CONVENIENCE ENTRY OF THE 01 26 00 - 1 QUACKENBUSH SQUARE PARKING GARAGE CONTRACT MODIFICATIONS
3. Overhead and profit. 4. Justification for any change in Contract Time. 5. Credit for deletions from Contract, similarly documented.
D. Support each claim for additional costs, and for work done on a time and material basis, with additional information: 1. Origin and date of claim. 2. Dates and times work was performed, and by whom. 3. Time records and wage rates paid. 4. Invoices and receipts for products, equipment, and subcontracts, similarly documented.
1.5 CHANGE PROCEDURES
A. The Engineer will advise of minor changes in the Work not involving an adjustment to Contract Sum/Price or Contract Time as authorized by AIA A201.
B. The Engineer may issue a Proposal Request OR Notice of Change which includes a detailed description of a proposed change with supplementary or revised Drawings and specifications, a change in Contract Time for executing the change with a stipulation of any overtime work required and the period of time during which the requested price will be considered valid. Contractor will prepare and submit an estimate within 7 DAYS.
C. The Contractor may propose a change by submitting a request for change to the Engineer, describing the proposed change and its full effect on the Work, with a statement describing the reason for the change, and the effect on the Contract Sum/Price and Contract Time with full documentation. Requested substitutions in accordance with Section 01 60 00.
1.6 WORK DIRECTIVE CHANGE
A. Engineer may issue a document, signed by the Owner, instructing the Contractor to proceed with a change in the Work, for subsequent inclusion in a Change Order.
B. The document will describe changes in the Work, and will designate method of determining any change in Contract Sum/Price or Contract Time.
C. Promptly execute the change in Work.
1.7 STIPULATED PRICE CHANGE ORDER
A. Based on Proposal Request or Notice of Change and Contractor's fixed price quotation or Contractor's request for a Change Order as approved by Engineer.
1.8 UNIT PRICE CHANGE ORDER
A. For pre-determined unit prices and quantities, the Change Order will be executed on a fixed unit price basis.
NEW CONVENIENCE ENTRY OF THE 01 26 00 - 2 QUACKENBUSH SQUARE PARKING GARAGE CONTRACT MODIFICATIONS
B. For unit costs or quantities of units of work which are not pre-determined, execute Work under a Work Directive Change.
C. Changes in Contract Sum/Price or Contract Time will be computed as specified for Time and Material Change Order.
1.9 TIME AND MATERIAL CHANGE ORDER
A. Submit itemized account and supporting data after completion of change, within time limits indicated in the Conditions of the Contract.
B. Engineer will determine the change allowable in Contract Sum/Price and Contract Time as provided in the Contract Documents.
C. Maintain detailed records of work done on Time and Material basis.
D. Provide full information required for evaluation of proposed changes, and to substantiate costs for changes in the Work.
1.10 EXECUTION OF CHANGE ORDERS
A. Execution of Change Orders: Engineer will issue Change Orders for signatures of parties as provided in the Conditions of the Contract.
1.11 CORRELATION OF CONTRACTOR SUBMITTALS
A. Promptly revise Schedule of Values and Application for Payment forms to record each authorized Change Order as a separate line item and adjust the Contract Sum/Price.
B. Promptly revise progress schedules to reflect any change in Contract Time, revise sub-schedules to adjust times for other items of work affected by the change, and resubmit.
C. Promptly enter changes in Project Record Documents.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
A. Not Used.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
A. Not Used.
END OF SECTION
NEW CONVENIENCE ENTRY OF THE 01 26 00 - 3 QUACKENBUSH SQUARE PARKING GARAGE CONTRACT MODIFICATIONS
SECTION 01 29 76 - APPLICATIONS FOR PAYMENT
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and Contract Documents, including General and Supplementary Conditions included in the contract and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to work of this Section.
1.2 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Procedures for preparation and submittal of applications for payment.
1.3 FORMAT
A. AIA G702 - Application and Certificate for Payment and AIA G703 - Continuation Sheet.
B. For each item, provide a column for listing each of the following: 1. Item Number. 2. Description of work. 3. Scheduled Values based on Unit Price Schedule. 4. Previous Applications including previous unit quantities completed 5. Work in place including stored materials including current unit quantities completed. 6. Authorized Change Orders. 7. Total Completed and Stored to Date of Application. 8. Percentage of Completion. 9. Balance to Finish. 10. Retainage.
1.4 PREPARATION OF APPLICATIONS
A. Present required information in typewritten form OR on electronic media printout.
B. Execute certification by signature of authorized officer.
C. Use data from approved Schedule of Values. Provide dollar value in each column for each line item for portion of work performed and for stored Products.
D. List each authorized Change Order as an extension on AIA G703 - Continuation Sheet, listing Change Order number and dollar amount as for an original item of Work.
E. Prepare Application for Final Payment as specified in Section 01 77 00.
NEW CONVENIENCE ENTRY OF THE 01 29 76 - 1 QUACKENBUSH SQUARE PARKING GARAGE APPLICATIONS FOR PA YMENT
1.5 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES
A. Submit three copies of each Application for Payment.
B. Submit an updated construction schedule with each Application for Payment.
C. Payment Period: Submit at intervals stipulated in the Agreement.
D. Submit with transmittal letter as specified for Submittals in Section 01 33 00.
E. Submit lien waivers.
1.6 SUBSTANTIATING DATA
A. When Engineer requires substantiating information, submit data justifying dollar amounts in question.
B. Provide one copy of data with cover letter for each copy of submittal. Show application number and date, and line item by number and description.
C. Include the following with the application: 1. Current construction photographs specified in Section 01 33 00. 2. Partial release of liens from major subcontractors and vendors. 3. Record documents as specified, for review by the owner which will be returned to the contractor. 4. Affidavits attesting to off-site stored products. 5. Construction progress schedules, revised and current as specified.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
Not Used.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
Not Used.
END OF SECTION
NEW CONVENIENCE ENTRY OF THE 01 29 76 - 2 QUACKENBUSH SQUARE PARKING GARAGE APPLICATIONS FOR PA YMENT
SECTION 01 31 13 – PROJECT COORDINATION
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and Contract Documents, including General and Supplementary Conditions included in the contract and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to work of this section.
1.2 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Coordination and project conditions.
B. Field engineering.
C. Pre-construction meeting.
D. Site mobilization meeting.
E. Progress meetings.
F. Pre-installation meetings.
G. Examination.
H. Preparation.
I. Cutting and Patching.
J. Alteration project procedures.
1.3 COORDINATION AND PROJECT CONDITIONS
A. Coordinate scheduling, submittals, and Work of the various sections of the Project Manual to ensure efficient and orderly sequence of installation of interdependent construction elements with provisions for accommodating items installed later.
B. Verify utility requirements and characteristics of operating equipment are compatible with building utilities. Coordinate work of various sections having interdependent responsibilities for installing, connecting to, and placing in service, such equipment.
C. Coordinate space requirements, supports, and installation Electrical Work which are indicated diagrammatically on Drawings. Follow routing shown for pipes, ducts, and conduit, as closely as practicable; place runs parallel with lines of building. Utilize spaces efficiently to maximize accessibility for other installations, for maintenance, and for repairs.
1.4 PRECONSTRUCTION MEETING NEW CONVENIENCE ENTRY OF THE 01 31 13 - 1 QUACKENBUSH SQUARE PARKING GARAGE COORDINATION AND MEETINGS
A. The Engineer will schedule a meeting after Notice of Award.
B. Attendance Required: Owner or his representative Engineer and Contractor.
C. Agenda: 1. Execution of Owner-Contractor Agreement. 2. Submission of executed bonds and insurance certificates. 3. Distribution of Contract Documents. 4. Submission of list of Subcontractors, list of Products, schedule of values, and progress schedule. 5. Designation of personnel representing the parties in Contract, and the Engineer. 6. Procedures and processing of field decisions, submittals, substitutions, applications for payments, proposal request, Change Orders, and Contract close-out procedures. 7. Scheduling of Work.
D. Record minutes and distribute copies within three days after meeting to participants, with two copies to Engineer, Owner, participants, and those affected by decisions made.
1.5 SITE MOBILIZATION MEETING
A. Engineer will schedule a meeting at the Project site prior to Contractor occupancy.
B. Attendance Required: Owner or Owners’ Representative Engineer, Contractor, Contractor's Superintendent, and major Subcontractors.
C. Agenda: 1. Use of premises by Owner and Contractor. 2. Owner's requirements. 3. Construction facilities and controls provided by Owner. 4. Temporary utilities provided by Owner. 5. Condition Survey layout. 6. Security and housekeeping procedures. 7. Schedules. 8. Application for payment procedures. 9. Procedures for testing. 10. Procedures for maintaining record documents.
D. Record minutes and distribute copies within three days after meeting to participants, with two copies to Engineer, Owner, participants, and those affected by decisions made.
1.6 PROGRESS MEETINGS
A. Schedule and administer meetings throughout progress of the Work at weekly intervals.
B. Engineer will make arrangements for meetings, prepare agenda with copies for participants, preside at meetings.
C. Attendance Required: Job superintendent, major Subcontractors and suppliers, Engineer, as appropriate to agenda topics for each meeting. NEW CONVENIENCE ENTRY OF THE 01 31 13 - 2 QUACKENBUSH SQUARE PARKING GARAGE COORDINATION AND MEETINGS
D. Agenda: 1. Review minutes of previous meetings. 2. Review of Work progress. 3. Field observations, problems, and decisions. 4. Identification of problems which impede planned progress. 5. Review of submittals schedule and status of submittals. 6. Review of off-site fabrication and delivery schedules. 7. Maintenance of progress schedule. 8. Corrective measures to regain projected schedules. 9. Planned progress during succeeding work period. 10. Coordination of projected progress. 11. Maintenance of quality and work standards. 12. Effect of proposed changes on progress schedule and coordination. 13. Other business relating to Work.
E. Record minutes and distribute copies within three days after meeting to participants, with two copies to Engineer, Owner, participants, and those affected by decisions made.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
Not used.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
Not used.
END OF SECTION
NEW CONVENIENCE ENTRY OF THE 01 31 13 - 3 QUACKENBUSH SQUARE PARKING GARAGE COORDINATION AND MEETINGS
SECTION 01 32 33 - PHOTOGRAPHIC DOCUMENTATION
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. This Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for the following in digital media only: 1. Preconstruction photographs. 2. Periodic construction photographs. 3. Preconstruction videotapes. 4. Periodic construction videotapes. 5. Final completion construction photographs and videotapes.
B. Related Sections include the following: 1. Division 1 Section "Submittals" for submitting construction photographs. 2. Division 1 Section "Closeout Procedures" for submitting Project Record Documents at Project closeout.
1.3 SUBMITTALS
A. Construction Photographs: Submit a complete set of digital image electronic files as a Project Record Document. Identify electronic media with date photographs were taken. Submit images that have the same aspect ratio as the sensor, uncropped.
B. Videotapes: Submit each digital videotape as a Project Record Document. Identify electronic media with date videos were taken.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 PHOTOGRAPHIC MEDIA
A. Digital Images: Provide images in JPEG format, with minimum sensor size of 8.0 megapixels.
B. Videotape Format: Provide high-quality digital recording on a DVD or USB flash drive.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
NEW CONVENIENCE ENTRY OF THE 01 32 33 - 1 QUACKENBUSH SQUARE PARKING GARAGE PHOT OG RAPHIC DOCUMENTAT ION
3.1 GENERAL
A. Photographer: Engage a management or supervisor level contractor employee, familiar with the project and contract documents to properly document Work Items and conditions of importance.
B. Date Stamp: Date and time stamp each photograph or video as it is being taken so stamp is integral to photograph.
3.2 CONSTRUCTION PHOTOGRAPHS
A. Preconstruction Photographs: Before starting construction, take color photographs of Project site and surrounding properties from different vantage points, as directed by Engineer.
B. Unit Quantity Photographs: Take color photographs of portions of work that will be obstructed from view by other Work Items. Photographs should show scope and quantity of work prior to completion.
C. Hidden Condition Photographs: Take color photographs to document existing conditions of Work Items in progress that will be obstructed from view after completion of work, such as Surface Preparation, Reinforcing Conditions, and differing conditions from contract Drawings.
1. Requests for Change Orders resulting from hidden conditions not shown on the Contract Drawings will not be considered unless photographically documented for proof of exist- ing condition.
D. Final Completion Construction Photographs: Take color photographs after date of Substantial Completion for submission as Project Record Documents. Engineer will direct photographer for desired vantage points.
3.3 CONSTRUCTION VIDEOTAPES
A. Narration: Describe scenes on videotape by dubbing audio narration off-site after videotape is recorded. Include description of items being viewed, recent events, and planned activities. Describe vantage point, indicating location, direction (by compass point), and elevation or story of construction.
B. Preconstruction Videotape: Before starting construction, record videotape of Project site and surrounding properties from different vantage points, as directed by Engineer.
1. Show existing conditions adjacent to Project site before starting the Work. 2. Show existing buildings either on or adjoining Project site to accurately record the physical conditions at the start of demolition. 3. Show protection efforts by Contractor.
C. Final Completion Construction Videotapes: Take color video after date of Substantial Completion for submission as Project Record Documents. Engineer will direct photographer for desired vantage points.
END OF SECTION
NEW CONVENIENCE ENTRY OF THE 01 32 33 - 2 QUACKENBUSH SQUARE PARKING GARAGE PHOT OG RAPHIC DOCUMENTAT ION
SECTION 01 33 00 – SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS:
A. Drawings and Contract Documents, including General and Supplementary Conditions included in the contract and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to work of this section.
1.2 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Submittal procedures.
B. Construction progress schedules.
C. Proposed Products list.
D. Product Data.
E. Shop Drawings.
F. Samples.
G. Design data.
H. Test reports.
I. Certificates.
J. Manufacturer's instructions.
K. Manufacturer's field reports.
L. Erection drawings.
M. Construction photographs.
1.3 REFERENCES
A. AGC (Associated General Contractors of America) publication "The Use of CPM in Construction - A Manual for General Contractors and the Construction Industry".
1.4 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES
A. Transmit each submittal with AIA Form G810.
NEW CONVENIENCE ENTRY OF THE 01 33 00 - 1 QUACKENBUSH S QUARE PARKING GAR AGE SUBMITTAL PROCE DURES
B. Sequentially number the transmittal form. Revise submittals with original number and a sequential alphabetic suffix.
C. Identify Project, Contractor, Subcontractor or supplier; pertinent drawing and detail number, and specification section number, as appropriate.
D. Apply Contractor's stamp, signed or initialed certifying that review, approval, verification of Products required, field dimensions, adjacent construction Work, and coordination of information is in accordance with the requirements of the Work and Contract Documents.
E. Schedule submittals to expedite the Project, and deliver to Engineer at: O & S Associates, Inc. 145 Main St. 2 nd Floor Hackensack, NJ 07601
Coordinate submission of related items.
F. For each submittal for review, allow 15 days excluding delivery time to and from the contractor.
G. Identify variations from Contract Documents and Product or system limitations which may be detrimental to successful performance of the completed Work.
H. Provide space for Contractor and Architect/Engineer review stamps.
I. When revised for resubmission, identify all changes made since previous submission.
J. Distribute copies of reviewed submittals as appropriate. Instruct parties to promptly report any inability to comply with requirements.
K. Submittals not requested will not be recognized or processed.
1.5 CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS SCHEDULES
A. Submit initial schedule in duplicate within 15 days after date of Owner-Contractor Agreement.
B. Revise and resubmit as required.
C. Submit revised schedules with each Application for Payment, identifying changes since previous version.
D. Submit a horizontal bar chart with separate line for each major portion of Work or operation , identifying first work day of each week.
E. Show complete sequence of construction by activity, identifying Work of separate stages and other logically grouped activities. Indicate the early and late start, early and late finish, float dates, and duration.
F. Indicate estimated percentage of completion for each item of Work at each submission.
NEW CONVENIENCE ENTRY OF THE 01 33 00 - 2 QUACKENBUSH S QUARE PARKING GAR AGE SUBMITTAL PROCE DURES
G. Indicate submittal dates required for shop drawings, product data, samples, and product delivery dates, including those furnished by Owner and required by Allowances.
1.6 PROPOSED PRODUCTS LIST
A. Within 15 days after date of Notice to Proceed, submit list of major products proposed for use, with name of manufacturer, trade name, and model number of each product.
B. For products specified only by reference standards, give manufacturer, trade name, model or catalog designation, and reference standards.
1.7 PRODUCT DATA
A. Product Data For Review: 1. Submitted to Engineer for review for the limited purpose of checking for conformance with information given and the design concept expressed in the contract documents. 2. After review, provide copies and distribute in accordance with SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES article above and for record documents purposes described in Section 01700 - CONTRACT CLOSEOUT.
B. Product Data For Information: 1. Submitted for the Engineer's knowledge as contract administrator or for the Owner.
C. Product Data For Project Close-out: 1. Submitted for the Owner's benefit during and after project completion.
D. Submit the number of copies which the Contractor requires, plus two copies which will be retained by the Engineer.
E. Mark each copy to identify applicable products, models, options, and other data. Supplement manufacturers' standard data to provide information specific to this Project.
F. Indicate Product utility and electrical characteristics, utility connection requirements, and location of utility outlets for service for functional equipment and appliances.
G. After review distribute in accordance with the Submittal Procedures article above and provide copies for record documents described in Section 01 77 00 – Closeout Procedures.
1.8 SHOP DRAWINGS
A. Shop Drawings For Review: 1. Submitted to Architect/Engineer for review for the limited purpose of checking for conformance with information given and the design concept expressed in the contract documents.
NEW CONVENIENCE ENTRY OF THE 01 33 00 - 3 QUACKENBUSH S QUARE PARKING GAR AGE SUBMITTAL PROCE DURES
2. After review, produce copies and distribute in accordance with SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES article above and for record documents purposes described in Section 01 77 00 – CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES.
B. Shop Drawings For Information: 1. Submitted for the Architect/Engineer's knowledge as contract administrator or for the Owner.
C. Shop Drawings For Project Close-out: 1. Submitted for the Owner's benefit during and after project completion.
D. Indicate special utility and electrical characteristics, utility connection requirements, and location of utility outlets for service for functional equipment and appliances.
E. Submit in the form of one reproducible transparency.
1.9 SAMPLES
A. Samples For Review: 1. Submitted to Engineer for review for the limited purpose of checking for conformance with information given and the design concept expressed in the contract documents. 2. After review, produce duplicates and distribute in accordance with SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES article above and for record documents purposes described in Section 01 77 00 – CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES.
B. Samples For Information: 1. Submitted for the Engineer's knowledge as contract administrator or for the Owner.
C. Samples For Selection: 1. Submitted to Engineer for aesthetic, color, or finish selection. Submit samples of finishes from the full range of manufacturers' standard colors, textures, and patterns for Engineer’s selection. 2. After review, produce duplicates and distribute in accordance with SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES article above and for record documents purposes described in Section 01 77 00 – CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES.
D. Submit samples to illustrate functional and aesthetic characteristics of the Product, with integral parts and attachment devices. Coordinate sample submittals for interfacing work.
E. Include identification on each sample, with full Project information.
F. Submit the number of samples specified in individual specification sections; one of which will be retained by Engineer.
G. Reviewed samples which may be used in the Work are indicated in individual specification sections.
NEW CONVENIENCE ENTRY OF THE 01 33 00 - 4 QUACKENBUSH S QUARE PARKING GAR AGE SUBMITTAL PROCE DURES
H. Samples will not be used for testing purposes unless specifically stated in the specification section.
1.10 DESIGN DATA
A. Submit for the Engineer's knowledge as contract administrator or for the Owner.
B. Submit for information for the limited purpose of assessing conformance with information given and the design concept expressed in the contract documents.
1.11 TEST REPORTS
A. Submit for the Architect/Engineer's knowledge as contract administrator or for the Owner.
B. Submit test reports for information for the limited purpose of assessing conformance with information given and the design concept expressed in the contract documents.
1.12 CERTIFICATES
A. When specified in individual specification sections, submit certification by the manufacturer, installation/application subcontractor, or the Contractor to Engineer, in quantities specified for Product Data.
B. Indicate material or Product conforms to or exceeds specified requirements. Submit supporting reference data, affidavits, and certifications as appropriate.
C. Certificates may be recent or previous test results on material or Product, but must be acceptable to Engineer.
1.13 MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS
A. When specified in individual specification sections, submit printed instructions for delivery, storage, assembly, installation, [start-up,] adjusting, and finishing, to Architect/Engineer for delivery to owner in quantities specified for Product Data.
B. Indicate special procedures, perimeter conditions requiring special attention, and special environmental criteria required for application or installation.
1.14 MANUFACTURER'S FIELD REPORTS
A. Submit reports for the Architect/Engineer's benefit as contract administrator or for the Owner.
B. Submit report in duplicate within 30 days of observation to Architect/Engineer for information.
C. Submit for information for the limited purpose of assessing conformance with information given and the design concept expressed in the contract documents. NEW CONVENIENCE ENTRY OF THE 01 33 00 - 5 QUACKENBUSH S QUARE PARKING GAR AGE SUBMITTAL PROCE DURES
1.15 ERECTION DRAWINGS
A. Submit drawings for the Architect/Engineer's benefit as contract administrator or for the Owner.
B. Submit for information for the limited purpose of assessing conformance with information given and the design concept expressed in the contract documents.
C. Data indicating inappropriate or unacceptable Work may be subject to action by the Architect/Engineer or Owner.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
Not Used.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
Not Used.
END OF SECTION
NEW CONVENIENCE ENTRY OF THE 01 33 00 - 6 QUACKENBUSH S QUARE PARKING GAR AGE SUBMITTAL PROCE DURES
SECTION 01 42 19 - REFERENCE STANDARDS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and Contract Documents, including General and Supplementary Conditions included in the contract and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to work of this section.
1.2 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Quality assurance.
1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. For Products or workmanship specified by association, trade, or other consensus standards, comply with requirements of the standard, except when more rigid requirements are specified or are required by applicable codes.
B. Conform to reference standard by date of issue current on date of Contract Documents.
C. Obtain copies of standards when required by the Contract Documents.
D. Maintain copy at project site during submittals, planning, and progress of the specific work, until Substantial Completion.
E. Should specified reference standards conflict with Contract Documents, request clarification from the Architect/Engineer before proceeding.
F. Neither the contractual relationship, duties, and responsibilities of the parties in Contract nor those of the Engineer shall be altered by the Contract Documents by mention or inference otherwise in any reference document.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
Not Used.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
Not Used.
END OF SECTION
NEW CONVENIENCE ENTRY OF THE 01 42 19 - 1 QUACKENBUSH SQUARE PARKING GARAGE REFERENCE STANDARDS
SECTION 01 45 00 - QUALITY CONTROL
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and Contract Documents, including General and Supplementary Conditions included in the contract and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to work of this Section.
1.2 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Quality assurance - control of installation.
B. Tolerances
C. References and standards.
D. Mock-up.
E. Inspecting and testing laboratory services.
F. Manufacturers' field services.
1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE - CONTROL OF INSTALLATION
A. Monitor quality control over suppliers, manufacturers, Products, services, site conditions, and workmanship, to produce Work of specified quality.
B. Comply with manufacturers' instructions, including each step in sequence.
C. Should manufacturers' instructions conflict with Contract Documents, request clarification from Engineer before proceeding.
D. Comply with specified standards as minimum quality for the Work except where more stringent tolerances, codes, or specified requirements indicate higher standards or more precise workmanship.
E. Perform Work by persons qualified to produce required and specified quality.
F. Verify that field measurements are as indicated on shop drawings or as instructed by the manufacturer.
G. Secure Products in place with positive anchorage devices designed and sized to withstand stresses, vibration, physical distortion, or disfigurement.
1.4 TOLERANCES
NEW CO NVENIENCE ENTRY OF THE 01 45 00 - 1 QUACKENBUSH SQUARE PARKING GARAGE QUALITY CONTROL
A. Monitor fabrication and installation tolerance control of Products to produce acceptable Work. Do not permit tolerances to accumulate.
B. Comply with manufacturers' tolerances. Should manufacturers' tolerances conflict with Contract Documents, request clarification from Architect/Engineer before proceeding.
C. Adjust Products to appropriate dimensions; position before securing Products in place.
1.5 REFERENCES AND STANDARDS
A. For Products or workmanship specified by association, trade, or other consensus standards, comply with requirements of the standard, except when more rigid requirements are specified or are required by applicable codes.
B. Conform to reference standard by date of issue current on date of Contract Documents, except where a specific date is established by code.
C. Obtain copies of standards where required by product specification sections.
D. Neither the contractual relationships, duties, or responsibilities of the parties in Contract nor those of the Architect/Engineer shall be altered from the Contract Documents by mention or inference otherwise in any reference document.
1.6 MOCK-UP
A. Tests will be performed under provisions identified in this section and identified in the respective product specification sections.
B. Assemble and erect specified items with specified attachment and anchorage devices, flashings, seals, and finishes.
C. Accepted mock-ups shall be a comparison standard for the remaining Work.
D. Where mock-up has been accepted by Architect/Engineer and is specified in product specification sections to be removed; remove mock-up and clear area when directed to do so.
1.7 TESTING SERVICES
A. Owner will appoint, employ, and pay for specified services of an independent firm to perform testing.
B. The independent firm will perform tests and other services specified in individual specification sections and as required by the Engineer.
C. Testing and source quality control may occur on or off the project site. Perform off-site testing as required by the Engineer or the Owner.
NEW CO NVENIENCE ENTRY OF THE 01 45 00 - 2 QUACKENBUSH SQUARE PARKING GARAGE QUALITY CONTROL
D. Reports will be submitted by the independent firm to the Engineer and Contractor, in duplicate, indicating observations and results of tests and indicating compliance or non-compliance with Contract Documents.
E. Cooperate with independent firm; furnish samples of materials, design mix, equipment, tools, storage, safe access, and assistance by incidental labor as requested. 1. Notify Engineer and independent firm 72 hours prior to expected time for operations requiring services. 2. Make arrangements with independent firm and pay for additional samples and tests required for Contractor's use.
F. Testing does not relieve Contractor to perform Work to contract requirements.
G. Re-testing required because of non-conformance to specified requirements shall be performed by the same independent firm on instructions by the Engineer. Payment for re-testing will be charged to the Contractor by deducting testing charges from the Contract Sum/Price.
1.8 INSPECTION SERVICES
A. Owner will appoint, employ, and pay for specified services of an independent firm to perform inspection.
B. The independent firm will perform inspections and other services specified in individual specification sections and as required by the Engineer.
C. Inspecting may occur on or off the project site. Perform off-site inspecting as required by the Engineer or the Owner.
D. Reports will be submitted by the independent firm to the Engineer and Contractor, in duplicate, indicating inspection observations and indicating compliance or non- compliance with Contract Documents.
E. Cooperate with independent firm; furnish safe access and assistance by incidental labor as requested. 1. Notify Engineer and independent firm 24 hours prior to expected time for operations requiring services.
F. Inspecting does not relieve Contractor to perform Work to contract requirements.
1.9 MANUFACTURERS' FIELD SERVICES
A. When specified in individual specification sections, require material or Product suppliers or manufacturers to provide qualified staff personnel to observe site conditions, conditions of surfaces and installation, quality of workmanship, as applicable, and to initiate instructions when necessary.
B. Submit qualifications of observer to Engineer 7 days in advance of required observations. Observer subject to approval of Engineer.
NEW CO NVENIENCE ENTRY OF THE 01 45 00 - 3 QUACKENBUSH SQUARE PARKING GARAGE QUALITY CONTROL
C. Report observations and site decisions or instructions given to applicators or installers that are supplemental or contrary to manufacturers' written instructions.
D. Refer to Section 01 33 00 – Submittal Procedures, MANUFACTURERS' FIELD REPORTS article.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
Not Used.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Verify that existing site conditions and substrate surfaces are acceptable for subsequent Work. Beginning new Work means acceptance of existing conditions.
B. Verify that existing substrate is capable of structural support or attachment of new Work being applied or attached.
C. Examine and verify specific conditions described in individual specification sections.
D. Verify that utility services are available, of the correct characteristics, and in the correct locations.
3.2 PREPARATION
A. Clean substrate surfaces prior to applying next material or substance.
B. Seal cracks or openings of substrate prior to applying next material or substance.
C. Apply manufacturer required or recommended substrate primer, sealer, or conditioner prior to applying any new material or substance in contact or bond.
END OF SECTION
NEW CO NVENIENCE ENTRY OF THE 01 45 00 - 4 QUACKENBUSH SQUARE PARKING GARAGE QUALITY CONTROL
SECTION 01 45 23 - TESTING SERVICES
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and Contract Documents, including General and Supplementary Conditions included in the contract and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to work of this Section.
1.2 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Selection and payment.
B. Contractor responsibilities.
C. Schedule of tests.
1.3 SELECTION AND PAYMENT
A. Owner will employ and pay for services of an independent testing agency or laboratory to perform specified testing.
B. Contractor shall coordinate testing lab with construction operations as needed.
C. Employment of testing agency or laboratory in no way relieves Contractor of obligation to perform Work in accordance with requirements of Contract Documents.
1.4 CONTRACTOR RESPONSIBILITIES
A. Deliver to agency or laboratory at designated location, adequate samples of materials proposed to be used which require testing, along with proposed mix designs.
B. Cooperate with laboratory personnel, and provide access to the Work and to manufacturers' facilities.
C. Provide incidental labor and facilities: 1. To provide access to Work to be tested. 2. To obtain and handle samples at the site or at source of Products to be tested. 3. To facilitate tests. 4. To provide storage and curing of test samples.
D. Notify Engineer and laboratory 24 hours prior to expected time for operations requiring testing services.
1.5 SCHEDULE OF TESTS
NEW CONVENIENCE ENTRY OF THE 01 45 23 - 1 QUACKENBUSH SQ UARE PARKING GARAGE TESTING SERVICES
A. Individual Specification Sections: Tests required and standards for testing.
PRODUCTS
Not Used.
EXECUTION
Not Used.
END OF SECTION
NEW CONVENIENCE ENTRY OF THE 01 45 23 - 2 QUACKENBUSH SQ UARE PARKING GARAGE TESTING SERVICES
SECTION 01 50 00 - TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. Section includes requirements for temporary utilities, support facilities, and security and protection facilities.
B. Related Requirements:
1. Section 011000 "Summary" for work restrictions and limitations on utility interruptions. 2. Section 011200 "Multiple Contract Summary" for responsibilities for temporary facilities and controls for projects utilizing multiple contracts. 3. Section 312000 "Earth Moving" for disposal of ground water at Project site.
1.3 USE CHARGES
A. General: Installation and removal of and use charges for temporary facilities shall be included in the Contract Sum unless otherwise indicated. Allow other entities engaged in the Project to use temporary services and facilities without cost, including, but not limited to, Owner's construction forces, Architect, occupants of Project, testing agencies, and authorities having jurisdiction.
B. Sewer Service: Payment as per contact for sewer-service use charges for sewer usage by all entities for construction operations.
C. Water Service: Payment as per contact for water-service use charges for water used by all entities for construction operations.
D. Electric Power Service: Payment as per contact for electric-power-service use charges for electricity used by all entities for construction operations.
E. Water and Sewer Service from Existing System: Water from Owner's existing water system is available for use without metering and without payment of use charges. Provide connections and extensions of services as required for construction operations.
F. Electric Power Service from Existing System: Electric power from Owner's existing system is available for use without metering and without payment of use charges. Provide connections and extensions of services as required for construction operations.
G. Sewer, Water, and Electric Power Service: Use charges are specified in Section 011200 "Multiple Contract Summary." NEW CONVENIENCE ENTRY OF THE 01 50 00 - 1 QUACKENBUSH SQ UARE PARKING GARAGE TEMPORARY FACIL ITIES AND CONTROLS
1.4 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS
A. Site Utilization Plan: Show temporary facilities, temporary utility lines and connections, staging areas, construction site entrances, vehicle circulation, and parking areas for construction personnel.
B. Implementation and Termination Schedule: Within (15) days of date established for commencement of the Work, submit schedule indicating implementation and termination dates of each temporary utility.
C. Project Identification and Temporary Signs: Show fabrication and installation details, including plans, elevations, details, layouts, typestyles, graphic elements, and message content.
D. Fire-Safety Program: Show compliance with requirements of NFPA 241 and authorities having jurisdiction. Indicate Contractor personnel responsible for management of fire-prevention program.
E. Moisture- and Mold-Protection Plan: Describe procedures and controls for protecting materials and construction from water absorption and damage and mold.
F. Dust- and HVAC-Control Plan: Submit coordination drawing and narrative that indicates the dust- and HVAC-control measures proposed for use, proposed locations, and proposed time frame for their operation. Include the following:
1. Locations of dust-control partitions at each phase of work. 2. HVAC system isolation schematic drawing. 3. Location of proposed air-filtration system discharge. 4. Waste-handling procedures. 5. Other dust-control measures.
1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Electric Service: Comply with NECA, NEMA, and UL standards and regulations for temporary electric service. Install service to comply with NFPA 70.
B. Tests and Inspections: Arrange for authorities having jurisdiction to test and inspect each temporary utility before use. Obtain required certifications and permits.
C. Accessible Temporary Egress: Comply with applicable provisions in the United States Access Board's ADA-ABA Accessibility Guidelines and ICC/ANSI A117.1.
1.6 PROJECT CONDITIONS
A. Temporary Use of Permanent Facilities: Engage Installer of each permanent service to assume responsibility for operation, maintenance, and protection of each permanent service during its use as a construction facility before Owner's acceptance, regardless of previously assigned responsibilities.
NEW CONVENIENCE ENTRY OF THE 01 50 00 - 2 QUACKENBUSH SQ UARE PARKING GARAGE TEMPORARY FACIL ITIES AND CONTROLS
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 MATERIALS
A. Chain-Link Fencing: Minimum 2-inch (50-mm), 0.148-inch- (3.8-mm-) thick, galvanized-steel, chain-link fabric fencing; minimum 6 feet (1.8 m) high with galvanized-steel pipe posts; minimum 2-3/8-inch- (60-mm-) OD line posts and 2-7/8-inch- (73-mm-) OD corner and pull posts, with 1-5/8-inch- (42-mm-) OD top rails, with galvanized barbed-wire top strand.
B. Portable Chain-Link Fencing: Minimum 2-inch (50-mm), 0.148-inch- (3.8-mm-) thick, galvanized-steel, chain-link fabric fencing; minimum 6 feet (1.8 m) high with galvanized-steel pipe posts; minimum 2-3/8-inch- (60-mm-) OD line posts and 2-7/8-inch- (73-mm-) OD corner and pull posts, with 1-5/8-inch- (42-mm-) OD top and bottom rails. Provide galvanized-steel bases for supporting posts.
C. Fencing Windscreen Privacy Screen: Polyester fabric scrim with grommets for attachment to chain link fence, sized to height of fence, in color selected by Architect from manufacturer's standard colors.
D. Wood Enclosure Fence: Plywood, 6 feet (1.8 m) high, framed with four 2-by-4-inch (50-by- 100-mm) rails, with preservative-treated wood posts spaced not more than 8 feet (2.4 m) apart.
E. Polyethylene Sheet: Reinforced, fire-resistive sheet, 10-mil (0.25-mm) minimum thickness, with flame-spread rating of 15 or less per ASTM E 84 and passing NFPA 701 Test Method 2.
F. Dust-Control Adhesive-Surface Walk-Off Mats: Provide mats minimum 36 by 60 inches (914 by 1524 mm).
G. Insulation: Unfaced mineral-fiber blanket, manufactured from glass, slag wool, or rock wool; with maximum flame-spread and smoke-developed indexes of 25 and 50, respectively.
2.2 TEMPORARY FACILITIES
A. Field Offices, General: Prefabricated or mobile units with serviceable finishes, temperature controls, and foundations adequate for normal loading.
B. Field Offices, General: Owner will provide conditioned interior space for field offices [for duration of Project] [upon completion of demolition and enclosure].
C. Common-Use Field Office: Of sufficient size to accommodate needs of Owner, Architect, Construction Manager, and construction personnel office activities and to accommodate Project meetings specified in other Division 01 Sections. Keep office clean and orderly. Furnish and equip offices as follows:
1. Furniture required for Project-site documents including file cabinets, plan tables, plan racks, and bookcases. 2. Conference room of sufficient size to accommodate meetings of (10) individuals. Provide electrical power service and 120-V ac duplex receptacles, with no fewer than one
NEW CONVENIENCE ENTRY OF THE 01 50 00 - 3 QUACKENBUSH SQ UARE PARKING GARAGE TEMPORARY FACIL ITIES AND CONTROLS
receptacle on each wall. Furnish room with conference table, chairs, and 4-foot- (1.2-m-) square tack and marker boards. 3. Drinking water and private toilet. 4. Heating and cooling equipment necessary to maintain a uniform indoor temperature of 68 to 72 deg F (20 to 22 deg C). 5. Lighting fixtures capable of maintaining average illumination of 20 fc (215 lx) at desk height.
D. Storage and Fabrication Sheds: Provide sheds sized, furnished, and equipped to accommodate materials and equipment for construction operations.
1. Store combustible materials apart from building.
2.3 EQUIPMENT
A. Fire Extinguishers: Portable, UL rated; with class and extinguishing agent as required by locations and classes of fire exposures.
B. HVAC Equipment: Unless Owner authorizes use of permanent HVAC system, provide vented, self-contained, liquid-propane-gas or fuel-oil heaters with individual space thermostatic control.
1. Use of gasoline-burning space heaters, open-flame heaters, or salamander-type heating units is prohibited. 2. Heating Units: Listed and labeled for type of fuel being consumed, by a qualified testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, and marked for intended location and application. 3. Permanent HVAC System: If Owner authorizes use of permanent HVAC system for temporary use during construction, provide filter with MERV of (8) at each return-air grille in system and remove at end of construction and clean HVAC system as required in Section 017700 "Closeout Procedures."
C. Air-Filtration Units: Primary and secondary HEPA-filter-equipped portable units with four- stage filtration. Provide single switch for emergency shutoff. Configure to run continuously.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 TEMPORARY FACILITIES, GENERAL
A. Conservation: Coordinate construction and use of temporary facilities with consideration given to conservation of energy, water, and materials. Coordinate use of temporary utilities to minimize waste.
1. Salvage materials and equipment involved in performance of, but not actually incorporated into, the Work. See other Sections for disposition of salvaged materials that are designated as Owner's property.
NEW CONVENIENCE ENTRY OF THE 01 50 00 - 4 QUACKENBUSH SQ UARE PARKING GARAGE TEMPORARY FACIL ITIES AND CONTROLS
3.2 INSTALLATION, GENERAL
A. Locate facilities where they will serve Project adequately and result in minimum interference with performance of the Work. Relocate and modify facilities as required by progress of the Work.
1. Locate facilities to limit site disturbance as specified in Section 011000 "Summary."
B. Provide each facility ready for use when needed to avoid delay. Do not remove until facilities are no longer needed or are replaced by authorized use of completed permanent facilities.
3.3 TEMPORARY UTILITY INSTALLATION
A. General: Install temporary service or connect to existing service.
1. Arrange with utility company, Owner, and existing users for time when service can be interrupted, if necessary, to make connections for temporary services.
B. Sewers and Drainage: Provide temporary utilities to remove effluent lawfully.
C. Water Service: Install water service and distribution piping in sizes and pressures adequate for construction.
D. Water Service: Connect to Owner's existing water service facilities. Clean and maintain water service facilities in a condition acceptable to Owner. At Substantial Completion, restore these facilities to condition existing before initial use.
E. Sanitary Facilities: Provide temporary toilets, wash facilities, and drinking water for use of construction personnel. Comply with requirements of authorities having jurisdiction for type, number, location, operation, and maintenance of fixtures and facilities.
1. Toilets: Use of Owner's existing toilet facilities will be permitted, as long as facilities are cleaned and maintained in a condition acceptable to Owner. At Substantial Completion, restore these facilities to condition existing before initial use.
F. Temporary Heating and Cooling: Provide temporary heating and cooling required by construction activities for curing or drying of completed installations or for protecting installed construction from adverse effects of low temperatures or high humidity. Select equipment that will not have a harmful effect on completed installations or elements being installed.
1. Provide temporary dehumidification systems when required to reduce ambient and substrate moisture levels to level required to allow installation or application of finishes and their proper curing or drying.
G. Isolation of Work Areas in Occupied Facilities: Prevent dust, fumes, and odors from entering occupied areas.
1. Prior to commencing work, isolate the HVAC system in area where work is to be performed according to coordination drawings.
NEW CONVENIENCE ENTRY OF THE 01 50 00 - 5 QUACKENBUSH SQ UARE PARKING GARAGE TEMPORARY FACIL ITIES AND CONTROLS
a. Disconnect supply and return ductwork in work area from HVAC systems servicing occupied areas. b. Maintain negative air pressure within work area using HEPA-equipped air- filtration units, starting with commencement of temporary partition construction, and continuing until removal of temporary partitions is complete.
2. Maintain dust partitions during the Work. Use vacuum collection attachments on dust- producing equipment. Isolate limited work within occupied areas using portable dust- containment devices. 3. Perform daily construction cleanup and final cleanup using approved, HEPA-filter- equipped vacuum equipment.
H. Electric Power Service: Connect to Owner's existing electric power service. Maintain equipment in a condition acceptable to Owner.
I. Electric Power Service: Provide electric power service and distribution system of sufficient size, capacity, and power characteristics required for construction operations.
1. Install electric power service as indicated. 2. Connect temporary service to Owner's existing power source, as directed by Owner.
J. Lighting: Provide temporary lighting with local switching that provides adequate illumination for construction operations, observations, inspections, and traffic conditions.
1. Install and operate temporary lighting that fulfills security and protection requirements without operating entire system.
K. Telephone Service: Provide temporary telephone service in common-use facilities for use by all construction personnel, upon request of owner.
1. At each telephone, post a list of important telephone numbers.
a. Police and fire departments. b. Ambulance service. c. Contractor's home office. d. Contractor's emergency after-hours telephone number. e. Architect's office. f. Engineers' offices. g. Owner's office. h. Principal subcontractors' field and home offices.
L. Electronic Communication Service: Provide a desktop or laptop computer in the primary field office adequate for use by Architect and Owner to access Project electronic documents and maintain electronic communications throughout the course of the project, at any time. Equip computer with not less than the following:
1. Processor: Intel Core i5 or i7. 2. Memory: 4 gigabyte. 3. Disk Storage: 500 gigabyte hard-disk drive and combination DVD-RW/CD-RW drive. 4. Display: 24-inch (610-mm) LCD monitor with 256-Mb dedicated video RAM. 5. Full-size keyboard and mouse. NEW CONVENIENCE ENTRY OF THE 01 50 00 - 6 QUACKENBUSH SQ UARE PARKING GARAGE TEMPORARY FACIL ITIES AND CONTROLS
6. Network Connectivity: 10/100BaseT Ethernet. 7. Operating System: Microsoft Windows 7 or 10 Professional. 8. Productivity Software:
a. Microsoft Office Professional, 2010 or higher, including Word, Excel, and Outlook. b. Adobe Reader 11.0 or higher. c. WinZip 7.0 or higher. d. CAD File Viewer
9. Printer: "All-in-one" unit equipped with printer server, combining color printing, photocopying, and scanning, or separate units for each of these three functions. 10. Internet Service: Broadband modem, router and ISP, equipped with hardware firewall, providing minimum 1.0 Mbps upload and 15 Mbps download speeds at each computer. 11. Internet Security: Integrated software, providing software firewall, virus, spyware, phishing, and spam protection in a combined application. 12. Backup: External hard drive, minimum 1 terabyte, with automated backup software providing daily backups.
3.4 SUPPORT FACILITIES INSTALLATION
A. General: Comply with the following:
1. Provide construction for temporary offices, shops, and sheds located within construction area or within 30 feet (9 m) of building lines that is noncombustible according to ASTM E 136. Comply with NFPA 241. 2. Maintain support facilities until Architect schedules Substantial Completion inspection. Remove before Substantial Completion. Personnel remaining after Substantial Completion will be permitted to use permanent facilities, under conditions acceptable to Owner.
B. Temporary Roads and Paved Areas: Construct and maintain temporary roads and paved areas adequate for construction operations. Locate temporary roads and paved areas within construction limits and as indicated on Drawings.
1. Provide dust-control treatment that is nonpolluting and nontracking. Reapply treatment as required to minimize dust.
C. Temporary Use of Planned Permanent Roads and Paved Areas: Locate temporary roads and paved areas in same location as permanent roads and paved areas. Construct and maintain temporary roads and paved areas adequate for construction operations. Extend temporary roads and paved areas, within construction limits indicated, as necessary for construction operations.
1. Coordinate elevations of temporary roads and paved areas with permanent roads and paved areas. 2. Prepare subgrade and install subbase and base for temporary roads and paved areas according to Section 312000 "Earth Moving." 3. Recondition base after temporary use, including removing contaminated material, regrading, proof-rolling, compacting, and testing.
NEW CONVENIENCE ENTRY OF THE 01 50 00 - 7 QUACKENBUSH SQ UARE PARKING GARAGE TEMPORARY FACIL ITIES AND CONTROLS
4. Delay installation of final course of permanent hot-mix asphalt pavement until immediately before Substantial Completion. Repair hot-mix asphalt base-course pavement before installation of final course according to Section 321216 "Asphalt Paving." 5. Do not block main roads with construction vehicles and materials. 6. Provide and maintain access to fire hydrants, free of obstructions. 7. Provide means of removing mud from vehicle wheels before entering streets. 8. Existing on-site roads may be used for construction traffic.
D. Traffic Controls: Comply with requirements of authorities having jurisdiction.
1. Protect existing site improvements to remain including curbs, pavement, and utilities. 2. Maintain access for fire-fighting equipment and access to fire hydrants.
E. Parking: Provide temporary parking areas for construction personnel or use designated areas of Owner's existing upon authorization.
F. Dewatering Facilities and Drains: Comply with requirements of authorities having jurisdiction. Maintain Project site, excavations, and construction free of water.
1. Dispose of rainwater in a lawful manner that will not result in flooding Project or adjoining properties or endanger permanent Work or temporary facilities. 2. Remove snow and ice as required to minimize accumulations.
G. Project Signs: Provide Project signs as indicated. Unauthorized signs are not permitted.
1. Identification Signs: Provide Project identification signs as indicated on Drawings. 2. Temporary Signs: Provide other signs as indicated and as required to inform public and individuals seeking entrance to Project.
a. Provide temporary, directional signs for construction personnel and visitors.
3. Maintain and touch up signs so they are legible at all times.
H. Waste Disposal Facilities: Comply with requirements specified in Section 017419 "Construction Waste Management and Disposal."
I. Waste Disposal Facilities: Provide waste-collection containers in sizes adequate to handle waste from construction operations. Comply with requirements of authorities having jurisdiction. Comply with progress cleaning requirements in Section 017300 "Execution."
J. Lifts and Hoists: Provide facilities necessary for hoisting materials and personnel.
1. Truck cranes and similar devices used for hoisting materials are considered "tools and equipment" and not temporary facilities.
2. All cranes and hoists etc. must be designed, used, maintained according to the safety code.
K. Temporary Elevator Use: Use of elevators is not permitted.
NEW CONVENIENCE ENTRY OF THE 01 50 00 - 8 QUACKENBUSH SQ UARE PARKING GARAGE TEMPORARY FACIL ITIES AND CONTROLS
L. Existing Elevator Use: Use of Owner's existing elevators will be permitted, provided elevators are cleaned and maintained in a condition acceptable to Owner. At Substantial Completion, restore elevators to condition existing before initial use, including replacing worn cables, guide shoes, and similar items of limited life.
1. Do not load elevators beyond their rated weight capacity. 2. Provide protective coverings, barriers, devices, signs, or other procedures to protect elevator car and entrance doors and frame. If, despite such protection, elevators become damaged, engage elevator Installer to restore damaged work so no evidence remains of correction work. Return items that cannot be refinished in field to the shop, make required repairs and refinish entire unit, or provide new units as required.
M. Temporary Stairs: Until permanent stairs are available, provide temporary stairs where ladders are not adequate.
N. Existing Stair Usage: Use of Owner's existing stairs will be permitted, provided stairs are cleaned and maintained in a condition acceptable to Owner. At Substantial Completion, restore stairs to condition existing before initial use.
1. Provide protective coverings, barriers, devices, signs, or other procedures to protect stairs and to maintain means of egress. If stairs become damaged, restore damaged areas so no evidence remains of correction work.
O. Temporary Use of Permanent Stairs: Use of new stairs for construction traffic will be permitted, provided stairs are protected and finishes restored to new condition at time of Substantial Completion.
3.5 SECURITY AND PROTECTION FACILITIES INSTALLATION
A. Protection of Existing Facilities: Protect existing vegetation, equipment, structures, utilities, and other improvements at Project site and on adjacent properties, except those indicated to be removed or altered. Repair damage to existing facilities.
1. Where access to adjacent properties is required in order to affect protection of existing facilities, obtain written permission from adjacent property owner to access property for that purpose.
B. Environmental Protection: Provide protection, operate temporary facilities, and conduct construction as required to comply with environmental regulations and that minimize possible air, waterway, and subsoil contamination or pollution or other undesirable effects.
1. Comply with work restrictions specified in Section 011000 "Summary."
C. Temporary Erosion and Sedimentation Control: Comply with requirements of EPA Construction General Permit or authorities having jurisdiction, whichever is more stringent and requirements specified in Section 311000 "Site Clearing."
D. Temporary Erosion and Sedimentation Control: Provide measures to prevent soil erosion and discharge of soil-bearing water runoff and airborne dust to undisturbed areas and to adjacent
NEW CONVENIENCE ENTRY OF THE 01 50 00 - 9 QUACKENBUSH SQ UARE PARKING GARAGE TEMPORARY FACIL ITIES AND CONTROLS
properties and walkways according to requirements of EPA Construction General Permit or authorities having jurisdiction, whichever is more stringent.
1. Verify that flows of water redirected from construction areas or generated by construction activity do not enter or cross tree- or plant-protection zones. 2. Inspect, repair, and maintain erosion- and sedimentation-control measures during construction until permanent vegetation has been established. 3. Clean, repair, and restore adjoining properties and roads affected by erosion and sedimentation from Project site during the course of Project. 4. Remove erosion and sedimentation controls and restore and stabilize areas disturbed during removal.
E. Stormwater Control: Comply with requirements of authorities having jurisdiction. Provide barriers in and around excavations and subgrade construction to prevent flooding by runoff of stormwater from heavy rains.
F. Tree and Plant Protection: Comply with requirements specified in Section 015639 "Temporary Tree and Plant Protection." Work must be in strict adherence to the drawings and scope of work, contractor will be held liable for any damage to the property.
G. Tree and Plant Protection: Install temporary fencing located as indicated or outside the drip line of trees to protect vegetation from damage from construction operations. Protect tree root systems from damage, flooding, and erosion.
H. Pest Control: Engage pest-control service to recommend practices to minimize attraction and harboring of rodents, roaches, and other pests and to perform extermination and control procedures at regular intervals so Project will be free of pests and their residues at Substantial Completion. Perform control operations lawfully, using materials approved by authorities having jurisdiction.
I. Site Enclosure Fence: Before construction operations furnish and install site enclosure fence in a manner that will prevent people from easily entering site except by entrance gates.
1. Extent of Fence: As required to enclose entire Project site or portion determined sufficient to accommodate construction operations or as indicated on Drawings. 2. Maintain security by limiting number of keys and restricting distribution to authorized personnel. Furnish one set of keys to Owner.
J. Security Enclosure and Lockup: Install temporary enclosure around partially completed areas of construction. Provide lockable entrances to prevent unauthorized entrance, vandalism, theft, and similar violations of security. Lock entrances at end of each workday.
K. Barricades, Warning Signs, and Lights: Comply with requirements of authorities having jurisdiction for erecting structurally adequate barricades, including warning signs and lighting.
L. Temporary Egress: Maintain temporary egress from existing occupied facilities as indicated and as required by authorities having jurisdiction.
M. Covered Walkway: Erect protective, covered walkway for passage of individuals through or adjacent to Project site. Coordinate with entrance gates, other facilities, and obstructions.
NEW CONVENIENCE ENTRY OF THE 01 50 00 - 10 QUACKENBUSH SQ UARE PARKING GARAGE TEMPORARY FACIL ITIES AND CONTROLS
Comply with regulations of authorities having jurisdiction and requirements indicated on Drawings.
1. Provide overhead decking, protective enclosure walls, handrails, barricades, warning signs, exit signs, lights, safe and well-drained walkways, and similar provisions for protection and safe passage. 2. Paint and maintain appearance of walkway for duration of the Work.
N. Temporary Enclosures: Provide temporary enclosures for protection of construction, in progress and completed, from exposure, foul weather, other construction operations, and similar activities. Provide temporary weathertight enclosure for building exterior.
1. Where heating or cooling is needed and permanent enclosure is incomplete, insulate temporary enclosures.
O. Temporary Partitions: Provide floor-to-ceiling dustproof partitions to limit dust and dirt migration and to separate areas occupied by Owner and tenants from fumes and noise.
1. Construct dustproof partitions with gypsum wallboard with joints taped on occupied side, and fire-retardant-treated plywood on construction operations side. 2. Construct dustproof partitions with two layers of 6-mil (0.14-mm) polyethylene sheet on each side. Cover floor with two layers of 6-mil (0.14-mm) polyethylene sheet, extending sheets 18 inches (460 mm) up the sidewalls. Overlap and tape full length of joints. Cover floor with fire-retardant-treated plywood.
a. Construct vestibule and airlock at each entrance through temporary partition with not less than 48 inches (1219 mm) between doors. Maintain water-dampened foot mats in vestibule.
3. Where fire-resistance-rated temporary partitions are indicated or are required by authorities having jurisdiction, construct partitions according to the rated assemblies. 4. Insulate partitions to control noise transmission to occupied areas. 5. Seal joints and perimeter. Equip partitions with gasketed dustproof doors and security locks where openings are required. 6. Protect air-handling equipment. 7. Provide walk-off mats at each entrance through temporary partition.
P. Temporary Fire Protection: Install and maintain temporary fire-protection facilities of types needed to protect against reasonably predictable and controllable fire losses. Comply with NFPA 241; manage fire-prevention program.
1. Prohibit smoking in construction areas. Comply with additional limits on smoking specified in other Sections. 2. Supervise welding operations, combustion-type temporary heating units, and similar sources of fire ignition according to requirements of authorities having jurisdiction. 3. Develop and supervise an overall fire-prevention and -protection program for personnel at Project site. Review needs with local fire department and establish procedures to be followed. Instruct personnel in methods and procedures. Post warnings and information. 4. Provide temporary standpipes and hoses for fire protection. Hang hoses with a warning sign stating that hoses are for fire-protection purposes only and are not to be removed. Match hose size with outlet size and equip with suitable nozzles. NEW CONVENIENCE ENTRY OF THE 01 50 00 - 11 QUACKENBUSH SQ UARE PARKING GARAGE TEMPORARY FACIL ITIES AND CONTROLS
3.6 MOISTURE AND MOLD CONTROL
A. Contractor's Moisture-Protection Plan: Describe delivery, handling, storage, installation, and protection provisions for materials subject to water absorption or water damage.
1. Indicate procedures for discarding water-damaged materials, protocols for mitigating water intrusion into completed Work, and replacing water-damaged Work. 2. Indicate sequencing of work that requires water, such as sprayed fire-resistive materials, plastering, and terrazzo grinding, and describe plans for dealing with water from these operations. Show procedures for verifying that wet construction has dried sufficiently to permit installation of finish materials. 3. Indicate methods to be used to avoid trapping water in finished work.
B. Exposed Construction Period: Before installation of weather barriers, when materials are subject to wetting and exposure and to airborne mold spores, protect as follows:
1. Protect porous materials from water damage. 2. Protect stored and installed material from flowing or standing water. 3. Keep porous and organic materials from coming into prolonged contact with concrete. 4. Remove standing water from decks. 5. Keep deck openings covered or dammed.
C. Partially Enclosed Construction Period: After installation of weather barriers but before full enclosure and conditioning of building, when installed materials are still subject to infiltration of moisture and ambient mold spores, protect as follows:
1. Do not load or install drywall or other porous materials or components, or items with high organic content, into partially enclosed building. 2. Keep interior spaces reasonably clean and protected from water damage. 3. Periodically collect and remove waste containing cellulose or other organic matter. 4. Discard or replace water-damaged material. 5. Do not install material that is wet. 6. Discard and replace stored or installed material that begins to grow mold. 7. Perform work in a sequence that allows wet materials adequate time to dry before enclosing the material in gypsum board or other interior finishes.
D. Controlled Construction Period: After completing and sealing of the building enclosure but prior to the full operation of permanent HVAC systems, maintain as follows:
1. Control moisture and humidity inside building by maintaining effective dry-in conditions. 2. Use temporary or permanent HVAC system to control humidity within ranges specified for installed and stored materials. 3. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions for temperature, relative humidity, and exposure to water limits.
a. Hygroscopic materials that may support mold growth, including wood and gypsum-based products, that become wet during the course of construction and remain wet for 48 hours are considered defective and require replacing. b. Measure moisture content of materials that have been exposed to moisture during construction operations or after installation. Record readings beginning at time of
NEW CONVENIENCE ENTRY OF THE 01 50 00 - 12 QUACKENBUSH SQ UARE PARKING GARAGE TEMPORARY FACIL ITIES AND CONTROLS
exposure and continuing daily for 48 hours. Identify materials containing moisture levels higher than allowed. Report findings in writing to Architect. c. Remove and replace materials that cannot be completely restored to their manufactured moisture level within 48 hours. d. Removal and replacement of materials is required if Architect or Project Engineer deems the material to be defective
3.7 OPERATION, TERMINATION, AND REMOVAL
A. Supervision: Enforce strict discipline in use of temporary facilities. To minimize waste and abuse, limit availability of temporary facilities to essential and intended uses.
B. Maintenance: Maintain facilities in good operating condition until removal.
1. Maintain operation of temporary enclosures, heating, cooling, humidity control, ventilation, and similar facilities on a 24-hour basis where required to achieve indicated results and to avoid possibility of damage.
C. Temporary Facility Changeover: Do not change over from using temporary security and protection facilities to permanent facilities until Substantial Completion.
D. Termination and Removal: Remove each temporary facility when need for its service has ended, when it has been replaced by authorized use of a permanent facility, or no later than Substantial Completion. Complete or, if necessary, restore permanent construction that may have been delayed because of interference with temporary facility. Repair damaged Work, clean exposed surfaces, and replace construction that cannot be satisfactorily repaired.
1. Materials and facilities that constitute temporary facilities are property of Contractor. Owner reserves right to take possession of Project identification signs. 2. Remove temporary roads and paved areas not intended for or acceptable for integration into permanent construction. Where area is intended for landscape development, remove soil and aggregate fill that do not comply with requirements for fill or subsoil. Remove materials contaminated with road oil, asphalt and other petrochemical compounds, and other substances that might impair growth of plant materials or lawns. Repair or replace street paving, curbs, and sidewalks at temporary entrances, as required by authorities having jurisdiction. 3. At Substantial Completion, repair, renovate, and clean permanent facilities used during construction period. Comply with final cleaning requirements specified in Section 017700 "Closeout Procedures."
END OF SECTION 015000
NEW CONVENIENCE ENTRY OF THE 01 50 00 - 13 QUACKENBUSH SQ UARE PARKING GARAGE TEMPORARY FACIL ITIES AND CONTROLS
SECTION 01 60 00 – PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS
PART 1 - PART 1 GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS:
A. Drawings and Contract Documents, including General and Supplementary Conditions included in the contract and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to work of this section.
1.2 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Products.
B. Transportation and handling.
C. Storage and protection.
D. Product options.
E. Substitutions.
1.3 PRODUCTS
A. Do not use materials and equipment removed from existing premises, except as specifically permitted by the Contract Documents.
B. Provide interchangeable components of the same manufacture for components being replaced.
1.4 TRANSPORTATION AND HANDLING
A. Transport and handle Products in accordance with manufacturer's instructions.
B. Promptly inspect shipments to ensure that Products comply with requirements, quantities are correct, and Products are undamaged.
C. Provide equipment and personnel to handle Products by methods to prevent soiling, disfigurement, or damage.
1.5 STORAGE AND PROTECTION
A. Store and protect Products in accordance with manufacturers' instructions.
B. Store with seals and labels intact and legible.
C. Store sensitive Products in weather tight, climate controlled, enclosures in an environment favorable to Product. NEW CONVENIENCE ENTRY OF THE 01 60 00 - 1 QUACKENBUSH SQUARE PARKING GARAGE PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS
D. For exterior storage of fabricated Products, place on sloped supports above ground.
E. Provide off-site storage and protection when site does not permit on-site storage or protection.
F. Cover Products subject to deterioration with impervious sheet covering. Provide ventilation to prevent condensation and degradation of Products.
G. Store loose granular materials on solid flat surfaces in a well-drained area. Prevent mixing with foreign matter.
H. Provide equipment and personnel to store Products by methods to prevent soiling, disfigurement, or damage.
I. Arrange storage of Products to permit access for inspection. Periodically inspect to verify Products are undamaged and are maintained in acceptable condition.
1.6 PRODUCT OPTIONS
A. Products Specified by Reference Standards or by Description Only: Any Product meeting those standards or description.
B. Products Specified by Naming One or More Manufacturers: Products of manufacturers named and meeting specifications, no options or substitutions allowed.
C. Products Specified by Naming One or More Manufacturers with a Provision for Substitutions: Submit a request for substitution for any manufacturer not named in accordance with the following article.
1.7 SUBSTITUTIONS
A. Instructions to Bidders specify time restrictions for submitting requests for Substitutions during the bidding period to requirements specified in this section.
B. Substitutions may be considered when a Product becomes unavailable through no fault of the Contractor.
C. Document each request with complete data substantiating compliance of proposed Substitution with Contract Documents.
D. A request constitutes a representation that the Bidder. 1. Has investigated proposed Product and determined that it meets or exceeds the quality level of the specified Product. 2. Will provide the same warranty for the Substitution as for the specified Product. 3. Will coordinate installation and make changes to other Work which may be required for the Work to be complete with no additional cost to Owner. 4. Waives claims for additional costs or time extension which may subsequently become apparent. 5. Will reimburse Owner and Engineer for review or redesign services associated with re- approval by authorities. NEW CONVENIENCE ENTRY OF THE 01 60 00 - 2 QUACKENBUSH SQUARE PARKING GARAGE PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS
E. Substitutions will not be considered when they are indicated or implied on shop drawing or product data submittals, without separate written request, or when acceptance will require revision to the Contract Documents.
F. Substitution Submittal Procedure: 1. Submit three copies of request for Substitution for consideration. Limit each request to one proposed Substitution. 2. Submit shop drawings, product data, and certified test results attesting to the proposed Product equivalence. Burden of proof is on proposer. 3. The Engineer will notify Contractor in writing of decision to accept or reject request.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
Not Used.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
Not Used.
END OF SECTION
NEW CONVENIENCE ENTRY OF THE 01 60 00 - 3 QUACKENBUSH SQUARE PARKING GARAGE PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS
SECTION 017300 – EXECUTION
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. Section includes general administrative and procedural requirements governing execution of the Work including, but not limited to, the following:
1. Construction layout. 2. Field engineering and surveying. 3. Installation of the Work. 4. Cutting and patching. 5. Coordination of Owner-installed products. 6. Progress cleaning. 7. Starting and adjusting. 8. Protection of installed construction.
B. Related Requirements:
1. Section 011000 "Summary" for limits on use of Project site. 2. Section 013300 "Submittal Procedures" for submitting surveys. 3. Section 017700 "Closeout Procedures" for submitting final property survey with Project Record Documents, recording of Owner-accepted deviations from indicated lines and levels, replacing defective work, and final cleaning. 4. Section 024119 "Selective Demolition" for demolition and removal of selected portions of the building. 5. Section 078413 "Penetration Firestopping" for patching penetrations in fire-rated construction.
1.3 DEFINITIONS
A. Cutting: Removal of in-place construction necessary to permit installation or performance of subsequent work.
B. Patching: Fitting and repair work required to restore construction to original conditions after installation of subsequent work.
1.4 PREINSTALLATION MEETINGS
A. Cutting and Patching Conference: Conduct conference at Project site.
NEW CONVENIENCE ENTRY OF THE 01 73 00 - 1 QUACKENBUSH SQUARE PARKING GARAGE EXECUTION
1. Prior to commencing work requiring cutting and patching, review extent of cutting and patching anticipated and examine procedures for ensuring satisfactory result from cutting and patching work. Require representatives of each entity directly concerned with cutting and patching to attend, including the following:
a. Contractor's superintendent. b. Trade supervisor responsible for cutting operations. c. Trade supervisor(s) responsible for patching of each type of substrate. d. Mechanical, electrical, and utilities subcontractors' supervisors, to the extent each trade is affecting by cutting and patching operations.
2. Review areas of potential interference and conflict. Coordinate procedures and resolve potential conflicts before proceeding.
1.5 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS
A. Qualification Data: If the intended work of cutting and patching is not designed by the Project Engineer, provide qualification data for land surveyor and or professional engineer, dependent upon the scope of work.
B. Certificates: Submit certificate signed by land surveyor and or professional engineer certifying that location and elevation of improvements comply with requirements.
C. Cutting and Patching Plan: Consult with the engineer and if required by the Engineer, submit plan describing procedures at least 10 days prior to the time cutting and patching will be performed. Include the following information:
1. Extent: Describe reason for and extent of each occurrence of cutting and patching. 2. Changes to In-Place Construction: Describe anticipated results. Include changes to structural elements and operating components as well as changes in building appearance and other significant visual elements. 3. Products: List products to be used for patching and firms or entities that will perform patching work. 4. Dates: Indicate when cutting and patching will be performed. 5. Utilities and Mechanical and Electrical Systems: List services and systems that cutting and patching procedures will disturb or affect. List services and systems that will be relocated and those that will be temporarily out of service. Indicate length of time permanent services and systems will be disrupted.
a. Include description of provisions for temporary services and systems during interruption of permanent services and systems.
D. Landfill Receipts: Submit copy of receipts issued by a landfill facility, licensed to accept hazardous materials, for hazardous waste disposal.
E. Certified Surveys: Submit two copies signed by land surveyor and or professional engineer.
F. Final Property Survey: Submit 10 copies showing the Work performed and record survey data.
G. Submit written request in advance of cutting or any alteration which affects:
NEW CONVENIENCE ENTRY OF THE 01 73 00 - 2 QUACKENBUSH SQUARE PARKING GARAGE EXECUTION
1. Structural integrity of any element of Project. 2. Integrity of weather exposed or moisture resistant element. 3. Efficiency, maintenance or safety of any operation element. 4. Visual qualities of sight exposed elements. 5. Work of Owner or separate contractor.
H. Include in request:
1. Identification of Project. 2. Location and description of affected Work. 3. Necessity for cutting or alteration. 4. Description of proposed Work and Products to be used. 5. Alternatives to cutting and patching. 6. Effect on work of Owner or separate contractor. 7. Written permission of affected separate contractor. 8. Date and time work will be executed.
1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Land Surveyor Qualifications: A professional land surveyor who is legally qualified to practice in jurisdiction where Project is located and who is experienced in providing land-surveying services of the kind indicated.
B. Cutting and Patching: Comply with requirements for and limitations on cutting and patching of construction elements.
1. Structural Elements: When cutting and patching structural elements, notify Architect of locations and details of cutting and await directions from Architect before proceeding. Shore, brace, and support structural elements during cutting and patching. Do not cut and patch structural elements in a manner that could change their load-carrying capacity or increase deflection. 2. Operational Elements: Do not cut and patch operating elements and related components in a manner that results in reducing their capacity to perform as intended or that results in increased maintenance or decreased operational life or safety. Operational elements include the following:
a. Primary operational systems and equipment. b. Fire separation assemblies. c. Air or smoke barriers. d. Fire-suppression systems. e. Plumbing piping systems. f. Mechanical systems piping and ducts. g. Control systems. h. Communication systems. i. Fire-detection and -alarm systems. j. Conveying systems. k. Electrical wiring systems. NEW CONVENIENCE ENTRY OF THE 01 73 00 - 3 QUACKENBUSH SQUARE PARKING GARAGE EXECUTION
l. Operating systems of special construction.
3. Other Construction Elements: Do not cut and patch other construction elements or components in a manner that could change their load-carrying capacity, that results in reducing their capacity to perform as intended, or that results in increased maintenance or decreased operational life or safety. Other construction elements include but are not limited to the following:
a. Water, moisture, or vapor barriers. b. Membranes and flashings. c. Exterior curtain-wall construction. d. Sprayed fire-resistive material. e. Equipment supports. f. Piping, ductwork, vessels, and equipment. g. Noise- and vibration-control elements and systems.
4. Visual Elements: Do not cut and patch construction in a manner that results in visual evidence of cutting and patching. Do not cut and patch exposed construction in a manner that would, in Architect's opinion, reduce the building's aesthetic qualities. Remove and replace construction that has been cut and patched in a visually unsatisfactory manner.
C. Manufacturer's Installation Instructions: Obtain and maintain on-site manufacturer's written recommendations and instructions for installation of products and equipment.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 MATERIALS
A. General: Comply with requirements specified in other Sections.
1. For projects requiring compliance with sustainable design and construction practices and procedures, use products for patching that comply with sustainable design requirements.
B. In-Place Materials: Use materials for patching identical to in-place materials. For exposed surfaces, use materials that visually match in-place adjacent surfaces to the fullest extent possible.
1. If identical materials are unavailable or cannot be used, use materials that, when installed, will provide a match acceptable to Architect for the visual and functional performance of in-place materials.
NEW CONVENIENCE ENTRY OF THE 01 73 00 - 4 QUACKENBUSH SQUARE PARKING GARAGE EXECUTION
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Existing Conditions: The existence and location of underground and other utilities and construction indicated as existing are not guaranteed. Before beginning sitework, investigate and verify the existence and location of underground utilities, mechanical and electrical systems, and other construction affecting the Work.
1. Before construction, verify the location and invert elevation at points of connection of sanitary sewer, storm sewer, and water-service piping; underground electrical services; and other utilities. 2. Furnish location data for work related to Project that must be performed by public utilities serving Project site.
B. Examination and Acceptance of Conditions: Before proceeding with each component of the Work, examine substrates, areas, and conditions, with Installer or Applicator present where indicated, for compliance with requirements for installation tolerances and other conditions affecting performance. Record observations.
1. Examine roughing-in for mechanical and electrical systems to verify actual locations of connections before equipment and fixture installation. 2. Examine walls, floors, and roofs for suitable conditions where products and systems are to be installed. 3. Verify compatibility with and suitability of substrates, including compatibility with existing finishes or primers.
C. Written Report: Where a written report listing conditions detrimental to performance of the Work is required by other Sections, include the following:
1. Description of the Work. 2. List of detrimental conditions, including substrates. 3. List of unacceptable installation tolerances. 4. Recommended corrections.
D. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. Proceeding with the Work indicates acceptance of surfaces and conditions.
3.2 PREPARATION
A. Existing Utility Information: Furnish information to Owner that is necessary to adjust, move, or relocate existing utility structures, utility poles, lines, services, or other utility appurtenances located in or affected by construction. Coordinate with authorities having jurisdiction.
B. Field Measurements: Take field measurements as required to fit the Work properly. Recheck measurements before installing each product. Where portions of the Work are indicated to fit to other construction, verify dimensions of other construction by field measurements before fabrication. Coordinate fabrication schedule with construction progress to avoid delaying the Work.
NEW CONVENIENCE ENTRY OF THE 01 73 00 - 5 QUACKENBUSH SQUARE PARKING GARAGE EXECUTION
C. Space Requirements: Verify space requirements and dimensions of items shown diagrammatically on Drawings.
D. Review of Contract Documents and Field Conditions: Immediately on discovery of the need for clarification of the Contract Documents caused by differing field conditions outside the control of Contractor, submit a request for information to Architect according to requirements in Section 013100 "Project Management and Coordination."
3.3 CONSTRUCTION LAYOUT
A. Verification: Before proceeding to lay out the Work, verify layout information shown on Drawings, in relation to the property survey and existing benchmarks. If discrepancies are discovered, notify Architect and Construction Manager promptly.
B. General: Engage a professional engineer to lay out the Work using accepted surveying practices.
1. Establish benchmarks and control points to set lines and levels at each story of construction and elsewhere as needed to locate each element of Project. 2. Establish limits on use of Project site. 3. Establish dimensions within tolerances indicated. Do not scale Drawings to obtain required dimensions. 4. Inform installers of lines and levels to which they must comply. 5. Check the location, level and plumb, of every major element as the Work progresses. 6. Notify Architect and Construction Manager when deviations from required lines and levels exceed allowable tolerances. 7. Close site surveys with an error of closure equal to or less than the standard established by authorities having jurisdiction.
C. Site Improvements: Locate and lay out site improvements, including pavements, grading, fill and topsoil placement, utility slopes, and rim and invert elevations.
D. Building Lines and Levels: Locate and lay out control lines and levels for structures, building foundations, column grids, and floor levels, including those required for mechanical and electrical work. Transfer survey markings and elevations for use with control lines and levels. Level foundations and piers from two or more locations.
E. Record Log: Maintain a log of layout control work. Record deviations from required lines and levels. Include beginning and ending dates and times of surveys, weather conditions, name and duty of each survey party member, and types of instruments and tapes used. Make the log available for reference by Architect and Construction Manager.
3.4 FIELD ENGINEERING
A. Identification: Engage the owner in order to identify existing benchmarks, control points, and property corners.
NEW CONVENIENCE ENTRY OF THE 01 73 00 - 6 QUACKENBUSH SQUARE PARKING GARAGE EXECUTION
B. Reference Points: Locate existing permanent benchmarks, control points, and similar reference points before beginning the Work. Preserve and protect permanent benchmarks and control points during construction operations.
1. Do not change or relocate existing benchmarks or control points without prior written approval of Architect and Construction Manager. Report lost or destroyed permanent benchmarks or control points promptly. Report the need to relocate permanent benchmarks or control points to Architect and Construction Manager before proceeding. 2. Replace lost or destroyed permanent benchmarks and control points promptly. Base replacements on the original survey control points.
C. Benchmarks: Establish and maintain a minimum of (2) permanent benchmarks on Project site, referenced to data established by survey control points. Comply with authorities having jurisdiction for type and size of benchmark.
1. Record benchmark locations, with horizontal and vertical data, on Project Record Documents. 2. Where the actual location or elevation of layout points cannot be marked, provide temporary reference points sufficient to locate the Work. 3. Remove temporary reference points when no longer needed. Restore marked construction to its original condition.
D. Certified Survey: On completion of foundation walls, major site improvements, and other work requiring field-engineering services, prepare a certified survey showing dimensions, locations, angles, and elevations of construction and sitework.
E. Final Property Survey: Engage a land surveyor to prepare a final property survey showing significant features (real property) for Project. Include on the survey a certification, signed by land surveyor, that principal metes, bounds, lines, and levels of Project are accurately positioned as shown on the survey.
1. Show boundary lines, monuments, streets, site improvements and utilities, existing improvements and significant vegetation, adjoining properties, acreage, grade contours, and the distance and bearing from a site corner to a legal point. 2. Recording: At Substantial Completion, have the final property survey recorded by or with authorities having jurisdiction as the official "property survey."
3.5 INSTALLATION
A. General: Locate the Work and components of the Work accurately, in correct alignment and elevation, as indicated.
1. Make vertical work plumb and make horizontal work level. 2. Where space is limited, install components to maximize space available for maintenance and ease of removal for replacement. 3. Conceal pipes, ducts, and wiring in finished areas unless otherwise indicated. 4. Maintain minimum headroom clearance of [96 inches (2440 mm)] in occupied spaces and [90 inches (2300 mm)] in unoccupied spaces.
NEW CONVENIENCE ENTRY OF THE 01 73 00 - 7 QUACKENBUSH SQUARE PARKING GARAGE EXECUTION
B. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions and recommendations for installing products in applications indicated.
C. Install products at the time and under conditions that will ensure the best possible results. Maintain conditions required for product performance until Substantial Completion.
D. Conduct construction operations so no part of the Work is subjected to damaging operations or loading in excess of that expected during normal conditions of occupancy.
E. Sequence the Work and allow adequate clearances to accommodate movement of construction items on site and placement in permanent locations.
F. Tools and Equipment: Where possible, select tools or equipment that minimize production of excessive noise levels.
G. Templates: Obtain and distribute to the parties involved templates for work specified to be factory prepared and field installed. Check Shop Drawings of other portions of the Work to confirm that adequate provisions are made for locating and installing products to comply with indicated requirements.
H. Attachment: Provide blocking and attachment plates and anchors and fasteners of adequate size and number to securely anchor each component in place, accurately located and aligned with other portions of the Work. Where size and type of attachments are not indicated, verify size and type required for load conditions.
1. Mounting Heights: Where mounting heights are not indicated, mount components at heights directed by Architect. 2. Allow for building movement, including thermal expansion and contraction. 3. Coordinate installation of anchorages. Furnish setting drawings, templates, and directions for installing anchorages, including sleeves, concrete inserts, anchor bolts, and items with integral anchors, that are to be embedded in concrete or masonry. Deliver such items to Project site in time for installation.
I. Joints: Make joints of uniform width. Where joint locations in exposed work are not indicated, arrange joints for the best visual effect. Fit exposed connections together to form hairline joints.
J. Repair or remove and replace damaged, defective, or nonconforming Work.
1. Comply with Section 017700 "Closeout Procedures" for repairing or removing and replacing defective Work.
3.6 CUTTING AND PATCHING
A. Cutting and Patching, General: Employ skilled workers to perform cutting and patching. Proceed with cutting and patching at the earliest feasible time, and complete without delay.
1. Cut in-place construction to provide for installation of other components or performance of other construction, and subsequently patch as required to restore surfaces to their original condition.
NEW CONVENIENCE ENTRY OF THE 01 73 00 - 8 QUACKENBUSH SQUARE PARKING GARAGE EXECUTION
B. Existing Warranties: Remove, replace, patch, and repair materials and surfaces cut or damaged during installation or cutting and patching operations, by methods and with materials so as not to void existing warranties.
C. Temporary Support: Provide temporary support of work to be cut.
D. Protection: Protect in-place construction during cutting and patching to prevent damage. Provide protection from adverse weather conditions for portions of Project that might be exposed during cutting and patching operations.
E. Adjacent Occupied Areas: Where interference with use of adjoining areas or interruption of free passage to adjoining areas is unavoidable, coordinate cutting and patching according to requirements in Section 011000 "Summary."
F. Existing Utility Services and Mechanical/Electrical Systems: Where existing services/systems are required to be removed, relocated, or abandoned, bypass such services/systems before cutting to prevent interruption to occupied areas.
G. Cutting: Cut in-place construction by sawing, drilling, breaking, chipping, grinding, and similar operations, including excavation, using methods least likely to damage elements retained or adjoining construction. If possible, review proposed procedures with original Installer; comply with original Installer's written recommendations.
1. In general, use hand or small power tools designed for sawing and grinding, not hammering and chopping. Cut holes and slots neatly to minimum size required, and with minimum disturbance of adjacent surfaces. Temporarily cover openings when not in use. 2. Finished Surfaces: Cut or drill from the exposed or finished side into concealed surfaces. 3. Concrete and Masonry: Cut using a cutting machine, such as an abrasive saw or a diamond-core drill. 4. Excavating and Backfilling: Comply with requirements in applicable Sections where required by cutting and patching operations. 5. Mechanical and Electrical Services: Cut off pipe or conduit in walls or partitions to be removed. Cap, valve, or plug and seal remaining portion of pipe or conduit to prevent entrance of moisture or other foreign matter after cutting. 6. Proceed with patching after construction operations requiring cutting are complete.
H. Patching: Patch construction by filling, repairing, refinishing, closing up, and similar operations following performance of other work. Patch with durable seams that are as invisible as practicable. Provide materials and comply with installation requirements specified in other Sections, where applicable.
1. Inspection: Where feasible, test and inspect patched areas after completion to demonstrate physical integrity of installation. 2. Exposed Finishes: Restore exposed finishes of patched areas and extend finish restoration into retained adjoining construction in a manner that will minimize evidence of patching and refinishing.
a. Clean piping, conduit, and similar features before applying paint or other finishing materials. b. Restore damaged pipe covering to its original condition.
NEW CONVENIENCE ENTRY OF THE 01 73 00 - 9 QUACKENBUSH SQUARE PARKING GARAGE EXECUTION
3. Floors and Walls: Where walls or partitions that are removed extend one finished area into another, patch and repair floor and wall surfaces in the new space. Provide an even surface of uniform finish, color, texture, and appearance. Remove in-place floor and wall coverings and replace with new materials, if necessary, to achieve uniform color and appearance.
a. Where patching occurs in a painted surface, prepare substrate and apply primer and intermediate paint coats appropriate for substrate over the patch, and apply final paint coat over entire unbroken surface containing the patch. Provide additional coats until patch blends with adjacent surfaces.
4. Ceilings: Patch, repair, or rehang in-place ceilings as necessary to provide an even-plane surface of uniform appearance. 5. Exterior Building Enclosure: Patch components in a manner that restores enclosure to a weathertight condition and ensures thermal and moisture integrity of building enclosure. 6. Promptly repair damage to adjacent construction caused by selective demolition operations. 7. Repairs: Where repairs to existing surfaces are required, patch to produce surfaces suitable for new materials. 8. Execute patching to complement adjacent Work. 9. Fit Products together to integrate with other Work. 10. Execute work by methods to avoid damage to other Work, and which will provide appropriate surfaces to receive patching and finishing. 11. Employ original installer to perform patching for weather exposed and moisture resistant elements, and sight-exposed surfaces. 12. Restore work with new Products in accordance with requirements of Contract Documents. 13. Fit work air tight to pipes, sleeves, ducts, conduit, and other penetrations through surfaces. 14. At penetrations of fire rated walls, partitions, ceiling, or floor construction, completely seal voids with fire rated material, to full thickness of the penetrated element. 15. Refinish surfaces to match adjacent finish. For continuous surfaces, refinish to nearest intersection or natural break. For an assembly, refinish entire unit.
I. Cleaning: Clean areas and spaces where cutting and patching are performed. Remove paint, mortar, oils, putty, and similar materials from adjacent finished surfaces.
3.7 OWNER-INSTALLED PRODUCTS
A. Site Access: Provide access to Project site for Owner's construction personnel.
B. Coordination: Coordinate construction and operations of the Work with work performed by Owner's construction personnel.
1. Construction Schedule: Inform Owner of Contractor's preferred construction schedule for Owner's portion of the Work. Adjust construction schedule based on a mutually agreeable timetable. Notify Owner if changes to schedule are required due to differences in actual construction progress. 2. Preinstallation Conferences: Include Owner's construction personnel at preinstallation conferences covering portions of the Work that are to receive Owner's work. Attend NEW CONVENIENCE ENTRY OF THE 01 73 00 - 10 QUACKENBUSH SQUARE PARKING GARAGE EXECUTION
preinstallation conferences conducted by Owner's construction personnel if portions of the Work depend on Owner's construction.
3.8 PROGRESS CLEANING
A. General: Clean Project site and work areas daily, including common areas. Enforce requirements strictly. Dispose of materials lawfully.
1. Comply with requirements in NFPA 241 for removal of combustible waste materials and debris. 2. Do not hold waste materials more than seven days during normal weather or three days if the temperature is expected to rise above 80 deg F (27 deg C). 3. Containerize hazardous and unsanitary waste materials separately from other waste. Mark containers appropriately and dispose of legally, according to regulations.
a. Use containers intended for holding waste materials of type to be stored. 4. Maintain areas free of waste materials, debris, and rubbish. Maintain site in a clean and orderly condition. 5. Remove debris and rubbish remote spaces, prior to enclosing the space. 6. Broom and vacuum clean interior areas prior to start of surface finishing, and continue cleaning to eliminate dust. 7. Collect and remove waste materials, debris, and rubbish from site periodically [daily] and dispose off-site. 8. Open free-fall chutes are not permitted. Terminate closed chutes into appropriate containers with lids.
9. Coordinate progress cleaning for joint-use areas where Contractor and other contractors are working concurrently.
B. Site: Maintain Project site free of waste materials and debris.
C. Work Areas: Clean areas where work is in progress to the level of cleanliness necessary for proper execution of the Work.
1. Remove liquid spills promptly. 2. Where dust would impair proper execution of the Work, broom-clean or vacuum the entire work area, as appropriate.
D. Installed Work: Keep installed work clean. Clean installed surfaces according to written instructions of manufacturer or fabricator of product installed, using only cleaning materials specifically recommended. If specific cleaning materials are not recommended, use cleaning materials that are not hazardous to health or property and that will not damage exposed surfaces.
E. Concealed Spaces: Remove debris from concealed spaces before enclosing the space.
F. Exposed Surfaces in Finished Areas: Clean exposed surfaces and protect as necessary to ensure freedom from damage and deterioration at time of Substantial Completion.
G. Waste Disposal: Do not bury or burn waste materials on-site. Do not wash waste materials down sewers or into waterways. Comply with waste disposal requirements in Section 015000
NEW CONVENIENCE ENTRY OF THE 01 73 00 - 11 QUACKENBUSH SQUARE PARKING GARAGE EXECUTION
"Temporary Facilities and Controls." Section 017419 "Construction Waste Management and Disposal."
H. During handling and installation, clean and protect construction in progress and adjoining materials already in place. Apply protective covering where required to ensure protection from damage or deterioration at Substantial Completion.
I. Clean and provide maintenance on completed construction as frequently as necessary through the remainder of the construction period. Adjust and lubricate operable components to ensure operability without damaging effects.
J. Limiting Exposures: Supervise construction operations to ensure that no part of the construction, completed or in progress, is subject to harmful, dangerous, damaging, or otherwise deleterious exposure during the construction period.
3.9 STARTING AND ADJUSTING
A. Coordinate startup and adjusting of equipment and operating components with requirements in Section 019113 "General Commissioning Requirements."
B. Start equipment and operating components to confirm proper operation. Remove malfunctioning units, replace with new units, and retest.
C. Adjust equipment for proper operation. Adjust operating components for proper operation without binding.
D. Test each piece of equipment to verify proper operation. Test and adjust controls and safeties. Replace damaged and malfunctioning controls and equipment.
E. Manufacturer's Field Service: Comply with qualification requirements in Section 014000 "Quality Requirements."
3.10 PROTECTION OF INSTALLED CONSTRUCTION
A. Provide final protection and maintain conditions that ensure installed Work is without damage or deterioration at time of Substantial Completion.
B. Protection of Existing Items: Provide protection and ensure that existing items to remain undisturbed by construction are maintained in condition that existed at commencement of the Work.
C. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions for temperature and relative humidity.
END OF SECTION 017300
NEW CONVENIENCE ENTRY OF THE 01 73 00 - 12 QUACKENBUSH SQUARE PARKING GARAGE EXECUTION
SECTION 01 73 29 - CUTTING AND PATCHING
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS:
A. Drawings and Contract Documents, including General and Supplementary Conditions included in the contract and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to work of this section.
B. Individual Product Specification Sections: 1. Cutting and patching incidental to work of the section. 2. Advance notification to other sections of openings required in work of those sections. 3. Limitations on cutting structural members.
1.2 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Requirements and limitations for cutting and patching of Work.
1.3 SUBMITTALS
A. Submit written request in advance of cutting or alteration which affects: 1. Structural integrity of any element of Project. 2. Integrity of weather exposed or moisture resistant element. 3. Efficiency, maintenance or safety of any operation element. 4. Visual qualities of sight exposed elements. 5. Work of Owner or separate contractor.
B. Include in request: 1. Identification of Project. 2. Location and description of affected Work. 3. Necessity for cutting or alteration. 4. Description of proposed Work and Products to be used. 5. Alternatives to cutting and patching. 6. Effect on work of Owner or separate contractor. 7. Written permission of affected separate contractor. 8. Date and time work will be executed.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 MATERIALS
A. Primary Products: Those required for original installation.
B. Product substitution: For any proposed change in materials, submit request for substitution described in Section 01 60 00. NEW CONVENIENCE ENTRY OF T HE 01 73 29 - 1 QUACKENBUSH SQ UARE PARKING GARAGE CUTTING AND PATCHING
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Examine existing conditions prior to commencing Work, including elements subject to damage or movement during cutting and patching.
B. After uncovering existing Work, assess conditions affecting performance of work.
C. Beginning of cutting or patching means acceptance of existing conditions.
3.2 PREPARATION
A. Provide temporary supports to ensure structural integrity of the Work. Provide devices and methods to protect other portions of Project from damage.
B. Provide protection from elements for areas which may be exposed by uncovering work.
C. Maintain excavations free of water.
3.3 CUTTING
A. Execute cutting and fitting including excavation and fill to complete the Work.
B. Uncover work to install improperly sequenced work.
C. Remove and replace defective or non-conforming work.
D. Remove samples of installed work for testing.
E. Provide openings in the Work for penetration of mechanical and electrical work.
F. Employ skilled and experienced installer to perform cutting for weather exposed and moisture resistant elements, and sight exposed surfaces.
G. Cut rigid materials using masonry saw or core drill. Pneumatic tools not allowed without prior approval.
3.4 PATCHING
A. Execute patching to complement adjacent Work.
B. Fit Products together to integrate with other Work.
C. Execute work by methods to avoid damage to other Work, and which will provide appropriate surfaces to receive patching and finishing.
NEW CONVENIENCE ENTRY OF T HE 01 73 29 - 2 QUACKENBUSH SQ UARE PARKING GARAGE CUTTING AND PATCHING
D. Employ original installer to perform patching for weather exposed and moisture resistant elements, and sight-exposed surfaces.
E. Restore work with new Products in accordance with requirements of Contract Documents.
F. Fit work air tight to pipes, sleeves, ducts, conduit, and other penetrations through surfaces.
G. At penetrations of fire rated walls, partitions, ceiling, or floor construction, completely seal voids with fire rated material, to full thickness of the penetrated element.
H. Refinish surfaces to match adjacent finish. For continuous surfaces, refinish to nearest intersection or natural break. For an assembly, refinish entire unit.
END OF SECTION
NEW CONVENIENCE ENTRY OF T HE 01 73 29 - 3 QUACKENBUSH SQ UARE PARKING GARAGE CUTTING AND PATCHING
SECTION 01 74 19 - CONSTRUCTION WASTE MANAGEMENT AND DISPOSAL
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for the following:
1. Salvaging nonhazardous demolition and construction waste. 2. Recycling nonhazardous demolition and construction waste. 3. Disposing of nonhazardous demolition and construction waste.
B. Related Requirements:
1. Section 011200 "Multiple Contract Summary" for coordination of responsibilities for waste management. 2. Section 042000 "Unit Masonry" for disposal requirements for masonry waste. 3. Section 044313.13 "Anchored Stone Masonry Veneer" for disposal requirements for excess stone and stone waste. 4. Section 044313.16 "Adhered Stone Masonry Veneer" for disposal requirements for excess stone and stone waste. 5. Section 311000 "Site Clearing" for disposition of waste resulting from site clearing and removal of above- and below-grade improvements.
1.3 DEFINITIONS
A. Construction Waste: Building, structure, and site improvement materials and other solid waste resulting from construction, remodeling, renovation, or repair operations. Construction waste includes packaging.
B. Demolition Waste: Building, structure, and site improvement materials resulting from demolition operations.
C. Disposal: Removal of demolition or construction waste and subsequent salvage, sale, recycling, or deposit in landfill, incinerator acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, or designated spoil areas on Owner’s property.
D. Recycle: Recovery of demolition or construction waste for subsequent processing in preparation for reuse.
NEW CONVENIENCE ENTRY OF THE 01 74 19 - 1 QUACKENBUSH SQUARE PARKING GARAGE CONSTRUCTION WASTE MANAGEMENT AND DISPOSAL
E. Salvage: Recovery of demolition or construction waste and subsequent sale or reuse in another facility.
F. Salvage and Reuse: Recovery of demolition or construction waste and subsequent incorporation into the Work.
1.4 MATERIALS OWNERSHIP
A. Unless otherwise indicated, demolition and construction waste becomes property of Contractor.
B. Items of interest or value to Owner that may be uncovered during demolition remain the property of Owner.
1. Carefully salvage in a manner to prevent damage and promptly return to Owner.
1.5 ACTION SUBMITTALS
A. Waste Management Plan: Submit plan within 7 days of date established for commencement of the Work.
1.6 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS
1.7 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Regulatory Requirements: Comply with transportation and disposal regulations of authorities having jurisdiction.
B. Waste Management Conference(s): Conduct conference(s) at Project site to comply with requirements in Section 013100 "Project Management and Coordination." Review methods and procedures related to waste management including, but not limited to, the following:
1. Review and discuss waste management plan including responsibilities of each contractor and waste management coordinator. 2. Review requirements for documenting quantities of each type of waste and its disposition. 3. Review and finalize procedures for materials separation and verify availability of containers and bins needed to avoid delays. 4. Review procedures for periodic waste collection and transportation to recycling and disposal facilities. 5. Review waste management requirements for each trade.
NEW CONVENIENCE ENTRY OF THE 01 74 19 - 2 QUACKENBUSH SQUARE PARKING GARAGE CONSTRUCTION WASTE MANAGEMENT AND DISPOSAL
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS
A. General: Practice efficient waste management in the use of materials in the course of the Work. Use all reasonable means to divert construction and demolition waste from landfills and incinerators.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 PLAN IMPLEMENTATION
A. General: Implement approved waste management plan. Provide handling, containers, storage, signage, transportation, and other items as required to implement waste management plan during the entire duration of the Contract.
1. Comply with operation, termination, and removal requirements in Section 015000 "Temporary Facilities and Controls."
B. Waste Management Coordinator: Engage a waste management coordinator to be responsible for implementing, monitoring, and reporting status of waste management work plan.
C. Training: Train workers, subcontractors, and suppliers on proper waste management procedures, as appropriate for the Work.
1. Distribute waste management plan to everyone concerned within three days of submittal return. 2. Distribute waste management plan to entities when they first begin work on-site. Review plan procedures and locations established for salvage, recycling, and disposal.
D. Site Access and Temporary Controls: Conduct waste management operations to ensure minimum interference with roads, streets, walks, walkways, and other adjacent occupied and used facilities.
1. Designate and label specific areas on Project site necessary for separating materials that are to be salvaged and recycled. 2. Comply with Section 015000 "Temporary Facilities and Controls" for controlling dust and dirt, environmental protection, and noise control.
3.2 SALVAGING DEMOLITION WASTE
A. Comply with requirements in Section 024116 "Structure Demolition" Section 024119 "Selective Demolition" Section 024296 "Historic Removal and Dismantling for salvaging demolition waste.
B. Salvaged Items for Owner's Use: Salvage items for Owner's use and handle as follows:
NEW CONVENIENCE ENTRY OF THE 01 74 19 - 3 QUACKENBUSH SQUARE PARKING GARAGE CONSTRUCTION WASTE MANAGEMENT AND DISPOSAL
1. Clean salvaged items. 2. Pack or crate items after cleaning. Identify contents of containers with label indicating elements, date of removal, quantity, and location where removed. 3. Store items in a secure area until delivery to Owner. 4. Transport items to Owner's storage area designated by Owner. 5. Protect items from damage during transport and storage.
C. Doors and Hardware: Brace open end of door frames. Except for removing door closers, leave door hardware attached to doors.
D. Equipment: Drain tanks, piping, and fixtures. Seal openings with caps or plugs. Protect equipment from exposure to weather.
E. Plumbing Fixtures: Separate by type and size.
F. Lighting Fixtures: Separate lamps by type and protect from breakage.
G. Electrical Devices: Separate switches, receptacles, switchgear, transformers, meters, panelboards, circuit breakers, and other devices by type.
3.3 RECYCLING DEMOLITION AND CONSTRUCTION WASTE, GENERAL
A. General: Recycle paper and beverage containers used by on-site workers.
B. Preparation of Waste: Prepare and maintain recyclable waste materials according to recycling or reuse facility requirements. Maintain materials free of dirt, adhesives, solvents, petroleum contamination, and other substances deleterious to the recycling process.
C. Procedures: Separate recyclable waste from other waste materials, trash, and debris. Separate recyclable waste by type at Project site to the maximum extent practical according to approved construction waste management plan.
D. Remove recyclable waste from Owner's property and transport to recycling receiver or processor as often as required to prevent overfilling bins.
3.4 DISPOSAL OF WASTE
A. General: Except for items or materials to be salvaged or recycled, remove waste materials from Project site and legally dispose of them in a landfill or incinerator acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction.
1. Except as otherwise specified, do not allow waste materials that are to be disposed of accumulate on-site. 2. Remove and transport debris in a manner that will prevent spillage on adjacent surfaces and areas.
B. General: Except for items or materials to be salvaged or recycled, remove waste materials and legally dispose of at designated spoil areas on Owner’s property.
NEW CONVENIENCE ENTRY OF THE 01 74 19 - 4 QUACKENBUSH SQUARE PARKING GARAGE CONSTRUCTION WASTE MANAGEMENT AND DISPOSAL
C. Burning: Do not burn waste materials.
D. Burning: Burning of waste materials is permitted only at designated areas on Owner's property, provided required permits are obtained. Provide full-time monitoring for burning materials until fires are extinguished.
3.5 ATTACHMENTS
END OF SECTION 017419
NEW CONVENIENCE ENTRY OF THE 01 74 19 - 5 QUACKENBUSH SQUARE PARKING GARAGE CONSTRUCTION WASTE MANAGEMENT AND DISPOSAL
SECTION 01 77 00 - CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for contract closeout, including, but not limited to, the following:
1. Substantial Completion procedures. 2. Final completion procedures. 3. Warranties. 4. Final cleaning. 5. Repair of the Work.
B. Related Requirements:
1. Section 013233 "Photographic Documentation" for submitting final completion construction photographic documentation. 2. Section 017823 "Operation and Maintenance Data" for additional operation and maintenance manual requirements. 3. Section 017839 "Project Record Documents" for submitting Record Drawings, Record Specifications, and Record Product Data. 4. Section 017900 "Demonstration and Training" for requirements to train the Owner's maintenance personnel to adjust, operate, and maintain products, equipment, and systems.
1.3 ACTION SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: For each type of cleaning agent.
B. Contractor's List of Incomplete Items: Initial submittal at Substantial Completion.
C. Certified List of Incomplete Items: Final submittal at final completion.
1.4 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS
A. Certificates of Release: From authorities having jurisdiction.
B. Certificate of Insurance: For continuing coverage.
C. Field Report: For pest control inspection. NEW CONVENIENCE ENTRY OF THE 01 77 00 - 1 QUACKENBUSH S QUARE PARKING GARAGE CLOSEOUT PROCEDURE S
1.5 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS
A. Schedule of Maintenance Material Items: For maintenance material submittal items specified in other Sections.
1.6 SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION PROCEDURES
A. Contractor's List of Incomplete Items: Prepare and submit a list of items to be completed and corrected (Contractor's punch list), indicating the value of each item on the list and reasons why the Work is incomplete.
B. Submittals Prior to Substantial Completion: Complete the following a minimum of 30 days prior to requesting inspection for determining date of Substantial Completion. List items below that are incomplete at time of request.
1. Certificates of Release: Obtain and submit releases from authorities having jurisdiction permitting Owner unrestricted use of the Work and access to services and utilities. Include occupancy permits, operating certificates, and similar releases. 2. Submit closeout submittals specified in other Division 01 Sections, including project record documents, operation and maintenance manuals, damage or settlement surveys, property surveys, and similar final record information. 3. Submit closeout submittals specified in individual Sections, including specific warranties, workmanship bonds, maintenance service agreements, final certifications, and similar documents. 4. Submit maintenance material submittals specified in individual Sections, including tools, spare parts, extra materials, and similar items, and deliver to location designated by Architect. Label with manufacturer's name and model number.
a. Schedule of Maintenance Material Items: Prepare and submit schedule of maintenance material submittal items, including name and quantity of each item and name and number of related Specification Section. Obtain Architect's or Owner's signature for receipt of submittals.
5. Submit testing, adjusting, and balancing records. 6. Submit sustainable design submittals not previously submitted. 7. Submit changeover information related to Owner's occupancy, use, operation, and maintenance.
C. Procedures Prior to Substantial Completion: Complete the following a minimum of 20 days prior to requesting inspection for determining date of Substantial Completion. List items below that are incomplete at time of request.
1. Advise Owner of pending insurance changeover requirements. 2. Make final changeover of permanent locks and deliver keys to Owner. Advise Owner's personnel of changeover in security provisions. 3. Complete startup and testing of systems and equipment. 4. Perform preventive maintenance on equipment used prior to Substantial Completion. 5. Instruct Owner's personnel in operation, adjustment, and maintenance of products, equipment, and systems. Submit demonstration and training video recordings specified in Section 017900 "Demonstration and Training."
NEW CONVENIENCE ENTRY OF THE 01 77 00 - 2 QUACKENBUSH S QUARE PARKING GARAGE CLOSEOUT PROCEDURE S
6. Advise Owner of changeover in utility services. 7. Participate with Owner in conducting inspection and walkthrough with local emergency responders. 8. Terminate and remove temporary facilities from Project site, along with mockups, construction tools, and similar elements. 9. Complete final cleaning requirements. 10. Touch up paint and otherwise repair and restore marred exposed finishes to eliminate visual defects.
D. Inspection: Submit a written request for inspection to determine Substantial Completion a minimum of 20 days prior to date the Work will be completed and ready for final inspection and tests. On receipt of request, Architect will either proceed with inspection or notify Contractor of unfulfilled requirements. Architect will prepare the Certificate of Substantial Completion after inspection or will notify Contractor of items, either on Contractor's list or additional items identified by Architect, that must be completed or corrected before certificate will be issued.
1. Request reinspection when the Work identified in previous inspections as incomplete is completed or corrected. 2. Results of completed inspection will form the basis of requirements for final completion.
1.7 FINAL COMPLETION PROCEDURES
A. Submittals Prior to Final Completion: Before requesting final inspection for determining final completion, complete the following:
1. Submit a final Application for Payment according to Section 012900 "Payment Procedures." 2. Certified List of Incomplete Items: Submit certified copy of Architect's Substantial Completion inspection list of items to be completed or corrected (punch list), endorsed and dated by Architect. Certified copy of the list shall state that each item has been completed or otherwise resolved for acceptance. 3. Certificate of Insurance: Submit evidence of final, continuing insurance coverage complying with insurance requirements. 4. Submit pest-control final inspection report. 5. Submit final completion photographic documentation.
B. Inspection: Submit a written request for final inspection to determine acceptance a minimum of 10 days prior to date the work will be completed and ready for final inspection and tests. On receipt of request, Architect will either proceed with inspection or notify Contractor of unfulfilled requirements. Architect will prepare a final Certificate for Payment after inspection or will notify Contractor of construction that must be completed or corrected before certificate will be issued.
1. Request reinspection when the Work identified in previous inspections as incomplete is completed or corrected.
NEW CONVENIENCE ENTRY OF THE 01 77 00 - 3 QUACKENBUSH S QUARE PARKING GARAGE CLOSEOUT PROCEDURE S
1.8 LIST OF INCOMPLETE ITEMS (PUNCH LIST)
A. Organization of List: Include name and identification of each space and area affected by construction operations for incomplete items and items needing correction including, if necessary, areas disturbed by Contractor that are outside the limits of construction.
1. Organize list of spaces in sequential order, starting with exterior areas first and proceeding from lowest floor to highest floor. 2. Organize items applying to each space by major element, including categories for ceiling, individual walls, floors, equipment, and building systems. 3. Include the following information at the top of each page:
a. Project name. b. Date. c. Name of Architect d. Name of Contractor. e. Page number.
4. Submit list of incomplete items in the following format:
a. PDF electronic file. Architect will return annotated file.
1.9 SUBMITTAL OF PROJECT WARRANTIES
A. Time of Submittal: Submit written warranties on request of Architect for designated portions of the Work where warranties are indicated to commence on dates other than date of Substantial Completion, or when delay in submittal of warranties might limit Owner's rights under warranty.
B. Partial Occupancy: Submit properly executed warranties within 15 days of completion of designated portions of the Work that are completed and occupied or used by Owner during construction period by separate agreement with Contractor.
C. Organize warranty documents into an orderly sequence based on the table of contents of Project Manual.
D. Warranty Electronic File: Provide warranties and bonds in PDF format. Assemble complete warranty and bond submittal package into a single electronic PDF file with bookmarks enabling navigation to each item. Provide bookmarked table of contents at beginning of document.
1. Submit on digital media acceptable to Architect or by email to Architect.
E. Warranties in Paper Form:
1. Bind warranties and bonds in heavy-duty, three-ring, vinyl-covered, loose-leaf binders, thickness as necessary to accommodate contents, and sized to receive 8-1/2-by-11-inch (215-by-280-mm) paper. 2. Provide heavy paper dividers with plastic-covered tabs for each separate warranty. Mark tab to identify the product or installation. Provide a typed description of the product or
NEW CONVENIENCE ENTRY OF THE 01 77 00 - 4 QUACKENBUSH S QUARE PARKING GARAGE CLOSEOUT PROCEDURE S
installation, including the name of the product and the name, address, and telephone number of Installer. 3. Identify each binder on the front and spine with the typed or printed title "WARRANTIES," Project name, and name of Contractor.
F. Provide additional copies of each warranty to include in operation and maintenance manuals.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 MATERIALS
A. Cleaning Agents: Use cleaning materials and agents recommended by manufacturer or fabricator of the surface to be cleaned. Do not use cleaning agents that are potentially hazardous to health or property or that might damage finished surfaces.
1. Use cleaning products that comply with Green Seal's GS-37, or if GS-37 is not applicable, use products that comply with the California Code of Regulations maximum allowable VOC levels.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 FINAL CLEANING
A. General: Perform final cleaning. Conduct cleaning and waste-removal operations to comply with local laws and ordinances and Federal and local environmental and antipollution regulations.
B. Cleaning: Employ experienced workers or professional cleaners for final cleaning. Clean each surface or unit to condition expected in an average commercial building cleaning and maintenance program. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions.
1. Complete the following cleaning operations before requesting inspection for certification of Substantial Completion for entire Project or for a designated portion of Project:
a. Clean Project site, yard, and grounds, in areas disturbed by construction activities, including landscape development areas, of rubbish, waste material, litter, and other foreign substances. b. Sweep paved areas broom clean. Remove petrochemical spills, stains, and other foreign deposits. c. Rake grounds that are not planted, mulched, or paved to a smooth, even-textured surface. d. Remove tools, construction equipment, machinery, and surplus material from Project site. e. Remove snow and ice to provide safe access to building. f. Clean exposed exterior and interior hard-surfaced finishes to a dirt-free condition, free of stains, films, and similar foreign substances. Avoid disturbing natural
NEW CONVENIENCE ENTRY OF THE 01 77 00 - 5 QUACKENBUSH S QUARE PARKING GARAGE CLOSEOUT PROCEDURE S
weathering of exterior surfaces. Restore reflective surfaces to their original condition. g. Remove debris and surface dust from limited access spaces, including roofs, plenums, shafts, trenches, equipment vaults, manholes, attics, and similar spaces. h. Sweep concrete floors broom clean in unoccupied spaces. i. Vacuum carpet and similar soft surfaces, removing debris and excess nap; clean according to manufacturer's recommendations if visible soil or stains remain. j. Clean transparent materials, including mirrors and glass in doors and windows. Remove glazing compounds and other noticeable, vision-obscuring materials. Polish mirrors and glass, taking care not to scratch surfaces. k. Remove labels that are not permanent. l. Wipe surfaces of mechanical and electrical equipment, elevator equipment, and similar equipment. Remove excess lubrication, paint and mortar droppings, and other foreign substances. m. Clean plumbing fixtures to a sanitary condition, free of stains, including stains resulting from water exposure. n. Replace disposable air filters and clean permanent air filters. Clean exposed surfaces of diffusers, registers, and grills. o. Clean ducts, blowers, and coils if units were operated without filters during construction or that display contamination with particulate matter on inspection.
1) Clean HVAC system in compliance with NADCA ACR. Provide written report on completion of cleaning.
p. Clean luminaires, lamps, globes, and reflectors to function with full efficiency. q. Leave Project clean and ready for occupancy.
C. Pest Control: Comply with pest control requirements in Section 015000 "Temporary Facilities and Controls." Prepare written report.
D. Construction Waste Disposal: Comply with waste disposal requirements in Section 015000 "Temporary Facilities and Controls." Section 017419 "Construction Waste Management and Disposal."
3.2 REPAIR OF THE WORK
A. Complete repair and restoration operations before requesting inspection for determination of Substantial Completion.
B. Repair, or remove and replace, defective construction. Repairing includes replacing defective parts, refinishing damaged surfaces, touching up with matching materials, and properly adjusting operating equipment. Where damaged or worn items cannot be repaired or restored, provide replacements. Remove and replace operating components that cannot be repaired. Restore damaged construction and permanent facilities used during construction to specified condition.
1. Remove and replace chipped, scratched, and broken glass, reflective surfaces, and other damaged transparent materials. 2. Touch up and otherwise repair and restore marred or exposed finishes and surfaces. Replace finishes and surfaces that that already show evidence of repair or restoration. NEW CONVENIENCE ENTRY OF THE 01 77 00 - 6 QUACKENBUSH S QUARE PARKING GARAGE CLOSEOUT PROCEDURE S
a. Do not paint over "UL" and other required labels and identification, including mechanical and electrical nameplates. Remove paint applied to required labels and identification.
3. Replace parts subject to operating conditions during construction that may impede operation or reduce longevity. 4. Replace burned-out bulbs, bulbs noticeably dimmed by hours of use, and defective and noisy starters in fluorescent and mercury vapor fixtures to comply with requirements for new fixtures.
END OF SECTION 017700
NEW CONVENIENCE ENTRY OF THE 01 77 00 - 7 QUACKENBUSH S QUARE PARKING GARAGE CLOSEOUT PROCEDURE S
SECTION 01 78 33 - BONDS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS :
A. Drawings and Contract Documents, including General and Supplementary Conditions included in the contract and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to work of this section.
1.2 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Preparation and submittal of bonds.
B. Time and schedule of submittals.
1.3 FORM OF SUBMITTALS
A. Bind in commercial quality 8-1/2 x 11 inch three D side ring binders with durable plastic covers.
B. Cover: Identify each binder with typed or printed title BONDS with title of Project; name, address and telephone number of Contractor and material and equipment supplier; and name of responsible company principal.
C. Table of Contents: Neatly typed, in the sequence of the Table of Contents of the Project Manual, with each item identified with the number and title of the specification section in which specified, and the name of Product or work item.
D. Separate each bond with index tab sheets keyed to the Table of Contents listing. Provide full information, using separate typed sheets as necessary. List Subcontractor, supplier, and manufacturer, with name, address, and telephone number of responsible principal.
1.4 PREPARATION OF SUBMITTALS
A. Obtain bonds executed in duplicate by responsible Subcontractors, suppliers, and manufacturers, within ten days after completion of the applicable item of work. Except for items put into use with Owner's permission, leave date of beginning of time of bond until the Date of Substantial completion is determined.
B. Verify that documents are in proper form, contain full information, and are notarized.
C. Co-execute submittals when required.
D. Retain bonds until time specified for submittal.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS NEW CONVENIENCE ENTRY OF THE 01 78 33 - 1 QUAC KENBUSH SQ UARE PARKING GARAGE BONDS
Not Used.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
Not Used.
END OF SECTION
NEW CONVENIENCE ENTRY OF THE 01 78 33 - 2 QUAC KENBUSH SQ UARE PARKING GARAGE BONDS
SECTION 01 78 36 – WARRANTIES
PART 1 - GENERAL:
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS:
A. Drawings and Contract Documents, the Contract and General and Supplementary Conditions included in the Contract and Division-1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1.2 SUMMARY:
A. This Section specifies general administrative and procedural requirements for warranties and bonds required by the Contract Documents, including manufacturers’ standard warranties on products and special warranties. 1. Refer to the General Conditions for terms of the Contractor's special warranty of workmanship and materials. 2. Specific requirements for warranties for the Work and products and installations that are specified to be warranted, are included in the individual Sections of Divisions 2 through 9.
B. Disclaimers and Limitations: Manufacturer's disclaimers and limitations on product warranties do not relieve the Contractor of the warranty on the Work that incorporates the products, nor does it relieve suppliers, manufacturers, and subcontractors required to countersign special warranties with the Contractor.
1.3 DEFINITIONS:
A. Standard Product Warranties are preprinted written warranties published by individual manufacturers for particular products and are specifically endorsed by the manufacturer to the Owner.
B. Special Warranties are written warranties required by or incorporated in the Contract Documents, either to extend time limits provided by standard warranties or to provide greater rights for the Owner.
1.4 WARRANTY REQUIREMENTS:
A. Related Damages and Losses: When correcting warranted Work that has failed, remove and replace work that must be removed and replaced to provide access for correction of warranted Work.
B. Reinstatement of Warranty: When Work covered by a warranty has failed and been corrected by replacement or rebuilding, reinstate the warranty by written endorsement. The reinstated warranty shall be equal to the original warranty with an equitable adjustment for depreciation.
C. Owner's Recourse: Written warranties made to the Owner, they shall not limit the duties, obligations, rights and remedies otherwise available under the law. NEW CONVENIENCE ENTR Y OF THE 01 78 36 - 1 QUACKENBUSH SQUARE PARKING GARAGE WA RRANTIES
D. The Owner reserves the right to refuse to accept Work for the Project where a special warranty, certification, or similar commitment is required on such Work or part of the Work, until evidence is presented that entities required to countersign such commitments are willing to do so.
1.5 SUBMITTALS:
A. Submit written warranties to the Owner prior to the date certified for Substantial Completion. When a designated portion of the Work is completed and occupied or used by the Owner, submit properly executed warranties to the Owner within fifteen days of completion of that designated portion of the Work.
B. When a special warranty is required to be executed by the Contractor, or the Contractor and a subcontractor, supplier or manufacturer, prepare a written document that contains appropriate terms and identification, ready for execution by the required parties. Submit a draft to the Owner for approval prior to final execution.
C. Form of Submittal: At Final Completion compile two copies of each required warranty and bond properly executed by the Contractor, or by the Contractor, subcontractor, supplier, or manufacturer.
D. Bind warranties and bonds in heavy-duty, commercial quality, durable 3-ring vinyl covered loose-leaf binders, thickness as necessary to accommodate contents, and sized to receive 8-1/2" by 11" paper. 1. Provide heavy paper dividers with celluloid covered tabs for each separate warranty. Mark the tab to identify the product or installation. Provide a typed description of the product or installation, including the name of the product, and the name, address and telephone number of the installer.
E. Provide warranties and bonds in full color electronic format (“PDF”).
PART 2 - PRODUCTS:
Not used
PART 3 - EXECUTION:
3.1 SCHEDULE OF WARRANTIES
A. The General Contractor shall provide a 5 year warranty for all work performed under contract to conform with the specifications, applicable codes and industry standards in addition to specific warranties for individual products.
B. Concrete (Division 3) 1. The contractor shall provide a single source materials and performance warranty for all concrete work performed to conform with the contract documents, applicable codes and industry standards and against premature deterioration for a period of five years. NEW CONVENIENCE ENTR Y OF THE 01 78 36 - 2 QUACKENBUSH SQUARE PARKING GARAGE WA RRANTIES
2. Completed concrete repairs shall be guaranteed jointly and severally by the installation (concrete repair) contractor and by the material manufacturer against defects in material and application, for a period of five years from the completion of application. Defects shall include cracking in and around the perimeter, scaling, delamination, spalling and rust staining from underlying reinforcing steel. 3. All defects in concrete repair areas shall be repaired by replacing the defective concrete at no cost to the Owner. Repair work shall include removal and replacement of the joint sealant, elastomeric coating or traffic bearing membrane, and other affected items, as required, at no cost to the Owner.
C. Asphalt (Division 32) 1. The contractor shall provide a single source materials and performance warranty for all asphalt work performed to conform with the contract documents, applicable codes and industry standards and against premature deterioration for a period of five years. 2. Completed asphalt repairs shall be guaranteed jointly and severally by the installation ( asphalt repair) contractor and by the material manufacturer against defects in material and application, for a period of five years from the completion of application. Defects shall include cracking in and around the perimeter, distressing rutting or potholes. 3. All defects in asphalt repair areas shall be repaired by replacing the defective asphalt at no cost to the Owner.
D. Waterproofing (Division 7) 1. Section 07 90 00 - Sealants, Caulking and Expansion Joints: a. Completed installation of all sealant joints shall be guaranteed jointly and separately, on a single document, by the sealant manufacturer and the installation Contractor for a period of five years starting from the date of substantial completion. The guarantee shall include any failure of the joint system including leakage and cohesion and adhesion failure. Any repairs required during the guarantee period starting from the date of substantial completion shall be performed by the Contractor at no additional cost to the Owner.
2. Section 07 91 00- Expansion Joints: a. The contractor shall provide a single source materials and performance warranty that the new expansion joint seals, including related work in the slab, will not leak water or de-bond from adjacent concrete for a period of five (5) years.
E. Painting (Division 9) 1. Section 09 90 00 – Pavement Markings a. Provide written five year warranty to Owner that painted sections will be free of defects due to workmanship, inadequate surface preparation, and materials including, but not limited to, fading and/or loss of markings due to abrasion, peeling, bubbling and/or delamination
END OF SECTION
NEW CONVENIENCE ENTR Y OF THE 01 78 36 - 3 QUACKENBUSH SQUARE PARKING GARAGE WA RRANTIES
SECTION 01 78 39 – PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. This Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for Project Record Documents, including the following: 1. Record Drawings. 2. Record Specifications. 3. Record Product Data.
B. Related Sections include the following: 1. Division 1 Section "Summary of Multiple Contracts" for coordinating Project Record Documents covering the Work of multiple contracts. 2. Division 1 Section "Closeout Procedures" for general closeout procedures 3. Divisions 2 through 16 Sections for specific requirements for Project Record Documents of products in those Sections.
1.3 SUBMITTALS
A. Record Drawings: Comply with the following: 1. Number of Copies: Submit two sets of marked-up Record Prints.
B. Record Specifications: Submit two copies of Project's Specifications, including addenda and contract modifications.
C. Record Product Data: Submit two copies of each Product Data submittal. 1. Where Record Product Data is required as part of operation and maintenance manuals, submit marked-up Product Data as an insert in the manual instead of submittal as Record Product Data.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 RECORD DRAWINGS
A. Record Prints: Maintain one set of blue- or black-line white prints of the Contract Drawings and Shop Drawings.
NEW CONVENIE NCE ENTRY OF THE 01 78 39 - 1 QUACKENBUSH SQUARE PARKING GARAGE PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS
1. Preparation: Mark Record Prints to show the actual installation where installation varies from that shown originally. Require individual or entity who obtained record data, whether individual or entity is Installer, subcontractor, or similar entity, to prepare the marked-up Record Prints. a. Give particular attention to information on concealed elements that would be difficult to identify or measure and record later. b. Accurately record information in an understandable drawing technique. c. Record data as soon as possible after obtaining it. Record and check the markup before enclosing concealed installations. 2. Content: Types of items requiring marking include, but are not limited to, the following: a. Dimensional changes to Drawings. b. Revisions to details shown on Drawings. c. Revisions to mechanical, electrical, plumbing, heating, ventilation or air conditioning equipment or appurtenances. d. Changes made by Change Order or Construction Change Directive. e. Changes made following Architect's written orders. f. Details not on the original Contract Drawings. g. Field records for variable and concealed conditions. h. Record information on the Work that is shown only schematically. 3. Mark the Contract Drawings or Shop Drawings, whichever is most capable of showing actual physical conditions, completely and accurately. If Shop Drawings are marked, show cross-reference on the Contract Drawings. 4. Mark record sets with erasable, red-colored pencil. Use other colors to distinguish between changes for different categories of the Work at the same location. 5. Mark important additional information that was either shown schematically or omitted from original Drawings. 6. Note Construction Change Directive numbers, alternate numbers, Change Order numbers, and similar identification, where applicable.
B. Record CAD Drawings: Immediately before inspection for Certificate of Substantial Completion, review marked-up Record Prints with Architect. When authorized, prepare a full set of corrected CAD Drawings of the Contract Drawings, as follows: 1. Format: Same CAD program, version, and operating system as the original Contract Drawings. 2. Format: DWG and PDF. 3. Incorporate changes and additional information previously marked on Record Prints. Delete, redraw, and add details and notations where applicable. 4. Refer instances of uncertainty to Architect for resolution. 5. Architect will furnish Contractor one set of CAD Drawings of the Contract Drawings for use in recording information. a. Architect makes no representations as to the accuracy or completeness of CAD Drawings as they relate to the Contract Drawings. b. CAD Software Program: The Contract Drawings are available in AutoCad 2004.
C. Newly Prepared Record Drawings: Prepare new Drawings instead of preparing Record Drawings where Architect determines that neither the original Contract Drawings nor Shop Drawings are suitable to show actual installation. Contractor to perform survey with a licensed surveyor for as-builds after construction.
NEW CONVENIE NCE ENTRY OF THE 01 78 39 - 2 QUACKENBUSH SQUARE PARKING GARAGE PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS
D. Format: Identify and date each Record Drawing; include the designation "PROJECT RECORD DRAWING" in a prominent location. 1. Record Prints: Organize Record Prints and newly prepared Record Drawings into manageable sets. Bind each set with durable paper cover sheets. Include identification on cover sheets. 2. Record CAD Drawings: Organize CAD information into separate electronic files that correspond to each sheet of the Contract Drawings. Name each file with the sheet identification. Include identification in each CAD file. 3. Identification: As follows: a. Project name. b. Date. c. Designation "PROJECT RECORD DRAWINGS." d. Name of Architect e. Name of Contractor.
2.2 RECORD SPECIFICATIONS
A. Preparation: Mark Specifications to indicate the actual product installation where installation varies from that indicated in Specifications, addenda, and contract modifications. 1. Give particular attention to information on concealed products and installations that cannot be readily identified and recorded later. 2. Mark copy with the proprietary name and model number of products, materials, and equipment furnished, including substitutions and product options selected. 3. Record the name of the manufacturer, supplier, Installer, and other information necessary to provide a record of selections made. 4. For each principal product, indicate whether Record Product Data has been submitted in operation and maintenance manuals instead of submitted as Record Product Data. 5. Note related Change Orders, Record Drawings, and Product Data where applicable.
2.3 RECORD PRODUCT DATA
A. Preparation: Mark Product Data to indicate the actual product installation where installation varies substantially from that indicated in Product Data submittal. 1. Give particular attention to information on concealed products and installations that cannot be readily identified and recorded later. 2. Include significant changes in the product delivered to Project site and changes in manufacturer's written instructions for installation. 3. Note related Change Orders, Record Drawings, and Product Data where applicable.
2.4 MISCELLANEOUS RECORD SUBMITTALS
A. Assemble miscellaneous records required by other Specification Sections for miscellaneous record keeping and submittal in connection with actual performance of the Work. Bind or file miscellaneous records and identify each, ready for continued use and reference.
NEW CONVENIE NCE ENTRY OF THE 01 78 39 - 3 QUACKENBUSH SQUARE PARKING GARAGE PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 RECORDING AND MAINTENANCE
A. Recording: Maintain one copy of each submittal during the construction period for Project Record Document purposes. Post changes and modifications to Project Record Documents as they occur; do not wait until the end of Project.
B. Maintenance of Record Documents and Samples: Store Record Documents and Samples in the field office apart from the Contract Documents used for construction. Do not use Project Record Documents for construction purposes. Maintain Record Documents in good order and in a clean, dry, legible condition, protected from deterioration and loss. Provide access to Project Record Documents for Architect's reference during normal working hours.
END OF SECTION
NEW CONVENIE NCE ENTRY OF THE 01 78 39 - 4 QUACKENBUSH SQUARE PARKING GARAGE PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS
SECTION 02 41 18-SELECTIVE SITE DEMOLITION PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Demolition and removal of selected site elements. Removing above-and below-grade existing site improvements. 1.2 DEFINITIONS A. Remove: Detach items from existing construction and legally dispose of them off-site unless indicated to be removed and salvaged or removed and reinstalled. B. Remove and Salvage: Carefully detach from existing construction, in a manner to prevent damage, and deliver to Owner. C. Remove and Reinstall: Detach items from existing construction, prepare for reuse, and reinstall where indicated. D. Existing to Remain: Existing items of construction that are not to be permanently removed and that are not otherwise indicated to be removed, removed and salvaged, or removed and reinstalled. 1.3 PREINSTALLATION MEETINGS A. Predemolition Conference: Conduct conference at Project site. 1.4 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Predemolition Photographs: Submit before Work begins. 1.5 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Landfill Records: Indicate receipt and acceptance of hazardous wastes by a landfill facility licensed to accept hazardous wastes. 1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Contractor Qualifications: Minimum three years of experience. 1.7 FIELD CONDITIONS A. Owner will occupy portions of building immediately adjacent to selective demolition area. Conduct selective demolition so Owner's operations will not be disrupted. B. Conditions existing at time of inspection for bidding purpose will be maintained by Owner as far as practical. C. Notify Architect/Engineer of discrepancies between existing conditions and Drawings before proceeding with selective demolition. D. Hazardous Materials: A report on the presence of hazardous materials is on file for review and use. Examine report to become aware of locations where hazardous materials are present. E. Storage or sale of removed items or materials on-site is not permitted. F. Utility Service: Maintain existing utilities indicated to remain in service and protect them against damage during selective demolition operations. 1. Maintain fire-protection facilities in service during selective demolition operations. 1.8 WARRANTY A. Existing Warranties: Remove, replace, patch, and repair materials and surfaces cut or damaged during selective demolition, by methods and with materials so as not to void existing warranties. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 PEFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Regulatory Requirements: Comply with governing EPA notification regulations before beginning selective demolition. Comply with hauling and disposal regulations of authorities having jurisdiction. B. Standards: Comply with ANSI/ASSE A10.6 and NFPA 241. 2.2 MATERIALS A. Backfill material: Refer to Section 031000 Earthmoving for backfill material.
APA-QUACKENBUSH GARAGE NEW ENTRANCE SELECTIVE SITE DEMOLITION MAY 14, 2021 22 41 18 - 1 of 3
B. Low strength concrete: 200-250 psi. C. Plastic plugs, brick masonry, and suitable material for closing pipe end. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Verify utilities and call for utility mark-out before starting demolition operations. B. Survey existing conditions and correlate with requirements indicated to determine extent of selective demolition required. C. Survey of Existing Conditions: Record existing conditions by use of preconstruction photographs. 3.2 UTILITY SERVICES AND MECHANICAL/ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS A. Locate, identify, and disconnect utilities indicated to be abandoned in place. B. Interrupting Existing Utilities: Do not interrupt utilities serving facilities occupied by Owner or others unless permitted under the following conditions and then only after arranging to provide temporary utility services according to requirements indicated: 1. Notify Architect/Engineer not less than two days in advance of proposed utility interruptions. 2. Do not proceed with utility interruptions without Architect/Engineer's written permission. 3.3 PREPARATION A. Site Access and Temporary Controls: Conduct selective demolition and debris-removal operations to ensure minimum interference with roads, streets, walks, walkways, and other adjacent occupied and used facilities. 1. Comply with requirements for access and protection specified in Section 015000 "Temporary Facilities and Controls." B. Temporary Facilities: Provide temporary barricades and other protection required to prevent injury to people and damage to adjacent buildings and facilities to remain. C. Temporary Shoring: Provide and maintain shoring, bracing, and structural supports as required to preserve stability and prevent movement, settlement, or collapse of construction and finishes to remain, and to prevent unexpected or uncontrolled movement or collapse of construction being demolished. 3.4 SELECTIVE DEMOLITION A. General: Demolish and remove existing construction only to the extent required by new construction and as indicated. B. Remove existing above- and below-grade improvements as indicated and necessary to facilitate new construction. C. Remove slabs, paving, curbs, gutters, and aggregate base as indicated. 1. Unless existing full-depth joints coincide with line of demolition, neatly saw-cut along line of existing pavement to remain before removing adjacent existing pavement. Saw- cut faces vertically. D. Removed and Reinstalled Items: 1. Clean and repair items to functional condition adequate for intended reuse. 2. Pack or crate items after cleaning and repairing. Identify contents of containers. 3. Protect items from damage during transport and storage. 4. Reinstall items in locations indicated. Comply with installation requirements for new materials and equipment. Provide connections, supports, and miscellaneous materials necessary to make item functional for use indicated. E. Existing Items to Remain: Protect construction indicated to remain against damage and soiling during selective demolition.
APA-QUACKENBUSH GARAGE NEW ENTRANCE SELECTIVE SITE DEMOLITION MAY 14, 2021 22 41 18 - 2 of 3
3.5 DISPOSAL OF DEMOLISHED MATERIALS A. General: Except for items or materials indicated to be reused, salvaged, reinstalled, or otherwise indicated to remain Owner's property, remove demolished materials from Project site and legally dispose of them in an EPA-approved landfill. 1. Do not allow demolished materials to accumulate on-site. 2. Remove and transport debris in a manner that will prevent spillage on adjacent surfaces and areas. 3. Remove debris from elevated portions of building by chute, hoist, or other device that will convey debris to grade level in a controlled descent. 4. Comply with requirements specified in Section 017419 "Construction Waste Management and Disposal." B. Burning: Do not burn demolished materials. C. Disposal: Transport demolished materials off Owner's property and legally dispose of them. 3.6 CLEANING A. Clean adjacent structures and improvements of dust, dirt, and debris caused by selective demolition operations. Return adjacent areas to condition existing before selective demolition operations began. 3.7 CLOSING ABANDONED UTILITY PIPE AND STRUCTURES A. Abandoned Piping: Close open ends of abandoned underground piping indicated to remain in place. Include closures strong enough to withstand hydrostatic and earth pressures that may result after ends of abandoned piping have closed. Use either procedure below: 1. Close open ends of piping with at least 12-inch thick, brick masonry bulkheads. 2. Close open ends of ping with threaded metal caps, plastic plugs, or other acceptable methods suitable for size and type of material being closed. Do not use wood plugs. B. Abandoned Manholes and Inlet Structures: Excavate around manhole as required and use either procedure below: 1. Remove manhole and close open ends of remaining piping. 2. Remove top of manhole down to at least 960 inches below final grade. Fill to within 123 inches of top with stone, gravel, or compacted dirt. Fill to top with low strength concrete.
END OF SECTION 02 41 18
APA-QUACKENBUSH GARAGE NEW ENTRANCE SELECTIVE SITE DEMOLITION MAY 14, 2021 22 41 18 - 3 of 3 SECTION 03 01 30.71 - CONCRETE REHABILITATION
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. This Section includes the following Repair Items: 1. Removal of deteriorated concrete 2. Concrete and Reinforcement Surface Preparation 3. Concrete Patch Repairs: Application, Placement, and Finishing.
B. Related Sections include the following: 1. Division 1 Section “Unit Quantity Work Items” 2. Division 1 Section “Record Documents” 3. Division 2 Section "Selective Demolition." 4. Division 3 Section "Cast-in-Place Concrete."
C. References: 1. "Specifications for Structural Concrete for Buildings" (ACI 301) by American Concrete Institute, herein referred to as ACI 301, is included in total as specification for this structure except as otherwise specified herein. 2. Comply with provisions of following codes, specifications and standards except where more stringent requirements are shown on Drawings or specified herein: 3. "Guide for Repair of Concrete Bridge Superstructures" (ACI 546.1), American Concrete Institute. 4. ACI 546R-96 - Concrete Repair Guide 5. ASTM C33 - Concrete Aggregates. 6. ASTM C143 - Standard Test Method for Slump. 7. ASTM C138 - Test method for unit weight, yield, and air content of concrete. 8. ASTM C150 - Portland Cement. 9. ASTM C231 - Test for Air Content of Freshly Mixed Concrete. 10. ASTM C260 - Air Entraining Admixtures for Concrete. 11. ASTM C387 - Specifications for High Strength Mortars. 12. ASTM C494 - Chemical Admixtures in Concrete. 13. ACI 305R - Recommended Practice for Hot Weather Concreting. 14. ACI 306R - Recommended Practice for Cold Weather Concreting. 15. ACI 318 - Building Code Requirements for Reinforced Concrete.
1.3 UNIT PRICES
NEW CONVENIENCE ENTRY OF THE 03 01 30 .71 - 1 QUACKENBUSH SQUARE PARKING GARAGE CONCRETE REHABILITATION
A. Unit prices include costs of field quality-control testing required by the Work for which the unit price applies.
B. Concrete Removal and Patching or Rebuilding: Work will be paid for by the square foot computed on the basis of rectangular shapes removed and replaced with average depths, widths, and lengths, measured to the nearest half. 1. Reinforcing bar replacement will be paid for separately by the pound of replacement steel with welded and mechanical splices paid for by the unit, only if specified as an item in the proposal form only.
C. Polymer Overlays: Work, which includes surface preparation, will be paid for by the square foot of exposed overlay surface.
D. Contractor shall maintain record documents of Unit Quantity work items per section “Record Documents”.
1.4 SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data For Proprietary Materials: Include material descriptions, chemical composition, physical properties, test data, and mixing and application instructions. 1. Include Material Safety Data Sheets, if applicable. 2. Polymer- modified concrete manufacturer’s literature, including installation instructions 3. Polymer-modified patching mortar manufacturer’s literature, including installation instructions 4. Cementitious grout manufacturer’s literature, including installation instructions 5. Sieve Analysis of aggregate for polymer-modified concrete
B. Shop Drawings: For formwork and temporary shoring and supports, prepared by or under the supervision of a qualified professional engineer. Design and engineering of formwork and temporary shoring and supports are Contractor's responsibility.
C. Qualification Data: For installers, manufacturers, and testing agency to demonstrate their capabilities and experience. Include lists of completed projects with project names and addresses, names and addresses of architects and owners, and other information specified. 1. For products required to be installed by workers approved by product manufacturers, include letters of acceptance by product manufacturers certifying that installers are approved to apply their products. All applicators and installers must have minimum three years of documented experience specializing in concrete repair regardless of manufacturer’s certification.
D. Rehabilitation program for each phase of the rehabilitation process, including protection of surrounding materials and Project site during operations. Describe in detail the materials, methods, equipment, and sequence of operations to be used for each phase of the Work. 1. If alternative materials and methods to those indicated are proposed for any phase of rehabilitation work, submit substitution request complying with Division 1, and provide a written description of proposed materials and methods, including evidence of successful use on other comparable projects, and a testing program to demonstrate their effectiveness for this Project.
NEW CONVENIENCE ENTRY OF THE 03 01 30 .71 - 2 QUACKENBUSH SQUARE PARKING GARAGE CONCRETE REHABILITATION
E. Project Closeout Manual 1. Section 01 77 00 – Closeout Procedures; 01 78 36 Warranties; 01 78 33 – Bonds; Procedures for submittals. 2. Accurately record actual locations and areas of all repairs to scale on a drawing with calculations supporting requisitioned quantities for each work item.
1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Installer Qualifications: In addition to other requirements in Division 1, retain installers that employ workers trained and approved by manufacturer to apply corrosion-inhibiting treatments, concrete patching and rebuilding materials, epoxy crack injection materials, polymer overlays, polymer sealers, and composite structural reinforcement. An on-site supervisor shall be provided by the Contractor for the duration of the work. This supervisor shall have had two years of documented experience with the products to be used.
B. Manufacturer Qualifications: In addition to other requirements in Division 1, manufacturers shall have factory-trained representatives who are available for consultation and Project site inspection at no additional cost.
C. Source Limitations: Obtain concrete patching and rebuilding materials through one source from a single manufacturer:
D. Mockups: Build mockups for concrete removal and patching, floor joint repair, epoxy crack injection, polymer overlays, polymer sealers, and composite structural reinforcement to demonstrate qualities of materials and execution.
1.6 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Deliver materials to Project site in manufacturer's original and unopened containers, labeled with type and name of products and manufacturers.
B. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions for minimum and maximum temperature requirements and other conditions for storage.
C. Store cementitious materials off the ground, under cover, and in a dry location.
D. Store aggregates, covered and in a dry location, where grading and other required characteristics can be maintained and contamination avoided. All aggregates used for extending patching materials shall be pre-washed prior to use in mix to remove latent impurities.
1.7 PROJECT CONDITIONS
A. Do not apply unless air temperature is between 40 and 80 deg F and will remain so for at least 48 hours after completion of Work. Alternate Cold-Weather practices may be submitted to Engineer for approval.
B. Cold-Weather Requirements for Cementitious Materials:
NEW CONVENIENCE ENTRY OF THE 03 01 30 .71 - 3 QUACKENBUSH SQUARE PARKING GARAGE CONCRETE REHABILITATION
1. When above conditions are not met, concrete may be placed only if insulation or heating enclosures are provided in accordance with ACI 306, "Recommended Practice for Cold Weather Concreting." Submit proposed protective measures in writing for Engineer/Architect's review prior to concrete placement. 2. Cost for precautionary measures required shall be borne by Contractor.
C. Hot-Weather Requirements for Cementitious Materials: 1. Hot weather is defined as air temperature which exceeds 80 ° F. or any combination of high temperature, low humidity and high wind velocity which causes evaporation rates in excess of 0.10 psf per hr as determined by ACI 305R, Figure 2.1.5. 2. Protect repair work when temperature and humidity conditions produce excessive evaporation of water from patching materials. Provide artificial shade and wind breaks, and use cooled materials as required. 3. Do not apply to substrates with temperatures of 90 deg F (32 deg C) and above, unless approved by Engineer.
1.8 WARRANTIES:
A. Completed concrete repairs shall be guaranteed jointly and separately by the installation contractor and by material manufacturer against defects in material and application, for a period of five years from the date of substantial completion. 1. Defects shall include cracking in and around the patch perimeter, scaling, delamination, spalling and rust staining from underlying reinforcing steel.
B. All defects in concrete repair areas shall be repaired by replacing the defective concrete at no cost to the Owner. Repair work shall include removal and replacement of any coatings (elastomeric, traffic bearing, waterproofing, etc), as required, at no cost to the owner.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 CAST-IN-PLACE READY MIXED CONCRETE
A. Concrete Materials and Admixtures: Comply with Division 3 Section "Cast-in-Place Concrete."
B. Steel and Fiber Reinforcement and Reinforcement Accessories: Comply with Division 3 Section "Cast-in-Place Concrete."
C. Form-Facing Materials: Comply with Division 3 Section "Cast-in-Place Concrete."
2.2 SHOTCRETE REPAIRS:
A. Comply with Division 3 Section "Shotcrete."
2.3 CONCRETE PATCH REPAIRS (BAG MATERIALS)
NEW CONVENIENCE ENTRY OF THE 03 01 30 .71 - 4 QUACKENBUSH SQUARE PARKING GARAGE CONCRETE REHABILITATION
A. Available Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following:
B. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following: 1. Epoxy-Modified, Cementitious Bonding and Anticorrosion Agent: a. Sika Corporation; Armatec 110 EpoCem 2. Partial Depth Horizontal Repairs (Depth = >1") – Polymer Modified, Cementitious Patching Mortar: a. BASF; Master Emaco S440, Master Emaco S440 MC, Master Emaco T310CI (Extended). b. Sika Corporation; SikaTop 111 Plus (Extended). 3. Rapid Setting Horizontal Repairs, Cementitious Patching Mortar (NOT FOR GENERAL USE): a. BASF; Master Emaco T430, T1060, T1061. b. Sika Corporation; SikaQuick 1000. c. Sika Corporation; Sikacrete 211 SCC Plus (for 1” or greater) 4. Shallow Depth Scaling Repairs (1/2" –1") Cementitious Patching Mortar a. Sika Corporation; SikaTop 111 Plus, Neat (Use 122 Plus, Neat for less than ½") b. BASF; Master Emaco T310 CI, Master EmacoN300 CI, Master Emaco T302 5. Vertical and Overhead Trowel Applied, Polymer Modified Patching Mortar a. Sika Corporation; SikaQuick VOH b. BASF; Master Emaco N425 c. US Concrete Products; US Thin Patch V/O 6. Form and Pour Concrete Repair a. BASF; Master EmacoS440, Master Emaco S440 MC, Master Emaco S466 CI b. Sika Corporation; SikaTop 111 Plus, Extended c. Sika Corporation; Sikacrete 211 SCC Plus (self consolidating) 7. Coarse Aggregate for Extending Patching Mortar: Washed aggregate complying with ASTM C 33, Size No. 8, Class 5S. Add only as permitted by patching mortar manufacturer. 8. Other types may be used only with Engineer/Architect's approval in writing prior to bidding.
2.4 AGGREGATES (ACI 301, ARTICLE 4.2.1): 1. Normal weight concrete aggregates: a. Coarse aggregate: Crushed and graded limestone or approved equivalent conforming to ASTM C33, Class Designation 5S. b. Fine aggregate: Natural sand conforming to ASTM C33 and having preferred grading shown for normal weight aggregate in ACI 302.1R, Table 4.2.1. 2. Coarse aggregate: Nominal sizes indicated below, conforming to ASTM C33, Table 2: a. 0.375 in. for patch cavities 0.75 to 1.5 in. deep. b. 0.5 in. for patch cavities greater than 1.5 in. deep and overlay work. For overlays limit maximum size of aggregates to one-third nominal thickness of overlay.
B. Latex Emulsion:
NEW CONVENIENCE ENTRY OF THE 03 01 30 .71 - 5 QUACKENBUSH SQUARE PARKING GARAGE CONCRETE REHABILITATION
2.5 GENERAL CONCRETE MIX DESIGN
A. Selection of concrete proportions shall be in accordance with ACI 301, 4.2.3.1. Mix design shall meet following minimum requirements:
Compressive Strength 5,000 psi @ 28 days (2500 psi @ 3 days) Water-Cement Ratio 0.38 maximum Latex Content Per Sack of Cement 3.5 gal. Slump* 4 in. ± 2 in. Cement Content 658-800 lb./c.y. Air Content 4.5% - 7.5%
*For concrete placed by vibratory screeds, slump shall not exceed 4 in. at point of deposit.
B. Bonding Grout: Bonding grout shall consist of sand, cement, and latex emulsion in proportions similar to mortar in concrete with sufficient water to form stiff slurry to achieve consistency of "pancake batter."
C. Mortar Scrub-Coat: Mix with enough water to provide a consistency of thick cream.
2.6 TESTING OF MORTAR MIX DESIGN
A. At least 3 weeks prior to start of patching work, the contractor shall manufacture two separately mixed test batches of patching mortar under job conditions in quantities large enough to accommodate the following: 1. Eight 2 in. cube specimens for testing to determine the compressive strength of the mortar, in accordance with ASSTM C109-86.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Notify Architect seven days in advance of dates when areas of delaminated concrete and deteriorated reinforcing bars will be located.
B. Locate areas of delamination using hammer or chain drag sounding and mark boundaries. Mark areas for removal by simplifying and squaring off boundaries of delaminated areas under supervision of the Engineer.
C. After concrete removals and surface preparation of repairs are complete, but prior to final cleaning, cavity and exposed reinforcement shall be inspected by Contractor and verified by Engineer/Archictect for compliance with requirements of this Section. Where Engineer/Architect finds unsatisfactory cavity preparation, Engineer/Architect shall direct Contractor to perform additional removals. Engineer/Architect shall verify areas after additional removals.
3.2 PREPARATION NEW CONVENIENCE ENTRY OF THE 03 01 30 .71 - 6 QUACKENBUSH SQUARE PARKING GARAGE CONCRETE REHABILITATION
A. Protect people, motor vehicles, equipment, surrounding construction, Project site, plants, and surrounding buildings from injury resulting from concrete rehabilitation work. 1. Erect temporary protective covers over pedestrian walkways and at points of entrance and exit for people and vehicles that must remain in operation during course of concrete rehabilitation work. 2. Protect adjacent equipment and surfaces by covering them with heavy polyethylene film and waterproof masking tape. If practical, remove items, store, and reinstall after potentially damaging operations are complete. 3. Dispose of runoff from wet operations by legal means and in a manner that prevents soil erosion, undermining of paving and foundations, damage to landscaping, and water penetration into building interiors.
B. Shoring: Temporary shoring will be required at concrete floor repair areas and at any beam, joist, or column repair. Install temporary supports before beginning concrete removal capable of supporting all dead loads and construction loads. Review all marked removal and preparation areas and request clarification by Engineer/Architect of shoring requirements in all areas. Shores shall be in place prior to concrete removal and cavity preparation in any area requiring shores. 1. Shoring shall be carried through two levels.
C. Concrete Removal: Saw-cut perimeter of areas indicated for removal to a depth of at least 1/2 inch (12.7 mm) . Make cuts perpendicular to concrete surfaces and no deeper than cover on reinforcing. Remove loose and deteriorated concrete by breaking up and dislodging from reinforcing. 1. All concrete shall be removed from within marked boundary to minimum depth shown using 15 to 30 lb chipping hammers equipped with chisel point bits. When directed by Engineer/Architect, chipping hammers less than 15 lb shall be used to minimize damage to sound concrete. If delaminations exist beyond minimum removal depth, chipping shall continue until all unsound and delaminated concrete has been removed from cavity. 2. For scaling or scour repairs, remove (scarify or chip) concrete between cuts to a depth of at least 1/2 inch or as per drawings. 3. Where half or more of the perimeter of reinforcing bar is exposed, bond between reinforcing bar and surrounding concrete is broken, or reinforcing bar is corroded, remove concrete from entire perimeter of bar to provide at least a 3/4-inch clearance. 4. Test areas where concrete has been removed by tapping with hammer, and remove additional concrete until unsound concrete is completely removed. 5. Provide fractured aggregate surfaces with a profile of at least 1/8 inch that are approximately perpendicular or parallel to original concrete surfaces. At columns and walls, make top and bottom surfaces level. 6. Thoroughly clean removal areas of loose concrete, dust, and debris via abrasive blasting and compressed air, or high-pressure water.
D. Embedded Reinforcement and Conduit 1. Where embedded reinforcement or electrical conduit is exposed by concrete removal, exercise extra caution to avoid damaging it during removal of unsound concrete. If bond between exposed embedded reinforcement and adjacent concrete is impaired by Contractor's removal operations, Contractor shall perform additional removal around and beyond perimeter of reinforcement for minimum of 0.75 in. along entire length affected at no cost to Owner.
NEW CONVENIENCE ENTRY OF THE 03 01 30 .71 - 7 QUACKENBUSH SQUARE PARKING GARAGE CONCRETE REHABILITATION
2. Embedded materials including, but not limited to, electrical conduit, corrosion protection systems and snow/ice melting equipment shall be protected by Contractor during removal operations. Damage due to removal operations shall be repaired by Contractor in accordance with national code requirements at no cost to Owner. Embedded materials which are defective due to pre-existing conditions may be repaired or replaced by Contractor or abandoned at Owner's option and cost.
E. Reinforcing Bar Preparation: Remove loose and flaking rust from reinforcing bars by abrasive blast cleaning, or wire brushing until only tightly bonded light rust remains. 1. All exposed steel shall be cleaned of rust to bare metal by sandblasting. Cleaning shall be completed immediately before patch placement to insure that base metal is not exposed to elements and further rusting for extended periods of time. Engineer/Architect may require entire bar diameter be cleaned. 2. After all sandblasting operations and cleanup are completed, paint all exposed steel with an approved epoxy. Protect prepared surfaces from damage prior to and during patch placement. 3. Where section loss of reinforcing bar is more than 15 percent, or 10 percent in 2 or more adjacent bars, cut bars and remove and replace, or supplement as directed by the Engineer. Remove additional concrete as necessary to provide at least a 3/4-inch (19- mm) clearance at existing and replacement bars. Splice replacement bars to existing bars according to ACI 318 Class “B” splice or greater, by lapping, or using mechanical couplings. 4. Install additional new epoxy coated steel rebars and stainless steel pins as shown in details. Supplement defective or damaged embedded reinforcement by addition of reinforcement of equal diameter with Class "B" minimum splice per ACI 318 beyond damaged portion of reinforcement. Secure new reinforcement to existing reinforcement with wire ties and/or approved anchors. Supplemental reinforcement shall be ASTM A615 Grade 60 steel installed in accordance with Section “Cast In Place Concrete and/or “Concrete Reinforcement”. 5. Loose reinforcement exposed during surface preparation shall be securely anchored prior to patch placement. Loose reinforcement shall be adequately secured by wire ties to bonded reinforcement or shall have drilled-in anchors installed to original deck. Drilled- in anchors shall be Hilti HKT 14 "Kwik Tie" anchors, ITW Ramset/Red Head WT-1400 anchors, or approved equivalent. Engineer/Architect will determine adequacy of wire ties and approve other anchoring devices prior to their use. Securing loose reinforcement is incidental work to concrete repair surface preparation.
F. Surface Preparation for Overlays: Remove delaminated material and deteriorated concrete surface material. Roughen surface of concrete by abrasive blasting, shot blasting, scarifying, scabbling, or milling to produce a surface profile as per ICRI 03732. Sweep and vacuum roughened surface to remove debris followed by low-pressure water cleaning.
G. After removals are complete, but prior to final cleaning, cavity and exposed reinforcement shall be inspected by Contractor and verified by Engineer for compliance with requirements of this Section. Where Engineer finds unsatisfactory cavity preparation, Engineer shall direct Contractor to perform additional removals. Engineer shall verify areas after additional removals.
3.3 PRODUCTION OF LATEX MODIFIED CONCRETE WITH MOBILE MIXER
NEW CONVENIENCE ENTRY OF THE 03 01 30 .71 - 8 QUACKENBUSH SQUARE PARKING GARAGE CONCRETE REHABILITATION
A. Production of latex modified mortar or concrete shall be in accordance with requirements of ACI 301, 4.3.1, except as otherwise specified herein.
B. Concrete or mortar, mixed at site, shall be proportioned by continuous mixer used in conjunction with volumetric proportioning. Volumetric batching/continuous mixers shall conform to ASTM C685. In addition, self-contained, mobile, continuous type mixing equipment shall comply with following: 1. Mixer shall be capable of producing batches of not less than 6 cu yds. 2. Mixer shall be capable of positive measurement of cement being introduced into mix. Recording meter visible at all times and equipped with ticket printout shall indicate this quantity. 3. Mixer shall provide positive control of flow of water into mixing chamber. Water flow shall be indicated by flowmeter and shall be readily adjustable to provide for minor variations in aggregate moisture. 4. Mixer shall be capable of being calibrated to automatically proportion and blend all components of indicated composition on continuous or intermittent basis, as required by finishing operation, and shall discharge mixed material through conventional chute into transporting device or directly in front of finishing machine. Sufficient mixing capacity of mixers shall be provided to permit intended pour to be placed without interruption. 5. Mixer shall be calibrated to accurately proportion specified mix. Yield is required to be within tolerance of 1.0 %.
3.4 PRODUCTION OF CONCRETE PATCH MATERIAL (BAG MIX)
A. Production of latex modified mortar or concrete shall be in accordance with requirements of ACI 301, 4.3.1, except as otherwise specified herein.
B. Mix products in clean containers according to manufacturer's written instructions.
C. Add clean silica sand and coarse aggregates to products only as recommended by manufacturer.
D. Do not add water, thinners, or additives unless recommended by manufacturer.
E. When practical, use manufacturer's premeasured packages to ensure that materials are mixed in proper proportions. When premeasured packages are not used, measure ingredients using graduated measuring containers; do not estimate quantities or use shovel or trowel as unit of measure.
F. If materials are to be mixed at each repair location, crews shall be provided with quantities of partially combined ingredients, such that all materials will be used up at the same time using the design mix proportions. Crews shall be fully instructed and trained in the specific mix design proportions and in approved methods of batching materials.
G. Do not mix more materials than can be used within recommended open time. Discard materials that have begun to set.
H. Mechanically mix with a low speed drill (400 to 600 rpm) and paddle or in appropriate sized mortar mixer. Use manufacturers recommended mortar paddles.
NEW CONVENIENCE ENTRY OF THE 03 01 30 .71 - 9 QUACKENBUSH SQUARE PARKING GARAGE CONCRETE REHABILITATION
3.5 PREPARATION (ACI 301, 5.3.1)
A. Bonding Grout: 1. Bonding grout shall be applied to damp (but not saturated) concrete surface in uniform thickness of 0.0625 in. to 0.125 in. over all surfaces to receive patching or overlay. 2. Grout shall not be allowed to dry or dust prior to placement of patch or overlay material. If concrete placement is delayed and the coating dries, cavity or surface shall not be patched or overlaid until it has been recleaned and prepared as specified. Grout shall not be applied to more area than can be patched or overlaid within 0.5 hr by available manpower.
3.6 APPLICATION
A. Epoxy-Modified, Cementitious Anticorrosion Agent: Apply to reinforcing bars by stiff brush or hopper spray according to manufacturer's written instructions. Apply to reinforcing bars in two coats, allowing first coat to dry two to three hours before applying second coat. Allow to dry before placing patching mortar or concrete.
B. Mortar Scrub-Coat: Dampen repair area and surrounding concrete 6 inches (150 mm) beyond repair area. Remove standing water and apply scrub-coat with a brush, scrubbing it into surface and thoroughly coating repair area. If scrub-coat dries, recoat before applying patching mortar or concrete.
C. Patching Mortar: Unless otherwise recommended by manufacturer, apply as follows: 1. Wet substrate thoroughly and then remove standing water (Saturated Surface Dry). Scrub a slurry of neat patching mortar mixed with latex bonding agent into substrate, filling pores and voids. 2. Place patching mortar by troweling toward edges of patch to force intimate contact with edge surfaces. For large patches, fill edges first and then work toward center, always troweling toward edges of patch. At fully exposed reinforcing bars, force patching mortar to fill space behind bars by compacting with trowel from sides of bars. 3. For vertical patching, place material in lifts no greater than manufacturer's recommendations. Do not feather edge. 4. For overhead patching, place material in lifts no greater than manufacturer's recommendations. Do not feather edge. 5. After each lift is placed, consolidate material and screed surface. 6. Where multiple lifts are used, score surface of lifts to provide a rough surface for application of subsequent lifts. Allow each lift to reach final set before placing subsequent lifts. 7. Allow surfaces of lifts that are to remain exposed to become firm and then finish to a smooth surface with a wood or sponge float or broom or burlap drag. 8. Wet-cure cementitious patching materials, including polymer-modified, cementitious patching materials, for not less than seven days by water-fog spray or water-saturated absorptive cover. 9. Use water based curing compound for overhead and vertical repairs where wet cure is not feasible. Curing compound must then be removed after seven days at surfaces that are to receive coatings.
NEW CONVENIENCE ENTRY OF THE 03 01 30 .71 - 10 QUACKENBUSH SQUARE PARKING GARAGE CONCRETE REHABILITATION
D. Dry-Pack Mortar: Use for deep cavities and where indicated. Place according to manufacturer's written instructions and as follows: 1. Provide forms where necessary to confine patch to required shape. 2. Wet substrate and forms thoroughly and then remove standing water. 3. Place dry-pack mortar into cavity by hand, and compact into place with a hardwood drive stick and mallet or hammer. Do not place more material at a time than can be properly compacted. Continue placing and compacting until patch is approximately level with surrounding surface. 4. After cavity is filled and patch is compacted, trowel surface to match profile and finish of surrounding concrete. A thin coat of patching mortar may be troweled into the surface of patch to help obtain required finish. 5. Wet-cure patch for not less than seven days by water-fog spray or water-saturated absorptive cover.
E. Concrete: Place according to Division 3 Section "Cast-in-Place Concrete" and as follows:
F. Shotcrete: Place according to Division 3 Section "Shotcrete":
G. Form and Pour/Pump Repairs: Use where indicated. Place as follows: 1. Design and construct forms to resist pumping pressure in addition to weight of wet grout. Seal joints and seams in forms and junctions of forms with existing concrete. 2. Apply epoxy-modified, cementitious bonding and anticorrosion agent to reinforcing and concrete substrate. 3. Wet-cure concrete for not less than seven days by leaving forms in place or keeping surfaces continuously wet by water-fog spray or water-saturated absorptive cover. 4. Repair voids with patching mortar and finish to match surrounding concrete.
3.7 PLACING AND FINISHING
A. Placing (ACI 301, 5.3.2) 1. Concrete shall be deposited as close to its final position as possible. All concrete placement shall be continuous and terminated only at bulkheads and designated construction joints. 2. Concrete shall be manipulated and struck off slightly above final grade. Concrete shall then be consolidated and finished to final grade with internal and surface vibration devices. 3. On ramps with greater than 5 percent slope, all concreting shall begin at the low point and end at high point. Contractor shall make necessary adjustments to slump or equipment without any irregularities or roughness. 4. Partial Depth Placement: After the bonding grout has been applied, concrete shall be placed, consolidated by vibration, and shall be finished. Placing of concrete shall be such that it shall be deposited as nearly as possible in its final position to avoid segregation, due to rehandling or flowing. Placing shall be such that at all times concrete shall be plastic and flow readily into corners of forms and into spaces between rebars. 5. No concrete that is partially hardened or that has been contaminated by foreign material shall be deposited. 6. When being deposited, concrete shall not be allowed to fall a vertical distance greater than four ft. from point of discharge to point of deposit. Pencil vibrators shall be used, as appropriate, to ensure that proper consolidation is achieved. The concrete shall be NEW CONVENIENCE ENTRY OF THE 03 01 30 .71 - 11 QUACKENBUSH SQUARE PARKING GARAGE CONCRETE REHABILITATION
continuously rodded or vibrated with pencil vibrators during placement to consolidate the pour and fill all corners of the repair. 7. External vibration of the formwork may also used, by placing the pencil vibrators against the forms. 8. All overhead polymer-modified concrete repair locations, air holes shall be provided at opposite ends of concrete installation ports to avoid entrapping air pockets. These holes shall be packed with the patching mortar at the conclusion of concrete placement. 9. For overlays concrete consolidation shall be by vibrating screeds meeting following requirements: a. Placing and finishing equipment shall not exceed maximum weight of 6,000 lbs or 3,000 lbs per axle. b. Screed shall be designed to consolidate concrete to 98% of unit weight determined in Section 2.04.A in accordance with ASTM C138. Sufficient number of identical vibrators shall be effectively installed such that at least 1 vibrator is provided for each 5 ft of screed length. c. Bottom face of screeds shall not be less than 4 in. wide and shall be metal covered with turned-up or rounded leading edge to minimize tearing of surface of plastic concrete. d. Screed shall be capable of forward and reverse movement under positive control. Screed shall be provided with positive control of vertical position and angle of tilt. e. Screed shall be capable of vibrating at controlled rate, adjustable to between 3,000 and 6,000 vpm.
B. Finishing (ACI 301, Chapters 10 and 11) 1. All flatwork finishers shall hold current ACI Flatwork Finishers Certification. 2. The concrete shall be finished with hand held trowels to specified elevation. a. Finishing tolerance: ACI 301, 5.3.4.2; Class B tolerance. b. Finish all concrete surfaces to proper elevations to insure that all surface moisture will drain freely to floor drains, and that no puddle areas exist. Contractor shall bear cost of any corrections to provide for positive drainage. 3. The surface shall then receive a light broom finish. 4. The reinforcing steel shall have a minimum concrete cover as shown on plans. 5. The finished concrete shall be protected by barricades with lights, until the completion of the required curing period.
C. Joints in Concrete (ACI 301, 2.2.2.5): 1. Construction, control and isolation joints are located and detailed on Drawings: a. Tool joints at time of finishing. Sawcut joints are prohibited. b. Isolation joints - interrupt structural continuity resulting from bond, reinforcement or keyway. c. Coordinate configuration of tooled joints with control joint sealants.
D. Curing: 1. Latex modified mortar and concrete shall be cured according to latex manufacturer's recommendations and according to following minimum requirements: a. Surface shall be covered with single layer of clean, wet burlap as soon as surface will support it without deformation. Cover burlap with continuous single thickness of polyethylene film for 24 hrs.
NEW CONVENIENCE ENTRY OF THE 03 01 30 .71 - 12 QUACKENBUSH SQUARE PARKING GARAGE CONCRETE REHABILITATION
b. After 24 hrs remove polyethylene film and allow burlap to dry slowly for an additional 24 to 48 hrs. c. Remove burlap and allow concrete to air dry for an additional 48 hrs. d. Curing time shall be extended, as Engineer/Architect directs, when curing temperature falls below 50 ° F.
3.8 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. Testing Agency: Owner will engage a qualified testing agency to sample materials and perform tests specified in Division 3 Section "Cast-in-Place Concrete" and as follows: 1. Patching Mortar, Packaged Mixes: Eight 3" randomly selected samples tested according to ASTM C 928. 2. Patching Mortar, Field Mixed: Eight 3" randomly selected samples tested for compressive strength according to ASTM C 109/C 109M.
END OF SECTION
NEW CONVENIENCE ENTRY OF THE 03 01 30 .71 - 13 QUACKENBUSH SQUARE PARKING GARAGE CONCRETE REHABILITATION
SECTION 03 24 00 - FIBROUS REINFORCING
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and Contract Documents, including General and Supplementary Conditions included in the contract and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to work of this Section.
1.2 SECTION INCLUDES:
A. Addition of fibrous reinforcement to selected flat concrete work used in this project. See drawings and proposal form for locations of use.
1.3 STANDARDS:
A. Testing: 1. Slump - Perform conventional slump test in accordance with A.S.T.M. C143 prior to adding the fibrous reinforcement. 2. Test Specimens - Fiber-reinforced concrete test specimens prepared for quality control/material acceptance shall be vibrated externally as opposed to internal rodding per the recommendations of ACI 544.
1.4 SUBMITTALS:
A. Sufficient data shall be submitted verifying all fibrous reinforcement physical properties as specified in Section 1.C inert polypropylene, twisted fibrillated bundles, length, specific gravity, modulus of elasticity, tensile strength as well as volume used as specified.
B. Acceptable submittals shall be manufacturer's Sweets Engineering Catalogue and/or C.S.I. Spec-Data covering all data as specified.
1.5 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS:
A. FORTA CR as manufactured by FORTA Corporation, 100 FORTA Drive, Grove City, PA 16127-9990; 1-800-245-0306, or in PA, 1-800-222-8907; FAX 412-458-8331.
B. Fibermesh as manufactured by FIBERMESH COMPANY, 4019 Industry Drive Chappanooga, TN 37416; (615) 892-7243.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 MATERIAL:
NEW CONVENIENCE ENTRY OF THE 03 24 00 - 1 QUA CKENBUSH SQUARE PARKING GARAGE FIBROUS REINFORCING
A. General Description - Synthetic fibrous reinforcement to be used as secondary/temperature reinforcement in the Portland cement concrete.
B. Areas of Use - Fibrous reinforcement to be used in new concrete overlay on structural slabs and shotcrete mortar used in the soffit repairs.
C. Physical Properties 1. Chemical: Fibrous reinforcement shall be chemically and alkali inert, virgin polypropylene. 2. Configuration: Fibrous reinforcement shall be in collated fibrillated (connected screen) form and also in twisted bundle form. 3. Length: The fibrous bundle length shall be a minimum of 0.75". 4. Specific Gravity: 0.91 5. Modulus of Elasticity: 0.70 x 10 to the 6th p.s.i. 6. Tensile Strength: 70,000 p.s.i. minimum
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLATION:
A. Volume - The fibrous reinforcement shall be used at the rate of 1.6 pounds (minimum) per cubic yard of concrete.
B. Addition and Mixing - The fibrous reinforcement shall be added directly into the concrete either at the batch plant or at the job site. If added at the batch plant with the aggregates, typically no additional site mixing time is required. If a superplasticizer is used, the fibrous reinforcement shall be added first. If the mixing drum contains less than 50% of capacity (i.e. 4 cubic yards in a 10 cubic yard capacity drum), back the concrete up to the top of discharge and empty the fibrous reinforcement directly on top of the concrete before mixing.
C. Placement - Fibrous reinforced concrete shall be moved and placed per standard A.C.I. recommendations. Tined rakes are prohibited as a means of moving the fibrous concrete. If pumping or shooting fibrous concrete, elevate ready mix discharge chute approximately 12" (or higher) above the pump grate or screen to improve the fibrous concrete flow into the pump.
D. Finishing - Standard A.C.I. recommended finishing practices apply for fibrous concrete with the following additional considerations: 1. Hard-Trowel Finish - Avoid Wood trowels and floats which are abrasive to the surface - use steel/magnesium tools. 2. Textured Finish - use stiff-bristled broom (bristles stiffer than the fibers themselves) and brush in only one direction. 3. Cure and joint properly per A.C.I. standard recommendations.
E. It should be noted that fibrous reinforced concrete bleeds less and slightly slower than unreinforced concrete which should be considered during the finishing process.
END OF SECTION
NEW CONVENIENCE ENTRY OF THE 03 24 00 - 2 QUA CKENBUSH SQUARE PARKING GARAGE FIBROUS REINFORCING
SECTION 03 30 00 - CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. Section includes cast-in-place concrete, including formwork, reinforcement, concrete materials, mixture design, placement procedures, and finishes.
B. Related Requirements:
1. Section 033300 "Architectural Concrete" for general building applications of specially finished formed concrete. 2. Section 035300 "Concrete Topping" for emery- and iron-aggregate concrete floor toppings. 3. Section 312000 "Earth Moving" for drainage fill under slabs-on-grade. 4. Section 321313 "Concrete Paving" for concrete pavement and walks. 5. Section 321316 "Decorative Concrete Paving" for decorative concrete pavement and walks.
1.3 Unit Price – Measurement and Payment
1. Concrete Slab on fill or Grade: By the square foot or as described in the bid form. 2. Concrete Vertical in Forms: By the square foot or as described in the bid form. 3. Concrete - Includes concrete, reinforcement, placement accessories, consolidating and leveling, troweling, climate protection and curing. 4. Bar Reinforcement: By the pound or as described in the bid form. Includes reinforcement, placement, and accessories. 5. Wire Mesh Reinforcement: By the square foot or as described in the bid form. Includes wire mesh reinforcement, placement and accessories. 6. Formwork: Paid for as part of concrete work as specified in bid form
1.4 DEFINITIONS
A. Cementitious Materials: Portland cement alone or in combination with one or more of the following: blended hydraulic cement, fly ash, slag cement, other pozzolans, and silica fume; materials subject to compliance with requirements.
B. W/C Ratio: The ratio by weight of water to cementitious materials.
NEW CONVENIENC E ENTRY OF THE 03 30 00 - 1 QUACKENB USH SQUARE PARKING GARAGE CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE
1.5 References
A. ACI 211.1 - Selecting Proportions for Normal, Heavyweight, and Mass Concrete.
B. ACI 211.2 - Selecting Proportions for Structural Lightweight Concrete.
C. ACI 301 - Structural Concrete for Buildings.
D. ACI 302 - Guide for Concrete Floor and Slab Construction.
E. ACI 304 - Recommended Practice for Measuring, Mixing, Transporting and Placing Concrete.
F. ACI 305R - Hot Weather Concreting.
G. ACI 306R - Cold Weather Concreting.
H. ACI 308 - Standard Practice for Curing Concrete.
I. ACI 318 - Building Code Requirements for Reinforced Concrete.
J. ACI 347 – Recommended Practice for Concrete Formwork
K. ACI SP 66 – American Concrete Institute Detailing Manual
L. ASTM C33 - Concrete Aggregates.
M. ASTM C94 - Ready-Mixed Concrete.
N. ASTM C138 - Test method for unit weight, yield, and air content of concrete.
O. ASTM C150 - Portland Cement.
P. ASTM C260 - Air Entraining Admixtures for Concrete.
Q. ASTM C330 - Light Weight Aggregates For Structural Concrete.
R. ASTM C494 - Chemical Admixtures for Concrete.
S. ASTM D1751 - Preformed Expansion Joint Fillers for Concrete Paving and Structural Construction (Non-extruding and Resilient Bituminous Types).
T. AWS D1.4 - Strcutural Welding Code for Reinforcing Steel
U. AWS D12.1 – Welding Reinforcement Steel, Metal Inserts and Connections in Reinforced Concrete Construction
1.6 PREINSTALLATION MEETINGS
A. Preinstallation Conference: Conduct conference at Project site.
NEW CONVENIENC E ENTRY OF THE 03 30 00 - 2 QUACKENB USH SQUARE PARKING GARAGE CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE
1. Before submitting design mixtures, review concrete design mixture and examine procedures for ensuring quality of concrete materials. Require representatives of each entity directly concerned with cast-in-place concrete to attend, including the following:
a. Contractor's superintendent. b. Independent testing agency responsible for concrete design mixtures. c. Ready-mix concrete manufacturer. d. Concrete Subcontractor. e. Special concrete finish Subcontractor. f. Owner’s Independent testing agency responsible for field quality control g. Primary admixture manufacturers and color admixture manufacturer h. Architect or Owner’s representative
2. Review special inspection and testing and inspecting agency procedures for field quality control, concrete finishes and finishing, cold- and hot-weather concreting procedures, curing procedures, construction contraction and isolation joints, and joint-filler strips, semirigid joint fillers, forms and form removal limitations, shoring and reshoring procedures, vapor-retarder installation, anchor rod and anchorage device installation tolerances, steel reinforcement installation, methods for achieving specified floor and slab flatness and levelness floor and slab flatness and levelness measurement, concrete repair procedures, and concrete protection. Establish preliminary work progress schedule and procedures for materials inspection, testing, and certifications.
1.7 ACTION SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: For each type of product.
B. Shop Drawings: Indicate pertinent dimensions, materials, bracing and arrangement of joints and ties.
C. Design Mixtures: For each concrete mixture. Submit alternate design mixtures when characteristics of materials, Project conditions, weather, test results, or other circumstances warrant adjustments.
D. Steel Reinforcement Shop Drawings: Placing Drawings that detail fabrication, bending, and placement. Include bar sizes, lengths, material, grade, bar schedules, stirrup spacing, bent bar diagrams, bar arrangement, splices and laps, mechanical connections, tie spacing, hoop spacing, and supports for concrete reinforcement.
E. Epoxy Coating for Reinforcement: 1. Written certification from coating manufacture that coating resin for reinforcement has been approved by National Bureau of Standards. 2. Written information from coating manufacture on proper us and application of coating resin. 3. Coating applicator’s written certification of results of quality control program.
F. Construction Joint Layout: Indicate proposed construction joints required to construct the structure.
1. Location of construction joints is subject to approval of the Architect.
NEW CONVENIENC E ENTRY OF THE 03 30 00 - 3 QUACKENB USH SQUARE PARKING GARAGE CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE
G. Samples: For waterstops, vapor retarder, or any other item as required by Architect or Engineer
1.8 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS
A. General: Submit the following in accordance with Section 013300
B. Product data for proprietary materials and items, including forming accessories, admixtures, patching compounds, waterstops, joint systems, curing compounds, dry-shake finish materials, and others as requested by Engineer.
C. The Contractor shall submit trial mix proportion with compressive strength test results to the Engineer for approval. Proportion design mixes as defined in ACI 301 Article 3.9. Include the following information for each concrete mix design submission: 1. Method used for mix design 2. Gradation of fine and coarse aggregates (ASTM C33). 3. Proportions of all admixtures added at the plant or at job site. 4. Water/cement ratio. 5. Slump (ASTM C143). 6. Certification of chloride content of admixtures. 7. Air Content of freshly mixed concrete (ASTM C31 and ASTM C173) 8. Unit weight of concrete (ASTM C138). 9. Strength at 3, 7, 28 days.
D. The Owner’s Testing Agency shall submit test results of cylinders for each day’s testing, information shall include the following: 1. Slump (ASTM C143). 2. Air Content of freshly mixed concrete (ASTM C31 and ASTM C173) 3. Unit weight of concrete (ASTM C138). 4. Strength at 3, 7, 28 days. 5. Concrete temperature at placement time. 6. Air temperature at placement time.
E. The contractor shall submit the proposed pouring sequence and construction joint layout for approval by the Engineer.
F. Qualification Data: For Installer, manufacturer, and testing agency.
G. Welding certificates.
H. Material Certificates: For each of the following, signed by manufacturers:
1. Cementitious materials. 2. Admixtures. 3. Form materials and form-release agents. 4. Steel reinforcement and accessories. 5. Fiber reinforcement. 6. Waterstops. 7. Curing compounds. 8. Floor and slab treatments. 9. Bonding agents.
NEW CONVENIENC E ENTRY OF THE 03 30 00 - 4 QUACKENB USH SQUARE PARKING GARAGE CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE
10. Adhesives. 11. Vapor retarders. 12. Semirigid joint filler. 13. Joint-filler strips. 14. Repair materials.
I. Formwork Shop Drawings: Prepared by or under the supervision of a qualified professional engineer, detailing fabrication, assembly, and support of formwork.
1. Shoring and Reshoring: Indicate proposed schedule and sequence of stripping formwork, shoring removal, and reshoring installation and removal.
J. Floor surface flatness and levelness measurements indicating compliance with specified tolerances.
K. Field quality-control reports.
L. Minutes of preinstallation conference.
1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Codes and Standards: Comply with provisions of codes, specifications, standards, except where more stringent requirements are shown or specified.
B. The General Contractor, concrete sub-contractors shall have a minimum of five years of experience in performing work similar to that shown on the drawings and specifications. A statement of qualification should be submitted at the time of bidding. 1. The contractor shall submit a list of five projects at the time of bidding, in which similar work to that specified was successfully completed. This list shall contain the following for each of the five projects. a. Project Name b. Owner of Project c. Owner’s Representative, Address and Telephone Number d. Brief Description of Work e. Cost of Portion of Work Similar to that Specified in this Section f. Total Restoration Cost of Project g. Date of Completion
C. Materials and installed work may require testing and retesting at any time during progress of work. Retesting of rejected materials for installed work, shall be done at Contractor’s expense.
D. Installer Qualifications: A qualified installer who employs on Project personnel qualified as ACI-certified Flatwork Technician and Finisher and a supervisor who is an ACI-certified Concrete Flatwork Technician.
E. Manufacturer Qualifications: A firm experienced in manufacturing ready-mixed concrete products and that complies with ASTM C 94/C 94M requirements for production facilities and equipment.
NEW CONVENIENC E ENTRY OF THE 03 30 00 - 5 QUACKENB USH SQUARE PARKING GARAGE CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE
1. Manufacturer certified according to NRMCA's "Certification of Ready Mixed Concrete Production Facilities."
F. Testing Agency Qualifications: An independent agency, acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, qualified according to ASTM C 1077 and ASTM E 329 for testing indicated.
1. Personnel conducting field tests shall be qualified as ACI Concrete Field Testing Technician, Grade 1, according to ACI CP-1 or an equivalent certification program. 2. Personnel performing laboratory tests shall be ACI-certified Concrete Strength Testing Technician and Concrete Laboratory Testing Technician, Grade I. Testing agency laboratory supervisor shall be an ACI-certified Concrete Laboratory Testing Technician, Grade II.
G. Welding Qualifications: Qualify procedures and personnel according to AWS D1.4/D 1.4M.
H. Mockups: Cast concrete slab-on-grade and formed-surface panels to demonstrate typical joints, surface finish, texture, tolerances, floor treatments, and standard of workmanship.
1. Build panel approximately 200 sq. ft. (18.6 sq. m) for slab-on-grade and 200 sq. ft. (9.3 sq. m) for formed surface in the location indicated or, if not indicated, as directed by Architect. 2. Subject to compliance with requirements, approved mockups may become part of the completed Work if undisturbed at time of Substantial Completion.
I. Provide Engineer with access to fabrication plant to facilitate inspection of reinforcement. Provide notification of commencement and duration of shop fabrication in sufficient time to allow inspection.
J. Welders and Welding procedures shall conform to requirements of AWS D1.4. Except where shown on drawings welding of rebars is prohibited unless accepted by the Engineer in writing. Submit under provisions of Section 01400 Manufacturer's Certificates, certifying welders employed on the Work, verifying AWS qualification within the previous 12 months.
K. Microsilica Modified Concrete: 1. Technical Support: The microsilica admixture manufacturer shall make available a qualified individual to assist the Contractor and Consultantas specified in this Section. The manufacturer's representative shall be experienced in the placement of microsilica concrete. The manufacturer's representative must be approved by the Consultant before any work under this item can begin. 2. Microsilica Concrete Mixture Proportions: Contractor shall submit microsilica concrete mixture proportions to the Consultant two weeks prior to placing microsilica concrete. Proportion mixture as defined in ACI 301 Article 3.9, except that microsilica concrete proportions shall only be established on the basis of laboratory or field trial batches. Required average compressive strength shall be determined in accordance with Table 3.9.2.2 of ACI 301. Mixture proportions shall be reviewed by the microsilica admixture manufacturer's representative prior to submittal to the Consultant. Include the following information for each microsilica concrete mixture: a. Grading of fine and coarse aggregates b. Proportions of all ingredients including all admixtures added either at the time of batching or at the job site c. Water-cement ratio and water (cement + silica fume) ratio. NEW CONVENIENC E ENTRY OF THE 03 30 00 - 6 QUACKENB USH SQUARE PARKING GARAGE CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE
d. Slump – ASTM C143 e. Air content of freshly mixed microsilica concrete by the pressure method, ASTM C231, or the volumetric method, ASTM C173. f. Unit weight of microsilica concrete – ASTM C138 g. Compressive strength at 3,7, and 28 days – ASTM C39 3. Contractor shall submit the following at the preconstruction meeting: a. Proposed procedures for placing, finishing, and curing microsilica concrete b. Proposed procedures for protecting microsilica concrete from drying and plastic shrinkage cracking during the placing and finishing process c. Proposed procedures for protecting fresh microsilica concrete from rain or other adverse weather 4. In addition to the requirements of Section 3.02, two 4 x 8 inch cylinders of the desired concrete mix shall be prepared. These cylinders shall be water cured for 28 days and air cured from 28 days and shall be tested for rapid chloride permeability in accordance with Test Method AASHTO T277-83. Specimens shall be tested at an age of 35-56 days. Acceptable test results are as follows: All specimens must be in the "Very Low Permeability" range. Test results shall be reported to the Consultant. Note that these test results shall be used to determine acceptability of proposed mixture proportions only and not as an acceptance criterion for production concrete. a. The contractor shall prepare 2-4x8 inch cylinders for every 100 cu. yds. of concrete poured. b. Testing of cylinders for rapid chloride permeability will be performed and paid for by the Contractor.
1.10 PRECONSTRUCTION TESTING
A. Preconstruction Testing Service: Engage a qualified testing agency to perform preconstruction testing on concrete mixtures.
1.11 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Steel Reinforcement: 1. Deliver reinforcement to the Project Site bundled, tagged, and marked. Use metal tags indicating bar size, lengths, and other information corresponding to markings shown on placement diagrams. 2. Protection: Use all means necessary to protect concrete reinforcement before, during, and after installation and to protect the materials and installed work of all trades. Take all necessary precautions to maintain identification of fabricated bars after bundles are broken. 3. Storage: Store concrete reinforcement materials at the site to prevent damage and accumulation of dirt or excessive rust. 4. Epoxy-coated reinforcing bars: Epoxy-coated reinforcing bars shall be stored on protective cribbing. Use spreader bars to lift bundles of coated steel to prevent bar-to bar abration. Do not drag coated steel bars. After placement restrict traffic on coated steel to prevent damage. Coating damage due to handling, shipment and placing need not be repaired where the damaged area is 0.1 square inches or smaller; damaged areas larger than 0.1 square inches shall be repaired as instructed in the specification; the maximum amount of damage including repaired and unrepaired areas shall not exceed 2 percent of the surface area of each bar. NEW CONVENIENC E ENTRY OF THE 03 30 00 - 7 QUACKENB USH SQUARE PARKING GARAGE CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE
B. Waterstops: Store waterstops under cover to protect from moisture, sunlight, dirt, oil, and other contaminants.
1.12 FIELD CONDITIONS
A. Cold-Weather Placement: Comply with ACI 306.1 and as follows. Protect concrete work from physical damage or reduced strength that could be caused by frost, freezing actions, or low temperatures. Methods and means must be approved by Project Engineer.
1. When average high and low temperature is expected to fall below 40 deg F (4.4 deg C) for three successive days, maintain delivered concrete mixture temperature within the temperature range required by ACI 301 (ACI 301M). 2. Do not use frozen materials or materials containing ice or snow. Do not place concrete on frozen subgrade or on subgrade containing frozen materials. 3. Do not use calcium chloride, salt, or other materials containing antifreeze agents or chemical accelerators unless otherwise specified and approved in mixture designs.
B. Hot-Weather Placement: Comply with ACI 301 (ACI 301M) and ACI 305.1 (ACI 305.1M), and as follows: 1. Methods and means must be approved by Project Engineer.
2. Maintain concrete temperature below 90 deg F (32 deg C) at time of placement. Chilled mixing water or chopped ice may be used to control temperature, provided water equivalent of ice is calculated to total amount of mixing water. Using liquid nitrogen to cool concrete is Contractor's option. 3. Fog-spray forms, steel reinforcement, and subgrade just before placing concrete. Keep subgrade uniformly moist without standing water, soft spots, or dry areas.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 CONCRETE, GENERAL
A. ACI Publications: Comply with the following unless modified by requirements in the Contract Documents:
1. ACI 301 (ACI 301M). 2. ACI 117 (ACI 117M).
2.2 FORM-FACING MATERIALS
A. Deliver void forms and installation instructions in manufacturer’s packaging.
B. Store off ground in ventilated and protected manner to prevent deterioration from moisture.
C. Smooth-Formed Finished Concrete: Form-facing panels that provide continuous, true, and smooth concrete surfaces. Furnish in largest practicable sizes to minimize number of joints.
1. Plywood, metal, or other approved panel materials. NEW CONVENIENC E ENTRY OF THE 03 30 00 - 8 QUACKENB USH SQUARE PARKING GARAGE CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE
2. Exterior-grade plywood panels, suitable for concrete forms, complying with DOC PS 1, and as follows:
a. High-density overlay, Class 1 or better. b. Medium-density overlay, Class 1 or better; mill-release agent treated and edge sealed. c. Structural 1, B-B or better; mill oiled and edge sealed. d. B-B (Concrete Form), Class 1 or better; mill oiled and edge sealed.
3. Overlaid Finnish birch plywood.
D. Rough-Formed Finished Concrete: Plywood, lumber, metal, or another approved material. Provide lumber dressed on at least two edges and one side for tight fit; sound undamaged sheets with clean, true edges.
E. Forms for Cylindrical Columns, Pedestals, and Supports: Metal, glass-fiber-reinforced plastic, paper, or fiber tubes that produce surfaces with gradual or abrupt irregularities not exceeding specified formwork surface class. Provide units with sufficient wall thickness to resist plastic concrete loads without detrimental deformation.
F. Pan-Type Forms: Glass-fiber-reinforced plastic or formed steel, stiffened to resist plastic concrete loads without detrimental deformation.
G. Void Forms: Biodegradable paper surface, treated for moisture resistance, structurally sufficient to support weight of plastic concrete and other superimposed loads.
H. Chamfer Strips: Wood, metal, PVC, or rubber strips, 3/4 by 3/4 inch (19 by 19 mm), minimum.
I. Rustication Strips: Wood, metal, PVC, or rubber strips, kerfed for ease of form removal.
J. Form-Release Agent: Commercially formulated form-release agent that does not bond with, stain, or adversely affect concrete surfaces and does not impair subsequent treatments of concrete surfaces.
1. Formulate form-release agent with rust inhibitor for steel form-facing materials.
K. Form Ties: Factory-fabricated, removable or snap-off glass-fiber-reinforced plastic or metal form ties designed to resist lateral pressure of fresh concrete on forms and to prevent spalling of concrete on removal.
1. Furnish units that leave no corrodible metal closer than 1 inch (25 mm) to the plane of exposed concrete surface. 2. Furnish ties that, when removed, leave holes no larger than 1 inch (25 mm) in diameter in concrete surface. 3. Furnish ties with integral water-barrier plates to walls indicated to receive dampproofing or waterproofing.
NEW CONVENIENC E ENTRY OF THE 03 30 00 - 9 QUACKENB USH SQUARE PARKING GARAGE CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE
2.3 STEEL REINFORCEMENT
A. All reinforcing rebars and wire mesh used in this project shall be epoxy coated, unless noted otherwise on drawings.
B. Reinforcing Bars: ASTM A 615/A 615M, Grade 60 (Grade 420), deformed.
C. Low-Alloy-Steel Reinforcing Bars: ASTM A 706/A 706M, deformed.
D. Epoxy-Coated Reinforcing Bars: ASTM A 775/A 775M epoxy coated, with less than 2 percent damaged coating in each 12-inch (300-mm) bar length.
E. Plain-Steel Wire: ASTM A 1064/A 1064M
F. Deformed-Steel Wire: ASTM A 1064/A 1064M.
G. Epoxy-Coated Wire: ASTM A 884/A 884M, Class A, Type 1 coated, with less than 2 percent damaged coating in each 12-inch (300-mm) wire length.
H. Plain-Steel Welded-Wire Reinforcement: ASTM A 1064/A 1064M, plain, fabricated from as- drawn steel wire into flat sheets. Yield strength 65 ksi. Mats only, roll stock is prohibited.
I. Deformed-Steel Welded-Wire Reinforcement: ASTM A 1064/A 1064M, flat sheet. Yield strength 65 ksi. Mats only, roll stock is prohibited.
J. Galvanized-Steel Welded-Wire Reinforcement: ASTM A 1064/A 1064M, plain, fabricated from galvanized-steel wire into flat sheets.
K. Epoxy-Coated Welded-Wire Reinforcement: ASTM A 884/A 884M, Class A coated, Type 1.
2.4 REINFORCEMENT ACCESSORIES
A. Joint Dowel Bars: ASTM A 615/A 615M, Grade 60 (Grade 420), plain-steel bars, cut true to length with ends square and free of burrs.
B. Epoxy-Coated Joint Dowel Bars: ASTM A 615/A 615M, Grade 60 (Grade 420), plain-steel bars, ASTM A 775/A 775M epoxy coated.
C. Epoxy Repair Coating: Liquid, two-part, epoxy repair coating; compatible with epoxy coating on reinforcement and complying with ASTM A 775/A 775M.
D. Zinc Repair Material: ASTM A 780/A 780M.
E. Bar Supports: Bolsters, chairs, spacers, and other devices for spacing, supporting, and fastening reinforcing bars and welded-wire reinforcement in place. Manufacture bar supports from steel wire, plastic, or precast concrete according to CRSI's "Manual of Standard Practice," of greater compressive strength than concrete and as follows:
1. For concrete surfaces exposed to view, where legs of wire bar supports contact forms, use CRSI Class 1 plastic-protected steel wire or CRSI Class 2 stainless-steel bar supports.
NEW CONVENIENC E ENTRY OF THE 03 30 00 - 10 QUACKENB USH SQUARE PARKING GARAGE CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE
2. For epoxy-coated reinforcement, use epoxy-coated or other dielectric-polymer-coated wire bar supports. 3. For zinc-coated reinforcement, use galvanized wire or dielectric-polymer-coated wire bar supports.
F. Tie Wire: Wire shall be 16 gauge or heavier, black-annealed. Epoxy-coated reinforcing bars shall be tied with plastic coated, epoxy coated, or nylon-coated tie wire or other acceptable materials.
G. For epoxy grouting reinforcing steel use the "Hilti; HIT Dowelling (C-100) Adhesive" supplied by Hilti Fastening Systems, 4115 South 100th East Avenue, Tulsa, OK 74146. Follow manufacturer's directions for installation and required surface preparation.
2.5 CONCRETE MATERIALS
A. Source Limitations: Obtain each type or class of cementitious material of the same brand from the same manufacturer's plant, obtain aggregate from single source, and obtain admixtures from single source from single manufacturer.
B. Cementitious Materials:
1. Portland Cement: ASTM C 150/C 150M, Type I or Type III. 2. Fly Ash: Use is not permitted unless with written permission from engineer. According to ASTM C 618. 3. Slag Cement: Use is not permitted, unless instructed by engineer. According to ASTM C 989/C 989M, Grade 100 or 120. 4. Blended Hydraulic Cement: Use is not permitted, unless instructed by engineer. According to ASTM C 595/C 595M. 5. Silica Fume: ASTM C 1240, amorphous silica. a. W.R..Grace Co. – Force 10,000 b. Or approved equal c. Microsilica shall come from the same source throughout the project. If a single primary source of microsilica cannot be maintained throughout a project, then laboratory testing of proposed sources shall be conducted before a change in the primary source shall be approved. This laboratory testing shall demonstrate to the satisfaction of the Consultant that use of microsilica from the proposed source will cause no detrimental changes in microsilica concrete performance. Such testing shall be at no cost to the owner.
C. Normal-Weight Aggregates: ASTM C 33/C 33M, coarse aggregate or better, graded. Provide aggregates from a single source with documented service record data of at least 10 years' satisfactory service in similar applications and service conditions using similar aggregates and cementitious materials.
1. Maximum Coarse-Aggregate Size: 3/4 inch (19 mm) nominal. Conforming to ASTM C33, Table 2 2. Fine Aggregate: Free of materials with deleterious reactivity to alkali in cement. 3. Chloride ion level in aggregate shall be tested by laboratory making trial mixes. Test shall conform to FHA Report No. FHWA-RD-77-85, “Sampling and Testing for Chloride
NEW CONVENIENC E ENTRY OF THE 03 30 00 - 11 QUACKENB USH SQUARE PARKING GARAGE CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE
Ion in Concrete” or AASHTO Method T260. Water soluble chloride ion content of mix from all constituents shall not exceed 0.1% by weight of cement.
D. Air-Entraining Admixture: ASTM C 260/C 260M. Certified by manufacturers to be compatible with other required admixtures. 1. Available Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, products that may be incorporated in the work include, but are not limited to, the following: a. "Air-Mix" Euclid Chemical Co. b. "Darex AEA" or "Daravair," W.R. Grace & Co. c. "MasterAir VR10" or "MasterAir AE 200" BASF Master Builders Solutions. d. "Sika AER," Sika Corp.
E. Chemical Admixtures: Certified by manufacturer to be compatible with other admixtures and that do not contribute water-soluble chloride ions exceeding those permitted in hardened concrete. Do not use calcium chloride or admixtures containing calcium chloride.
F. Water-Reducing Admixture: ASTM C 494/C 494M, Type A. 1. Available Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, products that may be incorporated in the work include, but are not limited to, the following: a. "Eucon WR-75 or Eucon MR" Euclid Chemical Co. b. "WRDA with Hycol," W.R. Grace & Co. c. "MasterPozzolith 322 or MasterPolyheed 997," BASF Master Builders Solutions. d. "Plastocrete 161," Sika Corp.
G. Water-Reducing and Retarding Admixture: ASTM C 494/C 494M, Type D. 1. Available Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, products that may be incorporated in the work include, but are not limited to, the following: a. "Eucon Retarder 75," Euclid Chemical Co. b. "Daratard-17," W.R. Grace & Co. c. "MasterSet R," BASF Master Builders Solutions. d. "Plastiment," Sika Corporation.
H. High-Range, Water-Reducing Admixture: ASTM C 494/C 494M, Type F or G. 1. Available Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, products that may be incorporated in the work include, but are not limited to, the following: a. "Eucon 37, Eucon 1037 or Plastol 5000" Euclid Chemical Co. b. "Daracem," W.R. Grace & Co. c. "MasterRheobuild 1000" BASF Master Builders Solutions. d. "Sikament 300," Sika Corp.
I. Calcium Nitrite-Based Corrosion Inhibitor. 1. Available Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, products that may be incorporated in the work include, but are not limited to, the following: a. “DCI” or “DCI-s Corrosion Inhibitor”, WR Grace & Co. b. “MasterLife CI 30”, BASF Master Builders Solutions c. “Eucon CIA”, The Euclid Chemical Company
J. Admixtures for Colored Concrete: 1. For colored concrete, use L. M. Scofield “color Admixtures” in strict accordance with manufacturer’s recommendations. Provide color as shown on plans. Dosage of color
NEW CONVENIENC E ENTRY OF THE 03 30 00 - 12 QUACKENB USH SQUARE PARKING GARAGE CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE
depends on the amount of cement used in the mix. Contractor to coordinate with ready mix supplier and color manufacturer for dosage. 2. For stamped concrete, use L. M. Scofield “Lithochrome Color Hardner”. Provide color as shown on plans and in strict accordance with manufacturer’s recommendations.
K. Water: ASTM C 94/C 94M and potable.
2.6 FIBER REINFORCEMENT
A. Synthetic Micro-Fiber: Fibrillated polypropylene micro-fibers engineered and designed for use in concrete, complying with ASTM C 1116/C 1116M, Type III, 1 to 2-1/4 inches (25 to 57 mm) long. 1. Acceptable Manufacturers a. FORTA Corporation, 100 FORTA Drive, Grove City, PA 16127 b. FIBERMESH COMPANY, 4019 Industry Drive, Chattanooga TN 37416 2. Mixing a. Fibermesh shall be added at a rate of 1.6 lbs./cu.yd. minimum 3. Physical Properties a. Chemical: Fibrous reinforcement shall be chemically and alkali inert, virgin polypropylene. b. Configuration: Fibrous reinforcement shall be in collated fibrillated (connected screen) form and also in twisted bundle form. c. Length: The fibrous bundle length shall be a minimum of 1.0". d. Specific Gravity: 0.91 e. Modulus of Elasticity: 0.70 x 10 to the 6th p.s.i. f. Tensile Strength: 70,000 p.s.i. minimum
2.7 WATERSTOPS
A. Flexible Rubber Waterstops: CE CRD-C 513,[ with factory-installed metal eyelets,] for embedding in concrete to prevent passage of fluids through joints. Factory fabricate corners, intersections, and directional changes. 1. Profile: Flat dumbbell with center bulb 2. Dimensions: 4 inches by 3/16 inch thick (100 mm by 4.75 mm thick); nontapered.
B. Chemically Resistant Flexible Waterstops: Thermoplastic elastomer rubber waterstops with factory-installed metal eyelets, for embedding in concrete to prevent passage of fluids through joints; resistant to oils, solvents, and chemicals. Factory fabricate corners, intersections, and directional changes. 1. Profile: Flat dumbbell with center bulb 2. Dimensions: 4 inches by 3/16 inch thick (100 mm by 4.75 mm thick); nontapered.
C. Flexible PVC Waterstops: CE CRD-C 572,[ with factory-installed metal eyelets,] for embedding in concrete to prevent passage of fluids through joints. Factory fabricate corners, intersections, and directional changes. 1. Profile: Flat dumbbell with center 2. Dimensions: 4 inches by 3/16 inch thick (100 mm by 4.75 mm thick; nontapered.
NEW CONVENIENC E ENTRY OF THE 03 30 00 - 13 QUACKENB USH SQUARE PARKING GARAGE CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE
D. Self-Expanding Butyl Strip Waterstops: Manufactured rectangular or trapezoidal strip, butyl rubber with sodium bentonite or other hydrophilic polymers, for adhesive bonding to concrete, 3/4 by 1 inch (19 by 25 mm).
E. Self-Expanding Rubber Strip Waterstops: Manufactured rectangular or trapezoidal strip, bentonite-free hydrophilic polymer-modified chloroprene rubber, for adhesive bonding to concrete, 3/8 by 3/4 inch (10 by 19 mm).
2.8 VAPOR RETARDERS
A. Vapor Barrier: A flexible, preformed sheer membrane having a water-vapor permeance rate no greater than 0.012 perms when tested in accordance with ASTM E154, Section 7 and otherwise conforming to ASTM E1475, Class B or higher. Vapor barrier shall be no less than 10 mils thick in accordance with ACI 302.1R-96. 1. Available Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, products that may be incorporated in the work include, but are not limited to, the following: a. b. a. "Griffolyn Vaporguard," Reef Industries. b. "Stego Wrap (15 mils) Vapor Barrier," Stego Industries L.L.C., San Juan Capistrano, CA, PH: 877-464-7834. c. "Premoulded membrane with PLASMATIC CORE," W.R. Meadows.
2.9 FLOOR AND SLAB TREATMENTS
A. Slip-Resistive Emery Aggregate Finish: Factory-graded, packaged, rustproof, nonglazing, abrasive, crushed emery aggregate containing not less than 50 percent aluminum oxide and not less than 20 percent ferric oxide; unaffected by freezing, moisture, and cleaning materials with 100 percent passing No. 8 (2.36-mm) sieve.
B. Slip-Resistive Aluminum Granule Finish: Factory-graded, packaged, rustproof, nonglazing, abrasive aggregate of not less than 95 percent fused aluminum-oxide granules.
C. Emery Dry-Shake Floor Hardener: Unpigmented, factory-packaged, dry combination of portland cement, graded emery aggregate, and plasticizing admixture; with emery aggregate consisting of no less than 60 percent of total aggregate content.
1. Color: As selected by Architect from manufacturer's full range.
D. Metallic Dry-Shake Floor Hardener: Unpigmented, factory-packaged, dry combination of portland cement, graded metallic aggregate, rust inhibitors, and plasticizing admixture; with metallic aggregate consisting of no less than 65 percent of total aggregate content.
1. Color: As selected by Architect from manufacturer's full range.
E. Unpigmented Mineral Dry-Shake Floor Hardener: Factory-packaged dry combination of portland cement, graded quartz aggregate, and plasticizing admixture.
NEW CONVENIENC E ENTRY OF THE 03 30 00 - 14 QUACKENB USH SQUARE PARKING GARAGE CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE
2.10 LIQUID FLOOR TREATMENTS
A. Penetrating Liquid Floor Treatment: Clear, chemically reactive, waterborne solution of inorganic silicate or siliconate materials and proprietary components; odorless; that penetrates, hardens, and densifies concrete surfaces.
2.11 CURING MATERIALS
A. Clear Curing and Sealing Compound (A.I.M. Regulations – VOC Complaint, 350 g/l): Liquid- type membrane- forming curing compound, clear styrene acrylate type, complying with ASTM C1315, Type I, Class A, 25% solid contents minimum. Moisture loss not more than 0.4 Kg./sq.m. when applied at 300 sq. ft./gal. 1. Available Products for normal concrete: Subject to compliance with requirements, products that may be incorporated in the work include, but are not limited to, the following: a. "Super Diamond Clear VOX, or Super Rez Seal Vox" Euclid Chemical Company. b. "Masterkure100WB," BASF Master Builders Solutions.
B. Curing Compound (Strippable) – VOC Complaint, 350 g/l): The water based compound shall conform to ASTM C 309. Use strippable curing compound on surfaces to be covered with finish or coating material applied directly to concrete, such as liquid densifier/sealer, waterproofing, dampproofing, membrane roofing, flooring, painting, and other coatings and finish materials. 1. Available Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, products that may be incorporated in the work include, but are not limited to, the following: a. "Kurez DR VOX" Euclid Chemical Company
C. For colored concrete use “Lithochrome Colorwax” by L.M. Scofield Company.
D. Absorptive Cover: AASHTO M 182, Class 2, burlap cloth made from jute or kenaf, weighing approximately 9 oz./sq. yd. (305 g/sq. m) when dry.
E. Moisture-Retaining Cover: ASTM C 171, polyethylene film or white burlap-polyethylene sheet.
F. Water: Potable.
2.12 RELATED MATERIALS
A. Expansion- and Isolation-Joint-Filler Strips: ASTM D 1751, asphalt-saturated cellulosic fiber or ASTM D 1752, cork or self-expanding cork.
B. Semirigid Joint Filler: Two-component, semirigid, 100 percent solids, epoxy resin with a Type A shore durometer hardness of 80 according to ASTM D 2240.
C. Bonding Agent: ASTM C 1059/C 1059M, Type II, nonredispersible, acrylic emulsion or styrene butadiene.
D. Epoxy Bonding Adhesive: ASTM C 881, two-component epoxy resin, capable of humid curing and bonding to damp surfaces, of class suitable for application temperature and of grade to suit requirements, and as follows:
NEW CONVENIENC E ENTRY OF THE 03 30 00 - 15 QUACKENB USH SQUARE PARKING GARAGE CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE
1. Types IV and V, load bearing, for bonding hardened or freshly mixed concrete to hardened concrete.
E. Reglets: Fabricate reglets of not less than 0.022-inch- (0.55-mm-) thick, galvanized-steel sheet. Temporarily fill or cover face opening of reglet to prevent intrusion of concrete or debris.
F. Dovetail Anchor Slots: Hot-dip galvanized-steel sheet, not less than 0.034 inch (0.85 mm) thick, with bent tab anchors. Temporarily fill or cover face opening of slots to prevent intrusion of concrete or debris.
2.13 REPAIR MATERIALS
A. Repair Underlayment: Cement-based, polymer-modified, self-leveling product that can be applied in thicknesses from 1/8 inch (3.2 mm) and that can be feathered at edges to match adjacent floor elevations.
1. Cement Binder: ASTM C 150/C 150M, portland cement or hydraulic or blended hydraulic cement as defined in ASTM C 219. 2. Primer: Product of underlayment manufacturer recommended for substrate, conditions, and application. 3. Aggregate: Well-graded, washed gravel, 1/8 to 1/4 inch (3.2 to 6 mm) or coarse sand as recommended by underlayment manufacturer. 4. Compressive Strength: Not less than 5000 psi (29 MPa) at 28 days when tested according to ASTM C 109/C 109M.
B. Repair Overlayment: Cement-based, polymer-modified, self-leveling product that can be applied in thicknesses from 1/4 inch (6.4 mm) and that can be filled in over a scarified surface to match adjacent floor elevations.
1. Cement Binder: ASTM C 150/C 150M, portland cement or hydraulic or blended hydraulic cement as defined in ASTM C 219. 2. Primer: Product of topping manufacturer recommended for substrate, conditions, and application. 3. Aggregate: Well-graded, washed gravel, 1/8 to 1/4 inch (3.2 to 6 mm) or coarse sand as recommended by topping manufacturer. 4. Compressive Strength: Not less than 5000 psi (34.5 MPa) at 28 days when tested according to ASTM C 109/C 109M.
2.14 CONCRETE MIXTURES, GENERAL
A. Prepare design mixtures for each type and strength of concrete, proportioned on the basis of laboratory trial mixture or field test data, or both, according to ACI 301 (ACI 301M).
1. Use a qualified independent testing agency for preparing and reporting proposed mixture designs based on laboratory trial mixtures.
B. Admixtures: Use admixtures according to manufacturer's written instructions.
NEW CONVENIENC E ENTRY OF THE 03 30 00 - 16 QUACKENB USH SQUARE PARKING GARAGE CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE
1. Use water-reducing high-range water-reducing or plasticizing admixture in concrete, as required, for placement and workability. 2. Use water-reducing and -retarding admixture when required by high temperatures, low humidity, or other adverse placement conditions. 3. Use water-reducing admixture in pumped concrete, concrete for heavy-use industrial slabs and parking structure slabs, concrete required to be watertight, and concrete with a w/c ratio below 0.50. 4. Use corrosion-inhibiting admixture in concrete mixtures where indicated.
C. Color Pigment: Add color pigment to concrete mixture according to manufacturer's written instructions and to result in hardened concrete color consistent with approved mockup.
2.15 CONCRETE MIXTURES FOR BUILDING ELEMENTS
A. Prepare design mixes for concrete by laboratory trial batch or field experience methods as specified in ACI 301. Use an independent testing facility acceptable to the Engineer for preparing and reporting proposed mix designs. The testing facility shall not be the same as used for field quality control testing.
B. Submit written reports to the Engineer of each proposed mix at least 15 days prior to start of work. Do not begin concrete production until proposed mix designs have been reviewed and approved by the Engineer.
C. Design mixes to provide normal weight concrete with the following properties, as indicated on drawings and schedules: 1. Except where otherwise indicated, concrete types and minimum 28-day compressive strengths shall be as follows: a. Slab-on-grade: 5000 psi regular weight b. Drilled piers, footings, foundation walls, pads, grade beams: 4000 psi regular weight c. Elevated slabs, toppings, beams, girders: 5000 psi regular weight d. Parapets and knee walls: 5000 psi regular weight e. Columns and corbels: 5000 psi regular weight f. Stairs and elevator tower walls: 5000 psi regular weight g. All other: 4000 psi regular weight 2. Maximum water-to-cement ratio is as follows: a. Elevated Deck: 0.38 b. Foundation and columns: 0.40 c. Slab-on-grade and toppings: 0.45 3. All concrete exposed to weather and/or freeze-thaw shall be air entrained with 6.0 ± 1.5 % air content. (Including interior structural elements which may be subject to weathering elements due to a construction schedule – consult the engineer.) 4. Fiber reinforcement – 1.6 lb/cu.yd. 5. Use high-range water-reducing admixture (Superplasticizer) in concrete for placement and workability. 6. Use admixtures for water reduction and set control in strict compliance with manufacturer's directions. 7. Slump Limits: Proportion and design mixes to result in concrete slump at point of placement as follows: a. Not more than 3 inches initial slump. NEW CONVENIENC E ENTRY OF THE 03 30 00 - 17 QUACKENB USH SQUARE PARKING GARAGE CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE
b. Not more than 8 inches final slump after the addition of plasticizing agent. 8. Add microsilica as required
2.16 FABRICATING REINFORCEMENT
A. Fabricate steel reinforcement according to CRSI's "Manual of Standard Practice."
2.17 CONCRETE MIXING
A. Ready-Mixed Concrete: Measure, batch, mix, and deliver concrete according to ASTM C 94/C 94M and ASTM C 1116/C 1116M, and furnish batch ticket information.
1. When air temperature is between 85 and 90 deg F (30 and 32 deg C), reduce mixing and delivery time from 1-1/2 hours to 75 minutes; when air temperature is above 90 deg F (32 deg C), reduce mixing and delivery time to 60 minutes.
2. When using Fibrous Reinforcement a. The fibrous reinforcement shall be used at the rate of 1.6 pounds (minimum) per cubic yard of concrete. b. The fibrous reinforcement shall be added directly into the concrete either at the batch plant or at the job site. If added at the batch plant with the aggregates, typically no additional site mixing time is required. If a superplasticizer is used, the fibrous reinforcement shall be added first. If the mixing drum contains less than 50% of capacity (i.e. 4 cubic yards in a 10 cubic yard capacity drum), back the concrete up to the top of discharge and empty the fibrous reinforcement directly on top of the concrete before mixing. c. Fibrous reinforced concrete shall be moved and placed per standard A.C.I. recommendations. Tined rakes are prohibited as a means of moving the fibrous concrete. If pumping or shooting fibrous concrete, elevate ready mix discharge chute approximately 12" (or higher) above the pump grate or screen to improve the fibrous concrete flow into the pump. d. Standard A.C.I. recommended finishing practices apply for fibrous concrete with the following additional considerations: 1) Hard-Trowel Finish - Avoid Wood trowels and floats which are abrasive to the surface - use steel/magnesium tools. 2) Textured Finish - use stiff-bristled broom (bristles stiffer than the fibers themselves) and brush in only one direction. 3) Cure and joint properly per A.C.I. standard recommendations. e. It should be noted that fibrous reinforced concrete bleeds less and slightly slower than unreinforced concrete which should be considered during the finishing process.
B. Project-Site Mixing: Measure, batch, and mix concrete materials and concrete according to ASTM C 94/C 94M. Mix concrete materials in appropriate drum-type batch machine mixer.
1. For mixer capacity of 1 cu. yd. (0.76 cu. m) or smaller, continue mixing at least 1-1/2 minutes, but not more than 5 minutes after ingredients are in mixer, before any part of batch is released.
NEW CONVENIENC E ENTRY OF THE 03 30 00 - 18 QUACKENB USH SQUARE PARKING GARAGE CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE
2. For mixer capacity larger than 1 cu. yd. (0.76 cu. m), increase mixing time by 15 seconds for each additional 1 cu. yd. (0.76 cu. m). 3. Provide batch ticket for each batch discharged and used in the Work, indicating Project identification name and number, date, mixture type, mixture time, quantity, and amount of water added. Record approximate location of final deposit in structure.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 FORMWORK INSTALLATION
A. Design, erect, shore, brace, and maintain formwork, according to ACI 301 (ACI 301M), ACI 318, and local code standards, to support vertical, lateral, static, and dynamic loads, and construction loads that might be applied, until structure can support such loads. 1. Shop Drawings: Indicate pertinent dimensions, materials, bracing and arrangement of joints and ties. 2. Product Data: Provide data on void form materials and installation requirements 3. Design formwork under direct supervision of a Professional Structural Engineer experienced in design of this work and licensed in the State(s) of construction. 4. Provide material certifications signed by the manufacturer and contractor certifying that components used meet or exceed specified requirements.
B. Construct formwork so concrete members and structures are of size, shape, alignment, elevation, and position indicated, within tolerance limits of ACI 117 (ACI 117M).
C. Limit concrete surface irregularities, designated by ACI 347 as abrupt or gradual, as follows:
1. Class A, 1/8 inch (3.2 mm for smooth-formed finished surfaces. 2. Class B, 1/4 inch (6 mm) for rough-formed finished surfaces.
D. Construct forms tight enough to prevent loss of concrete mortar.
E. Construct forms for easy removal without hammering or prying against concrete surfaces. Provide crush or wrecking plates where stripping may damage cast-concrete surfaces. Provide top forms for inclined surfaces steeper than 1.5 horizontal to 1 vertical.
1. Install keyways, reglets, recesses, and the like, for easy removal. 2. Do not use rust-stained steel form-facing material.
F. Set edge forms, bulkheads, and intermediate screed strips for slabs to achieve required elevations and slopes in finished concrete surfaces. Provide and secure units to support screed strips; use strike-off templates or compacting-type screeds.
G. Provide temporary openings for cleanouts and inspection ports where interior area of formwork is inaccessible. Close openings with panels tightly fitted to forms and securely braced to prevent loss of concrete mortar. Locate temporary openings in forms at inconspicuous locations.
H. Chamfer exterior corners and edges of permanently exposed concrete.
NEW CONVENIENC E ENTRY OF THE 03 30 00 - 19 QUACKENB USH SQUARE PARKING GARAGE CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE
I. Form openings, chases, offsets, sinkages, keyways, reglets, blocking, screeds, and bulkheads required in the Work. Determine sizes and locations from trades providing such items.
J. Clean forms and adjacent surfaces to receive concrete. Remove chips, wood, sawdust, dirt, and other debris just before placing concrete.
K. Retighten forms and bracing before placing concrete, as required, to prevent mortar leaks and maintain proper alignment.
L. Coat contact surfaces of forms with form-release agent, according to manufacturer's written instructions, before placing reinforcement.
M. Obtain approval before framing openings in structural members which are not indicated on Drawings.
N. Provide fillet and chamfer strips on external corners of beams, joists, columns and at other locations shown on drawings.
O. Install void forms in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. Protect forms from moisture or crushing.
P. Coordinate this section with other sections of work which require attachment of components to formwork.
Q. If formwork is placed after reinforcement resulting in insufficient concrete cover over reinforcement before proceeding, request instructions from Architect/Engineer.
R. Set edge forms or bulkheads and intermediate screed strips for slabs to obtain required elevations and contours in finished slab surface. Provide and secure units sufficiently strong to support types of screed strips by use of strike-off templates or accepted compacting type screeds.
S. Apply prior to placement of reinforcing steel, anchoring devices, and embedded items.
T. Do not apply form release agent where concrete surfaces will receive special finishes or applied coverings which are affected by agent. Soak inside surfaces of untreated forms with clean water. Keep surfaces coated prior to placement of concrete.
3.2 EMBEDDED ITEM INSTALLATION
A. Place and secure anchorage devices and other embedded items required for adjoining work that is attached to or supported by cast-in-place concrete. Use setting drawings, templates, diagrams, instructions, and directions furnished with items to be embedded.
1. Install anchor rods, accurately located, to elevations required and complying with tolerances in Section 7.5 of AISC 303. 2. Install reglets to receive waterproofing and to receive through-wall flashings in outer face of concrete frame at exterior walls, where flashing is shown at lintels, shelf angles, and other conditions. 3. Install dovetail anchor slots in concrete structures as indicated.
NEW CONVENIENC E ENTRY OF THE 03 30 00 - 20 QUACKENB USH SQUARE PARKING GARAGE CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE
4. Install waterstops in accordance with manufacturer's instructions continuous without displacing reinforcement. [Heat seal joints watertight.] 5. Provide temporary ports or openings in formwork where required to facilitate cleaning and inspection. Locate openings at bottom of forms to allow flushing water to drain. 6. Close temporary openings with tight fitting panels, flush with inside face of forms, and neatly fitted so joints will not be apparent in exposed concrete surfaces.
3.3 REMOVING AND REUSING FORMS
A. General: Formwork for sides of beams, walls, columns, and similar parts of the Work that does not support weight of concrete may be removed after cumulatively curing at not less than 50 deg F (10 deg C) for 24 hours after placing concrete. Concrete has to be hard enough to not be damaged by form-removal operations, and curing and protection operations need to be maintained.
1. Leave formwork for beam soffits, joists, slabs, and other structural elements that support weight of concrete in place until concrete has achieved at least 70 percent of its 28-day design compressive strength. 2. Remove forms only if shores have been arranged to permit removal of forms without loosening or disturbing shores.
B. Clean and repair surfaces of forms to be reused in the Work. Split, frayed, delaminated, or otherwise damaged form-facing material are not acceptable for exposed surfaces. Apply new form-release agent.
C. When forms are reused, clean surfaces, remove fins and laitance, and tighten to close joints. Align and secure joints to avoid offsets. Do not use patched forms for exposed concrete surfaces unless approved by Architect.
D. Clean formed cavities of debris prior to placing concrete
E. Flush with water or use compressed air to remove remaining foreign matter. Ensure that water and debris drain to exterior through clean-out ports.
F. During cold weather, remove ice and snow from within forms. Do not use de-icing salts. Do not use water to clean out forms, unless formwork and concrete construction proceed within heated enclosure. Use compressed air or other means to remove foreign matter.
3.4 SHORING AND RESHORING INSTALLATION
A. Comply with ACI 318 (ACI 318M) and ACI 301 (ACI 301M) for design, installation, and removal of shoring and reshoring.
1. Do not remove shoring or reshoring until measurement of slab tolerances is complete.
B. In multistory construction, extend shoring or reshoring over a sufficient number of stories to distribute loads in such a manner that no floor or member will be excessively loaded or will induce tensile stress in concrete members without sufficient steel reinforcement. 1. Extend shoring at least one floor under floor being repaired.
NEW CONVENIENC E ENTRY OF THE 03 30 00 - 21 QUACKENB USH SQUARE PARKING GARAGE CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE
C. Plan sequence of removal of shores and reshore to avoid damage to concrete. Locate and provide adequate reshoring to support construction without excessive stress or deflection.
D. Shoring shall be protected using barricades the entire time shoring is in place
3.5 VAPOR-RETARDER INSTALLATION
A. Sheet Vapor Retarders: Place, protect, and repair sheet vapor retarder according to ASTM E 1643 and manufacturer's written instructions.
1. Lap joints 6 inches (150 mm) and seal with manufacturer's recommended tape.
B. Bituminous Vapor Retarders: Place, protect, and repair bituminous vapor retarder according to manufacturer's written instructions.
3.6 STEEL REINFORCEMENT INSTALLATION
A. General: Comply with CRSI's "Manual of Standard Practice" for fabricating, placing, and supporting reinforcement.
1. Do not cut or puncture vapor retarder. Repair damage and reseal vapor retarder before placing concrete.
B. Clean reinforcement of loose rust and mill scale, earth, ice, and other foreign materials that reduce bond to concrete.
C. Accurately position, support, and secure reinforcement against displacement. Locate and support reinforcement with bar supports to maintain minimum concrete cover. Do not tack weld crossing reinforcing bars.
1. Weld reinforcing bars according to AWS D1.4/D 1.4M, where indicated.
D. Set wire ties with ends directed into concrete, not toward exposed concrete surfaces.
E. Install welded-wire reinforcement in longest practicable lengths on bar supports spaced to minimize sagging. Lap edges and ends of adjoining sheets at least one mesh spacing. Offset laps of adjoining sheet widths to prevent continuous laps in either direction. Lace overlaps with wire.
F. Epoxy-Coated Reinforcement: Repair cut and damaged epoxy coatings with epoxy repair coating according to ASTM D 3963/D 3963M. Use epoxy-coated steel wire ties to fasten epoxy-coated steel reinforcement.
G. Zinc-Coated Reinforcement: Repair cut and damaged zinc coatings with zinc repair material according to ASTM A 780/A 780M. Use galvanized-steel wire ties to fasten zinc-coated steel reinforcement.
3.7 JOINTS
A. General: Construct joints true to line with faces perpendicular to surface plane of concrete. NEW CONVENIENC E ENTRY OF THE 03 30 00 - 22 QUACKENB USH SQUARE PARKING GARAGE CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE
B. Construction Joints: Install so strength and appearance of concrete are not impaired, at locations indicated or as approved by Architect.
1. Place joints perpendicular to main reinforcement. Continue reinforcement across construction joints unless otherwise indicated. Do not continue reinforcement through sides of strip placements of floors and slabs. 2. Form keyed joints as indicated. Embed keys at least 1-1/2 inches (38 mm) into concrete. 3. Locate joints for beams, slabs, joists, and girders in the middle third of spans. Offset joints in girders a minimum distance of twice the beam width from a beam-girder intersection. 4. Locate horizontal joints in walls and columns at underside of floors, slabs, beams, and girders and at the top of footings or floor slabs. 5. Space vertical joints in walls as indicated. Locate joints beside piers integral with walls, near corners, and in concealed locations where possible. 6. Use a bonding agent at locations where fresh concrete is placed against hardened or partially hardened concrete surfaces. 7. Use epoxy-bonding adhesive at locations where fresh concrete is placed against hardened or partially hardened concrete surfaces.
C. Contraction Joints in Slabs-on-Grade: Form weakened-plane contraction joints, sectioning concrete into areas as indicated. Construct contraction joints for a depth equal to at least one- fourth of concrete thickness as follows:
1. Grooved Joints: Form contraction joints after initial floating by grooving and finishing each edge of joint to a radius of 1/8 inch (3.2 mm). Repeat grooving of contraction joints after applying surface finishes. Eliminate groover tool marks on concrete surfaces. 2. Sawed Joints: Form contraction joints with power saws equipped with shatterproof abrasive or diamond-rimmed blades. Cut 1/8-inch- (3.2-mm-) wide joints into concrete when cutting action does not tear, abrade, or otherwise damage surface and before concrete develops random contraction cracks.
D. Isolation Joints in Slabs-on-Grade: After removing formwork, install joint-filler strips at slab junctions with vertical surfaces, such as column pedestals, foundation walls, grade beams, and other locations, as indicated.
1. Extend joint-filler strips full width and depth of joint, terminating flush with finished concrete surface unless otherwise indicated. 2. Terminate full-width joint-filler strips not less than 1/2 inch (13 mm) or more than 1 inch (25 mm) below finished concrete surface where joint sealants, specified in Section 079200 "Joint Sealants," are indicated. 3. Install joint-filler strips in lengths as long as practicable. Where more than one length is required, lace or clip sections together.
E. Doweled Joints: Install dowel bars and support assemblies at joints where indicated. Lubricate or asphalt coat one-half of dowel length to prevent concrete bonding to one side of joint.
3.8 WATERSTOP INSTALLATION
A. Flexible Waterstops: Install in construction joints and at other joints indicated to form a continuous diaphragm. Install in longest lengths practicable. Support and protect exposed NEW CONVENIENC E ENTRY OF THE 03 30 00 - 23 QUACKENB USH SQUARE PARKING GARAGE CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE
waterstops during progress of the Work. Field fabricate joints in waterstops according to manufacturer's written instructions.
B. Self-Expanding Strip Waterstops: Install in construction joints and at other locations indicated, according to manufacturer's written instructions, adhesive bonding, mechanically fastening, and firmly pressing into place. Install in longest lengths practicable.
3.9 CONCRETE PLACEMENT
A. Before placing concrete, verify that installation of formwork, reinforcement, and embedded items is complete and that required inspections are completed.
B. Do not add water to concrete during delivery, at Project site, or during placement unless approved by Architect.
C. Before test sampling and placing concrete, water may be added at Project site, subject to limitations of ACI 301 (ACI 301M).
1. Do not add water to concrete after adding high-range water-reducing admixtures to mixture.
D. Deposit concrete continuously in one layer or in horizontal layers of such thickness that no new concrete is placed on concrete that has hardened enough to cause seams or planes of weakness. If a section cannot be placed continuously, provide construction joints as indicated. Deposit concrete to avoid segregation.
1. Deposit concrete in horizontal layers of depth not to exceed formwork design pressures and in a manner to avoid inclined construction joints. 2. Consolidate placed concrete with mechanical vibrating equipment according to ACI 301 (ACI 301M). 3. Do not use vibrators to transport concrete inside forms. Insert and withdraw vibrators vertically at uniformly spaced locations to rapidly penetrate placed layer and at least 6 inches (150 mm) into preceding layer. Do not insert vibrators into lower layers of concrete that have begun to lose plasticity. At each insertion, limit duration of vibration to time necessary to consolidate concrete and complete embedment of reinforcement and other embedded items without causing mixture constituents to segregate.
E. Deposit and consolidate concrete for floors and slabs in a continuous operation, within limits of construction joints, until placement of a panel or section is complete.
1. Consolidate concrete during placement operations, so concrete is thoroughly worked around reinforcement and other embedded items and into corners. 2. Maintain reinforcement in position on chairs during concrete placement. 3. Screed slab surfaces with a straightedge and strike off to correct elevations. 4. Slope surfaces uniformly to drains where required. 5. Begin initial floating using bull floats or darbies to form a uniform and open-textured surface plane, before excess bleedwater appears on the surface. Do not further disturb slab surfaces before starting finishing operations.
NEW CONVENIENC E ENTRY OF THE 03 30 00 - 24 QUACKENB USH SQUARE PARKING GARAGE CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE
3.10 FINISHING FORMED SURFACES
A. Rough-Formed Finish: As-cast concrete texture imparted by form-facing material with tie holes and defects repaired and patched. Remove fins and other projections that exceed specified limits on formed-surface irregularities.
1. Apply to concrete surfaces not exposed to public view.
B. Smooth-Formed Finish: As-cast concrete texture imparted by form-facing material, arranged in an orderly and symmetrical manner with a minimum of seams. Repair and patch tie holes and defects. Remove fins and other projections that exceed specified limits on formed-surface irregularities.
1. Apply to concrete surfaces exposed to public view, to receive a rubbed finish, or to be covered with a coating or covering material applied directly to concrete.
C. Rubbed Finish: Apply the following to smooth-formed-finished as-cast concrete where indicated:
1. Smooth-Rubbed Finish: Not later than one day after form removal, moisten concrete surfaces and rub with carborundum brick or another abrasive until producing a uniform color and texture. Do not apply cement grout other than that created by the rubbing process. 2. Grout-Cleaned Finish: Wet concrete surfaces and apply grout of a consistency of thick paint to coat surfaces and fill small holes. Mix 1 part portland cement to 1-1/2 parts fine sand with a 1:1 mixture of bonding admixture and water. Add white portland cement in amounts determined by trial patches, so color of dry grout matches adjacent surfaces. Scrub grout into voids and remove excess grout. When grout whitens, rub surface with clean burlap and keep surface damp by fog spray for at least 36 hours. 3. Cork-Floated Finish: Wet concrete surfaces and apply a stiff grout. Mix 1 part portland cement and 1 part fine sand with a 1:1 mixture of bonding agent and water. Add white portland cement in amounts determined by trial patches, so color of dry grout matches adjacent surfaces. Compress grout into voids by grinding surface. In a swirling motion, finish surface with a cork float.
D. Related Unformed Surfaces: At tops of walls, horizontal offsets, and similar unformed surfaces adjacent to formed surfaces, strike off smooth and finish with a texture matching adjacent formed surfaces. Continue final surface treatment of formed surfaces uniformly across adjacent unformed surfaces unless otherwise indicated.
3.11 FINISHING FLOORS AND SLABS
A. General: Comply with ACI 302.1R recommendations for screeding, restraightening, and finishing operations for concrete surfaces. Do not wet concrete surfaces.
B. Scratch Finish: While still plastic, texture concrete surface that has been screeded and bull- floated or darbied. Use stiff brushes, brooms, or rakes to produce a profile amplitude of 1/4 inch (6 mm) in one direction.
1. Apply scratch finish to surfaces indicated and to receive concrete floor toppings
NEW CONVENIENC E ENTRY OF THE 03 30 00 - 25 QUACKENB USH SQUARE PARKING GARAGE CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE
C. Float Finish: Consolidate surface with power-driven floats or by hand floating if area is small or inaccessible to power-driven floats. Restraighten, cut down high spots, and fill low spots. Repeat float passes and restraightening until surface is left with a uniform, smooth, granular texture.
1. Apply float finish to surfaces indicated and to be covered with fluid-applied or sheet waterproofing, built-up or membrane roofing, or sand-bed terrazzo
D. Trowel Finish: After applying float finish, apply first troweling and consolidate concrete by hand or power-driven trowel. Continue troweling passes and restraighten until surface is free of trowel marks and uniform in texture and appearance. Grind smooth any surface defects that would telegraph through applied coatings or floor coverings.
1. Apply a trowel finish to surfaces indicated 2. Finish surfaces to the following tolerances, according to ASTM E 1155 (ASTM E 1155M), for a randomly trafficked floor surface:
a. Specified overall values of flatness, F(F) 25; and of levelness, F(L) 20; with minimum local values of flatness, F(F) 17; and of levelness, F(L) 15. b. Specified overall values of flatness, F(F) 35; and of levelness, F(L) 25; with minimum local values of flatness, F(F) 24; and of levelness, F(L) 17; for slabs-on- grade. c. Specified overall values of flatness, F(F) 30; and of levelness, F(L) 20; with minimum local values of flatness, F(F) 24; and of levelness, F(L) 15; for suspended slabs. d. Specified overall values of flatness, F(F) 45; and of levelness, F(L) 35; with minimum local values of flatness, F(F) 30; and of levelness, F(L) 24.
3. Finish and measure surface, so gap at any point between concrete surface and an unleveled, freestanding, 10-ft.- (3.05-m-) long straightedge resting on two high spots and placed anywhere on the surface does not exceed [1/4 inch (6 mm)] [3/16 inch (4.8 mm)] [1/8 inch (3.2 mm)].
E. Trowel and Fine-Broom Finish: Apply a first trowel finish to surfaces indicated. While concrete is still plastic, slightly scarify surface with a fine broom.
1. Comply with flatness and levelness tolerances for trowel-finished floor surfaces.
F. Broom Finish: Apply a broom finish to exterior concrete platforms, steps, ramps, and elsewhere as indicated.
1. Immediately after float finishing, slightly roughen trafficked surface by brooming with fiber-bristle broom perpendicular to main traffic route. Coordinate required final finish with Architect before application.
G. Slip-Resistive Finish: Before final floating, apply slip-resistive aggregate or aluminum granule finish where indicated and to concrete stair treads, platforms, and ramps. Apply according to manufacturer's written instructions and as follows:
NEW CONVENIENC E ENTRY OF THE 03 30 00 - 26 QUACKENB USH SQUARE PARKING GARAGE CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE
1. Uniformly spread 25 lb/100 sq. ft. (12 kg/10 sq. m) of dampened slip-resistive aggregate or aluminum granules over surface in one or two applications. Tamp aggregate flush with surface, but do not force below surface. 2. After broadcasting and tamping, apply float finish. 3. After curing, lightly work surface with a steel wire brush or an abrasive stone and water to expose slip-resistive aggregate or aluminum granules.
H. Dry-Shake Floor Hardener Finish: After initial floating, apply dry-shake floor hardener to surfaces according to manufacturer's written instructions and as follows:
1. Uniformly apply dry-shake floor hardener at a rate of 100 lb/100 sq. ft. (49 kg/10 sq. m) unless greater amount is recommended by manufacturer. 2. Uniformly distribute approximately two-thirds of dry-shake floor hardener over surface by hand or with mechanical spreader, and embed by power floating. Follow power floating with a second dry-shake floor hardener application, uniformly distributing remainder of material, and embed by power floating. 3. After final floating, apply a trowel finish. Cure concrete with curing compound recommended by dry-shake floor hardener manufacturer and apply immediately after final finishing.
3.12 MISCELLANEOUS CONCRETE ITEM INSTALLATION
A. Filling In: Fill in holes and openings left in concrete structures after work of other trades is in place unless otherwise indicated. Mix, place, and cure concrete, as specified, to blend with in- place construction. Provide other miscellaneous concrete filling indicated or required to complete the Work.
B. Curbs: Provide monolithic finish to interior curbs by stripping forms while concrete is still green and by steel-troweling surfaces to a hard, dense finish with corners, intersections, and terminations slightly rounded.
C. Equipment Bases and Foundations:
1. Coordinate sizes and locations of concrete bases with actual equipment provided. 2. Construct concrete bases 6 inches (150 mm) high unless otherwise indicated, and extend base not less than 6 inches (150 mm) in each direction beyond the maximum dimensions of supported equipment unless otherwise indicated or unless required for seismic anchor support. 3. Minimum Compressive Strength: 5000 psi (34.5 MPa) at 28 days. 4. Install dowel rods to connect concrete base to concrete floor. Unless otherwise indicated, install dowel rods on 18-inch (450-mm) centers around the full perimeter of concrete base. 5. For supported equipment, install epoxy-coated anchor bolts that extend through concrete base and anchor into structural concrete substrate. 6. Prior to pouring concrete, place and secure anchorage devices. Use setting drawings, templates, diagrams, instructions, and directions furnished with items to be embedded. 7. Cast anchor-bolt insert into bases. Install anchor bolts to elevations required for proper attachment to supported equipment.
NEW CONVENIENC E ENTRY OF THE 03 30 00 - 27 QUACKENB USH SQUARE PARKING GARAGE CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE
D. Steel Pan Stairs: Provide concrete fill for steel pan stair treads, landings, and associated items. Cast-in inserts and accessories as shown on Drawings. Screed, tamp, and trowel finish concrete surfaces.
3.13 CONCRETE PROTECTING AND CURING
A. General: Protect freshly placed concrete from premature drying and excessive cold or hot temperatures. Comply with ACI 306.1 for cold-weather protection and ACI 305.1 (ACI 305.1M) for hot-weather protection during curing.
B. Evaporation Retarder: Apply evaporation retarder to unformed concrete surfaces if hot, dry, or windy conditions cause moisture loss approaching 0.2 lb/sq. ft. x h (1 kg/sq. m x h) before and during finishing operations. Apply according to manufacturer's written instructions after placing, screeding, and bull floating or darbying concrete, but before float finishing.
C. Formed Surfaces: Cure formed concrete surfaces, including underside of beams, supported slabs, and other similar surfaces. If forms remain during curing period, moist cure after loosening forms. If removing forms before end of curing period, continue curing for remainder of curing period.
D. Unformed Surfaces: Begin curing immediately after finishing concrete. Cure unformed surfaces, including floors and slabs, concrete floor toppings, and other surfaces.
E. Wet Curing: All normal concrete is to be cured using water only, unless approved by Engineer otherwise. When water is required to wet the surface of the newly placed concrete, it shall be applied as a fine spray so that it will not mark or pond on the surface. Except where otherwise specified, the curing period shall be at least 72 hours. If high early strength Portland Cement is approved by the Engineer, the curing period may be reduced as directed by the Engineer. Curing shall be accomplished by wet curing only. The curing membrane shall only be used in floor areas approved by the Engineer. 1. The surface of the newly poured concrete shall be covered with wetted burlap as soon as the concrete has hardened sufficiently to prevent marring of the surface. The burlap shall overlap six inches. At least two layers of wetted burlap shall be placed on the finished surface. The burlap shall be kept saturated by means of a mechanically operated sprinkling system. In place of the sprinkling system, two layers of burlap may be substituted for one layer of burlap and impermeable covering. 2. The burlap sheets shall be placed so that they are in contact with the vertical faces of concrete slabs after removal of slab forms, and that portion of the material in contact with those faces shall be kept saturated with water.
F. Membrane Curing Method: Membrane curing will not be permitted unless approved in writing by the Engineer. Colored and stamped concrete shall be cured by membrane curing method as specified below. 1. After the concrete has been finished and immediately after the final texture has been achieved and the water sheen has disappeared from the surface of the concrete, the surface shall be sealed with specified curing and sealing compound or the strippable curing compound. The seal shall be maintained for the specified curing period. The vertical faces of concrete slabs shall, likewise, be sealed immediately after the forms are removed. Two separate applications, applied at least one minute apart each at the rate of
NEW CONVENIENC E ENTRY OF THE 03 30 00 - 28 QUACKENB USH SQUARE PARKING GARAGE CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE
not less than one gallon per 300 square feet, will be required upon all surfaces of the concrete. These applications shall be made with mechanical equipment. 2. At locations where the coating is discontinuous or where pin holes show or where the coating is damaged due to any cause and on areas adjacent to sawed joints, immediately after sawing is completed, an additional coating of membrane curing compound shall be applied at the rate of one gallon per 250 square feet. 3. The Engineer may order curing by another method specified herein if unsatisfactory results are obtained with membrane curing compound. Prior to starting The Work, the Contractor shall have available, at the site of The Work, a supply of one of the other approved curing materials sufficient for curing one day's production. 4. The Contractor's construction operations including the management of traffic, shall be such as to avoid damage to the coatings of curing compound for period of not less than the curing period specified. Any curing membrane that is damaged or that peels from the concrete surface within the curing period specified, shall be repaired by the Contractor without delay and in an approved manner. No additional compensation will be allowed to the Contractor for performance of this work.
G. Cure concrete according to ACI 308.1
3.14 PLASTIC SHRINKAGE CRACKING PREVENTION:
A. Note that microsilica reduces the bleeding of fresh concrete. Several precautions have been successfully used finishing slabs with microsilica concrete. 1. Use of fog sprays, windbreaks, sun shields, night placements, or an evaporation retardant may be necessary when rapid drying conditions occur. 2. No microsilica concrete shall be placed until the protection plan has been approved by the Consultant. 3. Protect freshly-placed microsilica concrete from premature drying and excessive cold or hot temperatures. 4. Begin curing as soon as microsilica concrete is finished. Keep continuously moist for not less than 7 days at a minimum concrete temperature of 50 degrees F. 5. A curing compound may be used to cure microsilica concrete providing the material used is acceptable to the manufacturer of the microsilica and the material demonstrates that it prevents shrinkage cracks from occurring in freshly poured concrete.
B. Unless otherwise accepted by the microsilica manufacturer, the curing compound shall be equal to: 1. Protex Industries, Triple Seal (chlorinated rubber base curing compound) applied at a rate of 200 to 250 square feet per gallon.
C. Finishing Microsilica Concrete 1. A representative of the microsilica admixture supplier shall be present for the placement of the first microsilica concrete. The finishing contractor shall use, as much as possible, the same finishing crew throughout the duration of the project. 2. Place, vibrate, and screed microsilica concrete to approximate finish grade. 3. Do not finish if there is a film of water on the microsilica concrete surfaces 4. Do not allow slab to dry prior to any finishing operations. Incorporate protective measures as specified earlier until microsilica concrete is finished and curing has been initiated. 5. Begin curing within 15 minutes of final finishing. NEW CONVENIENC E ENTRY OF THE 03 30 00 - 29 QUACKENB USH SQUARE PARKING GARAGE CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE
3.15 LIQUID FLOOR TREATMENT APPLICATION
A. Penetrating Liquid Floor Treatment: Prepare, apply, and finish penetrating liquid floor treatment according to manufacturer's written instructions.
1. Remove curing compounds, sealers, oil, dirt, laitance, and other contaminants and complete surface repairs. 2. Do not apply to concrete that is less than 14 days' old. 3. Apply liquid until surface is saturated, scrubbing into surface until a gel forms; rewet; and repeat brooming or scrubbing. Rinse with water; remove excess material until surface is dry. Apply a second coat in a similar manner if surface is rough or porous.
B. Sealing Coat: Uniformly apply a continuous sealing coat of curing and sealing compound to hardened concrete by power spray or roller according to manufacturer's written instructions.
3.16 JOINT FILLING
A. Prepare, clean, and install joint filler according to manufacturer's written instructions.
1. Defer joint filling until concrete has aged at least one month(s). Do not fill joints until construction traffic has permanently ceased.
B. Remove dirt, debris, saw cuttings, curing compounds, and sealers from joints; leave contact faces of joints clean and dry.
C. Install semirigid joint filler full depth in saw-cut joints and at least 2 inches (50 mm) deep in formed joints. Overfill joint and trim joint filler flush with top of joint after hardening.
3.17 CONCRETE SURFACE REPAIRS
A. Defective Concrete: Repair and patch defective areas when approved by Architect. Remove and replace concrete that cannot be repaired and patched to Architect's approval.
B. Patching Mortar: Mix dry-pack patching mortar, consisting of 1 part portland cement to 2-1/2 parts fine aggregate passing a No. 16 (1.18-mm) sieve, using only enough water for handling and placing.
C. Repairing Formed Surfaces: Surface defects include color and texture irregularities, cracks, spalls, air bubbles, honeycombs, rock pockets, fins and other projections on the surface, and stains and other discolorations that cannot be removed by cleaning.
1. Immediately after form removal, cut out honeycombs, rock pockets, and voids more than 1/2 inch (13 mm) in any dimension to solid concrete. Limit cut depth to 3/4 inch (19 mm). Make edges of cuts perpendicular to concrete surface. Clean, dampen with water, and brush-coat holes and voids with bonding agent. Fill and compact with patching mortar before bonding agent has dried. Fill form-tie voids with patching mortar or cone plugs secured in place with bonding agent. 2. Repair defects on surfaces exposed to view by blending white portland cement and standard portland cement so that, when dry, patching mortar matches surrounding color.
NEW CONVENIENC E ENTRY OF THE 03 30 00 - 30 QUACKENB USH SQUARE PARKING GARAGE CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE
Patch a test area at inconspicuous locations to verify mixture and color match before proceeding with patching. Compact mortar in place and strike off slightly higher than surrounding surface. 3. Repair defects on concealed formed surfaces that affect concrete's durability and structural performance as determined by Architect.
D. Repairing Unformed Surfaces: Test unformed surfaces, such as floors and slabs, for finish and verify surface tolerances specified for each surface. Correct low and high areas. Test surfaces sloped to drain for trueness of slope and smoothness; use a sloped template.
1. Repair finished surfaces containing defects. Surface defects include spalls, popouts, honeycombs, rock pockets, crazing and cracks in excess of 0.01 inch (0.25 mm) wide or that penetrate to reinforcement or completely through unreinforced sections regardless of width, and other objectionable conditions. 2. After concrete has cured at least 14 days, correct high areas by grinding. 3. Correct localized low areas during or immediately after completing surface finishing operations by cutting out low areas and replacing with patching mortar. Finish repaired areas to blend into adjacent concrete. 4. Correct other low areas scheduled to receive floor coverings with a repair underlayment. Prepare, mix, and apply repair underlayment and primer according to manufacturer's written instructions to produce a smooth, uniform, plane, and level surface. Feather edges to match adjacent floor elevations. 5. Correct other low areas scheduled to remain exposed with a repair topping. Cut out low areas to ensure a minimum repair topping depth of 1/4 inch (6 mm) to match adjacent floor elevations. Prepare, mix, and apply repair topping and primer according to manufacturer's written instructions to produce a smooth, uniform, plane, and level surface. 6. Repair defective areas, except random cracks and single holes 1 inch (25 mm) or less in diameter, by cutting out and replacing with fresh concrete. Remove defective areas with clean, square cuts and expose steel reinforcement with at least a 3/4-inch (19-mm) clearance all around. Dampen concrete surfaces in contact with patching concrete and apply bonding agent. Mix patching concrete of same materials and mixture as original concrete, except without coarse aggregate. Place, compact, and finish to blend with adjacent finished concrete. Cure in same manner as adjacent concrete. 7. Repair random cracks and single holes 1 inch (25 mm) or less in diameter with patching mortar. Groove top of cracks and cut out holes to sound concrete and clean off dust, dirt, and loose particles. Dampen cleaned concrete surfaces and apply bonding agent. Place patching mortar before bonding agent has dried. Compact patching mortar and finish to match adjacent concrete. Keep patched area continuously moist for at least 72 hours.
E. Perform structural repairs of concrete, subject to Architect's approval, using epoxy adhesive and patching mortar.
F. Repair materials and installation not specified above may be used, subject to Architect's approval.
3.18 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. Testing Agency: Owner will engage a qualified testing and inspecting agency to perform tests and inspections and to submit reports. NEW CONVENIENC E ENTRY OF THE 03 30 00 - 31 QUACKENB USH SQUARE PARKING GARAGE CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE
B. Inspections:
1. Steel reinforcement placement. 2. Steel reinforcement welding. 3. Headed bolts and studs. 4. Verification of use of required design mixture. 5. Concrete placement, including conveying and depositing. 6. Curing procedures and maintenance of curing temperature. 7. Verification of concrete strength before removal of shores and forms from beams and slabs.
C. Concrete Tests: Testing of composite samples of fresh concrete obtained according to ASTM C 172/C 172M shall be performed according to the following requirements: 1. Testing Frequency: Obtain at least one composite sample for each 50 cu. yd. (38 cu. m) or fraction thereof of each concrete mixture placed each day.
a. When frequency of testing provides fewer than five compressive-strength tests for each concrete mixture, testing shall be conducted from at least five randomly selected batches or from each batch if fewer than five are used.
2. Slump: ASTM C 143/C 143M; one test at point of placement for each composite sample, but not less than one test for each day's pour of each concrete mixture. Perform additional tests when concrete consistency appears to change. 3. Air Content: ASTM C 231/C 231M, pressure method, for normal-weight concrete; one test for each composite sample, but not less than one test for each day's pour of each concrete mixture. 4. Concrete Temperature: ASTM C 1064/C 1064M; one test hourly when air temperature is 40 deg F (4.4 deg C) and below or 80 deg F (27 deg C) and above, and one test for each composite sample. 5. Unit Weight: ASTM C 567/C 567M, fresh unit weight of structural lightweight concrete; one test for each composite sample, but not less than one test for each day's pour of each concrete mixture. 6. Compression Test Specimens: ASTM C 31/C 31M.
a. Cast and laboratory cure two sets of two standard cylinder specimens for each composite sample. b. Cast and field cure two sets of two standard cylinder specimens for each composite sample.
7. Compressive-Strength Tests: ASTM C 39/C 39M; test one set of two laboratory-cured specimens at 7 days and one set of two specimens at 28 days.
a. Test one set of two field-cured specimens at 7 days and one set of two specimens at 28 days. b. A compressive-strength test shall be the average compressive strength from a set of two specimens obtained from same composite sample and tested at age indicated.
8. When strength of field-cured cylinders is less than 85 percent of companion laboratory- cured cylinders, Contractor shall evaluate operations and provide corrective procedures for protecting and curing in-place concrete.
NEW CONVENIENC E ENTRY OF THE 03 30 00 - 32 QUACKENB USH SQUARE PARKING GARAGE CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE
9. Strength of each concrete mixture will be satisfactory if every average of any three consecutive compressive-strength tests equals or exceeds specified compressive strength and no compressive-strength test value falls below specified compressive strength by more than 500 psi (3.4 MPa). 10. Test results shall be reported in writing to Architect, concrete manufacturer, and Contractor within 48 hours of testing. Reports of compressive-strength tests shall contain Project identification name and number, date of concrete placement, name of concrete testing and inspecting agency, location of concrete batch in Work, design compressive strength at 28 days, concrete mixture proportions and materials, compressive breaking strength, and type of break for both 7- and 28-day tests. 11. Nondestructive Testing: Impact hammer, sonoscope, or other nondestructive device may be permitted by Architect but will not be used as sole basis for approval or rejection of concrete. 12. Additional Tests: Testing and inspecting agency shall make additional tests of concrete when test results indicate that slump, air entrainment, compressive strengths, or other requirements have not been met, as directed by Architect. Testing and inspecting agency may conduct tests to determine adequacy of concrete by cored cylinders complying with ASTM C 42/C 42M or by other methods as directed by Architect. 13. Additional testing and inspecting, at Contractor's expense, will be performed to determine compliance of replaced or additional work with specified requirements. 14. Correct deficiencies in the Work that test reports and inspections indicate do not comply with the Contract Documents.
D. Measure floor and slab flatness and levelness according to ASTM E 1155 (ASTM E 1155M) within 48 hours of finishing.
E. Additional Tests: The testing service will make additional tests of in-place concrete when test results indicate specified concrete strengths and other characteristics have not been attained in the structure, as directed by Architect. Testing service may conduct tests to determine adequacy of concrete by cored cylinders complying with ASTM C 42, or by other methods as directed. Contractor shall pay for such tests when unacceptable concrete is verified.
3.19 PROTECTION OF LIQUID FLOOR TREATMENTS
A. Protect liquid floor treatment from damage and wear during the remainder of construction period. Use protective methods and materials, including temporary covering, recommended in writing by liquid floor treatments installer.
END OF SECTION 033000
NEW CONVENIENC E ENTRY OF THE 03 30 00 - 33 QUACKENB USH SQUARE PARKING GARAGE CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE
SECTION 03 01 00.01 – POLYMER-MODIFIED CONCRETE
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and Contract Documents, the Contract and General and Supplementary Conditions included in the Contract and Division-1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1.2 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Polymer-modified concrete for repairs to floor slabs.
B. Additional miscellaneous concrete work as specified in Supplementary General Requirements, the Form of Bid, or elsewhere in the Contract Documents.
1.3 UNIT PRICE - MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT
A. Concrete: By the square foot of slab topside of slab reconstruction or as described in the bid form.
B. Concrete - Includes concrete, placement accessories, consolidating and leveling, troweling, climate protection and curing.
1.4 REFERENCES
A. ASTM C33 - Concrete Aggregates.
B. ASTM C143 - Standard Test Method for Slump.
C. ASTM C138 - Test method for unit weight, yield, and air content of concrete.
D. ASTM C150 - Portland Cement.
E. ASTM C231 - Test for Air Content of Freshly Mixed Concrete.
F. ASTM C260 - Air Entraining Admixtures for Concrete.
G. ASTM C387 - Specifications for High Strength Mortars.
H. ASTM C494 - Chemical Admixtures in Concrete.
I. ACI 305R - Recommended Practice for Hot Weather Concreting.
J. ACI 306R - Recommended Practice for Cold Weather Concreting.
K. ACI 318 - Building Code Requirements for Reinforced Concrete.
1.5 SUBMITTALS
NEW CONVENIENCE ENTRY OF THE 03 01 00.01 - 1 QUACKENBUS H SQUARE PARKING GARAGE POLYMER MODIFIED CONCRETE
A. General: Submit the following in accordance with Section 01300 of this specifications and conditions of Contract.
B. Product data for proprietary materials and items, including forming accessories, admixtures, patching compounds, curing compounds, and others as requested by Engineer.
C. The Contractor shall submit the following Data for all proposed materials: 1. Polymer- modified concrete manufacturer’s literature, including installation instructions 2. Polymer-modified patching mortar manufacturer’s literature, including installation instructions 3. Cementitious grout manufacturer’s literature, including installation instructions 4. Sieve Analysis of aggregate for polymer-modified concrete 5. Certification of chloride content of admixtures.
1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Codes and Standards: Comply with provisions of following codes, specifications, and standards, except where more stringent requirements are shown or specified: 1. ACI 301, “Specifications for structural concrete for buildings”, ACI 318, "Building Code Requirements for Reinforced Concrete", OR AASHTO specifications. 2. Independent testing agency employed by Owner and acceptable to the Engineer.
B. Materials and installed work may require testing and retesting at any time during progress of work. Retesting of rejected materials for installed work, shall be done at Contractor's expense.
C. Pre-Construction Conference: Conduct conference at Project site to establish procedures to maintain optimum working conditions and to coordinate this work with related and adjacent work.
D. At least 7 days prior to submittal of design mixes, conduct a meeting to review detailed requirements for preparing design mixes and to determine procedures for satisfactory concrete operations. Review requirements for submittals, status of coordinating work, and availability of materials. Establish preliminary work progress schedule and procedures for materials inspection, testing, and certifications. Request that representatives of each entity directly concerned with polymer-modified concrete attend conference, including, but not limited to, the following: 1. Contractor's superintendent. 2. Laboratory responsible for field quality control. 3. Polymer-modified material Manufacturer’s representative. 4. Engineer or Owner's representative.
1.7 CONTRACTOR'S QUALIFICATIONS
A. The Contractor shall have a minimum of five years of experience in performing work similar to that shown in the drawings and specifications. A statement of qualification should be submitted at time of bidding.
NEW CONVENIENCE ENTRY OF THE 03 01 00.01 - 2 QUACKENBUS H SQUARE PARKING GARAGE POLYMER MODIFIED CONCRETE
B. The Contractor shall submit a list of five projects at the time of biding, in which similar work to that specified was successfully completed. This list shall contain the following for each of the five projects.
1. Project Name 2. Owner of Project 3. Owner's Representative, Address and Telephone Number 4. Brief Description of Work 5. Cost of Portion of Work Similar to that Specified in this Section 6. Total Restoration Cost of Project 7. Date of Completion
C. An on-site supervisor shall be provided by the Contractor for the duration of the work. This supervisor shall have had two years of documented experience with the products to be used and shall have been in involved in at least one of the projects listed in “B” above.
1.8 WARRANTIES:
A. Completed concrete repairs shall be guaranteed jointly and separately by the installation (concrete repair) contractor and by the patching material manufacturer against defects in material and application, for a period of five years from the completion of application. Defects shall include cracking in and around the patch perimeter, scaling, delamination, spalling and rust staining from underlying reinforcing steel.
B. All defects in concrete repair areas shall be repaired by replacing the defective concrete at no cost to the Owner. Repair work shall include removal and replacement of the elastomeric coating or the traffic bearing membrane, as required, at no cost to the Owner.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 CONCRETE MATERIALS
A. Strength: 5,000 psi minimum at 28 days.
B. The primary requirements for the polymer-modified concrete are a minimum compressive strength as specified above, and workability that facilitates placement to achieve the desired finish. For isolated patches, the contractor shall use a mix of 3/8” coarse aggregate and one of the polymer-modified portland cement mortars specified below at the proportions recommended by the manufacturer of the mortar to produce the polymer-modified cement mix. The contractor must submit test data on aggregate for Engineer’s approval. 1. Materials: a. Sika Corporation; SikaRepair SHB, SHA with Latex R. b. BASF; Master Emaco N400, Master Emaco N400RS
C. The contractor in-lieu of the manufactured Polymer-modified cement concrete mix, is allowed to use polymer modified concrete with Dow Modifier “A” at 22 gallons per cubic yard from a ready-mix plant. Add fiber reinforcement at 1.5 lbs/Cu.Yd.
2.2 TESTING OF POLYMER-MODIFIED CONCRETE MIX DESIGNS
NEW CONVENIENCE ENTRY OF THE 03 01 00.01 - 3 QUACKENBUS H SQUARE PARKING GARAGE POLYMER MODIFIED CONCRETE
A. At least three weeks before the start of concrete placement, the contractor shall manufacture two separately mixed test batches of concrete under job conditions, in quantities large enough for the production of following samples and tests: 1. Four sets of 3 in. x 6 in. test cylinders for use in determining compressive strength of the concrete 2. Two slump tests 3. Two air content tests
B. All samples and tests will be conducted by the Engineer or the Owner’s testing agency. The contractor is responsible for providing the labor and materials to manufacture the required concrete samples, and for disposal and cleanup of surplus materials.
C. The Owner and the Engineer reserve the right to request production of additional test batches of polymer-modified concrete if the material produced does not comply with these specifications. This shall be done by the contractor at no additional cost to the Owner.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 BATCHING AND MIXING
A. All mixing operations shall be developed in a manner such that quality control is guaranteed. All ingredients are combined and mixed to a uniform consistency. Manually mix in a wheelbarrow or mortar box. Mechanically mix with a low speed drill (400 to 600 rpm) and paddle or in appropriate sized mortar mixer. 1. Polymer-modified concrete mix - Mix mortar in strict accordance with manufacturer’s requirements. Extend concrete with 3/8” aggregates as recommended by the manufacturer. 2. If materials are to be mixed at a central location and then transported to repair location for placement, the contractor shall designate select one or two individuals familiar with this type of materials as qualified to batch and mix the concrete. These individuals shall be trained and approved by the material manufacturer. These individuals shall have full responsibility for achieving the design mix. No other persons shall batch or mix concrete without prior notification to Engineer and material manufacturer.
3.2 PREPARATION
A. Demolition and surface preparation shall be performed as shown on details and as per Section 02 41 19 of this specification at locations shown on plans and selected by the Engineer.
B. The delaminated and unsound concrete areas shall be marked in the presence of the Engineer. Any delaminated areas shall be removed and replaced full depth as shown on plans.
3.3 PLACING, FINISHING AND CURING
A. Bonding Grout:
1. After the surface has been cleaned and immediately before placing concrete, a thin coating of bonding grout shall be scrubbed into the saturated, prepared surface of the existing concrete as approved by the material manufacturer. The existing concrete NEW CONVENIENCE ENTRY OF THE 03 01 00.01 - 4 QUACKENBUS H SQUARE PARKING GARAGE POLYMER MODIFIED CONCRETE
surface shall be saturated (surface dry with no standing water) by pre-wetting for 1 hour (min.) prior to concrete placing. Proper workmanship shall be exercised to insure that all existing surfaces receive a thorough, even coating and that no excess grout permitted to collect in pockets. The rate of progress in applying grout shall be limited so that the grout does not become dry before it is covered with new concrete.
2. Bonding grout for patching concrete to existing concrete shall be liquid polymer or SIKA Armatec, 110 EpoCem or approved equal.
3. Should the bonding grout dry before the concrete is placed, the Contractor will remove the dried grout and sandblast clean the grouted surface, at his expense, before placing fresh bonding grout.
B. Placing and Finishing:
1. Receive Engineer’s written approval of surface finish used on flatwork before beginning work.
2. Do not place concrete when temperature of air is less than 50 degrees F. unless the following conditions are met: a. Place concrete only when temperature of surrounding air is expected to be above 40 degrees F. and rising and expected to be above 45degrees F. for at least 36 hours after the pour. b. When above conditions are not met, concrete may be placed only if insulation or heating enclosures are provided in accordance with ACI 306 (Recommended practice for cold weather concreting). Submit proposed protective measures for Engineer’s approval. c. Cost of precautionary measures shall be borne by the Contractor.
3. For hot weather concrete placement the following conditions shall apply: a. Do not place concrete if concrete mix temperatures exceeds 90 degrees F. b. Do not place concrete under hot weather conditions. 1) Hot weather is defined as air temperature which exceeds 80 degrees F. or any combination of high temperature, low humidity and high wind velocity which causes evaporation rate in excess of 0.10 pounds per square foot per hour as determined by ACI 305R, Figure 2.1.5. 4. Concrete shall be deposited as close to its final position as possible. All concrete placement shall be continuous and terminated only at bulkheads and designated construction joints. 5. On ramps with greater than 5 percent slope, all concreting shall begin at the low point and end at high point. Contractor shall make necessary adjustments to slump or equipment without any irregularities or roughness.
C. Finishing (ACI 301, Chapters 10 and 11) 1. All flatwork finishers shall hold current ACI Flatwork Finishers Certification. 2. Partial Depth Placement: After the bonding grout has been applied, concrete shall be placed, consolidated by vibration, and shall be finished. Placing of concrete shall be such that it shall be deposited as nearly as possible in its final position to avoid segregation, due to rehandling or flowing. Placing shall be such that at all times concrete shall be plastic and flow readily into corners of forms and into spaces between rebars. No concrete that is partially hardened or that has been contaminated by foreign material shall NEW CONVENIENCE ENTRY OF THE 03 01 00.01 - 5 QUACKENBUS H SQUARE PARKING GARAGE POLYMER MODIFIED CONCRETE
be deposited. When being deposited, concrete shall not be allowed to fall a vertical distance greater than four ft. from point of discharge to point of deposit. Pencil vibrators shall be used, as appropriate, to ensure that proper consolidation is achieved. The concrete shall be continuously rodded or vibrated with pencil vibrators during placement to consolidate the pour and fill all corners of the repair. External vibration of the formwork may also used, by placing the pencil vibrators against the forms. 3. The concrete shall be finished with hand held trowels to specified elevation. The surface shall then receive a light broom finish. The reinforcing steel shall have a minimum concrete cover as shown on plans. The finished concrete shall be protected by barricades with lights, until the completion of the required curing period. 4. Placement of polymer-modified concrete shall be a continuous operation at each repair location. Materials sufficient to complete a repair shall be available prior to commencing a repair.
D. Curing: 1. Cure proprietary polymer-modified concrete and mortar materials per manufacturer’s instructions. 2. Formwork must remain in place a minimum of 72 hours for curing purposes. 3. Cover all top horizontal patches, all exposed concrete in forms, all unformed patch surfaces, with wet burlap in accordance with manufacturer’s recommendations and keep damp for a minimum of 72 hours. 4. Cure 72 hours minimum after removal of forms or wet burlap material prior to application with any coating material.
3.4 QUALITY CONTROL TESTING DURING CONSTRUCTION
A. General: The Owner will employ a testing laboratory to perform tests and to submit test reports.
B. Sampling and testing for quality control during placement of concrete may include the following, as directed by Architect.
C. Sampling Fresh Concrete: ASTM C 172, except modified for slump to comply with ASTM C 94. 1. Slump: ASTM C 143; one test at point of discharge for each truck delivering the concrete; additional tests when concrete consistency seems to have changed. 2. Air Content: ASTM C 173, volumetric method for lightweight or normal weight concrete; ASTM C 231 pressure method for normal weight concrete; one for each truck of air-entrained concrete. 3. Concrete Temperature: Test hourly when air temperature is 40 deg F (4 deg C) and below, when 80 deg F (27 deg C) and above, and each time a set of compression test specimens is made. 4. Compression Test Specimen: ASTM C 31; Four sets of 3 in. x 6in. test cylinders for each compressive strength test, unless otherwise directed. Mold and store cylinders for laboratory-cured test specimens except when field-cure test specimens are required. 5. Compressive Strength Tests: ASTM C 39; one specimen tested at 3 days, one specimen tested at 7 days, and 2 specimens tested at 28 days. 6. Strength level of concrete will be considered satisfactory if averages of sets of three consecutive strength test results equal or exceed specified compressive strength, and no individual strength test result falls below specified compressive strength by more than 500 psi. NEW CONVENIENCE ENTRY OF THE 03 01 00.01 - 6 QUACKENBUS H SQUARE PARKING GARAGE POLYMER MODIFIED CONCRETE
D. Test results will be reported in writing to the Engineer, Ready-Mix Producer, and Contractor within 24 hours after tests. Reports of compressive strength tests shall contain the project identification name and number, date of concrete placement, name of concrete testing service, concrete type and class, location of concrete batch in structure, design compressive strength at 28 days, concrete mix proportions and materials, compressive breaking strength, and type of break for 7-day tests and 28-day tests.
E. Nondestructive 3-day Testing: Impact hammer, sonoscope, or other nondestructive device may be permitted but shall not be used as the sole basis for acceptance or rejection.
F. Additional Tests: The testing service will make additional tests of in-place concrete when test results indicate specified concrete strengths and other characteristics have not been attained in the structure, as directed by Architect. Testing service may conduct tests to determine adequacy of concrete by cored cylinders complying with ASTM C 42, or by other methods as directed. Contractor shall pay for such tests when unacceptable concrete is verified.
END OF SECTION
NEW CONVENIENCE ENTRY OF THE 03 01 00.01 - 7 QUACKENBUS H SQUARE PARKING GARAGE POLYMER MODIFIED CONCRETE
SECTION 05 50 00 – MISCELLANEOUS METALS (METAL FABRICATIONS)
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
1. Steel framing and supports for overhead doors. 2. Metal bollards.
B. Products furnished, but not installed, under this Section include the following:
1. Loose steel lintels. 2. Anchor bolts, steel pipe sleeves, slotted-channel inserts, and wedge-type inserts indicated to be cast into concrete or built into unit masonry. 3. Steel weld plates and angles for casting into concrete for applications where they are not specified in other Sections.
1.2 COORDINATION
A. Coordinate selection of shop primers with topcoats to be applied over them. Comply with paint and coating manufacturers' written recommendations to ensure that shop primers and topcoats are compatible with one another.
B. Coordinate installation of metal fabrications that are anchored to or that receive other work. Furnish setting drawings, templates, and directions for installing anchorages, including sleeves, concrete inserts, anchor bolts, and items with integral anchors, that are to be embedded in concrete or masonry. Deliver such items to Project site in time for installation.
1.3 ACTION SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: For the following:
1. Paint products.
B. Shop Drawings: Show fabrication and installation details. Include plans, elevations, sections, and details of metal fabrications and their connections. Show anchorage and accessory items. Provide Shop Drawings for the following:
1. Steel framing and supports for overhead doors. 2. Bollards
NEW CONVENIENC E ENTRY OF THE 055000 - 1 QUACKENBUSH SQUARE PARKING GARAGE METAL FABRICATIONS 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Welding Qualifications: Qualify procedures and personnel according to AWS D1.1/D1.1M, "Structural Welding Code - Steel."
1.5 FIELD CONDITIONS
A. Field Measurements: Verify actual locations of walls and other construction contiguous with metal fabrications by field measurements before fabrication.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 METALS
A. Metal Surfaces, General: Provide materials with smooth, flat surfaces unless otherwise indicated. For metal fabrications exposed to view in the completed Work, provide materials without seam marks, roller marks, rolled trade names, or blemishes.
B. Steel Plates, Shapes, and Bars: ASTM A 36/A 36M.
C. Steel Pipe: ASTM A 53/A 53M, Standard Weight (Schedule 40) unless otherwise indicated.
D. Slotted Channel Framing: Cold-formed metal box channels (struts) complying with MFMA-4.
1. Size of Channels: 1-5/8 by 1-5/8 inches (41 by 41 mm). 2. Material: Galvanized steel, ASTM A 653/A 653M, structural steel, Grade 33 (Grade 230), with G90 (Z275) coating; 0.079-inch (2-mm) nominal thickness.
2.2 FASTENERS
A. General: Unless otherwise indicated, provide Type 316 stainless-steel fasteners for exterior use and zinc-plated fasteners with coating complying with ASTM B 633 or ASTM F 1941 (ASTM F 1941M), Class Fe/Zn 5, at exterior walls. Select fasteners for type, grade, and class required.
B. Steel Bolts and Nuts: Regular hexagon-head bolts, ASTM A 307, Grade A (ASTM F 568M, Property Class 4.6); with hex nuts, ASTM A 563 (ASTM A 563M); and, where indicated, flat washers.
C. High-Strength Bolts, Nuts, and Washers: ASTM F 3125/F 3125M,Grade A325 (Grade A325M), Type 3, heavy-hex steel structural bolts; ASTM A 563, Grade DH3, (ASTM A 563M, Class 10S3) heavy-hex carbon-steel nuts; and where indicated, flat washers.
D. Stainless-Steel Bolts and Nuts: Regular hexagon-head annealed stainless-steel bolts, ASTM F 593 (ASTM F 738M); with hex nuts, ASTM F 594 (ASTM F 836M); and, where indicated, flat washers; Alloy Group 2 (A4).
NEW CONVENIENC E ENTRY OF THE 055000 - 2 QUACKENBUSH SQUARE PARKING GARAGE METAL FABRICATIONS E. Anchor Bolts: ASTM F 1554, Grade 36, of dimensions indicated; with nuts, ASTM A 563 (ASTM A 563M); and, where indicated, flat washers.
1. Hot-dip galvanize or provide mechanically deposited, zinc coating where item being fastened is indicated to be galvanized.
F. Anchors, General: Anchors capable of sustaining, without failure, a load equal to six times the load imposed when installed in unit masonry and four times the load imposed when installed in concrete, as determined by testing according to ASTM E 488/E 488M, conducted by a qualified independent testing agency.
G. Post-Installed Anchors: Torque-controlled expansion anchors.
1. Material for Exterior Locations and Where Stainless Steel Is Indicated: Alloy Group 2 (A4) stainless-steel bolts, ASTM F 593 (ASTM F 738M), and nuts, ASTM F 594 (ASTM F 836M).
H. Slotted-Channel Inserts: Cold-formed, hot-dip galvanized-steel box channels (struts) complying with MFMA-4, 1-5/8 by 7/8 inches (41 by 22 mm) by length indicated with anchor straps or studs not less than 3 inches (75 mm) long at not more than 8 inches (200 mm) o.c. Provide with temporary filler and tee-head bolts, complete with washers and nuts, all zinc-plated to comply with ASTM B 633, Class Fe/Zn 5, as needed for fastening to inserts.
2.3 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS
A. Shop Primer for Galvanized Steel: Primer formulated for exterior use over zinc-coated metal and compatible with finish paint systems indicated.
B. Galvanizing Repair Paint: High-zinc-dust-content paint complying with SSPC-Paint 20 and compatible with paints specified to be used over it.
C. Concrete: Comply with requirements in Section 033000 "Cast-in-Place Concrete" for normal- weight, air-entrained, concrete with a minimum 28-day compressive strength of 3000 psi (20 MPa).
2.4 FABRICATION, GENERAL
A. Shop Assembly: Preassemble items in the shop to greatest extent possible. Disassemble units only as necessary for shipping and handling limitations. Use connections that maintain structural value of joined pieces. Clearly mark units for reassembly and coordinated installation.
B. Cut, drill, and punch metals cleanly and accurately. Remove burrs and ease edges to a radius of approximately 1/32 inch (1 mm) unless otherwise indicated. Remove sharp or rough areas on exposed surfaces.
C. Form bent-metal corners to smallest radius possible without causing grain separation or otherwise impairing work.
D. Form exposed work with accurate angles and surfaces and straight edges.
NEW CONVENIENC E ENTRY OF THE 055000 - 3 QUACKENBUSH SQUARE PARKING GARAGE METAL FABRICATIONS E. Weld corners and seams continuously to comply with the following:
1. Use materials and methods that minimize distortion and develop strength and corrosion resistance of base metals. 2. Obtain fusion without undercut or overlap. 3. Remove welding flux immediately. 4. At exposed connections, finish exposed welds and surfaces smooth and blended so no roughness shows after finishing.
F. Form exposed connections with hairline joints, flush and smooth, using concealed fasteners or welds where possible. Where exposed fasteners are required, use Phillips flat-head (countersunk) fasteners unless otherwise indicated. Locate joints where least conspicuous.
G. Fabricate seams and other connections that are exposed to weather in a manner to exclude water. Provide weep holes where water may accumulate.
H. Cut, reinforce, drill, and tap metal fabrications as indicated to receive finish hardware, screws, and similar items.
I. Provide for anchorage of type indicated; coordinate with supporting structure. Space anchoring devices to secure metal fabrications rigidly in place and to support indicated loads.
2.5 MISCELLANEOUS FRAMING AND SUPPORTS
A. General: Provide steel framing and supports not specified in other Sections as needed to complete the Work.
B. Fabricate units from steel shapes, plates, and bars of welded construction unless otherwise indicated. Fabricate to sizes, shapes, and profiles indicated and as necessary to receive adjacent construction.
1. Fabricate units from slotted channel framing where indicated. 2. Furnish inserts for units installed after concrete is placed.
C. Galvanize miscellaneous framing and supports where indicated.
2.6 METAL BOLLARDS
A. Fabricate metal bollards from Schedule 40 steel pipe.
B. Hot Dip Galvanize bollards and base plates after welding together.
C. Fabricate bollards with steel baseplates as shown on drawings for bolting to concrete slabs. Drill baseplates at all four corners for 3/4-inch (19-mm) anchor bolts.
1. Where bollards are to be anchored to sloping concrete slabs, angle baseplates for plumb alignment of bollards.
NEW CONVENIENC E ENTRY OF THE 055000 - 4 QUACKENBUSH SQUARE PARKING GARAGE METAL FABRICATIONS 2.7 FINISHES, GENERAL
A. Finish metal fabrications after assembly.
B. Finish exposed surfaces to remove tool and die marks and stretch lines, and to blend into surrounding surface.
2.8 STEEL FINISHES
A. Galvanizing: Hot-dip galvanize items as indicated to comply with ASTM A 153/A 153M for steel and iron hardware and with ASTM A 123/A 123M for other steel and iron products.
1. Do not quench or apply post galvanizing treatments that might interfere with paint adhesion.
B. Preparation for Shop Priming Galvanized Items: After galvanizing, thoroughly clean railings of grease, dirt, oil, flux, and other foreign matter, and treat with metallic phosphate process.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLATION, GENERAL
A. Cutting, Fitting, and Placement: Perform cutting, drilling, and fitting required for installing metal fabrications. Set metal fabrications accurately in location, alignment, and elevation; with edges and surfaces level, plumb, true, and free of rack; and measured from established lines and levels.
B. Fit exposed connections accurately together to form hairline joints. Weld connections that are not to be left as exposed joints but cannot be shop welded because of shipping size limitations. Do not weld, cut, or abrade surfaces of exterior units that have been hot-dip galvanized after fabrication and are for bolted or screwed field connections.
C. Field Welding: Comply with the following requirements:
1. Use materials and methods that minimize distortion and develop strength and corrosion resistance of base metals. 2. Obtain fusion without undercut or overlap. 3. Remove welding flux immediately. 4. At exposed connections, finish exposed welds and surfaces smooth and blended so no roughness shows after finishing and contour of welded surface matches that of adjacent surface.
D. Fastening to In-Place Construction: Provide anchorage devices and fasteners where metal fabrications are required to be fastened to in-place construction. Provide threaded fasteners for use with concrete and masonry inserts, toggle bolts, through bolts, lag screws, wood screws, and other connectors.
E. Provide temporary bracing or anchors in formwork for items that are to be built into concrete, masonry, or similar construction.
NEW CONVENIENC E ENTRY OF THE 055000 - 5 QUACKENBUSH SQUARE PARKING GARAGE METAL FABRICATIONS F. Corrosion Protection: Coat concealed surfaces of aluminum that come into contact with grout, concrete, masonry, wood, or dissimilar metals with the following:
1. Cast Aluminum: Heavy coat of bituminous paint. 2. Extruded Aluminum: Two coats of clear lacquer.
3.2 INSTALLING MISCELLANEOUS FRAMING AND SUPPORTS
A. General: Install framing and supports to comply with requirements of items being supported, including manufacturers' written instructions and requirements indicated on Shop Drawings.
B. Anchor supports for overhead doors securely to, and rigidly brace from, building structure.
3.3 INSTALLING METAL BOLLARDS
A. Anchor bollards to existing construction with expansion anchors and/or through bolts per the drawings. Provide four 3/4-inch (19-mm) bolts at each bollard unless otherwise indicated.
1. Embed anchor bolts at least 4 inches (100 mm) in concrete.
B. Fill bollards solidly with concrete, mounding top surface to shed water.
3.4 ADJUSTING AND CLEANING
A. Galvanized Surfaces: Clean field welds, bolted connections, and abraded areas and repair galvanizing to comply with ASTM A 780/A 780M.
END OF SECTION 05 50 00
NEW CONVENIENC E ENTRY OF THE 055000 - 6 QUACKENBUSH SQUARE PARKING GARAGE METAL FABRICATIONS
SECTION 08 30 00 - HIGH SPEED ROLLING DOORS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
A. High-speed roll-up doors.
B. Wiring from electric circuit disconnect to operator to control station.
1.02 RELATED SECTIONS
A. Division 05 Section "Metal Fabrications" for miscellaneous steel supports.
B. Division 26 Sections for electrical service and connections for powered operators and accessories.
1.03 REFERENCES
A. NEMA - National Electrical Manufacturers Association.
B. LED - Light Emitting Diode.
1.04 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
A. Motor type: AC drive, and variable speed with soft acceleration and braking. Me- chanical release lever on side column allows door to be easily opened in the event of a power failure.
1.05 SUBMITTALS
A. Submit the following:
1. Shop Drawings: Indicate pertinent dimensioning, anchorage methods, hardware locations, and installation details.
2. Product Data: Provide general construction, component connections and details, and electrical equipment, operation instructions, and information.
3. Samples: Submit samples of door slat material.
4. Manufacturer's Installation: Indicate installation sequence and proce- dures, adjustment, and alignment procedures.
1.06 MAINTENANCE DATA
A. Scheduled maintenance program available to include lubrication requirements and frequency, periodic adjustments required, scheduled maintenance suggested, manu- facturer’s data sheets, and equipment inter-connection diagrams.
NEW CONVENIENCE ENTRY OF THE 08 30 00 - 1 QUA CKENBUSH SQUARE PARKING GARAGE HIGH SPEED ROLLING DOORS
1.07 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS
A. Electrical components UL listed.
B. Electrical control panel NEMA approved.
1.08 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Furnish high-speed roll doors and all components and accessories by one manufac- turer.
B. Specific door model used must have a proven track record of successful instal- lations in similar applications of no less than 3 years. References to be provided upon request.
1.09 FIELD MEASUREMENTS
A. Verify field measurements are as indicated on shop drawings.
1.10 COORDINATION A. Coordinate the work with installation of electric power and locations and sizes of conduit. 1.11 WARRANTY
A. Five-year limited warranty on mechanical components, including motor assembly.
B. Two-year limited warranty on electrical components
C. Two-year limited warranty on standard door panels, rollers, hinges and door tracks
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01 PRODUCTS
A. Rytec Corporation Spiral Door.
B. No substitutions permitted.
2.02 MATERIALS
A. Door Panel: Double-walled, aluminum slats are 6 inches high by 1 3/16 inches thick. Integral rubber weatherseal between each of the panels. Provide vented slats the en- tire height of the door. Door slats are connected by hinge system to provide addi- tional rigidity and security to door panel. Door curtain does not require a tensioning system for additional wind/pressure resistance. Doors which require the use of a ten- sioning system for additional wind/pressure resistance will not be accepted.
B. Side Frames: Powder coated steel side frames with full height weather seal on both sides to seal against door panel. “Intelligent” Advanced Light Curtain System
NEW CONVENIENCE ENTRY OF THE 08 30 00 - 2 QUA CKENBUSH SQUARE PARKING GARAGE HIGH SPEED ROLLING DOORS
mounted directly in door line (to 6’0” above finished floor). Doors using an external coil cord will not be accepted.
C. Bottom Bar: Extruded aluminum bottom bar with electric, reversing edge that re- verses the door upon contacting an object.
D. Counterbalance: Up to six extension springs in each side column, depending on the size of the door. Springs assist the motor in opening the door. Mechanical release lever on side column allows door to be easily opened in the event of a power failure. Doors using torsion springs for counterbalance or doors with springs located within a barrel will not be accepted.
E. Drive system: Minimum 2 HP motor with variable speed AC drive which allows for soft acceleration and braking. Doors using a motor with a clutch or pump will not be accepted.
F. Travel Speed: Opens at up to 60 inches per second and closes at 24 inches per sec- ond.
G. Electrical Controls
1. Rytec controller housed in a UL/cUL Listed NEMA 4X-rated enclo- sure with factory set parameters.
2. Parameter changes and all door configurations can be made from the face of the control box, no exposure to high voltage. Control panels that require opening of the control box and reaching inside to make parameter changes will not be accepted.
3. Controls include a variable speed AC drive system capable of infinitely variable speed control in both directions.
4. Programmable inputs and outputs accommodate special control applications (traffic lights, horns, actuation devices, timing sequences, etc.) without the need for additional electrical components.
5. Self-diagnostic scrolling two-line vacuum fluorescent display provides expanded informational messages for straightforward installation, control adjustments and error reporting.
6. All errors have a time and date stamp for reference.
H. Door to use rotary absolute encoder to regulate door travel limits. Limits to be self- adjusting, without the use of tools, from floor level at the control panel. Doors us- ing mechanical limits switches or doors that require tools to set the limits will not be accepted.
I. Door Track:
NEW CONVENIENCE ENTRY OF THE 08 30 00 - 3 QUA CKENBUSH SQUARE PARKING GARAGE HIGH SPEED ROLLING DOORS
1. Spiral LH track design features no metal to metal contact which results in ultra- quiet, low maintenance operation and eliminates wear on the panel slats. Over- head tracks roll back and travel horizontally to accommodate headroom of as lit- tle as 10”.
J. Windload: Door testing indicates the door is capable of withstanding winds up to 127 mph (20 psf).
K. All components factory finished.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 EXAMINATION
A. Verify that opening sizes, tolerances, and conditions are acceptable.
3.02 INSTALLATION
A. Install door unit assembly in accordance with manufacturer's instructions.
B. Use anchorage devices to securely fasten assembly to wall construction and building framing without distortion or stress.
C. Fit and align assembly including hardware; level to plumb to provide smooth opera- tion.
D. Coordinate installation of electrical service. Complete wiring from disconnect to unit components.
3.03 ADJUSTING
A. Adjust door and operating assemblies.
B. Test and adjust door(s), if necessary, for proper operation.
3.04 CLEANING
A. Clean door and components.
END OF SECTION 08 30 00
NEW CONVENIENCE ENTRY OF THE 08 30 00 - 4 QUA CKENBUSH SQUARE PARKING GARAGE HIGH SPEED ROLLING DOORS
SECTION 31 10 01-SITE PREPARATION PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Protecting existing vegetation to remain. 2. Removing existing vegetation. 3. Stripping and stockpiling topsoil. 4. Removing above- and below-grade site improvements. B. Related Sections: 1. Section 015000 "Temporary Facilities and Controls" for temporary utility services, construction and support facilities, security and protection facilities. 2. Section 017300 "Execution" for field engineering and surveying. 3. Section 017419 "Construction Waste Management and Disposal. 4. Section 024118 "Selective Site Demolition" for partial demolition of existing improvements. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. Subsoil: All soil beneath the topsoil layer of the soil profile, and typified by the lack of organic matter and soil organisms. B. Surface Soil: Soil that is present at the top layer of the existing soil profile at the Project site. In undisturbed areas, the surface soil is typically topsoil; but in disturbed areas such as urban environments, the surface soil can be subsoil. C. Topsoil: Top layer of the soil profile consisting of existing native surface topsoil or existing in- place surface soil and is the zone where plant roots grow. Its appearance is generally friable, pervious, and black or a darker shade of brown, gray, or red than underlying subsoil; reasonably free of subsoil, clay lumps, gravel, and other objects more than 2 inches (50 mm) in diameter; and free of subsoil and weeds, roots, toxic materials, or other nonsoil materials. D. Plant-Protection Zone: Area surrounding individual trees, groups of trees, shrubs, or other vegetation to be protected during construction, and indicated on Drawings. E. Tree-Protection Zone: Area surrounding individual trees or groups of trees to be protected during construction, and indicated on Drawings. F. Vegetation: Trees, shrubs, groundcovers, grass, and other plants. 1.4 MATERIAL OWNERSHIP A. Except for stripped topsoil and other materials indicated to be stockpiled or otherwise remain Owner's property, cleared materials shall become Contractor's property and shall be removed from Project site. 1.5 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Existing Conditions: Documentation of existing trees and plantings, adjoining construction, and site improvements that establishes preconstruction conditions that might be misconstrued as damage caused by site clearing. 1. Use sufficiently detailed photographs or videotape. 2. Include plans and notations to indicate specific wounds and damage conditions of each tree or other plants designated to remain. B. Record Drawings: Identifying and accurately showing locations of capped utilities and other subsurface structural, electrical, and mechanical conditions. 1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Preinstallation Conference: Conduct conference at Project site.
APA-QUACKENBUSH GARAGE NEW ENTRANCE SITE PREPARATION MAY 14, 2021 31 10 01 - 1 of 3
1.7 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Traffic: Minimize interference with adjoining roads, streets, walks, and other adjacent occupied or used facilities during site-clearing operations. 1. Do not close or obstruct streets, walks, or other adjacent occupied or used facilities without permission from Owner and authorities having jurisdiction. 2. Provide alternate routes around closed or obstructed traffic ways if required by Owner or authorities having jurisdiction. B. Salvable Improvements: Carefully remove items indicated to be salvaged and store on Owner's premises where indicated. C. Utility Locator Service: Notify “NEW YORK 811” for area where Project is located before site clearing. D. Do not commence site disturbance operations until erosion- and sedimentation-control measures are in place. E. The following practices are prohibited within protection zones: 1. Storage of construction materials, debris, or excavated material. 2. Parking vehicles or equipment. 3. Foot traffic. 4. Erection of sheds or structures. 5. Impoundment of water. 6. Excavation or other digging unless otherwise indicated. 7. Attachment of signs to or wrapping materials around trees or plants unless otherwise indicated. F. Do not direct vehicle or equipment exhaust towards protection zones. G. Prohibit heat sources, flames, ignition sources, and smoking within or near protection zones. H. Soil Stripping, Handling, and Stockpiling: Perform only when the topsoil is dry or slightly moist. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. Satisfactory Soil Material: Requirements for satisfactory soil material are specified in Section 312000 "Earth Moving." 1. Obtain approved borrow soil material off-site when satisfactory soil material is not available on-site. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 PREPARATION A. Protect and maintain benchmarks and survey control points from disturbance during construction. B. Locate and clearly identify trees, shrubs, and other vegetation to remain or to be relocated. C. Protect existing site improvements to remain from damage during construction. 1. Restore damaged improvements to their original condition, as acceptable to Owner. 3.2 TEMPORARY EROSION AND SEDIMENTATION CONTROL A. Refer to Erosion and Sediment Control – Section 312500. 3.3 TREE AND PLANT PROTECTION A. General: Protect trees and plants remaining on-site according to requirements in Section 015639 "Temporary Tree and Plant Protection." B. Repair or replace trees, shrubs, and other vegetation indicated to remain or be relocated that are damaged by construction operations, in a manner approved by Architect/Engineer. 3.4 TOPSOIL STRIPPING A. Remove sod and grass before stripping topsoil. B. Strip topsoil to depth of 6 inches (150 mm) or as indicated on Geotech Report.in a manner to prevent intermingling with underlying subsoil or other waste materials.
APA-QUACKENBUSH GARAGE NEW ENTRANCE SITE PREPARATION MAY 14, 2021 31 10 01 - 2 of 3
1. Remove subsoil and nonsoil materials from topsoil, including clay lumps, gravel, and other objects more than 2 inches (50 mm) in diameter; trash, debris, weeds, roots, and other waste materials. C. Stockpile topsoil away from edge of excavations without intermixing with subsoil. Grade and shape stockpiles to drain surface water. Cover to prevent windblown dust and erosion by water. 1. Limit height of topsoil stockpiles to 10 ft. 2. Do not stockpile topsoil within protection zones. 3. Dispose of surplus topsoil. Surplus topsoil is that which exceeds quantity indicated to be stockpiled or reused. 4. Stockpile surplus topsoil to allow for respreading deeper topsoil. 3.5 SITE IMPROVEMENTS A. Remove existing above- and below-grade improvements as indicated and necessary to facilitate new construction. B. Remove slabs, paving, curbs, gutters, and aggregate base as indicated. 1. Unless existing full-depth joints coincide with line of demolition, neatly saw-cut along line of existing pavement to remain before removing adjacent existing pavement. Saw- cut faces vertically. 3.6 DISPOSAL OF SURPLUS AND WASTE MATERIALS A. Remove surplus soil material, unsuitable topsoil, obstructions, demolished materials, and waste materials including trash and debris, and legally dispose of them off Owner's property in conformance to Federal, State and Local Rates and Regulations. B. Separate recyclable materials produced during site clearing from other non recyclable materials. Store or stockpile without intermixing with other materials and transport them to recycling facilities. Do not interfere with other Project work.
END OF SECTION 31 10 01
APA-QUACKENBUSH GARAGE NEW ENTRANCE SITE PREPARATION MAY 14, 2021 31 10 01 - 3 of 3 SECTION 31 20 00-EARTH MOVING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Preparing subgrades for slabs-on-grade walks pavements turf and grasses and plants. 2. Excavating and backfilling for buildings and structures. 3. Drainage course for concrete slabs-on-grade. 4. Subbase course for concrete walks pavements. 5. Subbase course and base course for asphalt paving. 6. Subsurface drainage backfill for walls and trenches. 7. Excavating and backfilling trenches for utilities and pits for buried utility structures. B. Related Sections: 1. Section 311001 "Site Preparation" for site stripping, grubbing, stripping and stockpiling topsoil, and removal of above- and below-grade improvements and utilities. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. Backfill: Soil material or controlled low-strength material used to fill an excavation. 1. Initial Backfill: Backfill placed beside and over pipe in a trench, including haunches to support sides of pipe. 2. Final Backfill: Backfill placed over initial backfill to fill a trench. B. Bedding Course: Aggregate layer placed over the excavated subgrade in a trench before laying pipe. C. Borrow Soil: Satisfactory soil imported from off-site for use as fill or backfill. D. Drainage Course: Aggregate layer supporting the slab-on-grade that also minimizes upward capillary flow of pore water. E. Excavation: Removal of material encountered above subgrade elevations and to lines and dimensions indicated. 1. Authorized Additional Excavation: Excavation below subgrade elevations or beyond indicated lines and dimensions as directed by Owner. Authorized additional excavation and replacement material will be paid for according to Contract provisions. 2. Bulk Excavation: Excavation more than 10 feet in width and more than 30 feet in length. 3. Unauthorized Excavation: Excavation below subgrade elevations or beyond indicated lines and dimensions without direction by Owner. Unauthorized excavation, as well as remedial work directed by Owner, shall be at Contractor’s own expense. F. Fill: Soil materials used to raise existing grades. G. Rock: Rock material in beds, ledges, unstratified masses, conglomerate deposits, and boulders of rock material 3/4 cu. yd. or more in volume that exceed a standard penetration resistance of 100 blows/2 inches when tested by a geotechnical testing agency, according to ASTM D 1586. H. Structures: Buildings, footings, foundations, retaining walls, slabs, tanks, curbs, mechanical and electrical appurtenances, or other man-made stationary features constructed above or below the ground surface. I. Subbase: Aggregate layer placed between the subgrade and a cement concrete pavement or a cement concrete or hot-mix asphalt walk. J. Subgrade: Uppermost surface of an excavation or the top surface of a fill or backfill immediately below subbase, drainage fill, drainage course, or topsoil materials. K. Utilities: On-site underground pipes, conduits, ducts, and cables, as well as underground services within buildings.
APA-QUACKENBUSH GARAGE NEW ENTRANCE EARTH MOVING MAY 14, 2021 31 20 00 - 1 of 10 1.4 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of the following manufactured products required: 1. Geotextiles. 2. Controlled low-strength material, including design mixture. 3. Warning tapes. B. Samples for Verification: For the following products, in sizes indicated below: 1. Geotextile: 12 by 12 inches. 2. Warning Tape: 12 inches long; of each color. 1.5 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Qualification Data: For qualified testing agency. B. Material Test Reports: For each on-site and borrow soil material proposed for fill and backfill as follows: 1. Classification according to ASTM D 2487. 2. Laboratory compaction curve according to ASTM D 698 ASTM D 1557. C. Seismic survey report from seismic survey agency. D. Preexcavation Photographs or Videotape: Show existing conditions of adjoining construction and site improvements, including finish surfaces, that might be misconstrued as damage caused by earth moving operations. Submit before earth moving begins. 1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Geotechnical Testing Agency Qualifications: Qualified according to ASTM E 329 and ASTM D 3740 for testing indicated. B. Preexcavation Conference: Conduct conference at Project site. 1.7 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Traffic: Minimize interference with adjoining roads, streets, walks, and other adjacent occupied or used facilities during earth moving operations. 1. Do not close or obstruct streets, walks, or other adjacent occupied or used facilities without permission from Owner and authorities having jurisdiction. 2. Provide alternate routes around closed or obstructed traffic ways if required by Owner or authorities having jurisdiction. B. Improvements on Adjoining Property: Authority for performing earth moving indicated on property adjoining Owner's property will be obtained by Owner before award of Contract. 1. Do not proceed with work on adjoining property until directed by Architect/Engineer. C. Utility Locator Service: Notify “NEW YORK 811” for area where Project is located before beginning earth moving operations. D. Do not commence earth moving operations until temporary erosion- and sedimentation-control measures, specified in contract drawings are in place. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 SOIL MATERIALS A. General: Provide borrow soil materials when sufficient satisfactory soil materials are not available from excavations. B. Satisfactory Soils: Soil Classification Groups GW, GP, GM, SW, SP, and SM according to ASTM D 2487 or Groups A-1, A-2-4, A-2-5, and A-3 according to AASHTO M 145, or a combination of these groups; free of rock or gravel larger than 3 inches in any dimension, debris, waste, frozen materials, vegetation, and other deleterious matter. C. Unsatisfactory Soils: Soil Classification Groups GC, SC, CL, ML, OL, CH, MH, OH, and PT according to ASTM D 2487 or Groups A-2-6, A-2-7, A-4, A-5, A-6, and A-7 according to AASHTO M 145, or a combination of these groups. 1. Unsatisfactory soils also include satisfactory soils not maintained within 2 percent of optimum moisture content at time of compaction. D. Aggregate Base or Subbase
APA-QUACKENBUSH GARAGE NEW ENTRANCE EARTH MOVING MAY 14, 2021 31 20 00 - 2 of 10 1. Aggregate base course under pavements, driveways, and slabs shall be composed of crushed ledge rock or talus, roughly cubical or pyramidal in shape, and sand meeting the gradation and soundness requirements of New York State DOT, Item 3.04.02, Type 2. Material shall be uniform in quality and free of wood, loam, clay, dirt, roots, bark, and any other extraneous material. Material shall not contain salts or foreign materials of any kind. The aggregate shall be produced from material showing a percentage of wear by the Los Angeles wear test (ASTM C131) of not more than 35%. 2. Stone shall have the following gradation: Sieve Percent Passing by Weight 2” 100 ¼” 25-60 No. 40 5-40 No. 200 0-10 E. Crushed Stone or Drainage Course 1. Crushed stone, to be used as backfill at narrow excavations, shall be composed of crushed ledge rock or talus, roughly cubical or pyramidal in shape, with a gradation conforming to ASTM C33 No. 57 stone. Material shall be uniform in quality and free of wood, loam, clay, dirt, roots, bark, and any other extraneous material. Material shall not contain salts or foreign materials of any kind. The aggregate shall be produced from material showing a percentage of wear by the Los Angeles wear test (ASTM C131) of not more than 35%. 2. Stone shall have the following gradation: Sieve Percent Passing by Weight 1 ½” 100 1” 95-100 ½” 25-60 No. 4 0-10 No. 8 0-5 F. Engineered or Controlled Fill: Controlled fill should be a natural sand or sand and gravel with no particles larger than three inches, with not more than 70% by weight passing a No. 40 sieve, and not more than 10% by weight passing a No. 200 sieve. The material passing the No. 200 sieve shall be non-plastic. Imported fill should be free of organic material and any other deleterious material. Imported material should also be tested for contaminant levels, which should be below New York Department of Environmental Conservation residential soil clean up levels. G. Bedding Course: Naturally or artificially graded mixture of natural or crushed gravel, crushed stone, and natural or crushed sand; ASTM D 2940; with following gradation: Sieve Percent Passing by Weight 1” 100 No. 40 0-70 No. 200 0-15 H. Filter Material: Narrowly graded mixture of natural or crushed gravel, or crushed stone and natural sand; ASTM D 448; coarse-aggregate grading Size 67 with following gradation: Sieve Percent Passing by Weight 1” 100 ¾” 90-100 3/8” 20-55 #4 0-10 #8 0-5 I Sand and Gravel Mix Material for Subdrainage System:
APA-QUACKENBUSH GARAGE NEW ENTRANCE EARTH MOVING MAY 14, 2021 31 20 00 - 3 of 10 Sand and Gravel Mix Material shall be a naturally occurring, manufactured, coarse sand and gravel consisting of clean, inert, rounded grains of quartz or other durable rock and free from loam or clay, surface coatings, mica, other deleterious materials. Sand and Gravel Mix material shall comply with the following gradation as determined by combined hydrometer and wet sieving in compliance with ASTM D422 after destruction of organic matter by ignition: U.S. Sieve % Passing % Passing Size No Minimum. Maximum 3 inch 100 - 1 in ch 85 - 4 65 100 10 25 60 18 15 40 35 7 20 60 3 12 140 0 7 270 0 3 0.002mm 0 0.5 Test results shall be submitted for both percent (%) retained and percent (%) passing for all sieve sizes. J. Sand: ASTM C 33; fine aggregate. 2.2 EPS GEOFOAM FILL SYSTEM 1. EPS Geofoam Materials: a. Geofoam block and/or fill materials shall be Regid cellular polystyrene geofoam conform to ASTM D6817 with physical property requirement specified herein. b. Expanded polystyrene foam blocks (EPS) shall be of density and composition conforming to ASTM D6817 Type: EPS 29. EPS geofoam material shall be manufactured with tested and proven fire retardant and termite/insect resistance treatment additives. Treatment agents shall be EPA registered materials for use with foam plastic. 1. Material Properties for Type EPS29 (ASTM Testing Standard): Density: 1.80 lbs./cuft minimum (C303). Compressive Resistance: 10.9 psi minimum (D1621) at 1% deformation. Flexural Strength: 50.0 psi minimum (C203). Water Absorption: 2.0% by volume maximum (C272). Oxygen Volume: 24% minimum c. Provide in block or other sized for use as a lightweight fill material over existing utility tunnel structure shown and to suit layered design and fabrication details as required. d. Geofoam block fill materials delivered to this Project shall be labeled with manufacturer’s name and product type. 2. Fabrication: Shop and/or field fabricate EPS Geofoam block fill materials to comply with the following as a minimum: a. Cored holes and channels for the purpose of drainage and for accommodating utility systems, and tree guying systems. b. Contoured (tapered) bottom surfaces to fit existing (surveyed) ground and contoured (tapered) top surfaces to conform with sub-grades for overlying finish materials as indicated on Contract Drawings. 3. Accessory Lateral Restraints (Binder Plates): Provide galvanized, barbed, metal fasteners of type (GeoGripper Plate) available from the geofoam manufacturer. Furnish two-sided barbed fasteners for use between layers and single sided barbed fasteners on the exposed
APA-QUACKENBUSH GARAGE NEW ENTRANCE EARTH MOVING MAY 14, 2021 31 20 00 - 4 of 10 portions of each layer and on top of the final layer. Provide a minimum two (2) plates for each section of EPS block and additional plates as recommended by geofoam manufacturer to suit conditions on this Project. 2.3 GEOTEXTILES A. Subsurface Drainage Geotextile: Nonwoven needle-punched geotextile, manufactured for subsurface drainage applications, made from polyolefins or polyesters; with elongation greater than 50 percent; complying with AASHTO M 288 and the following, measured per test methods referenced: 1. Survivability: Class 2; AASHTO M 288. 2. Grab Tensile Strength: 157 lbf (700 N); ASTM D 4632. 3. Sewn Seam Strength: 142 lbf (630 N); ASTM D 4632. 4. Tear Strength: 56 lbf (250 N); ASTM D 4533. 5. Puncture Strength: 56 lbf (250 N); ASTM D 4833. 6. Apparent Opening Size: No. 40 sieve, maximum; ASTM D 4751. 7. Permittivity: 0.5 per second, minimum; ASTM D 4491. 8. UV Stability: 50 percent after 500 hours' exposure; ASTM D 4355. B. Separation Geotextile: Woven geotextile fabric, manufactured for separation applications, made from polyolefins or polyesters; with elongation less than 50 percent; complying with AASHTO M 288 and the following, measured per test methods referenced: 1. Survivability: Class 2; AASHTO M 288. 2. Grab Tensile Strength: 247 lbf (1100 N); ASTM D 4632. 3. Sewn Seam Strength: 222 lbf (990 N); ASTM D 4632. 4. Tear Strength: 90 lbf (400 N); ASTM D 4533. 5. Puncture Strength: 90 lbf (400 N); ASTM D 4833. 6. Apparent Opening Size: No. 60 (0.250-mm) sieve, maximum; ASTM D 4751. 7. Permittivity: 0.02 per second, minimum; ASTM D 4491. 8. UV Stability: 50 percent after 500 hours' exposure; ASTM D 4355. 2.4 ACCESSORIES A. Warning Tape: Acid- and alkali-resistant, polyethylene film warning tape manufactured for marking and identifying underground utilities, 6 inches (150 mm) wide and 4 mils (0.1 mm) thick, continuously inscribed with a description of the utility; colored as follows: 1. Red: Electric. 2. Yellow: Gas, oil, steam, and dangerous materials. 3. Orange: Telephone and other communications. 4. Blue: Water systems. 5. Green: Sewer systems. B. Detectable Warning Tape: Acid- and alkali-resistant, polyethylene film warning tape manufactured for marking and identifying underground utilities, a minimum of 6 inches (150 mm) wide and 4 mils (0.1 mm) thick, continuously inscribed with a description of the utility, with metallic core encased in a protective jacket for corrosion protection, detectable by metal detector when tape is buried up to 30 inches (750 mm) deep; colored as follows: 1. Red: Electric. 2. Yellow: Gas, oil, steam, and dangerous materials. 3. Orange: Telephone and other communications. 4. Blue: Water systems. 5. Green: Sewer systems.
APA-QUACKENBUSH GARAGE NEW ENTRANCE EARTH MOVING MAY 14, 2021 31 20 00 - 5 of 10 PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 PREPARATION A. Protect structures, utilities, sidewalks, pavements, and other facilities from damage caused by settlement, lateral movement, undermining, washout, and other hazards created by earth moving operations. B. Protect and maintain erosion and sedimentation controls during earth moving operations. C. Protect subgrades and foundation soils from freezing temperatures and frost. Remove temporary protection before placing subsequent materials. 3.2 DEWATERING A. Prevent surface water and ground water from entering excavations, from ponding on prepared subgrades, and from flooding Project site and surrounding area. B. Protect subgrades from softening, undermining, washout, and damage by rain or water accumulation. 1. Reroute surface water runoff away from excavated areas. Do not allow water to accumulate in excavations. Do not use excavated trenches as temporary drainage ditches. C. Refer to Section 312319 “DeWatering”. 3.3 EXCAVATION, GENERAL A. Excavate all materials of every kind to the Contract elevations and dimensions required by the Drawings and Specifications and any additional material required for safe slope of excavation, regardless of the character of materials and obstructions encountered. B. It should be noted that excavation activities may be impeded by the frequency of cobbles and boulders in the subsurface material. The depths of this material have been determined to be approximately between El. 140.0 and El. 150.0 based on subsurface drilling and geotechnical sampling operations. Careful preparations should be taken prior to the excavation of this material. 3.4 EXCAVATION FOR STRUCTURES A. Excavate to indicated elevations and dimensions within a tolerance of plus or minus 1 inch. If applicable, extend excavations a sufficient distance from structures for placing and removing concrete formwork, for installing services and other construction, and for inspections. 1. Excavations for Footings and Foundations: Do not disturb bottom of excavation. Excavate by hand to final grade as shown on contract drawings. Trim bottoms to required lines and grades to leave solid base to receive other work. 3.5 EXCAVATION FOR WALKS AND PAVEMENTS A. Excavate surfaces under walks and pavements to indicated lines, cross sections, elevations, and subgrades. 3.6 EXCAVATION FOR UTILITY TRENCHES A. Excavate trenches to indicated gradients, lines, depths, and elevations. 1. Beyond building perimeter, excavate trenches to allow installation of pipe below grade. B. Excavate trenches to uniform widths to provide the following clearance on each side of pipe or conduit. Excavate trench walls vertically from trench bottom to 12 inches higher than top of pipe or conduit unless otherwise indicated. 1. Clearance: Drawings as indicated on contract. C. Trench Bottoms: Excavate and shape trench bottoms to provide uniform bearing and support of pipes and conduit. Shape subgrade to provide continuous support for bells, joints, and barrels of pipes and for joints, fittings, and bodies of conduits. Remove projecting stones and sharp objects along trench subgrade. 1. For pipes and conduit less than 6 inches in nominal diameter, hand-excavate trench bottoms and support pipe and conduit on an undisturbed subgrade.
APA-QUACKENBUSH GARAGE NEW ENTRANCE EARTH MOVING MAY 14, 2021 31 20 00 - 6 of 10 2. For pipes and conduit 6 inches or larger in nominal diameter, shape bottom of trench to support bottom 90 degrees of pipe or conduit circumference. Fill depressions with tamped sand backfill. 3. For flat-bottomed, multiple-duct conduit units, hand-excavate trench bottoms and support conduit on an undisturbed subgrade. 4. Excavate trenches 6 inches deeper than elevation required in rock or other unyielding bearing material to allow for bedding course. 3.7 UNAUTHORIZED EXCAVATION A. Fill unauthorized excavation under foundations or wall footings by extending bottom elevation of concrete foundation or footing to excavation bottom, without altering top elevation. Lean concrete fill, with 28-day compressive strength of 2500 psi, may be used when approved by Architect/Engineer. 1. Fill unauthorized excavations under other construction, pipe, or conduit as directed by Architect/Engineer. 3.8 STORAGE OF SOIL MATERIALS A. Stock pile borrow soil materials and excavated satisfactory soil materials without intermixing. Place, grade, and shape stockpiles to drain surface water. Cover to prevent windblown dust. 1. Stockpile soil materials away from edge of excavations. Do not store within drip line of remaining trees. 3.9 BACKFILL A. Place and compact backfill in excavations promptly, but not before completing the following: 1. Construction below finish grade including, where applicable, subdrainage, damp proofing, waterproofing, and perimeter insulation. 2. Surveying locations of underground utilities for Record Documents. 3. Testing and inspecting underground utilities. 4. Removing concrete formwork. 5. Removing trash and debris. 6. Removing temporary shoring and bracing, and sheeting. 7. Installing permanent or temporary horizontal bracing on horizontally supported walls. B. Place backfill on subgrades free of mud, frost, snow, or ice. 3.10 UTILITY TRENCH BACKFILL A. Place backfill on subgrades free of mud, frost, snow, or ice. B. Place and compact bedding course on trench bottoms and where indicated. Shape bedding course to provide continuous support for bells, joints, and barrels of pipes and for joints, fittings, and bodies of conduits. C. Trenches under Footings: Backfill trenches excavated under footings and within 18 inches of bottom of footings with satisfactory soil; fill with concrete to elevation of bottom of footings. Concrete is specified in Section 033000 "Cast-in-Place Concrete". D. Trenches under Roadways: Provide 4-inch thick, concrete-base slab support for piping or conduit less than 30 inches below surface of roadways. After installing and testing, completely encase piping or conduit in a minimum of 4 inches of concrete before backfilling or placing roadway subbase course. Concrete is specified in Section 033000 "Cast-in-Place Concrete". E. Backfill voids with satisfactory soil while removing shoring and bracing. F. Place and compact initial backfill of subbase material, free of particles larger than 1 inch in any dimension, to a height of 12 inches over the pipe or conduit. 1. Carefully compact initial backfill under pipe haunches and compact evenly up on both sides and along the full length of piping or conduit to avoid damage or displacement of piping or conduit. Coordinate backfilling with utilities testing. G. Place and compact final backfill of satisfactory soil to final subgrade elevation.
APA-QUACKENBUSH GARAGE NEW ENTRANCE EARTH MOVING MAY 14, 2021 31 20 00 - 7 of 10 H. Install warning tape directly above utilities, 12 inches below finished grade, except 6 inches below subgrade under pavements and slabs. 3.11 SOIL FILL A. Plow, scarify, bench, or break up sloped surfaces steeper than 1 vertical to 4 horizontal so fill material will bond with existing material. B. Place and compact fill material in layers to required elevations as follows: 1. Under grass and planted areas, use satisfactory soil material. 2. Under walks and pavements, use satisfactory soil material. 3. Under steps and ramps, use engineered fill. 4. Under building slabs, use engineered fill. 5. Under footings and foundations, use engineered fill. C. Place soil fill on subgrades free of mud, frost, snow, or ice. D. Prior to placing any fill materials to raise grades to design and subgrade elevations if necessary, the existing exposed soils should be compacted to a firm and unyielding surface with several passes in two perpendicular directions of minimum 10-ton vibratory, smooth drum roller. In order to help identify any soft or loose pockets which may require removal and replacement or further investigation after compacting the subgrade, the surface should be proof rolled in the presence of the owner’s geotechnical engineer. Typical equipment used for the proof rolling effort consists of a fully loaded tandem axle truck; if site constraints limit the use of this equipment, equivalent alternatives may be considered subject to engineer approval. Proof rolling should be conducted after a suitable period of dry weather to avoid degrading an otherwise acceptable subgrade. Any fill or backfill should be placed and compacted in accordance with the recommendations provided herein. If construction activities are performed during winter months, all frozen soils encountered at or below proposed subgrade elevations should be removed and replaced with controlled fill in accordance with the recommendations herein. 3.12 SOIL MOISTURE CONTROL A. Uniformly moisten or aerate subgrade and each subsequent fill or backfill soil layer before compaction to within 2 percent of optimum moisture content. 1. Do not place backfill or fill soil material on surfaces that are muddy, frozen, or contain frost or ice. 2. Remove and replace, or scarify and air dry, otherwise satisfactory soil material that exceeds optimum moisture content by 2 percent and is too wet to compact to specified dry unit weight. 3.13 COMPACTION OF SOIL BACKFILLS AND FILLS A. Place backfill and fill soil materials in layers not more than 8 inches in loose depth for material compacted by heavy compaction equipment, and not more than 4 inches in loose depth for material compacted by hand-operated tampers. B. Place backfill and fill soil materials evenly on all sides of structures to required elevations, and uniformly along the full length of each structure. C. Compact soil materials to not less than the following percentages of maximum dry unit weight according to ASTM D 698 or ASTM D 1557: 1. Under structures, building slabs, steps, and pavements, scarify and recompact top 12 inches of existing subgrade and each layer of backfill or fill soil material at 95 percent. 2. Under walkways, scarify and recompact top 6 inches below subgrade and compact each layer of backfill or fill soil material at 92 percent. 3. Under turf or unpaved areas, scarify and recompact top 6 inches (150 mm) below subgrade and compact each layer of backfill or fill soil material at 85 percent. 4. For utility trenches, compact each layer of initial and final backfill soil material at 85 percent.
APA-QUACKENBUSH GARAGE NEW ENTRANCE EARTH MOVING MAY 14, 2021 31 20 00 - 8 of 10 D. Controlled fill is to be placed in lifts not exceeding eight inches in thickness, and compacted to 95% of the maximum Modified Proctor density, determined in accordance with the procedures of ASTM D1557, Laboratory Compaction Characteristics of Soil Using Modified Effort (56,000 ft-lbf/ft 3 (2,700 kN-M/M 3)). Controlled Fill placed within ten feet of walls, foundations, utility lines and auxiliary structures should be compacted with plate compactors; the lift thickness should be adjusted if necessary to obtain the required degree of compaction. In-place density tests should be performed at a frequency of not less than one per 2,500 sf of backfill placed, and not less than one test per two feet of material placed. 3.14 GRADING A. General: Uniformly grade areas to a smooth surface, free of irregular surface changes. Comply with compaction requirements and grade to cross sections, lines, and elevations indicated. 1. Provide a smooth transition between adjacent existing grades and new grades. 2. Cut out soft spots, fill low spots, and trim high spots to comply with required surface tolerances. B. Site Rough Grading: Slope grades to direct water away from buildings and to prevent ponding. Finish subgrades to required elevations within the following tolerances: 1. Turf or Unpaved Areas: Plus or minus ½ inch. 2. Walks: Plus or minus ½ inch. 3. Pavements: Plus or minus ¼ inch. 3.15 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Inspections: Owner will engage a qualified inspector to perform the following special inspections: 1. Determine prior to placement of fill that site has been prepared in compliance with requirements. 2. Determine that fill material and maximum lift thickness comply with requirements. 3. Determine, at the required frequency, that in-place density of compacted fill complies with requirements. B. Testing Agency: Contractor shall, at his/her cost, engage a qualified geotechnical engineering testing agency to perform tests and inspections. C. Allow testing agency to inspect and test subgrades and each fill or backfill layer. Proceed with subsequent earth moving only after test results for previously completed work comply with requirements. D. Testing agency will test compaction of soils in place according to ASTM D 1556, ASTM D 2167, ASTM D 2922, and ASTM D 2937, as applicable. Tests will be performed at the following locations and frequencies: 1. Pavement Areas: At subgrade and at each compacted fill and backfill layer, at least one test for every 2000 sq. ft. or less of paved area, but in no case fewer than two tests. 2. Trench Backfill: At each compacted initial and final backfill layer, at least one test for every 150 feet or less of trench length, but no fewer than two tests. E. When testing agency reports that subgrades, fills, or backfills have not achieved degree of compaction specified, scarify and moisten or aerate, or remove and replace soil materials to depth required; recompact and retest until specified compaction is obtained. 3.16 PROTECTION A. Protecting Graded Areas: Protect newly graded areas from traffic, freezing, and erosion. Keep free of trash and debris. B. Repair and reestablish grades to specified tolerances where completed or partially completed surfaces become eroded, rutted, settled, or where they lose compaction due to subsequent construction operations or weather conditions. 1. Scarify or remove and replace soil material to depth as directed by Architect/Engineer; reshape and recompact.
APA-QUACKENBUSH GARAGE NEW ENTRANCE EARTH MOVING MAY 14, 2021 31 20 00 - 9 of 10 C. Where settling occurs before Project correction period elapses, remove finished surfacing, backfill with additional soil material, compact, and reconstruct surfacing. 1. Restore appearance, quality, and condition of finished surfacing to match adjacent work, and eliminate evidence of restoration to greatest extent possible. 3.17 DISPOSAL OF SURPLUS AND WASTE MATERIALS A. Remove surplus satisfactory soil and waste materials, including unsatisfactory soil, trash, and debris, and legally dispose of them off Owner's property. B. Transport surplus satisfactory soil to designated storage areas on Owner's property. Stockpile or spread soil as directed by Architect/Engineer. 1. Remove waste materials, including unsatisfactory soil, trash, and debris, and legally dispose of them off Owner's property.
END OF SECTION 31 20 00
APA-QUACKENBUSH GARAGE NEW ENTRANCE EARTH MOVING MAY 14, 2021 31 20 00 - 10 of 10
SECTION 31 25 00-EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE A. Earthwork: Section 312000. 1.2 REFERENCES A. Erosion and Sediment Control Guidelines: Conform to the latest edition of “NEW YORK STANDARDS and SPECIFICATIONS for EROSION and SEDIMENT CONTROL” by NYS Department of Environmental Conservation. Refer to these guidelines for construction and maintenance of all items included in the contract drawings. B. Storm Water Management: Conform to the latest edition of “NEW YORK STATE STORMWATER MANAGEMENT DESIGN MANUAL”. 1.3 RESPONSIBILITY A. Erosion and Sediment Control Plan have been prepared for this project. Install and maintain the temporary storm water and diversion control items as shown on the drawings before starting any grading or excavation and maintain compliance of all Storm Water Pollution Plan/SPDES regulations. Provide any temporary sediment and erosion control measures that may be required within limits of the work, including any staging areas, throughout construction in conformance with the plan, and as directed by the Construction Manager. Place the permanent control practices required before the removal of the temporary storm water diversion and control items. B. During construction conduct operations in such a manner as to prevent or reduce to a minimum any damage to any water body from pollution by debris, sediment, chemical or other foreign material, or from the manipulation of equipment and/or materials in or near a stream or ditch flowing directly to a stream. Any water which has been used for wash purposes or other similar operations which become polluted with sewage, silt, cement, concentrated chlorine, oil, fuels, lubricants, bitumens, or other impurities shall not be discharged into any water body. C. In the event of conflict between these specifications and the regulation of other Federal, State, or local jurisdictions, the more restrictive regulations shall apply. D. The Contractor shall adhere to all requirements of the Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan as presented. Comply with all applicable NYSDEC regulatory requirements. 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product. 1. Include technical data and tested physical and performance properties. 1.5 DESCRIPTION A. The Work shall consist of furnishing, installing, inspecting, maintaining, and removing soil and erosion control measures as shown on the contract documents or as ordered by the Construction Manager during the life of the contract to provide erosion and sediment control. B. Temporary structural measures provide erosion control protection to a critical area for an interim period. A critical area is any disturbed, denuded slope subject to erosion. These are used during construction to prevent offsite sedimentation. Temporary structural measures shall include check dams, construction road stabilization, stabilized construction entrance, dust control, earth dike, level spreader, perimeter dike/swale, pipe slope drain, portable sediment tank, rock dam, sediment basin, sediment traps, silt fence, storm drain inlet protection, straw/hay bale dike, access waterway crossing, storm drain diversion, temporary swale, turbidity curtain, water bars or other erosion control devices or methods as required.
APA-QUACKENBUSH GARAGE NEW ENTRANCE EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL MAY 14, 2021 31 25 00 - 1 of 5 C. Permanent structural measures also control protection to a critical area. They are used to convey runoff to a safe outlet. They remain in place and continue to function after completion of construction. Permanent structural measures shall include debris basins, diversion, grade stabilization structure, land grading, lined waterway (rock), paved channel, paved flume, retaining wall, riprap, rock outlets, and stream bank protection or other erosion control devices or methods as required. D. Vegetative measures shall include brush matting, dune stabilization, grassed waterway, vegetating waterway, mulching, protecting vegetation, seeding, sod, straw/hay bale dike, stream bank protection, temporary swale, topsoil, and vegetating waterways. E. Biotechnical measures shall include wattling (live fascines, brush matting, brush layering, live cribwall, and branchpacking) vegetated rock gabions, live staking, tree revetment, and fiber rolls. 1.6 DEFINITIONS – TEMPORARY STRUCTURAL MEASURES A. Check Dam: Small barrier or dam constructed of stone, bagged sand or gravel to reduce velocity of flow. B. Construction Road Stabilization: Stabilization of construction roads to control erosion. C. Stabilized Construction Entrance: A stabilized pad of aggregate underlain with geo- textile where traffic enters a construction site to reduce or eliminate tracking of sediment to public roads. D. Dust Control: Prevent surface and air movement of dust from disturbed soil surfaces. E. Earth Dike: A temporary berm or ridge of compacted soil, located to channel water to a sediment trapping device. F. Level Spreader: A non-erosive outlet for concentrated runoff to disperse flow uniformly across a slope. G. Perimeter Dike/Swale: A temporary ridge of soil excavated from an adjoining swale located along the perimeter of the site or disturbed area to prevent runoff from entering a disturbed area and preventing sediment laden runoff from leaving a construction site. H. Pipe Slope Drain: A structure placed from the top of a slope to the bottom of a slope to convey runoff without causing erosion. I. Portable Sediment Tank: A compartmented tank to which sediment laden water is pumped to retain sediment before pumping the water to adjoining drainage ways. J. Rock Dam: A rock embankment located to capture sediment. K. Sediment Basin: A barrier constructed across a drainage way to intercept and trap sediment. L. Sediment Traps: A control device formed by excavation to retain sediment at a storm inlet or other points of collection. M. Silt Fence: A barrier of geo-textile fabric installed on contours across the slope to intercept runoff by reducing velocity. Replace after 1 year. N. Storm Drain Inlet Protection: A semi-permeable barrier installed around storm inlets to prevent sediment from entering a storm drainage system. O. Straw/Hay Bale Dike: Intercept sediment laden runoff by reducing velocity. Replace after 3 months. P. Access Waterway Crossing: A structure placed across a waterway to provide circulation for construction purposes. Q. Storm drain Diversion: The redirection of a storm drain line or outfall channel for discharge into a sediment trapping device. R. Temporary Swale: A temporary excavated drainage swale. S. Turbidity Curtain: A flexible, impenetrable barrier used to trap sediment when construction occurs within water bodies or along a shoreline.
APA-QUACKENBUSH GARAGE NEW ENTRANCE EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL MAY 14, 2021 31 25 00 - 2 of 5 T. Water Bars: A ridge or channel constructed diagonally across a sloping road or right-of- way. 1.7 DEFINITIONS – PERMANENT STRUCTURAL MEASURES A. Diversion: A parabolic or trapezoidal swale with a supporting ridge on the lower side constructed across a slope to intercept and convey runoff to stable outlets at non-erosive velocities. B. Debris Basin: A barrier or dam constructed across a waterway to form a basin for catching and storing sediment or debris that gives protection downstream. C. Grade Stabilization Structure: A structure to stabilize the grade by providing channel linings that can withstand high velocities. D. Lined Waterway (rock): A waterway lined with stone to dispose of high velocity runoff. E. Paved Channel (concrete): A waterway lined with concrete to dispose of high velocity runoff. F. Paved Flume: A concrete lined channel to convey water down a steep slope. G. Retaining Wall: A structural wall constructed to prevent soil movement down steep slopes. H. Riprap: A layer of stone designed to protect slopes that are subject to erosion. I. Rock Outlets: Rock placed at the outlet end of culverts, conduits or channels. J. Stream Bank Protection: Stabilization of eroding stream banks through use of riprap, gabions or pre-cast concrete units. 1.8 DEFINITIONS – VEGETATIVE MATERIALS MEASURES A. Brush Matting: Hardwood brush layered along a stream bank with a grid of stakes and wire. This acts as a mulch for seedlings established in the bank. B. Dune Stabilization: C. Grassed or Vegetating Waterway: A parabolic or trapezoidal channel below adjacent ground level stabilized by vegetation to convey water without causing erosion. D. Mulches: Hay, straw, wood cellulose, fiber mats, flexible growth medium and other materials approved by the Construction Manager. E. Protecting Vegetation: Protecting trees, shrubs, ground cover and other vegetation from damage. F. Temporary Seeding: Erosion control protection to a critical area for an interim period. A critical area is any disturbed, denuded slope subject to erosion. G. Permanent Seeding: Grasses established and combined with shrubs to provide perennial vegetative cover on disturbed, denuded, slopes subject to erosion. H. Sod: Used where a quick vegetative cover is required. I. Straw/Hay Bale Dike: Intercept sediment laden runoff by reducing velocity. Replace after 3 months. J. Stream Bank Protection: Stabilization of eroding stream banks through use of vegetation. K. Temporary Swale: A temporary excavated drainage swale. L. Topsoil: Placed before permanent seeding or sod is installed. 1.9 DEFINITIONS – BIOTECHNICAL MATERIALS MEASURES A. Vegetative Rock Gabions: A combination of vegetation and rock gabions for slope stabilization. Live branch cuttings are layered through the gabion protruding beyond the face of the gabion. B. Live Fascines: Bundles of branches staked into shallow trenches which are then filled with soil. They are oriented along a contour and placed in multiple rows. C. Brush Matting: Hardwood brush layered along a stream bank with a grid of stakes and wire. This acts as a mulch for seedlings established in the bank. D. Live Staking: Large stakes sharpened at the bottom end and forced vertically into the ground.
APA-QUACKENBUSH GARAGE NEW ENTRANCE EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL MAY 14, 2021 31 25 00 - 3 of 5 E. Brush Layering: Stabilize slope areas above the flow line of stream banks. Long branches are placed with cut ends into a terraced slope. F. Live Crib Wall: A combination of vegetation and structural elements used along streams where flowing water is a hazard. Layers of logs are alternated with long branches protruding out between them. G. Tree Revetment: Used for bank stabilization by placing tree trunks and branches overlapped and anchored to absorb energy, reduce velocity and capture sediment. H. Branch Packing: Alternates live branch cuttings and tamped backfill to repair small localized holes in slopes. Used for areas less than 4’ deep and 6’ wide. I. Fiber Roll: A coconut fiber, straw, or excelsior woven roll encased in a netting of jute, nylon, or burlap to dissipate water energy and provide a medium for introduction of herbaceous vegetation. Anchor into a bank and provide suitable backfill behind the roll where vegetation can be planted. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. Stone aggregate for construction entrance pads and for drainage riprap aprons shall be as designed and specified on the approved construction plan drawings and details; as specified under Specification Section 312000. B. Silt fence shall be a woven polypropylene fabric resistant to soil chemicals, mildew, insects and exposure to sunlight. The fabric shall have the following minimum values: Property Test Method Minimum Average Value Tensile Strength (lbs) ASTM-D-1682 200 WARP Elongation (%) ASTM-D-1682 25 Burst Strength (psi) Mullen Burst Test 300 ` Retention Efficiency (%) VTM-51-79 75 Equiv. Opening Size U.S. Sieve No Equiv. 30/50 C. Stakes for securing the silt fencing may be either wood or steel as recommended by the silt fence manufacturer. D. Inlet protection as indicated on contract drawings. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 WORK AREAS A. Site earth disturbance area at any time shall be limited to 5 acres maximum. The contractor is to provide necessary stabilization measures and practices to minimize the soil exposure. B. The Construction Manager has the authority to limit the surface area of erodible earth exposed by earthwork operations and to direct the Contractor to provide immediate temporary or permanent erosion measures to minimize damage to property and contamination of watercourses and water impoundments. The Construction Manager may increase or decrease this area of erodible earth material exposed at one time as determined by his analysis of project, weather and other conditions. The Construction Manager may limit the area of clearing and grubbing and earthwork operations in progress commensurate with the Contractor’s demonstrated capability in protecting erodible earth surfaces with temporary, permanent, vegetative or biotechnical erosion control measures. 3.2 CONSTRUCTION SEQUENCE SCHEDULING A. Schedule the work so as to minimize the time that earth areas will be exposed to erosive conditions. Sequencing and timing the soil exposure limit to 14 days and under. B. Contractor is to schedule the construction activities on site to minimize the total soil disturbance at any one time and to control the total disturbance to be 5 acres or less.
APA-QUACKENBUSH GARAGE NEW ENTRANCE EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL MAY 14, 2021 31 25 00 - 4 of 5 C. Contractors to prepare a detailed schedule for activities during construction. Define the sequence of implementing the E&SC and water quality/quantity control practices identified in contract drawing. This schedule must identify activities during the period prior to soil disturbance through site stabilization. Also identify the inspection and maintenance measure during construction. All the planned activities should be marked on corresponding maps. A copy of the schedule along with the maps should be available at the construction site. 3.3 INSPECTION AND MAINTENANCE A. The contractor must ensure that all erosion and sediment control practices and all post- construction stormwater management practices are maintained in effective operating condition at all times. B. Contractor shall be on site on a daily basis to provide supervision and inspection when soil disturbance activities are to be performed. The Contractor shall check all erosion and sediment control measures following each runoff producing rainfall. C. Contractor is to comply with and correct all deficiencies found as a result of maintenance inspections. D. All erosion and sediment control devices must be maintained in working order until the site is stabilized. All preventative and remedial maintenance work, including clean out, repair, replacement, re-grading, re-seeding, or re-mulching, must be performed immediately. 3.4 STABILIZATION A. Provide temporary seeding on disturbed earth immediately if it will be exposed for more than 30 days or for any temporary shutdown of construction. In spring, summer or early fall apply rye grass at a rate of 1 lb/ 1000 sq.ft. In late fall or early spring, apply certified Aroostook Rye at a rate of 2.5 lbs./ 1000 sq. ft. Apply hay or straw at a rate of 2 bales/ 1000 sq. ft. or wood fiber hydromulch at the manufacturer’s recommended rate. Hay or straw shall be anchored. B. Coordinate the use of permanent controls or finish materials shown with the temporary erosion measures. C. The stabilization activities must be completed before snow cover or frozen ground. If vegetation is required, seeding must be scheduled to avoid die-off from fall frosts and allow for proper germination / establishment. D. Permanent vegetation such as planting and permanent seeding shall be installed in accordance with landscape plan and specification. E. At the end of the project, all disturbed areas shall be stabilized. When directed by the Construction Manager, all remaining temporary sediment and erosion control practices shall be removed.
END OF SECTION 31 25 00
APA-QUACKENBUSH GARAGE NEW ENTRANCE EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL MAY 14, 2021 31 25 00 - 5 of 5 SECTION 32 12 16-ASPHALT PAVING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Cold milling of existing asphalt pavement. 2. Hot-mix asphalt patching. 3. Hot-mix asphalt paving. 4. Hot-mix asphalt overlay. B. Related Requirements: 1. Section 024118 "Selective Site Demolition" for demolition and removal of existing asphalt pavement. 2. Section 312000 "Earth Moving" for subgrade preparation, fill material, unbound- aggregate subbase and base courses, and aggregate pavement shoulders. 3. Section 321373 "Concrete Paving Joint Sealants" for joint sealants and fillers at pavement terminations. 4. New York City Department of Transportation Standard Specifications. 1.3 PREINSTALLATION MEETINGS A. Preinstallation Conference: Conduct conference at Project site. 1. Review methods and procedures related to hot-mix asphalt paving including, but not limited to, the following: a. Review proposed sources of paving materials, including capabilities and location of plant that will manufacture hot-mix asphalt. b. Review requirements for protecting paving work, including restriction of traffic during installation period and for remainder of construction period. 1.4 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product. 1. Include technical data and tested physical and performance properties. 2. Job-Mix Designs: Certification, by authorities having jurisdiction, of approval of each job mix proposed for the Work. 3. Job-Mix Designs: For each job mix proposed for the Work. B. Samples for Verification: For the following product, in manufacturer's standard sizes unless otherwise indicated: 1. Paving Fabric: 12 by 12 inches (300 by 300 mm) minimum. 1.5 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Qualification Data: For manufacturer and testing agency. B. Material Certificates: For each paving material. C. Material Test Reports: For each paving material, by a qualified testing agency. D. Field quality-control reports. 1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Manufacturer Qualifications: A paving-mix manufacturer registered with and approved by authorities having jurisdiction or the DOT. B. Testing Agency Qualifications: Qualified according to ASTM D 3666 for testing indicated. C. Regulatory Requirements: Comply with materials, workmanship, and other applicable requirements of DOT for asphalt paving work. 1. Measurement and payment provisions and safety program submittals included in standard specifications do not apply to this Section.
APA-QUACKENBUSH GARAGE NEW ENTRANCE ASPHALT PAVING MAY 14, 2021 32 12 16 - 1 of 7 1.7 FIELD CONDITIONS A. Environmental Limitations: Do not apply asphalt materials if subgrade is wet or excessively damp, if rain is imminent or expected before time required for adequate cure, or if the following conditions are not met: 1. Prime Coat: Minimum surface temperature of 60 deg F (15.6 deg C). 2. Tack Coat: Minimum surface temperature of 60 deg F (15.6 deg C). 3. Slurry Coat: Comply with weather limitations in ASTM D 3910. 4. Asphalt Base Course: Minimum surface temperature of 40 deg F (4.4 deg C) and rising at time of placement. 5. Asphalt Surface Course: Minimum surface temperature of 60 deg F (15.6 deg C) at time of placement. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 AGGREGATES A. General: Use materials and gradations that have performed satisfactorily in previous installations. B. Coarse Aggregate: ASTM D 692/D 692M, sound; angular crushed stone, crushed gravel, or cured, crushed blast-furnace slag. C. Fine Aggregate: ASTM D 1073 or AASHTO M 29, sharp-edged natural sand or sand prepared from stone, gravel, cured blast-furnace slag, or combinations thereof. 1. For hot-mix asphalt, limit natural sand to a maximum of 20 percent by weight of the total aggregate mass. D. Mineral Filler: ASTM D 242/D 242M or AASHTO M 17, rock or slag dust, hydraulic cement, or other inert material. 2.2 ASPHALT MATERIALS A. Asphalt Binder B. Asphalt Cement C. Cutback Prime Coat: ASTM D 2027, medium-curing cutback asphalt, MC-30, MC-70, or MC- 250. D. Emulsified Asphalt Prime Coat: emulsified asphalt, slow setting, diluted in water, of suitable grade and consistency for application. E. Tack Coat: ASTM D 977 or (AASHTO M 140) emulsified asphalt, or ASTM D 2397 or (AASHTO M 208) cationic emulsified asphalt, slow setting, diluted in water, of suitable grade and consistency for application. F. Fog Seal: ASTM D 977 or (AASHTO M 140) emulsified asphalt, or ASTM D 2397 (AASHTO M 208) cationic emulsified asphalt, slow setting, factory diluted in water, of suitable grade and consistency for application. G. Water: Potable. H. Undersealing Asphalt: ASTM D 3141/D 3141M; pumping consistency. 2.3 AUXILIARY MATERIALS A. Recycled Materials for Hot-Mix Asphalt Mixes: Reclaimed asphalt pavement; reclaimed, unbound-aggregate base material; and recycled asphalt shingles from sources and gradations that have performed satisfactorily in previous installations, equal to performance of required hot-mix asphalt paving produced from all new materials. B. Herbicide: Commercial chemical for weed control, registered by the EPA, and not classified as "restricted use" for locations and conditions of application. Provide in granular, liquid, or wettable powder form. C. Sand: ASTM D 1073 or AASHTO M 29, Grade No. 2 or No. 3. D. Paving Geotextile: AASHTO M 288 paving fabric; nonwoven polypropylene; resistant to chemical attack, rot, and mildew; and specifically designed for paving applications.
APA-QUACKENBUSH GARAGE NEW ENTRANCE ASPHALT PAVING MAY 14, 2021 32 12 16 - 2 of 7 E. Joint Sealant: ASTM D 6690 (AASHTO M 324), Type I Type II or III, hot-applied, single- component, polymer-modified bituminous sealant. 2.4 MIXES A. All aggregate used in design mixes shall be as specified in DOT Specification Section 401-2.02 B.; Coarse Aggregate Type F2 Conditions. B. Hot Mix Asphalt (HMA): Use aggregate and PG binder from suppliers listed in the NYS DOT’s Approved List for Fine and Coarse Aggregates and Performance Graded (PG) Binders for Hot Mix Asphalt (HMA) Paving respectively. Use of mineral filler or any other materials for the production of HMA will be accepted in accordance with the State’s written instructions. C. Supply approved HMA mixtures that meet the requirements of NYS DOT MM 5.16 Superpave Hot Mix Asphalt Mixture Design and Mixture Verification Procedures . Each mixture must be obtained from a single plant for the duration of the project. The following NYS DOT items on- ly shall be utilized for this project: 1. 12.5 Top Course HMA (Large Parking Lots & Access Roads). 2. 25.0 Binder Course HMA. 3. Trueing & Leveling Course: DOT Table 401-1 Composition of Hot Mix Asphalt Mix- tures, Type 5 (Shim). D. Reclaimed Asphalt Pavement (RAP) shall meet the requirements of NYS DOT MM 5.16 Su- perpave Hot Mix Asphalt Mixture Design and Mixture Verification Procedures . PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Verify that subgrade is dry and in suitable condition to begin paving. B. Proof-roll subgrade below pavements with heavy pneumatic-tired equipment to identify soft pockets and areas of excess yielding. Do not proof-roll wet or saturated subgrades. 1. Completely proof-roll subgrade in one direction, repeating proof-rolling in direction perpendicular to first direction. Limit vehicle speed to 3 mph (5 km/h). 2. Proof roll with a loaded 10-wheel, tandem-axle dump truck weighing not less than 15 tons (13.6 tonnes). 3. Excavate soft spots, unsatisfactory soils, and areas of excessive pumping or rutting, as determined by Architect/Engineer, and replace with compacted backfill or fill as directed. C. Proceed with paving only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.2 COLD MILLING A. Clean existing pavement surface of loose and deleterious material immediately before cold milling. Remove existing asphalt pavement by cold milling to grades and cross sections indicated. 1. Mill to a depth of 1-1/2 inches. 2. Mill to a uniform finished surface free of excessive gouges, grooves, and ridges. 3. Control rate of milling to prevent tearing of existing asphalt course. 4. Repair or replace curbs, manholes, and other construction damaged during cold milling. 5. Excavate and trim unbound-aggregate base course, if encountered, and keep material separate from milled hot-mix asphalt. 6. Patch surface depressions deeper than 1 inch (25 mm) after milling, before wearing course is laid. 7. Handle milled asphalt material according to approved waste management plan required in Section 017419 "Construction Waste Management and Disposal." 8. Keep milled pavement surface free of loose material and dust. 9. Do not allow milled materials to accumulate on-site. 3.3 PATCHING A. Asphalt Pavement: Saw cut perimeter of patch and excavate existing pavement section to sound base. Excavate rectangular or trapezoidal patches, extending 12 inches (300 mm) into perimeter
APA-QUACKENBUSH GARAGE NEW ENTRANCE ASPHALT PAVING MAY 14, 2021 32 12 16 - 3 of 7 of adjacent sound pavement, unless otherwise indicated. Cut excavation faces vertically. Remove excavated material. Recompact existing unbound-aggregate base course to form new subgrade. B. Portland Cement Concrete Pavement: Break cracked slabs and roll as required to reseat concrete pieces firmly. 1. Pump hot undersealing asphalt under rocking slab until slab is stabilized or, if necessary, crack slab into pieces and roll to reseat pieces firmly. 2. Remove disintegrated or badly cracked pavement. Excavate rectangular or trapezoidal patches, extending into perimeter of adjacent sound pavement, unless otherwise indicated. Cut excavation faces vertically. Recompact existing unbound-aggregate base course to form new subgrade. C. Tack Coat: Before placing patch material, apply tack coat uniformly to vertical asphalt surfaces abutting the patch. Apply at a rate of 0.05 to 0.15 gal./sq. yd. (0.2 to 0.7 L/sq. m). 1. Allow tack coat to cure undisturbed before applying hot-mix asphalt paving. 2. Avoid smearing or staining adjoining surfaces, appurtenances, and surroundings. Remove spillages and clean affected surfaces. D. Placing Patch Material: Fill excavated pavement areas with hot-mix asphalt base mix for full thickness of patch and, while still hot, compact flush with adjacent surface. E. Placing Patch Material: Partially fill excavated pavements with hot-mix asphalt base mix and, while still hot, compact. Cover asphalt base course with compacted, hot-mix surface layer finished flush with adjacent surfaces. 3.4 REPAIRS A. Leveling Course: Install and compact leveling course consisting of hot-mix asphalt surface course to level sags and fill depressions deeper than 1 inch (25 mm) in existing pavements. 1. Install leveling wedges in compacted lifts not exceeding 3 inches (75 mm) thick. B. Crack and Joint Filling: Remove existing joint filler material from cracks or joints to a depth of 1/4 inch. 1. Clean cracks and joints in existing hot-mix asphalt pavement. 2. Use emulsified-asphalt slurry to seal cracks and joints less than 1/4 inch (6 mm) wide. Fill flush with surface of existing pavement and remove excess. 3. Use hot-applied joint sealant to seal cracks and joints more than 1/4 inch (6 mm) wide. Fill flush with surface of existing pavement and remove excess. 3.5 SURFACE PREPARATION A. General: Immediately before placing asphalt materials, remove loose and deleterious material from substrate surfaces. Ensure that prepared subgrade is ready to receive paving. B. Herbicide Treatment: Apply herbicide according to manufacturer's recommended rates and written application instructions. Apply to dry, prepared subgrade or surface of compacted- aggregate base before applying paving materials. 1. Mix herbicide with prime coat if formulated by manufacturer for that purpose. C. Cutback Prime Coat: Apply uniformly over surface of compacted unbound-aggregate base course at a rate of 0.15 to 0.50 gal./sq. yd. (0.7 to 2.3 L/sq. m). Apply enough material to penetrate and seal, but not flood, surface. Allow prime coat to cure. 1. If prime coat is not entirely absorbed within 24 hours after application, spread sand over surface to blot excess asphalt. Use enough sand to prevent pickup under traffic. Remove loose sand by sweeping before pavement is placed and after volatiles have evaporated. 2. Protect primed substrate from damage until ready to receive paving. D. Emulsified Asphalt Prime Coat: Apply uniformly over surface of compacted unbound- aggregate base course at a rate of 0.10 to 0.30 gal./sq. yd. per inch depth (0.5 to 1.40 L/sq. m per 25 mm depth). Apply enough material to penetrate and seal, but not flood, surface. Allow prime coat to cure.
APA-QUACKENBUSH GARAGE NEW ENTRANCE ASPHALT PAVING MAY 14, 2021 32 12 16 - 4 of 7 1. If prime coat is not entirely absorbed within 24 hours after application, spread sand over surface to blot excess asphalt. Use enough sand to prevent pickup under traffic. Remove loose sand by sweeping before pavement is placed and after volatiles have evaporated. 2. Protect primed substrate from damage until ready to receive paving. E. Tack Coat: Apply uniformly to surfaces of existing pavement at a rate of 0.05 to 0.15 gal./sq. yd. (0.2 to 0.7 L/sq. m). 1. Allow tack coat to cure undisturbed before applying hot-mix asphalt paving. 2. Avoid smearing or staining adjoining surfaces, appurtenances, and surroundings. Remove spillages and clean affected surfaces. 3.6 PAVING GEOTEXTILE INSTALLATION A. Apply tack coat at a rate of 0.20 gal./sq. yd.. B. Place paving geotextile promptly according to manufacturer's written instructions. Broom or roll geotextile smooth and free of wrinkles and folds. Overlap longitudinal joints 4 inches (100 mm) and transverse joints 6 inches (150 mm). C. Protect paving geotextile from traffic and other damage, and place hot-mix asphalt overlay the same day. 3.7 PLACING HOT-MIX ASPHALT A. Machine place hot-mix asphalt on prepared surface, spread uniformly, and strike off. Place asphalt mix by hand in areas inaccessible to equipment in a manner that prevents segregation of mix. Place each course to required grade, cross section, and thickness when compacted. 1. Place hot-mix asphalt base course in number of lifts and thicknesses indicated. 2. Place hot-mix asphalt surface course in single lift. 3. Spread mix at a minimum temperature of 250 deg F (121 deg C). 4. Begin applying mix along centerline of crown for crowned sections and on high side of one-way slopes unless otherwise indicated. 5. Regulate paver machine speed to obtain smooth, continuous surface free of pulls and tears in asphalt-paving mat. B. Place paving in consecutive strips not less than 10 feet (3 m) wide unless infill edge strips of a lesser width are required. 1. After first strip has been placed and rolled, place succeeding strips and extend rolling to overlap previous strips. Overlap mix placement about 1 to 1-1/2 inches (25 to 38 mm) from strip to strip to ensure proper compaction of mix along longitudinal joints. 2. Complete a section of asphalt base course before placing asphalt surface course. C. Promptly correct surface irregularities in paving course behind paver. Use suitable hand tools to remove excess material forming high spots. Fill depressions with hot-mix asphalt to prevent segregation of mix; use suitable hand tools to smooth surface. 3.8 JOINTS A. Construct joints to ensure a continuous bond between adjoining paving sections. Construct joints free of depressions, with same texture and smoothness as other sections of hot-mix asphalt course. 1. Clean contact surfaces and apply tack coat to joints. 2. Offset longitudinal joints, in successive courses, a minimum of 6 inches (150 mm). 3. Offset transverse joints, in successive courses, a minimum of 24 inches (600 mm). 4. Construct transverse joints at each point where paver ends a day's work and resumes work at a subsequent time. 5. Compact joints as soon as hot-mix asphalt will bear roller weight without excessive displacement. 6. Compact asphalt at joints to a density within 2 percent of specified course density.
APA-QUACKENBUSH GARAGE NEW ENTRANCE ASPHALT PAVING MAY 14, 2021 32 12 16 - 5 of 7 3.9 COMPACTION A. General: Begin compaction as soon as placed hot-mix paving will bear roller weight without excessive displacement. Compact hot-mix paving with hot, hand tampers or with vibratory- plate compactors in areas inaccessible to rollers. 1. Complete compaction before mix temperature cools to 185 deg F (85 deg C). B. Breakdown Rolling: Complete breakdown or initial rolling immediately after rolling joints and outside edge. Examine surface immediately after breakdown rolling for indicated crown, grade, and smoothness. Correct laydown and rolling operations to comply with requirements. C. Intermediate Rolling: Begin intermediate rolling immediately after breakdown rolling while hot-mix asphalt is still hot enough to achieve specified density. Continue rolling until hot-mix asphalt course has been uniformly compacted to the following density: 1. Average Density: 96 percent of reference laboratory density according to ASTM D 6927, but not less than 94 percent or greater than 100 percent. 2. Average Density: 92 percent of reference maximum theoretical density according to ASTM D 2041, but not less than 90 percent or greater than 96 percent. D. Finish Rolling: Finish roll paved surfaces to remove roller marks while hot-mix asphalt is still warm. E. Edge Shaping: While surface is being compacted and finished, trim edges of pavement to proper alignment. Bevel edges while asphalt is still hot; compact thoroughly. F. Repairs: Remove paved areas that are defective or contaminated with foreign materials and replace with fresh, hot-mix asphalt. Compact by rolling to specified density and surface smoothness. G. Protection: After final rolling, do not permit vehicular traffic on pavement until it has cooled and hardened. H. Erect barricades to protect paving from traffic until mixture has cooled enough not to become marked. 3.10 INSTALLATION TOLERANCES A. Pavement Thickness: Compact each course to produce the thickness indicated within the following tolerances: 1. Base Course: Plus or minus 1/2 inch (13 mm). 2. Surface Course: Plus 1/4 inch (6 mm), no minus. B. Pavement Surface Smoothness: Compact each course to produce a surface smoothness within the following tolerances as determined by using a 10-foot (3-m) straightedge applied transversely or longitudinally to paved areas: 1. Base Course: 1/8 inch. 2. Surface Course: 1/8 inch. 3. Crowned Surfaces: Test with crowned template centered and at right angle to crown. Maximum allowable variance from template is 1/4 inch (6 mm). 3.11 SURFACE TREATMENTS A. Fog Seals: Apply fog seal at a rate of 0.10 to 0.15 gal./sq. yd. (0.45 to 0.7 L/sq. m) to existing asphalt pavement and allow to cure. With fine sand, lightly dust areas receiving excess fog seal. B. Slurry Seals: Apply slurry coat in a uniform thickness according to ASTM D 3910 and allow to cure. 1. Roll slurry seal to remove ridges and provide a uniform, smooth surface. 3.12 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Testing Agency: Contractor shall, at his/her expense, Engage a qualified testing agency to perform tests and inspections. B. Thickness: In-place compacted thickness of hot-mix asphalt courses will be determined according to ASTM D 3549.
APA-QUACKENBUSH GARAGE NEW ENTRANCE ASPHALT PAVING MAY 14, 2021 32 12 16 - 6 of 7 C. Surface Smoothness: Finished surface of each hot-mix asphalt course will be tested for compliance with smoothness tolerances. D. Asphalt Traffic-Calming Devices: Finished height of traffic-calming devices above pavement will be measured for compliance with tolerances. E. Monitoring Density: Testing agency shall perform density monitoring and checking in accordance with DOT requirements – Section 402 Hot Mix Asphalt Pavement. F. Replace and compact hot-mix asphalt where core tests were taken. G. Remove and replace or install additional hot-mix asphalt where test results or measurements indicate that it does not comply with specified requirements. 3.13 WASTE HANDLING A. General: Handle asphalt-paving waste according to approved waste management plan required in Section 017419 "Construction Waste Management and Disposal."
END OF SECTION 32 12 16
APA-QUACKENBUSH GARAGE NEW ENTRANCE ASPHALT PAVING MAY 14, 2021 32 12 16 - 7 of 7 SECTION 32 13 13-CONCRETE PAVING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Curbs. 2. Walks. B. Related Sections: 1. Section 033000 "Cast-in-Place Concrete" for general building applications of concrete. 2. Section 321373 "Concrete Paving Joint Sealants" for joint sealants in expansion and contraction joints within concrete paving and in joints between concrete paving and asphalt paving or adjacent construction. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. Cementitious Materials: Portland cement alone or in combination with one or more of blended hydraulic cement, fly ash and other pozzolans, and ground granulated blast-furnace slag. 1.4 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated. B. Shop Drawings: Indicate pavement markings, lane separations, and defined parking spaces. Indicate, with international symbol of accessibility, spaces allocated for people with disabilities. C. Samples for Initial Selection: For each type of product, ingredient, or admixture requiring color selection. 1.5 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Qualification Data: For qualified ready-mix concrete manufacturer. B. Material Certificates: For the following, from manufacturer: 1. Cementitious materials. 2. Steel reinforcement and reinforcement accessories. 3. Fiber reinforcement. 4. Admixtures. 5. Curing compounds. 6. Applied finish materials. 7. Bonding agent or epoxy adhesive. 8. Joint fillers. C. Material Test Reports: For each of the following: 1. Aggregates. D. Field quality-control reports. 1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Detectable Warning Installer Qualifications: An employer of workers trained and approved by manufacturer of stamped concrete paving systems. B. Ready-Mix-Concrete Manufacturer Qualifications: A firm experienced in manufacturing ready- mixed concrete products and that complies with ASTM C 94/C 94M requirements for production facilities and equipment. 1. Manufacturer certified according to NRMCA's "Certification of Ready Mixed Concrete Production Facilities" (Quality Control Manual - Section 3, "Plant Certification Checklist"). C. Testing Agency Qualifications: Qualified according to ASTM C 1077 and ASTM E 329 for testing indicated.
APA-QUACKENBUSH GARAGE NEW ENTRANCE CONCRETE PAVING MAY 14, 2021 32 13 13 - 1 of 13
1. Personnel conducting field tests shall be qualified as ACI Concrete Field Testing Technician, Grade 1, according to ACI CP-1 or an equivalent certification program. D. Concrete Testing Service: Engage a qualified testing agency to perform material evaluation tests and to design concrete mixtures. E. ACI Publications: Comply with ACI 301 unless otherwise indicated. F. Mockups: Build mockups to verify selections made under sample submittals and to demonstrate aesthetic effects and set quality standards for materials and execution. 1. Build mockups of full-thickness sections of concrete paving to demonstrate typical joints; surface finish, texture, and color; curing; and standard of workmanship. 2. Build mockups of concrete paving in the location and of the size indicated or, if not indicated, build mockups where directed by Architect/Engineer and not less than 96 inches by 96 inches. 3. Approval of mockups does not constitute approval of deviations from the Contract Documents contained in mockups unless Architect/Engineer specifically approves such deviations in writing. 4. Approved mockups may become part of the completed Work if undisturbed at time of Substantial Completion. G. Preinstallation Conference: Conduct conference at Project site. 1. Review methods and procedures related to concrete paving, including but not limited to, the following: a. Concrete mixture design. b. Quality control of concrete materials and concrete paving construction practices. 2. Require representatives of each entity directly concerned with concrete paving to attend, including the following: a. Contractor's superintendent. b. Independent testing agency responsible for concrete design mixtures. c. Ready-mix concrete manufacturer. d. Concrete paving subcontractor. e. Manufacturer's representative of stamped concrete paving system used for detectable warnings. 1.7 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Traffic Control: Maintain access for vehicular and pedestrian traffic as required for other construction activities. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 FORMS A. Form Materials: Plywood, metal, metal-framed plywood, or other approved panel-type materials to provide full-depth, continuous, straight, and smooth exposed surfaces. 1. Use flexible or uniformly curved forms for curves with a radius of 100 feet (30.5 m) or less. Do not use notched and bent forms. B. Form-Release Agent: Commercially formulated form-release agent that will not bond with, stain, or adversely affect concrete surfaces and that will not impair subsequent treatments of concrete surfaces. 2.2 STEEL REINFORCEMENT A. Recycled Content: Postconsumer recycled content plus one-half of preconsumer recycled content not less than 25 percent. B. Plain-Steel Welded Wire Reinforcement: ASTM A 185/A 185M, fabricated from galvanized- steel wire into flat sheets. C. Deformed-Steel Welded Wire Reinforcement: ASTM A 497/A 497M, flat sheet. D. Epoxy-Coated Welded Wire Reinforcement: ASTM A 884/A 884M, Class A, plain steel.
APA-QUACKENBUSH GARAGE NEW ENTRANCE CONCRETE PAVING MAY 14, 2021 32 13 13 - 2 of 13
E. Reinforcing Bars: ASTM A 615/A 615M, Grade 60 (Grade 420); deformed. F. Galvanized Reinforcing Bars: ASTM A 767/A 767M, Class II zinc coated, hot-dip galvanized after fabrication and bending; with ASTM A 615/A 615M, Grade 60 (Grade 420) deformed bars. G. Epoxy-Coated Reinforcing Bars: ASTM A 775/A 775M or ASTM A 934/A 934M; with ASTM A 615/A 615M, Grade 60 (Grade 420) deformed bars. H. Steel Bar Mats: ASTM A 184/A 184M; with ASTM A 615/A 615M, Grade 60 (Grade 420), deformed bars; assembled with clips. I. Plain-Steel Wire: ASTM A 82/A 82M. J. Deformed-Steel Wire: ASTM A 496/A 496M. K. Epoxy-Coated-Steel Wire: ASTM A 884/A 884M, Class A coated. L. Joint Dowel Bars: ASTM A 615/A 615M, Grade 60 (Grade 420) plain-steel bars. Cut bars true to length with ends square and free of burrs. M. Epoxy-Coated, Joint Dowel Bars: ASTM A 775/A 775M; with ASTM A 615/A 615M, Grade 60 (Grade 420), plain-steel bars. N. Tie Bars: ASTM A 615/A 615M, Grade 60 (Grade 420), deformed. O. Hook Bolts: ASTM A 307, Grade A (ASTM F 568M, Property Class 4.6), internally and externally threaded. Design hook-bolt joint assembly to hold coupling against paving form and in position during concreting operations, and to permit removal without damage to concrete or hook bolt. P. Bar Supports: Bolsters, chairs, spacers, and other devices for spacing, supporting, and fastening reinforcing bars, welded wire reinforcement, and dowels in place. Manufacture bar supports according to CRSI's "Manual of Standard Practice" from steel wire, plastic, or precast concrete of greater compressive strength than concrete specified, and as follows: 1. Equip wire bar supports with sand plates or horizontal runners where base material will not support chair legs. 2. For epoxy-coated reinforcement, use epoxy-coated or other dielectric-polymer-coated wire bar supports. Q. Epoxy Repair Coating: Liquid, two-part, epoxy repair coating, compatible with epoxy coating on reinforcement. R. Zinc Repair Material: ASTM A 780. 2.3 CONCRETE MATERIALS A. Cementitious Material: Use the following cementitious materials, of same type, brand, and source throughout Project: 1. Portland Cement: ASTM C 150, gray white portland cement Type I or Type II. a. Fly Ash: ASTM C 618, Class C or Class F. b. Ground Granulated Blast-Furnace Slag: ASTM C 989, Grade 100 or 120. B. Normal-Weight Aggregates: ASTM C 33, uniformly graded. Provide aggregates from a single source. C. Water: Potable and complying with ASTM C 94/C 94M. D. Air-Entraining Admixture: ASTM C 260. E. Chemical Admixtures: Admixtures certified by manufacturer to be compatible with other admixtures and to contain not more than 0.1 percent water-soluble chloride ions by mass of cementitious material. 1. Water-Reducing Admixture: ASTM C 494/C 494M, Type A. 2. Retarding Admixture: ASTM C 494/C 494M, Type B. 3. Water-Reducing and Retarding Admixture: ASTM C 494/C 494M, Type D. 4. High-Range, Water-Reducing Admixture: ASTM C 494/C 494M, Type F.
APA-QUACKENBUSH GARAGE NEW ENTRANCE CONCRETE PAVING MAY 14, 2021 32 13 13 - 3 of 13
5. High-Range, Water-Reducing and Retarding Admixture: ASTM C 494/C 494M, Type G. 6. Plasticizing and Retarding Admixture: ASTM C 1017/C 1017M, Type II. 2.4 FIBER REINFORCEMENT A. Synthetic Fiber: Monofilament or fibrillated polypropylene fibers engineered and designed for use in concrete paving, complying with ASTM C 1116/C 1116M, Type III, 1/2 to 1-1/2 inches (13 to 38 mm) long. 1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following: a. Monofilament Fibers: 1) Axim Italcementi Group, Inc.; FIBRASOL II P. 2) Euclid Chemical Company (The), an RPM company; Fiberstrand 100, Fiberstrand 150. 3) FORTA Corporation; FORTA ECONO-MONO or FORTA Mighty-Mono. 4) Grace, W. R. & Co. - Conn.; Grace MicroFiber. 5) Metalcrete Industries; Polystrand 1000. 6) QC Construction Products; QC FIBERS. b. Fibrillated Fibers: 1) Axim Italcementi Group, Inc.; FIBRASOL F. 2) Euclid Chemical Company (The), an RPM company; Fiberstrand F. 3) FORTA Corporation; FORTA Econo-Net or FORTA Super-Net. 4) Grace, W. R. & Co. - Conn.; Grace Fibers. 5) Propex Concrete Systems Corp.; Fibermesh 300. 2.5 CURING MATERIALS A. Absorptive Cover: AASHTO M 182, Class 3, burlap cloth made from jute or kenaf, weighing approximately 9 oz./sq. yd. dry or cotton mats. B. Moisture-Retaining Cover: ASTM C 171, polyethylene film or white burlap-polyethylene sheet. C. Water: Potable. D. Evaporation Retarder: Waterborne, monomolecular, film forming, manufactured for application to fresh concrete. 1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following: a. Axim Italcementi Group, Inc.; Caltexol CIMFILM. b. BASF Construction Chemicals, LLC; Confilm. c. ChemMasters; Spray-Film. d. Conspec by Dayton Superior; Aquafilm. e. Dayton Superior Corporation; Sure Film (J-74). f. Edoco by Dayton Superior; BurkeFilm. g. Euclid Chemical Company (The), an RPM company; Eucobar. h. Kaufman Products, Inc.; VaporAid. i. Lambert Corporation; LAMBCO Skin. j. L&M Construction Chemicals, Inc.; E-CON. k. Meadows, W. R., Inc.; EVAPRE. l. Metalcrete Industries; Waterhold. m. Nox-Crete Products Group; MONOFILM. n. Sika Corporation, Inc.; SikaFilm. o. SpecChem, LLC; Spec Film. p. Symons by Dayton Superior; Finishing Aid. q. TK Products, Division of Sierra Corporation; TK-2120 TRI-FILM. r. Unitex; PRO-FILM.
APA-QUACKENBUSH GARAGE NEW ENTRANCE CONCRETE PAVING MAY 14, 2021 32 13 13 - 4 of 13
s. Vexcon Chemicals Inc.; Certi-Vex EnvioAssist. E. Clear, Waterborne, Membrane-Forming Curing Compound: ASTM C 309, Type 1, Class B, dissipating. 1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following: a. Anti-Hydro International, Inc.; A-H Curing Compound #2 DR WB. b. ChemMasters; Safe-Cure Clear. c. Conspec by Dayton Superior; D.O.T. Resin Cure. d. Dayton Superior Corporation; Day-Chem Rez Cure (J-11-W). e. Edoco by Dayton Superior; DSSCC Clear Resin Cure. f. Euclid Chemical Company (The), an RPM company; Kurez W VOX. g. Kaufman Products, Inc.; Thinfilm 420. h. Lambert Corporation; AQUA KURE - CLEAR. i. L&M Construction Chemicals, Inc.; L&M CURE R. j. Meadows, W. R., Inc.; 1100-CLEAR SERIES. k. Nox-Crete Products Group; Resin Cure E. l. SpecChem, LLC; PaveCure Rez. m. Symons by Dayton Superior; Resi-Chem Clear. n. Tamms Industries, Inc., Euclid Chemical Company (The); TAMMSCURE WB 30C. o. TK Products, Division of Sierra Corporation; TK-2519 WB. p. Vexcon Chemicals Inc.; Certi-Vex Enviocure 100. F. White, Waterborne, Membrane-Forming Curing Compound: ASTM C 309, Type 2, Class B, dissipating. 1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following: a. Anti-Hydro International, Inc.; A-H Curing Compound #2 WP WB. b. ChemMasters; Safe-Cure 2000. c. Conspec by Dayton Superior; D.O.T. Resin Cure White DSSCC White Resin Cure. d. Dayton Superior Corporation; Day-Chem White Pigmented Cure (J-10-W). e. Edoco by Dayton Superior; Resin Emulsion Cure V.O.C. (Type II). f. Euclid Chemical Company (The), an RPM company; Kurez VOX White Pigmented. g. Kaufman Products, Inc.; Thinfilm 450. h. Lambert Corporation; AQUA KURE - WHITE. i. L&M Construction Chemicals, Inc.; L&M CURE R-2. j. Meadows, W. R., Inc.; 1100-WHITE SERIES. k. SpecChem, LLC; PaveCure Rez White. l. Symons by Dayton Superior; Resi-Chem White. m. Vexcon Chemicals Inc.; Certi-Vex Enviocure White 100. 2.6 RELATED MATERIALS A. Joint Fillers: ASTM D 1751, asphalt-saturated cellulosic fiber or ASTM D 1752, cork or self- expanding cork in preformed strips. B. Slip-Resistive Aggregate Finish: Factory-graded, packaged, rustproof, nonglazing, abrasive aggregate of fused aluminum-oxide granules or crushed emery aggregate containing not less than 50 percent aluminum oxide and not less than 20 percent ferric oxide; unaffected by freezing, moisture, and cleaning materials. C. Bonding Agent: ASTM C 1059, Type II, non-redispersible, acrylic emulsion or styrene butadiene.
APA-QUACKENBUSH GARAGE NEW ENTRANCE CONCRETE PAVING MAY 14, 2021 32 13 13 - 5 of 13
D. Epoxy Bonding Adhesive: ASTM C 881/C 881M, two-component epoxy resin capable of humid curing and bonding to damp surfaces; of class suitable for application temperature, of grade complying with requirements, and of the following types: 1. Types I and II, non-load bearing or Types IV and V, load bearing, for bonding hardened or freshly mixed concrete to hardened concrete. E. Chemical Surface Retarder: Water-soluble, liquid, set retarder with color dye, for horizontal concrete surface application, capable of temporarily delaying final hardening of concrete to a depth of 1/8 to 1/4 inch (3 to 6 mm). 1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following: a. ChemMasters; Exposee. b. Conspec by Dayton Superior; Delay S. c. Dayton Superior Corporation; Sure Etch (J-73). d. Edoco by Dayton Superior; True Etch Surface Retarder. e. Euclid Chemical Company (The), an RPM company; Surface Retarder Formula S. f. Kaufman Products, Inc.; Expose. g. Meadows, W. R., Inc.; TOP-STOP. h. Metalcrete Industries; Surftard. i. Nox-Crete Products Group; CRETE-NOX TA. j. Scofield, L. M. Company; LITHOTEX Top Surface Retarder. k. Sika Corporation, Inc.; Rugasol-S. l. SpecChem, LLC; Spec Etch. m. TK Products, Division of Sierra Corporation; TK-6000 Concrete Surface Retarder. n. Unitex; TOP-ETCH Surface Retarder. o. Vexcon Chemicals Inc.; Certi-Vex Envioset. F. Rock Salt: Sodium chloride crystals, kiln dried, coarse gradation with 100 percent passing 3/8- inch (9.5-mm) sieve and 85 percent retained on a No. 8 (2.36-mm) sieve. 2.7 DETECTABLE WARNING MATERIALS A. ADA Detectable Warning Surface: Precast or prefabricated paving units or detectable Warning plate with a non-slip texture on the travel surface. Color shall be a shade of brick red. There shall be a minimum of 70 percent contrast in light reflectance between the detectable warning surface and the adjoining surfaces. Material used to provide visual warning shall be an integral part of the detectable warning surface. Visual contrast to meet the existing ADAAG A4.2.9.2. 1. Detectable Warning Plate Model R-4984 by Neenah Foundry, 2121 Brooks Avenue, Neenah, WE 54956, (800) 558-5075, www.nfco.com. 2. ADA Pavers by Whiteacre-Greer, 1400 S. Mahoning Avenue, Alliance, OH 44601, (800) 947-2837, www.wgpaver.com. 3. Detectable Warning Surface System by Detecto-Tile, 10133 State Highway 7, Worcester, NY 12197, (607) 397-9381, www.detectotile.com. 4. Classic Dot Detectable Warning Pavers by Oaks Concrete Products, 1900 Vulcan Blvd., Bartlett, IL 60103, (800) 263-4162, www.oakspavers.com. 5. Granite Truncated Dome Pavers by Cold Spring Granite Company, 202 S. Third Avenue, Cold Spring, MN 56320-2593, (800) 551-7502, www.coldspringgranite.com. 2.8 CONCRETE MIXTURES A. Prepare design mixtures, proportioned according to ACI 301 (ACI 301M), for each type and strength of normal-weight concrete, and as determined by either laboratory trial mixtures or field experience. 1. Use a qualified independent testing agency for preparing and reporting proposed concrete design mixtures for the trial batch method.
APA-QUACKENBUSH GARAGE NEW ENTRANCE CONCRETE PAVING MAY 14, 2021 32 13 13 - 6 of 13
2. When automatic machine placement is used, determine design mixtures and obtain laboratory test results that meet or exceed requirements. B. Proportion mixtures to provide normal-weight concrete with the following properties: 1. Compressive Strength (28 Days): 4500 psi (31 MPa) for curb and walks. 2. Maximum Water-Cementitious Materials Ratio at Point of Placement: 0.45. 3. Slump Limit: 4 inches, plus or minus 1 inch (25 mm). C. Add air-entraining admixture at manufacturer's prescribed rate to result in normal-weight concrete at point of placement having an air content as follows: 1. Air Content: 6 percent plus or minus 1.5 percent. D. Limit water-soluble, chloride-ion content in hardened concrete to 0.15 percent by weight of cement. E. Chemical Admixtures: Use admixtures according to manufacturer's written instructions. 1. Use water-reducing admixture in concrete as required for placement and workability. 2. Use water-reducing and retarding admixture when required by high temperatures, low humidity, or other adverse placement conditions. F. Cementitious Materials: Limit percentage, by weight, of cementitious materials other than portland cement in concrete as follows: 1. Fly Ash or Pozzolan: 25 percent. 2. Ground Granulated Blast-Furnace Slag: 50 percent. 3. Combined Fly Ash or Pozzolan, and Ground Granulated Blast-Furnace Slag: 50 percent, with fly ash or pozzolan not exceeding 25 percent. G. Synthetic Fiber: Uniformly disperse in concrete mixture at manufacturer's recommended rate, but not less than 1.0 lb/cu. yd. (0.60 kg/cu. m). H. Color Pigment: Add color pigment to concrete mixture according to manufacturer's written instructions and to result in hardened concrete color consistent with approved mockup. 2.9 CONCRETE MIXING A. Ready-Mixed Concrete: Measure, batch, and mix concrete materials and concrete according to ASTM C 94/C 94M. Furnish batch certificates for each batch discharged and used in the Work. 1. When air temperature is between 85 and 90 deg F (30 and 32 deg C), reduce mixing and delivery time from 1-1/2 hours to 75 minutes; when air temperature is above 90 deg F (32 deg C), reduce mixing and delivery time to 60 minutes. B. Project-Site Mixing: Measure, batch, and mix concrete materials and concrete according to ASTM C 94/C 94M. Mix concrete materials in appropriate drum-type batch machine mixer. 1. For concrete batches of 1 cu. yd. (0.76 cu. m) or smaller, continue mixing at least 1-1/2 minutes, but not more than 5 minutes after ingredients are in mixer, before any part of batch is released. 2. For concrete batches larger than 1 cu. yd. (0.76 cu. m), increase mixing time by 15 seconds for each additional 1 cu. yd. (0.76 cu. m). 3. Provide batch ticket for each batch discharged and used in the Work, indicating Project identification name and number, date, mixture type, mixing time, quantity, and amount of water added. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine exposed subgrades and subbase surfaces for compliance with requirements for dimensional, grading, and elevation tolerances. B. Proof-roll prepared subbase surface below concrete paving to identify soft pockets and areas of excess yielding. 1. Completely proof-roll subbase in one direction and repeat in perpendicular direction. Limit vehicle speed to 3 mph (5 km/h).
APA-QUACKENBUSH GARAGE NEW ENTRANCE CONCRETE PAVING MAY 14, 2021 32 13 13 - 7 of 13
2. Proof-roll with a pneumatic-tired and loaded, 10-wheel, tandem-axle dump truck weighing not less than 15 tons (13.6 tonnes). 3. Correct subbase with soft spots and areas of pumping or rutting exceeding depth of 1/2 inch (13 mm) according to requirements in Section 312000. C. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Remove loose material from compacted subbase surface immediately before placing concrete. 3.3 EDGE FORMS AND SCREED CONSTRUCTION A. Set, brace, and secure edge forms, bulkheads, and intermediate screed guides to required lines, grades, and elevations. Install forms to allow continuous progress of work and so forms can remain in place at least 24 hours after concrete placement. B. Clean forms after each use and coat with form-release agent to ensure separation from concrete without damage. 3.4 STEEL REINFORCEMENT A. General: Comply with CRSI's "Manual of Standard Practice" for fabricating, placing, and supporting reinforcement. B. Clean reinforcement of loose rust and mill scale, earth, ice, or other bond-reducing materials. C. Arrange, space, and securely tie bars and bar supports to hold reinforcement in position during concrete placement. Maintain minimum cover to reinforcement. D. Install welded wire reinforcement in lengths as long as practicable. Lap adjoining pieces at least one full mesh, and lace splices with wire. Offset laps of adjoining widths to prevent continuous laps in either direction. E. Zinc-Coated Reinforcement: Use galvanized-steel wire ties to fasten zinc-coated reinforcement. Repair cut and damaged zinc coatings with zinc repair material. F. Epoxy-Coated Reinforcement: Use epoxy-coated steel wire ties to fasten epoxy-coated reinforcement. Repair cut and damaged epoxy coatings with epoxy repair coating according to ASTM D 3963/D 3963M. G. Install fabricated bar mats in lengths as long as practicable. Handle units to keep them flat and free of distortions. Straighten bends, kinks, and other irregularities, or replace units as required before placement. Set mats for a minimum 2-inch (50-mm) overlap of adjacent mats. 3.5 JOINTS A. General: Form construction, isolation, and contraction joints and tool edges true to line, with faces perpendicular to surface plane of concrete. Construct transverse joints at right angles to centerline unless otherwise indicated. 1. When joining existing paving, place transverse joints to align with previously placed joints unless otherwise indicated. B. Construction Joints: Set construction joints at side and end terminations of paving and at locations where paving operations are stopped for more than one-half hour unless paving terminates at isolation joints. 1. Continue steel reinforcement across construction joints unless otherwise indicated. Do not continue reinforcement through sides of paving strips unless otherwise indicated. 2. Provide tie bars at sides of paving strips where indicated. 3. Butt Joints: Use epoxy bonding adhesive at joint locations where fresh concrete is placed against hardened or partially hardened concrete surfaces. 4. Keyed Joints: Provide preformed keyway-section forms or bulkhead forms with keys unless otherwise indicated. Embed keys at least 1-1/2 inches (38 mm) into concrete. 5. Doweled Joints: Install dowel bars and support assemblies at joints where indicated. Lubricate or coat with asphalt one-half of dowel length to prevent concrete bonding to one side of joint.
APA-QUACKENBUSH GARAGE NEW ENTRANCE CONCRETE PAVING MAY 14, 2021 32 13 13 - 8 of 13
C. Isolation Joints: Form isolation joints of preformed joint-filler strips abutting concrete curbs, catch basins, manholes, inlets, structures, other fixed objects, and where indicated. 1. Locate expansion joints as shown on drawings unless otherwise indicated. 2. Extend joint fillers full width and depth of joint. 3. Terminate joint filler not less than 1/2 inch (13 mm) or more than 1 inch (25 mm) below finished surface if joint sealant is indicated. 4. Place top of joint filler flush with finished concrete surface if joint sealant is not indicated. 5. Furnish joint fillers in one-piece lengths. Where more than one length is required, lace or clip joint-filler sections together. 6. During concrete placement, protect top edge of joint filler with metal, plastic, or other temporary preformed cap. Remove protective cap after concrete has been placed on both sides of joint. D. Contraction Joints: Form weakened-plane contraction joints, sectioning concrete into areas as indicated. Construct contraction joints for a depth equal to at least one-fourth of the concrete thickness, as follows: 1. Grooved Joints: Form contraction joints after initial floating by grooving and finishing each edge of joint with grooving tool to a 1/4-inch radius. Repeat grooving of contraction joints after applying surface finishes. a. Tolerance: Ensure that grooved joints are within 3inches either way from centers of dowels. 2. Sawed Joints: Form contraction joints with power saws equipped with shatterproof abrasive or diamond-rimmed blades. Cut 1/8-inch- (3-mm-) wide joints into concrete when cutting action will not tear, abrade, or otherwise damage surface and before developing random contraction cracks. a. Tolerance: Ensure that sawed joints are within 3 inches either way from centers of dowels. 3. Doweled Contraction Joints: Install dowel bars and support assemblies at joints where indicated. Lubricate or coat with asphalt one-half of dowel length to prevent concrete bonding to one side of joint. E. Edging: After initial floating, tool edges of paving, gutters, curbs, and joints in concrete with an edging tool to a 1/4-inch (6-mm) 3/8-inch (10-mm) radius. Repeat tooling of edges after applying surface finishes. 3.6 CONCRETE PLACEMENT A. Before placing concrete, inspect and complete formwork installation , steel reinforcement , and items to be embedded or cast-in. B. Remove snow, ice, or frost from subbase surface and steel reinforcement before placing concrete. Do not place concrete on frozen surfaces. C. Moisten subbase to provide a uniform dampened condition at time concrete is placed. Do not place concrete around manholes or other structures until they are at required finish elevation and alignment. D. Comply with ACI 301 (ACI 301M) requirements for measuring, mixing, transporting, and placing concrete. E. Do not add water to concrete during delivery or at Project site. Do not add water to fresh concrete after testing. F. Deposit and spread concrete in a continuous operation between transverse joints. Do not push or drag concrete into place or use vibrators to move concrete into place. G. Consolidate concrete according to ACI 301 (ACI 301M) by mechanical vibrating equipment supplemented by hand spading, rodding, or tamping.
APA-QUACKENBUSH GARAGE NEW ENTRANCE CONCRETE PAVING MAY 14, 2021 32 13 13 - 9 of 13
1. Consolidate concrete along face of forms and adjacent to transverse joints with an internal vibrator. Keep vibrator away from joint assemblies, reinforcement, or side forms. Use only square-faced shovels for hand spreading and consolidation. Consolidate with care to prevent dislocating reinforcement dowels and joint devices. H. Screed paving surface with a straightedge and strike off. I. Commence initial floating using bull floats or darbies to impart an open-textured and uniform surface plane before excess moisture or bleed water appears on the surface. Do not further disturb concrete surfaces before beginning finishing operations or spreading surface treatments. J. Curbs and Gutters: Use design mixture for automatic machine placement. Produce curbs and gutters to required cross section, lines, grades, finish, and jointing. K. Slip-Form Paving: Use design mixture for automatic machine placement. Produce paving to required thickness, lines, grades, finish, and jointing. 1. Compact subbase and prepare subgrade of sufficient width to prevent displacement of slip-form paving machine during operations. L. Cold-Weather Placement: Protect concrete work from physical damage or reduced strength that could be caused by frost, freezing, or low temperatures. Comply with ACI 306.1 and the following: 1. When air temperature has fallen to or is expected to fall below 40 deg F (4.4 deg C), uniformly heat water and aggregates before mixing to obtain a concrete mixture temperature of not less than 50 deg F (10 deg C) and not more than 80 deg F (27 deg C) at point of placement. 2. Do not use frozen materials or materials containing ice or snow. 3. Do not use calcium chloride, salt, or other materials containing antifreeze agents or chemical accelerators unless otherwise specified and approved in design mixtures. M. Hot-Weather Placement: Comply with ACI 301 (ACI 301M) and as follows when hot-weather conditions exist: 1. Cool ingredients before mixing to maintain concrete temperature below 90 deg F (32 deg C) at time of placement. Chilled mixing water or chopped ice may be used to control temperature, provided water equivalent of ice is calculated in total amount of mixing water. Using liquid nitrogen to cool concrete is Contractor's option. 2. Cover steel reinforcement with water-soaked burlap so steel temperature will not exceed ambient air temperature immediately before embedding in concrete. 3. Fog-spray forms, steel reinforcement , and subgrade just before placing concrete. Keep subgrade moisture uniform without standing water, soft spots, or dry areas. 3.7 FLOAT FINISHING A. General: Do not add water to concrete surfaces during finishing operations. B. Float Finish: Begin the second floating operation when bleed-water sheen has disappeared and concrete surface has stiffened sufficiently to permit operations. Float surface with power-driven floats or by hand floating if area is small or inaccessible to power units. Finish surfaces to true planes. Cut down high spots and fill low spots. Refloat surface immediately to uniform granular texture. 1. Burlap Finish: Drag a seamless strip of damp burlap across float-finished concrete, perpendicular to line of traffic, to provide a uniform, gritty texture. 2. Medium-to-Fine-Textured Broom Finish: Draw a soft-bristle broom across float-finished concrete surface perpendicular to line of traffic to provide a uniform, fine-line texture. 3. Medium-to-Coarse-Textured Broom Finish: Provide a coarse finish by striating float- finished concrete surface 1/16 to 1/8 inch (1.6 to 3 mm) deep with a stiff-bristled broom, perpendicular to line of traffic.
APA-QUACKENBUSH GARAGE NEW ENTRANCE CONCRETE PAVING MAY 14, 2021 32 13 13 - 10 of 13
3.8 DETECTABLE WARNINGS A. Blockouts: Form blockouts in concrete for installation of detectable paving units as shown on contract drawings. 1. Tolerance for Opening Size: Plus 1/4 inch. B. Stamped Detectable Warnings: Install stamped detectable warnings as part of a continuous concrete paving placement and according to stamp-mat manufacturer's written instructions. 1. Before using stamp mats, verify that the vent holes are unobstructed. 2. Apply liquid release agent to the concrete surface and the stamp mat. 3. Stamping: While initially finished concrete is plastic, accurately align and place stamp mats in sequence. Uniformly load, gently vibrate, and press mats into concrete to produce imprint pattern on concrete surface. Load and tamp mats directly perpendicular to the stamp-mat surface to prevent distortion in shape of domes. Press and tamp until mortar begins to come through all of the vent holes. Gently remove stamp mats. 4. Trimming: After 24 hours, cut off the tips of mortar formed by the vent holes. 5. Remove residual release agent according to manufacturer's written instructions, but no fewer than three days after stamping concrete. High-pressure-wash surface and joint patterns, taking care not to damage stamped concrete. Control, collect, and legally dispose of runoff. 3.9 CONCRETE PROTECTION AND CURING A. General: Protect freshly placed concrete from premature drying and excessive cold or hot temperatures. B. Comply with ACI 306.1 for cold-weather protection. C. Evaporation Retarder: Apply evaporation retarder to concrete surfaces if hot, dry, or windy conditions cause moisture loss approaching 0.2 lb/sq. ft. x h (1 kg/sq. m x h) before and during finishing operations. Apply according to manufacturer's written instructions after placing, screeding, and bull floating or darbying concrete but before float finishing. D. Begin curing after finishing concrete but not before free water has disappeared from concrete surface. E. Curing Methods: Cure concrete by moisture-retaining-cover curing and curing compound as follows: 1. Moisture Curing: Keep surfaces continuously moist for not less than seven days with the following materials: a. Water. b. Continuous water-fog spray. c. Absorptive cover, water saturated and kept continuously wet. Cover concrete surfaces and edges with 12-inch (300-mm) lap over adjacent absorptive covers. 2. Moisture-Retaining-Cover Curing: Cover concrete surfaces with moisture-retaining cover, placed in widest practicable width, with sides and ends lapped at least 12 inches (300 mm) and sealed by waterproof tape or adhesive. Immediately repair any holes or tears occurring during installation or curing period using cover material and waterproof tape. 3. Curing Compound: Apply uniformly in continuous operation by power spray or roller according to manufacturer's written instructions. Recoat areas that have been subjected to heavy rainfall within three hours after initial application. Maintain continuity of coating, and repair damage during curing period. 3.10 PAVING TOLERANCES A. Comply with tolerances in ACI 117 and as follows: 1. Elevation: 3/4 inch (19 mm). 2. Thickness: Plus 3/8 inch (10 mm), minus 1/4 inch (6 mm).
APA-QUACKENBUSH GARAGE NEW ENTRANCE CONCRETE PAVING MAY 14, 2021 32 13 13 - 11 of 13
3. Surface: Gap below 10-foot- (3-m-) long, unleveled straightedge not to exceed 1/2 inch (13 mm). 4. Alignment of Tie-Bar End Relative to Line Perpendicular to Paving Edge: 1/2 inch per 12 inches (13 mm per 300 mm) of tie bar. 5. Lateral Alignment and Spacing of Dowels: 1 inch (25 mm). 6. Vertical Alignment of Dowels: 1/4 inch (6 mm). 7. Alignment of Dowel-Bar End Relative to Line Perpendicular to Paving Edge: 1/4 inch per 12 inches (6 mm per 300 mm) of dowel. 8. Joint Spacing: 3 inches (75 mm). 9. Contraction Joint Depth: Plus 1/4 inch (6 mm), no minus. 10. Joint Width: Plus 1/8 inch (3 mm), no minus. 3.11 PAVEMENT MARKING A. Do not apply pavement-marking paint until layout, colors, and placement have been verified with Architect/Engineer. B. Allow concrete paving to cure for a minimum of 28 days and be dry before starting pavement marking. C. Sweep and clean surface to eliminate loose material and dust. D. Apply paint with mechanical equipment to produce markings of dimensions indicated with uniform, straight edges. Apply at manufacturer's recommended rates to provide a minimum wet film thickness of 15 mils (0.4 mm). 1. Apply graphic symbols and lettering with paint-resistant, die-cut stencils, firmly secured to concrete surface. Mask an extended area beyond edges of each stencil to prevent paint application beyond stencil. Apply paint so that it cannot run beneath stencil. 2. Broadcast glass beads uniformly into wet markings at a rate of 6 lb/gal. (0.72 kg/L). 3.12 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Testing Agency: Contractor shall, at his/her own expense, engage a qualified testing agency to perform tests and inspections. B. Testing Services: Testing of composite samples of fresh concrete obtained according to ASTM C 172 shall be performed according to the following requirements: 1. Testing Frequency: Obtain at least one composite sample for each 100 cu. yd. (76 cu. m) or fraction thereof of each concrete mixture placed each day. a. When frequency of testing will provide fewer than five compressive-strength tests for each concrete mixture, testing shall be conducted from at least five randomly selected batches or from each batch if fewer than five are used. 2. Slump: ASTM C 143/C 143M; one test at point of placement for each composite sample, but not less than one test for each day's pour of each concrete mixture. Perform additional tests when concrete consistency appears to change. 3. Air Content: ASTM C 231, pressure method; one test for each composite sample, but not less than one test for each day's pour of each concrete mixture. 4. Concrete Temperature: ASTM C 1064/C 1064M; one test hourly when air temperature is 40 deg F (4.4 deg C) and below and when it is 80 deg F (27 deg C) and above, and one test for each composite sample. 5. Compression Test Specimens: ASTM C 31/C 31M; cast and laboratory cure one set of three standard cylinder specimens for each composite sample. 6. Compressive-Strength Tests: ASTM C 39/C 39M; test one specimen at seven days and two specimens at 28 days. a. A compressive-strength test shall be the average compressive strength from two specimens obtained from same composite sample and tested at 28 days.
APA-QUACKENBUSH GARAGE NEW ENTRANCE CONCRETE PAVING MAY 14, 2021 32 13 13 - 12 of 13
C. Strength of each concrete mixture will be satisfactory if average of any three consecutive compressive-strength tests equals or exceeds specified compressive strength and no compressive-strength test value falls below specified compressive strength by more than 500 psi (3.4 MPa). D. Test results shall be reported in writing to Architect/Engineer, concrete manufacturer, and Contractor within 48 hours of testing. Reports of compressive-strength tests shall contain Project identification name and number, date of concrete placement, name of concrete testing and inspecting agency, location of concrete batch in Work, design compressive strength at 28 days, concrete mixture proportions and materials, compressive breaking strength, and type of break for both 7- and 28-day tests. E. Nondestructive Testing: Impact hammer, sonoscope, or other nondestructive device may be permitted by Architect/Engineer but will not be used as sole basis for approval or rejection of concrete. F. Additional Tests: Testing and inspecting agency shall make additional tests of concrete when test results indicate that slump, air entrainment, compressive strengths, or other requirements have not been met, as directed by Architect/Engineer. G. Concrete paving will be considered defective if it does not pass tests and inspections. H. Additional testing and inspecting, at Contractor's expense, will be performed to determine compliance of replaced or additional work with specified requirements. I. Prepare test and inspection reports. 3.13 REPAIRS AND PROTECTION A. Remove and replace concrete paving that is broken, damaged, or defective or that does not comply with requirements in this Section. Remove work in complete sections from joint to joint unless otherwise approved by Architect/Engineer. B. Drill test cores, where directed by Architect/Engineer, when necessary, to determine magnitude of cracks or defective areas. Fill drilled core holes in satisfactory paving areas with portland cement concrete bonded to paving with epoxy adhesive. C. Protect concrete paving from damage. Exclude traffic from paving for at least 14 days after placement. When construction traffic is permitted, maintain paving as clean as possible by removing surface stains and spillage of materials as they occur. D. Maintain concrete paving free of stains, discoloration, dirt, and other foreign material. Sweep paving not more than two days before date scheduled for Substantial Completion inspections.
END OF SECTION 32 13 13
APA-QUACKENBUSH GARAGE NEW ENTRANCE CONCRETE PAVING MAY 14, 2021 32 13 13 - 13 of 13
SECTION 32 13 73-CONCRETE PAVING JOINT SEALANTS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Cold-applied joint sealants. 2. Hot-applied joint sealants. 3. Joint-sealant backer materials. 4. Primers. 1.3 PREINSTALLATION MEETINGS A. Preinstallation Conference: Conduct conference directed. 1.4 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product. B. Samples for Verification: For each kind and color of joint sealant required, provide Samples with joint sealants in 1/2-inch- (13-mm-) wide joints formed between two 6-inch- (150-mm-) long strips of material matching the appearance of exposed surfaces adjacent to joint sealants. C. Paving-Joint-Sealant Schedule: Include the following information: 1. Joint-sealant application, joint location, and designation. 2. Joint-sealant manufacturer and product name. 3. Joint-sealant formulation. 4. Joint-sealant color. 1.5 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Qualification Data: For Installer. B. Product Certificates: For each type of joint sealant and accessory. 1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Installer Qualifications: An entity that employs installers and supervisors who are trained and approved by manufacturer. B. Product Testing: Test joint sealants using a qualified testing agency. 1.7 FIELD CONDITIONS A. Do not proceed with installation of joint sealants under the following conditions: 1. When ambient and substrate temperature conditions are outside limits permitted by joint- sealant manufacturer. 2. When joint substrates are wet. 3. Where joint widths are less than those allowed by joint-sealant manufacturer for applications indicated. 4. Where contaminants capable of interfering with adhesion have not yet been removed from joint substrates. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS, GENERAL A. Compatibility: Provide joint sealants, backing materials, and other related materials that are compatible with one another and with joint substrates under conditions of service and application, as demonstrated by joint-sealant manufacturer, based on testing and field experience. B. Refer to Part 3.5 of specs for application. 2.2 COLD-APPLIED JOINT SEALANTS A. Cold Application Sealer shall be a one-component, cold-applied, silicone material that cures with atmospheric moisture to form a flexible, low-modulus 100% silicone rubber joint seal which meets or exceeds both Federal Specifications TT-S-001543A Class A (one-part silicone
APA-QUACKENBUSH GARAGE NEW ENTRANCE CONCRETE PAVING JOINT SEALANTS MAY 14, 2021 32 13 73 - 1 of 3
sealants) and TT-S00230C Class A (one-part silicone sealants), and listed in the NYS Department of Transportation Materials and Equipment Approved List for “SILICONE JOINT SEALANTS FOR PAVEMENTS (705-05)”. 2.3 HOT-APPLIED JOINT SEALANTS A. Hot-Applied, Single-Component Joint Sealant: ASTM D 6690, Type III. 2.4 JOINT-SEALANT BACKER MATERIALS A. Joint-Sealant Backer Materials: Nonstaining; compatible with joint substrates, sealants, primers, and other joint fillers; and approved for applications indicated by joint-sealant manufacturer, based on field experience and laboratory testing. B. Round Backer Rods for Cold- and Hot-Applied Joint Sealants: ASTM D 5249, Type 1, of diameter and density required to control sealant depth and prevent bottom-side adhesion of sealant. C. Round Backer Rods for Cold-Applied Joint Sealants: ASTM D 5249, Type 3, of diameter and density required to control joint-sealant depth and prevent bottom-side adhesion of sealant. D. Backer Strips for Cold- and Hot-Applied Joint Sealants: ASTM D 5249; Type 2; of thickness and width required to control joint-sealant depth, prevent bottom-side adhesion of sealant, and fill remainder of joint opening under sealant. 2.5 PRIMERS A. Primers: Product recommended by joint-sealant manufacturer where required for adhesion of sealant to joint substrates indicated. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine joints to receive joint sealants, with Installer present, for compliance with requirements for joint configuration, installation tolerances, and other conditions affecting joint- sealant performance. B. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Surface Cleaning of Joints: Before installing joint sealants, clean out joints immediately to comply with joint-sealant manufacturer's written instructions. 1. Remove all foreign material from joint substrates that could interfere with adhesion of joint sealant, including dust, old joint sealants, oil, grease, waterproofing, water repellents, water, surface dirt, and frost. B. Joint Priming: Prime joint substrates where indicated or where recommended in writing by joint-sealant manufacturer, based on preconstruction joint-sealant-substrate tests or prior experience. Apply primer to comply with joint-sealant manufacturer's written instructions. Confine primers to areas of joint-sealant bond; do not allow spillage or migration onto adjoining surfaces. 3.3 INSTALLATION OF JOINT SEALANTS A. Comply with joint-sealant manufacturer's written installation instructions for products and applications indicated unless more stringent requirements apply. B. Joint-Sealant Installation Standard: Comply with recommendations in ASTM C 1193 for use of joint sealants as applicable to materials, applications, and conditions. C. Install joint-sealant backings to support joint sealants during application and at position required to produce cross-sectional shapes and depths of installed sealants relative to joint widths that allow optimum sealant movement capability. 1. Do not leave gaps between ends of joint-sealant backings. 2. Do not stretch, twist, puncture, or tear joint-sealant backings. 3. Remove absorbent joint-sealant backings that have become wet before sealant application and replace them with dry materials.
APA-QUACKENBUSH GARAGE NEW ENTRANCE CONCRETE PAVING JOINT SEALANTS MAY 14, 2021 32 13 73 - 2 of 3
D. Install joint sealants immediately following backing installation, using proven techniques that comply with the following: 1. Place joint sealants so they fully contact joint substrates. 2. Completely fill recesses in each joint configuration. 3. Produce uniform, cross-sectional shapes and depths relative to joint widths that allow optimum sealant movement capability. E. Tooling of Nonsag Joint Sealants: Immediately after joint-sealant application and before skinning or curing begins, tool sealants according to the following requirements to form smooth, uniform beads of configuration indicated; to eliminate air pockets; and to ensure contact and adhesion of sealant with sides of joint: 1. Remove excess joint sealant from surfaces adjacent to joints. 2. Use tooling agents that are approved in writing by joint-sealant manufacturer and that do not discolor sealants or adjacent surfaces. F. Provide joint configuration to comply with joint-sealant manufacturer's written instructions unless otherwise indicated. 3.4 CLEANING AND PROTECTION A. Clean off excess joint sealant as the Work progresses, by methods and with cleaning materials approved in writing by joint-sealant manufacturers. B. Protect joint sealants, during and after curing period, from contact with contaminating substances and from damage resulting from construction operations or other causes so sealants are without deterioration or damage at time of Substantial Completion. If, despite such protection, damage or deterioration occurs, cut out and remove damaged or deteriorated joint sealants immediately and replace with joint sealant so installations in repaired areas are indistinguishable from the original work. 3.5 PAVING-JOINT-SEALANT SCHEDULE A. Joint-Sealant Application: Joints within concrete paving (Curb and Sidewalk). 1. Joint Location: a. Expansion and isolation joints in concrete paving. b. Contraction joints in concrete paving. c. Other joints as indicated. 2. Joint Sealant: Multicomponent, nonsag, urethane, elastomeric joint sealant Hot-applied, single-component joint sealant. 3. Joint-Sealant Color: As directed. B. Joint-Sealant Application: Joints between concrete and asphalt paving. 1. Joint Location: a. Joints between concrete and asphalt paving. b. Joints between concrete curbs and asphalt paving. c. Other joints as indicated. 2. Joint Sealant: Hot-applied, single-component joint sealant. 3. Joint-Sealant Color: As directed.
END OF SECTION 32 13 73
APA-QUACKENBUSH GARAGE NEW ENTRANCE CONCRETE PAVING JOINT SEALANTS MAY 14, 2021 32 13 73 - 3 of 3 SECTION 32 17 23-PAVEMENT MARKINGS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section includes painted markings applied to asphalt and concrete pavement. 1.3 PREINSTALLATION MEETINGS A. Preinstallation Conference: Conduct conference at Project site. 1. Review methods and procedures related to marking pavement including, but not limited to, the following: a. Pavement aging period before application of pavement markings. b. Review requirements for protecting pavement markings, including restriction of traffic during installation period. 1.4 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product. 1. Include technical data and tested physical and performance properties. B. Shop Drawings: For pavement markings. 1. Indicate pavement markings, colors, lane separations, defined parking spaces, and dimensions to adjacent work. 2. Indicate, with international symbol of accessibility, spaces allocated for people with disabilities. C. Samples: For each exposed product and for each color and texture specified; on rigid backing, 8 inches (200 mm) square. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Regulatory Requirements: Comply with materials, workmanship, and other applicable requirements of DOT for pavement-marking work. 1. Measurement and payment provisions and safety program submittals included in standard specifications do not apply to this Section. 1.6 FIELD CONDITIONS A. Environmental Limitations: Proceed with pavement marking only on clean, dry surfaces and at a minimum ambient or surface temperature of 40 deg F (4.4 deg C) for alkyd materials 55 deg F (12.8 deg C) for water-based materials, and not exceeding 95 deg F (35 deg C). PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 PAVEMENT-MARKING PAINT A. Paint: DOT Section 640-2, color as indicated, no Glass Beads. B. Rapid Dry Paint: 1. Aexcel Corp., www.aexcelcorp.com, 72W-A042 White, 72Y-A082 Yellow 2. Sherwin-Williams, www.swpavementmarkings.com, TM2152 White, TM2153 Yellow, TM2224 Blue. 3. Franklin Paint Company, Inc., www.franklinpaint.com, 2014 White, 2015 Yellow. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Verify that pavement is dry and in suitable condition to begin pavement marking according to manufacturer's written instructions. B. Proceed with pavement marking only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.2 PAVEMENT MARKING A. Do not apply pavement-marking paint until layout, colors, and placement have been verified with Architect/Engineer. B. Allow paving to age for a minimum of 30 days before starting pavement marking.
APA-QUACKENBUSH GARAGE NEW ENTRANCE PAVEMENT MARKINGS MAY 14, 2021 32 17 23 - 1 of 2 C. Sweep and clean surface to eliminate loose material and dust. D. Apply paint with mechanical equipment to produce pavement markings, of dimensions indicated, with uniform, straight edges. Apply at manufacturer's recommended rates to provide a minimum wet film thickness of 15 mils (0.4 mm). 1. Apply graphic symbols and lettering with paint-resistant, die-cut stencils, firmly secured to pavement. Mask an extended area beyond edges of each stencil to prevent paint application beyond the stencil. Apply paint so that it cannot run beneath the stencil. 2. Broadcast glass beads uniformly into wet markings at a rate of 6 lb/gal. (0.72 kg/L). 3.3 PROTECTING AND CLEANING A. Protect pavement markings from damage and wear during remainder of construction period. B. Clean spillage and soiling from adjacent construction using cleaning agents and procedures recommended by manufacturer of affected construction.
END OF SECTION 32 17 23
APA-QUACKENBUSH GARAGE NEW ENTRANCE PAVEMENT MARKINGS MAY 14, 2021 32 17 23 - 2 of 2 SECTION 323113 - CHAIN LINK FENCES AND GATES
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
1. Chain-link fences.
B. Related Requirements:
1. Section 033000 "Cast-in-Place Concrete" for cast-in-place concrete.
1.2 ACTION SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: For each type of product.
1. Include construction details, material descriptions, dimensions of individual components and profiles, and finishes for the following:
a. Fence and gate posts, rails, and fittings. b. Chain-link fabric, reinforcements, and attachments. c. Gates and hardware.
B. Shop Drawings: For each type of fence and gate assembly.
1. Include plans, elevations, sections, details, and attachments to other work. 2. Include accessories, hardware, gate operation, and operational clearances.
C. Samples for Verification: For each type of component with factory-applied finish, prepared on Samples of size indicated below:
1. Polymer-Coated Components: In 6-inch (150-mm) lengths for components and on full- sized units for accessories.
1.3 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS
A. Sample Warranty: For special warranty.
1.4 FIELD CONDITIONS
A. Field Measurements: Verify layout information for chain-link fences and gates shown on Drawings in relation to property survey and existing structures. Verify dimensions by field measurements.
NEW CONVENIENCE ENTRY OF THE 32 31 13 - 1 QUACKENBUSH SQUARE PARKING GARAGE CHAI N LINK FENCES AND GATES 1.5 WARRANTY
A. Special Warranty: Installer agrees to repair or replace components of chain-link fences and gates that fail in materials or workmanship within specified warranty period.
1. Failures include, but are not limited to, the following:
a. Deterioration of metals, metal finishes, and other materials beyond normal weathering.
2. Warranty Period: Five years from date of Substantial Completion.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 CHAIN-LINK FENCE FABRIC
A. General: Provide fabric in one-piece heights measured between top and bottom of outer edge of selvage knuckle or twist according to "CLFMI Product Manual" and requirements indicated below:
1. Fabric Height: Floor to ceiling. 2. Steel Wire for Fabric: Wire diameter of 0.192 inch (4.88 mm).
a. Mesh Size: 2-1/8 inches (54 mm). b. Zinc-Coated Fabric: ASTM A 392, Type II, Class 1, 1.2 oz./sq. ft. (366 g/sq. m) with zinc coating applied before weaving.
3. Selvage: Knuckled at both selvages.
2.2 FENCE FRAMEWORK
A. Posts and Rails: ASTM F 1043 for framework, including rails, braces, and line; terminal; and corner posts. Provide members with minimum dimensions and wall thickness according to ASTM F 1043 based on the following:
1. Fence Height: Floor to ceiling.
2. Horizontal Framework Members: Intermediate top and bottom rails according to ASTM F 1043.
a. Top Rail: 1.66 inches (42 mm) in diameter. 3. Metallic Coating for Steel Framework:
a. Type A: Not less than minimum 2.0-oz./sq. ft. (0.61-kg/sq. m) average zinc coating according to ASTM A 123/A 123M or 4.0-oz./sq. ft. (1.22-kg/sq. m) zinc coating according to ASTM A 653/A 653M. b. Type B: Zinc with organic overcoat, consisting of a minimum of 0.9 oz./sq. ft. (0.27 kg/sq. m) of zinc after welding, a chromate conversion coating, and a clear, verifiable polymer film.
NEW CONVENIENCE ENTRY OF THE 32 31 13 - 2 QUACKENBUSH SQUARE PARKING GARAGE CHAI N LINK FENCES AND GATES c. External, Type B: Zinc with organic overcoat, consisting of a minimum of 0.9 oz./sq. ft. (0.27 kg/sq. m) of zinc after welding, a chromate conversion coating, and a clear, verifiable polymer film. Internal, Type D, consisting of 81 percent, not less than 0.3-mil- (0.0076-mm-) thick, zinc-pigmented coating. d. Type C: Zn-5-Al-MM alloy, consisting of not less than 1.8-oz./sq. ft. (0.55- kg/sq. m) coating. e. Coatings: Any coating above.
2.3 SWING GATES
A. General: ASTM F 900 for gate posts and single swing gate types.
1. Gate Leaf Width: As indicated. 2. Framework Member Sizes and Strength: Based on gate fabric height of 72 inches (1830 mm) or less.
B. Pipe and Tubing:
1. Zinc-Coated Steel: ASTM F 1043 and ASTM F 1083; protective coating and finish to match fence framework. 2. Gate Posts: Round tubular steel. 3. Gate Frames and Bracing: Round tubular steel.
C. Frame Corner Construction: Welded.
D. Hardware:
1. Hinges: 180-degree inward swing. 2. Latch: Exit Device with security panel. 3. Closer: Manufacturer's standard.
2.4 FITTINGS
A. Provide fittings according to ASTM F 626.
B. Finish:
1. Metallic Coating for Pressed Steel or Cast Iron: Not less than 1.2 oz./sq. ft. (366 g/sq. m) of zinc.
2.5 GROUT AND ANCHORING CEMENT
A. Nonshrink, Nonmetallic Grout: Factory-packaged, nonstaining, noncorrosive, nongaseous grout complying with ASTM C 1107/C 1107M. Provide grout, recommended in writing by manufacturer, for exterior applications.
B. Anchoring Cement: Factory-packaged, nonshrink, nonstaining, hydraulic-controlled expansion cement formulation for mixing with water at Project site to create pourable anchoring, patching, and grouting compound. Provide formulation that is resistant to erosion from water exposure
NEW CONVENIENCE ENTRY OF THE 32 31 13 - 3 QUACKENBUSH SQUARE PARKING GARAGE CHAI N LINK FENCES AND GATES without needing protection by a sealer or waterproof coating, and that is recommended in writing by manufacturer for exterior applications.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Examine areas and conditions, with Installer present, for compliance with requirements for site clearing, earthwork, pavement work, and other conditions affecting performance of the Work.
B. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.
3.2 CHAIN-LINK FENCE INSTALLATION
A. Install chain-link fencing according to ASTM F 567 and more stringent requirements specified.
B. Post Setting: Set posts with mechanical anchors at indicated spacing.
1. Verify that posts are set plumb, aligned, and at correct height and spacing, and hold in position during setting with mechanical devices.
C. Terminal Posts: Install terminal end, corner, and gate posts according to ASTM F 567 and terminal pull posts at changes in horizontal or vertical alignment of 15 degrees or more runs exceeding 500 feet (152 m), space pull posts an equal distance between corner or end posts.
D. Line Posts: Space line posts uniformly at 96 inches (2440 mm) o.c.
E. Post Bracing and Intermediate Rails: Install according to ASTM F 567, maintaining plumb position and alignment of fence posts. Diagonally brace terminal posts to adjacent line posts with truss rods and turnbuckles. Install braces at end and gate posts and at both sides of corner and pull posts.
1. Locate horizontal braces at midheight of fabric 72 inches (1830 mm) or higher, on fences with top rail, and at two-third fabric height on fences without top rail. Install so posts are plumb when diagonal rod is under proper tension.
F. Top Rail: Install according to ASTM F 567, maintaining plumb position and alignment of fence posts. Run rail continuously through line post caps, bending to radius for curved runs and terminating into rail end attached to posts or post caps fabricated to receive rail at terminal posts. Provide expansion couplings as recommended in writing by fencing manufacturer.
G. Intermediate and Bottom Rails: Secure to posts with fittings.
H. Chain-Link Fabric: Apply fabric to outside of enclosing framework. Leave 1-inch (25-mm) bottom clearance between finish surface and bottom selvage unless otherwise indicated. Pull fabric taut and tie to posts, rails, and tension wires. Anchor to framework so fabric remains under tension after pulling force is released.
NEW CONVENIENCE ENTRY OF THE 32 31 13 - 4 QUACKENBUSH SQUARE PARKING GARAGE CHAI N LINK FENCES AND GATES I. Tension or Stretcher Bars: Thread through fabric and secure to end, corner, pull, and gate posts, with tension bands spaced not more than 15 inches (380 mm) o.c.
J. Tie Wires: Use wire of proper length to firmly secure fabric to line posts and rails. Attach wire at one end to chain-link fabric, wrap wire around post a minimum of 180 degrees, and attach other end to chain-link fabric according to ASTM F 626. Bend ends of wire to minimize hazard to individuals and clothing.
1. Maximum Spacing: Tie fabric to line posts at 12 inches (300 mm) o.c. and to braces at 24 inches (610 mm) o.c.
K. Fasteners: Install nuts for tension bands and carriage bolts on the side of fence opposite the fabric side. Peen ends of bolts or score threads to prevent removal of nuts.
3.3 GATE INSTALLATION
A. Install gates according to manufacturer's written instructions, level, plumb, and secure for full opening without interference. Attach fabric as for fencing. Attach hardware using tamper- resistant or concealed means. Install ground-set items in concrete for anchorage. Adjust hardware for smooth operation.
B. Connections:
1. Make connections with clean, bare metal at points of contact. 2. Make aluminum-to-steel connections with stainless-steel separators and mechanical clamps. 3. Make aluminum-to-galvanized-steel connections with tin-plated copper jumpers and mechanical clamps. 4. Make above-grade ground connections with mechanical fasteners. 5. Make below-grade ground connections with exothermic welds. 6. Coat and seal connections having dissimilar metals with inert material to prevent future penetration of moisture to contact surfaces.
END OF SECTION 323113
NEW CONVENIENCE ENTRY OF THE 32 31 13 - 5 QUACKENBUSH SQUARE PARKING GARAGE CHAI N LINK FENCES AND GATES SECTION 32 92 00-TURF AND GRASSES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Seeding. 2. Turf renovation. 3. Erosion-control material(s). 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. Finish Grade: Elevation of finished surface of planting soil. B. Pesticide: A substance or mixture intended for preventing, destroying, repelling, or mitigating a pest. Pesticides include insecticides, miticides, herbicides, fungicides, rodenticides, and molluscicides. They also include substances or mixtures intended for use as a plant regulator, defoliant, or desiccant. C. Pests: Living organisms that occur where they are not desired or that cause damage to plants, animals, or people. Pests include insects, mites, grubs, mollusks (snails and slugs), rodents (gophers, moles, and mice), unwanted plants (weeds), fungi, bacteria, and viruses. D. Planting Soil: Existing, on-site soil; imported soil; or manufactured soil that has been modified with soil amendments and perhaps fertilizers to produce a soil mixture best for plant growth. See Section 329113 "Soil Preparation" and drawing designations for planting soils. E. Subgrade: The surface or elevation of subsoil remaining after excavation is complete, or the top surface of a fill or backfill before planting soil is placed. 1.4 PREINSTALLATION MEETINGS A. Preinstallation Conference: Conduct conference at as directed. 1.5 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Qualification Data: For landscape Installer. B. Certification of Grass Seed: From seed vendor for each grass-seed monostand or mixture, stating the botanical and common name, percentage by weight of each species and variety, and percentage of purity, germination, and weed seed. Include the year of production and date of packaging. 1. Certification of each seed mixture. Include identification of source and name and telephone number of supplier. C. Product Certificates: For fertilizers, from manufacturer. D. Pesticides and Herbicides: Product label and manufacturer's application instructions specific to Project. 1.6 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Maintenance Data: Recommended procedures to be established by Owner for maintenance of turf during a calendar year. Submit before expiration of required maintenance periods. 1.7 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Installer Qualifications: A qualified landscape installer whose work has resulted in successful turf establishment. 1. Professional Membership: Installer shall be a member in good standing of either the Professional Landcare Network or the American Nursery and Landscape Association. 2. Experience: Three years' experience in turf installation in addition to requirements in Section 014000 "Quality Requirements." 3. Installer's Field Supervision: Require Installer to maintain an experienced full-time supervisor on Project site when work is in progress.
APA-QUACKENBUSH GARAGE NEW ENTRANCE TURF AND GRASSES MAY 14, 2021 32 92 00 - 1 of 7 4. Personnel Certifications: Installer's field supervisor shall have certification in one of the following categories from the Professional Landcare Network: a. Landscape Industry Certified Technician - Exterior. b. Landscape Industry Certified Lawncare Manager. c. Landscape Industry Certified Lawncare Technician. 5. Pesticide Applicator: State licensed, commercial. 1.8 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Seed and Other Packaged Materials: Deliver packaged materials in original, unopened containers showing weight, certified analysis, name and address of manufacturer, and indication of compliance with state and Federal laws, as applicable. B. Sod: Harvest, deliver, store, and handle sod according to requirements in "Specifications for Turfgrass Sod Materials" and "Specifications for Turfgrass Sod Transplanting and Installation" sections in TPI's "Guideline Specifications to Turfgrass Sodding." Deliver sod within 24 hours of harvesting and in time for planting promptly. Protect sod from breakage and drying. C. Bulk Materials: 1. Do not dump or store bulk materials near structures, utilities, walkways and pavements, or on existing turf areas or plants. 2. Provide erosion-control measures to prevent erosion or displacement of bulk materials; discharge of soil-bearing water runoff; and airborne dust reaching adjacent properties, water conveyance systems, or walkways. 3. Accompany each delivery of bulk materials with appropriate certificates. 1.9 FIELD CONDITIONS A. Planting Restrictions: Plant during one of the following periods. Coordinate planting periods with initial maintenance periods to provide required maintenance from date of Substantial Completion. 1. Spring Planting: 3/1 – 5/15 2. Fall Planting: 8/15 – 10/1 B. Weather Limitations: Proceed with planting only when existing and forecasted weather conditions permit planting to be performed when beneficial and optimum results may be obtained. Apply products during favorable weather conditions according to manufacturer's written instructions. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 TOPSOIL A. Source: Provide topsoil from areas from which no topsoil has been taken previously and from areas which are producing, or have produced fair to good yield farm crops without unusual fer- tilization for a minimum period of 10 years, or from arable or cultivable areas supplied with good normal drainage. B. Provide topsoil conforming to the following: 1. Original loam topsoil, well drained homogeneous texture and of uniform grade, without the admixture of subsoil material and entirely free of dense material, hardpan, sod, or any other objectionable foreign material. 2. Containing not less than 4 percent nor more than 20 percent organic matter in that portion of a sample passing a 1/4 inch sieve when determined by the wet combustion method on a sample dried at 105 degrees C. 3. Containing a Ph value within the range of 4.5 to 7 on that portion of the sample which passes a 1/4 inch sieve. 4. Containing the following gradations:
APA-QUACKENBUSH GARAGE NEW ENTRANCE TURF AND GRASSES MAY 14, 2021 32 92 00 - 2 of 7 SIEVE DESIGNATION PERCENT PASSING 1 inch 100 1/4 inch 97 - 100 No. 200 20 - 65 (of the 1/4 inch sieve)
2.2 SEED A. Grass Seed: Fresh, clean, dry, new-crop seed complying with AOSA's "Rules for Testing Seeds" for purity and germination tolerances. B. Seed Species: 1. Quality: State-certified seed of grass species as listed below for solar exposure. 2. Quality: Seed of grass species as listed below for solar exposure, with not less than 85 percent germination, not less than 95 percent pure seed, and not more than 0.5 percent weed seed: 3. Full Sun: Bermudagrass (Cynodon dactylon). 4. Full Sun: Kentucky bluegrass (Poa pratensis), a minimum of three cultivars. 5. Sun and Partial Shade: Proportioned by weight as follows: a. 50 percent Kentucky bluegrass (Poa pratensis). b. 30 percent chewings red fescue (Festuca rubra variety). c. 10 percent perennial ryegrass (Lolium perenne). d. 10 percent redtop (Agrostis alba). 6. Shade: Proportioned by weight as follows: a. 50 percent chewings red fescue (Festuca rubra variety). b. 35 percent rough bluegrass (Poa trivialis). c. 15 percent redtop (Agrostis alba). 2.3 FERTILIZERS A. Commercial Fertilizer: Commercial-grade complete fertilizer of neutral character, consisting of fast- and slow-release nitrogen, 50 percent derived from natural organic sources of urea formaldehyde, phosphorous, and potassium in the following composition: 1. Composition: 1 lb/1000 sq. ft. of actual nitrogen, 4 percent phosphorous, and 2 percent potassium, by weight. 2. Composition: Nitrogen, phosphorous, and potassium in amounts recommended in soil reports from a qualified soil-testing laboratory. B. Slow-Release Fertilizer: Granular or pelleted fertilizer consisting of 50 percent water-insoluble nitrogen, phosphorus, and potassium in the following composition: 1. Composition: 20 percent nitrogen, 10 percent phosphorous, and 10 percent potassium, by weight. 2. Composition: Nitrogen, phosphorous, and potassium in amounts recommended in soil reports from a qualified soil-testing laboratory. 2.4 MULCHES A. Straw Mulch: Provide air-dry, clean, mildew- and seed-free, salt hay or threshed straw of wheat, rye, oats, or barley. B. Sphagnum Peat Mulch: Partially decomposed sphagnum peat moss, finely divided or of granular texture, and with a pH range of 3.4 to 4.8. C. Muck Peat Mulch: Partially decomposed moss peat, native peat, or reed-sedge peat, finely divided or of granular texture, with a pH range of 6 to 7.5, and having a water-absorbing capacity of 1100 to 2000 percent, and containing no sand. D. Compost Mulch: Well-composted, stable, and weed-free organic matter, pH range of 5.5 to 8; moisture content 35 to 55 percent by weight; 100 percent passing through 1-inch (25-mm)
APA-QUACKENBUSH GARAGE NEW ENTRANCE TURF AND GRASSES MAY 14, 2021 32 92 00 - 3 of 7 sieve; soluble salt content of 2 to 5 decisiemens/m; not exceeding 0.5 percent inert contaminants and free of substances toxic to plantings; and as follows: 1. Organic Matter Content: 50 to 60 percent of dry weight. 2. Feedstock: Agricultural, food, or industrial residuals; biosolids; yard trimmings; or source-separated or compostable mixed solid waste. E. Fiber Mulch: Biodegradable, dyed-wood, cellulose-fiber mulch; nontoxic and free of plant- growth or germination inhibitors; with a maximum moisture content of 15 percent and a pH range of 4.5 to 6.5. F. Nonasphaltic Tackifier: Colloidal tackifier recommended by fiber-mulch manufacturer for slurry application; nontoxic and free of plant-growth or germination inhibitors. G. Asphalt Emulsion: ASTM D 977, Grade SS-1; nontoxic and free of plant-growth or germination inhibitors. 2.5 PESTICIDES A. General: Pesticide, registered and approved by the EPA, acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, and of type recommended by manufacturer for each specific problem and as required for Project conditions and application. Do not use restricted pesticides unless authorized in writing by authorities having jurisdiction. B. Pre-Emergent Herbicide (Selective and Nonselective): Effective for controlling the germination or growth of weeds within planted areas at the soil level directly below the mulch layer. C. Post-Emergent Herbicide (Selective and Nonselective): Effective for controlling weed growth that has already germinated. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine areas to be planted for compliance with requirements and other conditions affecting installation and performance of the Work. 1. Verify that no foreign or deleterious material or liquid such as paint, paint washout, concrete slurry, concrete layers or chunks, cement, plaster, oils, gasoline, diesel fuel, paint thinner, turpentine, tar, roofing compound, or acid has been deposited in soil within a planting area. 2. Suspend planting operations during periods of excessive soil moisture until the moisture content reaches acceptable levels to attain the required results. 3. Uniformly moisten excessively dry soil that is not workable or which is dusty. B. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. C. If contamination by foreign or deleterious material or liquid is present in soil within a planting area, remove the soil and contamination as directed by Architect/Engineer and replace with new planting soil. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Protect structures; utilities; sidewalks; pavements; and other facilities, trees, shrubs, and plantings from damage caused by planting operations. 1. Protect adjacent and adjoining areas from hydroseeding and hydromulching overspray. 2. Protect grade stakes set by others until directed to remove them. B. Install erosion-control measures to prevent erosion or displacement of soils and discharge of soil-bearing water runoff or airborne dust to adjacent properties and walkways. 3.3 SPREADING TOPSOIL A. Perform topsoil spreading operations only during dry weather. B. To ensure a proper bond with the topsoil, harrow or otherwise loosen the subgrade to a depth of 3 inches before spreading topsoil. C. Spread topsoil directly upon prepared subgrade to a minimum depth measuring 4 inches after natural settlement in areas to be seeded. In sodded areas the thickness of the topsoil after natu- ral settlement plus the sod shall equal 4 inches. Smooth out unsightly variations, bumps,
APA-QUACKENBUSH GARAGE NEW ENTRANCE TURF AND GRASSES MAY 14, 2021 32 92 00 - 4 of 7 ridges, and depressions which will hold water. Remove stones, litter, or other objectionable material. Finished surfaces shall conform to the contour lines and elevations indicated on the drawings or fixed by the Director’s Representative. 3.4 SEEDING A. Sow seed with spreader or seeding machine. Do not broadcast or drop seed when wind velocity exceeds 5 mph. 1. Evenly distribute seed by sowing equal quantities in two directions at right angles to each other. 2. Do not use wet seed or seed that is moldy or otherwise damaged. 3. Do not seed against existing trees. Limit extent of seed to outside edge of planting saucer. B. Sow seed at a total rate of 3 to 4 lb/1000 sq. ft. C. Rake seed lightly into top 1/8 inch of soil, roll lightly, and water with fine spray. D. Protect seeded areas with slopes exceeding 1:4 with erosion-control blankets installed and stapled according to manufacturer's written instructions. E. Protect seeded areas with erosion-control mats where indicated on Drawings; install and anchor according to manufacturer's written instructions. F. Protect seeded areas with slopes not exceeding 1:6 by spreading straw mulch. Spread uniformly at a minimum rate of 2 tons/acre to form a continuous blanket 1-1/2 inches in loose thickness over seeded areas. Spread by hand, blower, or other suitable equipment. 1. Anchor straw mulch by crimping into soil with suitable mechanical equipment. 2. Bond straw mulch by spraying with asphalt emulsion at a rate of 10 to 13 gal. Take precautions to prevent damage or staining of structures or other plantings adjacent to mulched areas. Immediately clean damaged or stained areas. G. Protect seeded areas from hot, dry weather or drying winds by applying compost mulch peat mulch within 24 hours after completing seeding operations. Soak areas, scatter mulch uniformly to a thickness of 3/16 inch, and roll surface smooth. 3.5 TURF RENOVATION A. Renovate existing turf where indicated. B. Renovate turf damaged by Contractor's operations, such as storage of materials or equipment and movement of vehicles. 1. Reestablish turf where settlement or washouts occur or where minor regrading is required. 2. Install new planting soil as required. C. Remove sod and vegetation from diseased or unsatisfactory turf areas; do not bury in soil. D. Remove topsoil containing foreign materials, such as oil drippings, fuel spills, stones, gravel, and other construction materials resulting from Contractor's operations, and replace with new planting soil. E. Mow, dethatch, core aerate, and rake existing turf. F. Remove weeds before seeding. Where weeds are extensive, apply selective herbicides as required. Do not use pre-emergence herbicides. G. Remove waste and foreign materials, including weeds, soil cores, grass, vegetation, and turf, and legally dispose of them off Owner's property. H. Till stripped, bare, and compacted areas thoroughly to a soil depth of 6 inches (150 mm). I. Apply soil amendments and initial fertilizer required for establishing new turf and mix thoroughly into top 6 inches (100 mm) of existing soil. Install new planting soil to fill low spots and meet finish grades. 1. Soil Amendment(s): Topsoil according to requirements of Section 329113 "Soil Preparation.". 2. Initial Fertilizer: Slow-release fertilizer applied according to manufacturer's recommendations.
APA-QUACKENBUSH GARAGE NEW ENTRANCE TURF AND GRASSES MAY 14, 2021 32 92 00 - 5 of 7 J. Apply seed and protect with straw mulch as required for new turf. K. Water newly planted areas and keep moist until new turf is established. 3.6 TURF MAINTENANCE A. General: Maintain and establish turf by watering, fertilizing, weeding, mowing, trimming, replanting, and performing other operations as required to establish healthy, viable turf. Roll, regrade, and replant bare or eroded areas and remulch to produce a uniformly smooth turf. Provide materials and installation the same as those used in the original installation. 1. Fill in as necessary soil subsidence that may occur because of settling or other processes. Replace materials and turf damaged or lost in areas of subsidence. 2. In areas where mulch has been disturbed by wind or maintenance operations, add new mulch and anchor as required to prevent displacement. 3. Apply treatments as required to keep turf and soil free of pests and pathogens or disease. Use integrated pest management practices whenever possible to minimize the use of pesticides and reduce hazards. B. Watering: Install and maintain temporary piping, hoses, and turf-watering equipment to convey water from sources and to keep turf uniformly moist to a depth of 4 inches (100 mm). 1. Schedule watering to prevent wilting, puddling, erosion, and displacement of seed or mulch. Lay out temporary watering system to avoid walking over muddy or newly planted areas. 2. Water turf with fine spray at a minimum rate of 1 inch (25 mm) per week unless rainfall precipitation is adequate. C. Mow turf as soon as top growth is tall enough to cut. Repeat mowing to maintain specified height without cutting more than one-third of grass height. Remove no more than one-third of grass-leaf growth in initial or subsequent mowings. Do not delay mowing until grass blades bend over and become matted. Do not mow when grass is wet. 3.7 SATISFACTORY TURF A. Turf installations shall meet the following criteria as determined by Architect/Engineer: 1. Satisfactory Seeded Turf: At end of maintenance period, a healthy, uniform, close stand of grass has been established, free of weeds and surface irregularities, with coverage exceeding 90 percent over any 10 sq. ft. and bare spots not exceeding 5 by 5 inches. 2. Satisfactory Sodded Turf: At end of maintenance period, a healthy, well-rooted, even- colored, viable turf has been established, free of weeds, open joints, bare areas, and surface irregularities. 3. Satisfactory Plugged Turf: At end of maintenance period, the required number of plugs has been established as well-rooted, viable patches of grass, and areas between plugs are free of weeds and other undesirable vegetation. 4. Satisfactory Sprigged Turf: At end of maintenance period, the required number of sprigs has been established as well-rooted, viable plants, and areas between sprigs are free of weeds and other undesirable vegetation. B. Use specified materials to reestablish turf that does not comply with requirements, and continue maintenance until turf is satisfactory. 3.8 PESTICIDE APPLICATION A. Apply pesticides and other chemical products and biological control agents according to requirements of authorities having jurisdiction and manufacturer's written recommendations. Coordinate applications with Owner's operations and others in proximity to the Work. Notify Owner before each application is performed. B. Post-Emergent Herbicides (Selective and Nonselective): Apply only as necessary to treat already-germinated weeds and according to manufacturer's written recommendations.
APA-QUACKENBUSH GARAGE NEW ENTRANCE TURF AND GRASSES MAY 14, 2021 32 92 00 - 6 of 7 3.9 CLEANUP AND PROTECTION A. Promptly remove soil and debris created by turf work from paved areas. Clean wheels of vehicles before leaving site to avoid tracking soil onto roads, walks, or other paved areas. B. Remove surplus soil and waste material, including excess subsoil, unsuitable soil, trash, and debris, and legally dispose of them off Owner's property. C. Erect temporary fencing or barricades and warning signs as required to protect newly planted areas from traffic. Maintain fencing and barricades throughout initial maintenance period and remove after plantings are established. D. Remove nondegradable erosion-control measures after grass establishment period. 3.10 MAINTENANCE SERVICE A. Turf Maintenance Service: Provide full maintenance by skilled employees of landscape Installer. Maintain as required in "Turf Maintenance" Article. Begin maintenance immediately after each area is planted and continue until acceptable turf is established, but for not less than the following periods: 1. Seeded Turf: 60 days from date of Substantial Completion. a. When initial maintenance period has not elapsed before end of planting season, or if turf is not fully established, continue maintenance during next planting season.
END OF SECTION 32 92 00
APA-QUACKENBUSH GARAGE NEW ENTRANCE TURF AND GRASSES MAY 14, 2021 32 92 00 - 7 of 7 SECTION 33 41 01-STORM DRAINAGE SYSTEM PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Pipe and fittings. 2. Manholes. 3. Catch basins. 4. Stormwater detention structure. 5. Pipe outlets. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. FRP: Fiberglass-reinforced plastic. 1.4 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated. B. Shop Drawings: 1. Manholes: Include plans, elevations, sections, details, frames, and covers. 2. Catch basins and, stormwater inlets. Include plans, elevations, sections, details, frames, covers, and grates. 1.5 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Coordination Drawings: Show pipe sizes, locations, and elevations. Show other piping in same trench and clearances from storm drainage system piping. Indicate interface and spatial relationship between manholes, piping, and proximate structures. B. Profile Drawings: Show system piping in elevation. Draw profiles at horizontal scale of not less than 1 inch equals 50 feet (1:500) and vertical scale of not less than 1 inch equals 5 feet (1:50). Indicate manholes and piping. Show types, sizes, materials, and elevations of other utilities crossing system piping. C. Product Certificates: For each type of cast-iron soil pipe and fitting, from manufacturer. D. Field quality-control reports. 1.6 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Do not store plastic manholes, pipe, and fittings in direct sunlight. B. Protect pipe, pipe fittings, and seals from dirt and damage. C. Handle manholes according to manufacturer's written rigging instructions. D. Handle catch basins and stormwater inlets according to manufacturer's written rigging instructions. 1.7 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Interruption of Existing Storm Drainage Service: Do not interrupt service to facilities occupied by Owner or others unless permitted under the following conditions and then only after arranging to provide temporary service according to requirements indicated: 1. Notify Architect/Engineer, Construction Manager, Owner no fewer than two days in advance of proposed interruption of service. 2. Do not proceed with interruption of service without Owner's written permission. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 HD PE PIPE AND FITTINGS A. High Density Corrugated PE Pipe and Fittings NPS 12 to NPS 60 (DN 300 to DN 1500): AASHTO M 294M, Type S, with smooth waterway for coupling joints. 1. Silttight Couplings: PE sleeve with ASTM D 1056, Type 2, Class A, Grade 2 gasket material that mates with pipe and fittings. 2. Soiltight Couplings: AASHTO M 294M, corrugated, matching pipe and fittings.
APA-QUACKENBUSH GARAGE NEW ENTRANCE STORM DRAINAGE SYSTEM MAY 14, 2021 33 41 01 - 1 of 5 2.2 PVC PIPE A. PVC Type PSM Sewer Piping: 1. Pipe: ASTM D 3034, SDR 35, PVC Type PSM sewer pipe with bell-and-spigot ends for gasketed joints. 2. Fittings: ASTM D 3034, PVC with bell ends. 3. Gaskets: ASTM F 477, elastomeric seals. 2.3 CONCRETE PIPE AND FITTINGS A. Reinforced-Concrete Sewer Pipe and Fittings: ASTM C 76 (ASTM C 76M). 1. Tongue-and-groove ends and gasketed joints with ASTM C 443 (ASTM C 443M), rubber gaskets. 2. Class III, Wall A. 2.4 NONPRESSURE TRANSITION COUPLINGS A. Comply with ASTM C 1173, elastomeric, sleeve-type, reducing or transition coupling, for joining underground nonpressure piping. Include ends of same sizes as piping to be joined, and corrosion-resistant-metal tension band and tightening mechanism on each end. B. Sleeve Materials: 1. For Concrete Pipes: ASTM C 443 (ASTM C 443M), rubber. 2. For Cast-Iron Soil Pipes: ASTM C 564, rubber. 3. For Fiberglass Pipes: ASTM F 477, elastomeric seal or ASTM D 5926, PVC. 4. For Plastic Pipes: ASTM F 477, elastomeric seal or ASTM D 5926, PVC. 5. For Dissimilar Pipes: ASTM D 5926, PVC or other material compatible with pipe materials being joined. 2.5 MANHOLES A. Designed Precast Concrete Manholes: 1. Description: ASTM C 913; designed according to ASTM C 890 for A-16 (AASHTO HS20-44), heavy-traffic, structural loading; of depth, shape, and dimensions indicated, with provision for sealant joints. 2. Ballast: Increase thickness of one or more precast concrete sections or add concrete to manhole as required to prevent flotation. 3. Joint Sealant: ASTM C 990 (ASTM C 990M), bitumen or butyl rubber. 4. Resilient Pipe Connectors: ASTM C 923 (ASTM C 923M), cast or fitted into manhole walls, for each pipe connection. 5. As shown on drawings. 6. Adjusting Rings: Interlocking HDPE rings with level or sloped edge in thickness and diameter matching manhole frame and cover, and of height required to adjust manhole frame and cover to indicated elevation and slope. Include sealant recommended by ring manufacturer. 7. Grade Rings: Reinforced-concrete rings, 6- to 9-inch (150- to 225-mm) total thickness, to match diameter of manhole frame and cover, and of height required to adjust manhole frame and cover to indicated elevation and slope. B. Manhole Frames and Covers: 1. Description: Ferrous; 27-inch minimum ID by 7- to 9-inch riser with 4-inch-minimum width flange. Include indented top design with lettering cast into cover, using wording equivalent to "STORM SEWER." 2. Material: ASTM A 536, Grade 60-40-18 ductile or ASTM A 48/A 48M, Class 35 gray iron unless otherwise indicated. 2.6 CONCRETE A. General: Cast-in-place concrete according to ACI 318, ACI 350/350R (ACI 350M/350RM), and the following: 1. Cement: ASTM C 150, Type II.
APA-QUACKENBUSH GARAGE NEW ENTRANCE STORM DRAINAGE SYSTEM MAY 14, 2021 33 41 01 - 2 of 5 2. Fine Aggregate: ASTM C 33, sand. 3. Coarse Aggregate: ASTM C 33, crushed gravel. 4. Water: Potable. B. Portland Cement Design Mix: 4000 psi (27.6 MPa) minimum, with 0.45 maximum water/cementitious materials ratio. 1. Reinforcing Fabric: ASTM A 185/A 185M, steel, welded wire fabric, plain. 2. Reinforcing Bars: ASTM A 615/A 615M, Grade 60 (420 MPa) deformed steel. C. Manhole Channels and Benches: Factory or field formed from concrete. Portland cement design mix, 4000 psi (27.6 MPa) minimum, with 0.45 maximum water/cementitious materials ratio. Include channels and benches in manholes. 1. Channels: Concrete invert, formed to same width as connected piping, with height of vertical sides to three-fourths of pipe diameter. Form curved channels with smooth, uniform radius and slope. 2. Benches: Concrete, sloped to drain into channel. D. Ballast and Pipe Supports: Portland cement design mix, 3000 psi (20.7 MPa) minimum, with 0.58 maximum water/cementitious materials ratio. 1. Reinforcing Fabric: ASTM A 185/A 185M, steel, welded wire fabric, plain. 2. Reinforcing Bars: ASTM A 615/A 615M, Grade 60 (420 MPa) deformed steel. 2.7 CATCH BASINS A. Designed Precast Concrete Catch Basins: ASTM C 913, precast, reinforced concrete; designed according to ASTM C 890 for A-16 (ASSHTO HS20-44), heavy-traffic, structural loading; of depth, shape, and dimensions indicated, with provision for joint sealants. 1. Joint Sealants: ASTM C 990 (ASTM C 990M), bitumen or butyl rubber. 2. Adjusting Rings: Interlocking rings with level or sloped edge in thickness and shape matching catch basin frame and grate. Include sealant recommended by ring manufacturer. 3. Grade Rings: Include two or three reinforced-concrete rings, of 6- to 9-inch (150- to 225- mm) total thickness, that match 24-inch- (610-mm-) diameter frame and grate. 4. As shown on drawings. 5. Pipe Connectors: ASTM C 923 (ASTM C 923M), resilient, of size required, for each pipe connecting to base section. B. Frames and Grates: ASTM A 536, Grade 60-40-18, cast iron designed for H-20, structural loading. Include flat grate with small square or short-slotted drainage openings. 1. Size: As indicated on construction drawings. 2. Grate Free Area: Approximately 50 percent unless otherwise indicated. 3. For Curb Type: Made with vertical curb opening. 2.8 PIPE APPLICATION A. All pipe application as indicted on contract drawings. B. HDPE pipe may be used to replace PVC pipe for connection requirement. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EARTHWORK A. Excavation, trenching, and backfilling are specified in Section 312000 "Earth Moving." 3.2 PIPING INSTALLATION A. General Locations and Arrangements: Drawing plans and details indicate general location and arrangement of underground storm drainage piping. Location and arrangement of piping layout take into account design considerations. Install piping as indicated, to extent practical. Where specific installation is not indicated, follow piping manufacturer's written instructions. B. Install piping beginning at low point, true to grades and alignment indicated with unbroken continuity of invert. Place bell ends of piping facing upstream. Install gaskets, seals, sleeves,
APA-QUACKENBUSH GARAGE NEW ENTRANCE STORM DRAINAGE SYSTEM MAY 14, 2021 33 41 01 - 3 of 5 and couplings according to manufacturer's written instructions for use of lubricants, cements, and other installation requirements. C. Install manholes for changes in direction unless fittings are indicated. Use fittings for branch connections unless direct tap into existing sewer is indicated. D. Install proper size increasers, reducers, and couplings where different sizes or materials of pipes and fittings are connected. Reducing size of piping in direction of flow is prohibited. E. When installing pipe under streets or other obstructions that cannot be disturbed, use pipe- jacking process of microtunneling. F. Install gravity-flow, nonpressure drainage piping according to the following: 1. Install piping pitched down in direction of flow. 2. Install piping NPS 6 and larger with restrained joints at tee fittings and at changes in direction. Use corrosion-resistant rods, pipe or fitting manufacturer's proprietary restraint system, or cast-in-place concrete supports or anchors. 3. Install piping as shown on drawings. 4. Install PE corrugated sewer piping according to ASTM D 2321. 5. Install reinforced-concrete sewer piping according to ASTM C 1479 and ACPA's "Concrete Pipe Installation Manual." 3.3 MANHOLE INSTALLATION A. General: Install manholes, complete with appurtenances and accessories indicated. B. Install precast concrete manhole sections with sealants according to ASTM C 891. C. Where specific manhole construction is not indicated, follow manhole manufacturer's written instructions. D. Set tops of frames and covers flush with finished surface of manholes that occur in pavements. Set tops 2-inches above finished surface elsewhere unless otherwise indicated. 3.4 CATCH BASIN INSTALLATION A. Construct catch basins to sizes and shapes indicated. B. Set frames and grates to elevations indicated. 3.5 CONCRETE PLACEMENT A. Place cast-in-place concrete according to ACI 318. 3.6 CONNECTIONS A. Connect nonpressure, gravity-flow drainage piping in building's storm building drains B. Make connections to existing piping and underground manholes. 1. Use commercially manufactured wye fittings for piping branch connections. Remove section of existing pipe; install wye fitting into existing piping; and encase entire wye fitting, plus 6-inch (150-mm) overlap, with not less than 6 inches (150 mm) of concrete with 28-day compressive strength of 3000 psi (20.7 MPa). 2. Make branch connections from side into existing piping, NPS 4 to NPS 20 (DN 100 to DN 500). Remove section of existing pipe, install wye fitting into existing piping, and encase entire wye with not less than 6 inches (150 mm) of concrete with 28-day compressive strength of 3000 psi (20.7 MPa). 3. Make branch connections from side into existing piping, NPS 21 (DN 525) or larger, or to underground manholes and structures by cutting into existing unit and creating an opening large enough to allow 3 inches (76 mm) of concrete to be packed around entering connection. Cut end of connection pipe passing through pipe or structure wall to conform to shape of and be flush with inside wall unless otherwise indicated. On outside of pipe, manhole, or structure wall, encase entering connection in 6 inches (150 mm) of concrete for minimum length of 12 inches (300 mm) to provide additional support of collar from connection to undisturbed ground. a. Use concrete that will attain a minimum 28-day compressive strength of 3000 psi (20.7 MPa) unless otherwise indicated.
APA-QUACKENBUSH GARAGE NEW ENTRANCE STORM DRAINAGE SYSTEM MAY 14, 2021 33 41 01 - 4 of 5 b. Use epoxy-bonding compound as interface between new and existing concrete and piping materials. 4. Protect existing piping, manholes, and structures to prevent concrete or debris from entering while making tap connections. Remove debris or other extraneous material that may accumulate. 3.7 IDENTIFICATION A. Materials and their installation are specified in Section 312000 "Earth Moving." Arrange for installation of green warning tape directly over piping and at outside edge of underground structures. 1. Use warning tape or detectable warning tape over ferrous piping. 2. Use detectable warning tape over nonferrous piping and over edges of underground structures. 3.8 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Inspect interior of piping to determine whether line displacement or other damage has occurred. Inspect after approximately 24 inches (610 mm) of backfill is in place, and again at completion of Project. 1. Submit separate reports for each system inspection. 2. Defects requiring correction include the following: a. Alignment: Less than full diameter of inside of pipe is visible between structures. b. Deflection: Flexible piping with deflection that prevents passage of ball or cylinder of size not less than 92.5 percent of piping diameter. c. Damage: Crushed, broken, cracked, or otherwise damaged piping. d. Infiltration: Water leakage into piping. e. Exfiltration: Water leakage from or around piping. 3. Replace defective piping using new materials, and repeat inspections until defects are within allowances specified. 4. Reinspect and repeat procedure until results are satisfactory. B. Test new piping systems, and parts of existing systems that have been altered, extended, or repaired, for leaks and defects. 1. Do not enclose, cover, or put into service before inspection and approval. 2. Test completed piping systems according to requirements of Construction Manager. 3. Schedule tests and inspections with at least 24 hours' advance notice. 4. Submit separate report for each test. 5. Gravity-Flow Storm Drainage Piping: Test according to requirements of the following: a. Test plastic piping according to ASTM F 1417. b. Test concrete piping according to ASTM C 924 (ASTM C 924M). C. Leaks and loss in test pressure constitute defects that must be repaired. D. Replace leaking piping using new materials, and repeat testing until leakage is within allowances specified. 3.9 CLEANING A. Clean interior of piping of dirt and superfluous materials. Flush with water.
END OF SECTION 33 41 01
APA-QUACKENBUSH GARAGE NEW ENTRANCE STORM DRAINAGE SYSTEM MAY 14, 2021 33 41 01 - 5 of 5